Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 10, 2014

Registration No. 333-             

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Maryland   6712   To be Applied For

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

638 Main Street

Melrose, Massachusetts 02176

(781) 665-2500

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Mr. Jeffrey D. Jones

President and Chief Executive Officer

638 Main Street

Melrose, Massachusetts 02176

(781) 665-2500

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Steven Lanter, Esq.

Kent M. Krudys, Esq.

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

(202) 274-2000

 

Sean Kehoe, Esq.

Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP

607 14th Street, NW, Suite 900

Washington, D.C. 20005

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   x

If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   x

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Amount

to be
registered

  Proposed
maximum
offering price
per share
 

Proposed
maximum
aggregate

offering price

 

Amount of

registration fee

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  3,580,425 shares   $10.00   $ 35,804,250 (1)   $ 4,612

 

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

(Proposed Holding Company for Melrose Cooperative Bank)

Up to 2,990,000 shares of Common Stock

(Subject to increase to up to 3,438,500 shares)

 

 

Melrose Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation, is offering up to 2,990,000 shares of common stock for sale on a best efforts basis in connection with the conversion of Melrose Cooperative Bank from the mutual to the stock form of organization. We may sell up to 3,438,500 shares of common stock based on demand for the shares or changes in market conditions without resoliciting subscribers. We must sell a minimum of 2,210,000 shares in order to complete the offering. All shares of common stock are being offered for sale at a price of $10.00 per share. Purchasers will not pay a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. There is currently no public market for the shares of our common stock. We expect that our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “MELR” upon conclusion of the stock offering. We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

We are offering the shares of common stock in a subscription offering to eligible depositors. Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering with a preference given to residents of the City of Melrose, Massachusetts. Any shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or community offering may be offered for sale in a syndicated community offering to be managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. In addition to the shares that we will sell in the offering, we will also contribute cash and stock to a charitable foundation that we are establishing in connection with the conversion, such contribution to consist of $300,000 in cash and a number of shares of our common stock that together with the cash will total 5.0% of the gross proceeds of the offering (119,500 shares or $1,195,000 in stock at the maximum of the range).

The minimum number of shares of common stock you may order is 25 shares. The maximum number of shares of common stock that you may order on an individual basis or through a single account in the subscription offering is 30,000 shares ($300,000), and the maximum number of shares of common stock that an individual with an associate or group of persons acting in concert in all categories of the offering can order is 40,000 shares ($400,000). Stock orders must be received by us after [special meeting date], but before 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date]. Orders received before or on [special meeting date] will be rejected and returned, and orders received after 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date] will be rejected unless we extend this expiration date. We may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [extended expiration date], or such later date as the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may approve, to the extent such approval is required, which may not be beyond [final date], 2016. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [extended expiration date], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 3,438,500 shares or decreased to less than 2,210,000 shares. If the offering is extended past [extended expiration date], you will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order within a specified period of time. If you do not respond during that period, your stock order will be cancelled and your deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled or your funds submitted will be returned promptly with interest at              % per annum. If the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 3,438,500 shares or decreased to less than 2,210,000 shares, all funds submitted for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly with interest at              % per annum. In this case, all subscribers will be given an opportunity to place a new order within a specified period of time. Funds received in the subscription and the community offerings will be held in a segregated account at Melrose Cooperative Bank and will earn interest at              % per annum until completion or termination of the offering.

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will assist us in selling our shares of common stock on a best efforts basis but is not required to purchase any shares of the common stock that are being offered for sale. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in the common stock, but is under no obligation to do so.

 

 

This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of your investment.

Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 15.

OFFERING SUMMARY

Price: $10.00 per Share

 

     Minimum      Midpoint      Maximum      Adjusted Maximum  

Number of shares

     2,210,000         2,600,000         2,990,000         3,438,500   

Gross offering proceeds

   $ 22,100,000       $ 26,000,000       $ 29,900,000       $ 34,385,000   

Estimated offering expenses (excluding selling agent fees)

   $ 1,156,750       $ 1,156,750       $ 1,156,750       $ 1,156,750   

Estimated selling agent fees (1) (2)

   $ 170,876       $ 206,600       $ 242,324       $ 283,407   

Estimated net proceeds

   $ 20,772,374       $ 24,636,650       $ 28,500,926       $ 32,944,843   

Estimated net proceeds per share

   $ 9.40       $ 9.48       $ 9.53       $ 9.58   

 

(1) See “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization – Marketing and Distribution; Compensation” for a discussion of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.’s compensation for this offering.
(2) Assumes all shares are sold in the subscription or community offerings, and excludes reimbursable expenses and conversion agent fees, which are included in estimated offering expenses. If all shares of common stock are sold in the syndicated community offering, excluding shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, shares contributed to the charitable foundation and shares purchased by insiders of Melrose Bancorp, for which no selling agent commissions would be paid, the maximum selling agent commissions and expenses would be $1.1 million at the minimum, $1.3 million at the midpoint, $1.4 million at the maximum and $1.7 million at the maximum, as adjusted. See “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization – Marketing and Distribution; Compensation” for a discussion of fees to be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and other FINRA member firms in the event that all shares are sold in a syndicated community offering.

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, any other government agency, or the Share Insurance Fund.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Massachusetts Division of Banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

For assistance, please call the Stock Information Center at (              )              -              .

 

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

A Stifel Company

 

 

The date of this prospectus is May              , 2014.


Table of Contents

INSERT MAP

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     15   

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     28   

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     30   

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

     32   

OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS

     33   

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

     34   

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

     35   

CAPITALIZATION

     36   

PRO FORMA DATA

     38   

COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

     43   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     44   

BUSINESS OF MELROSE BANCORP

     57   

BUSINESS OF MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK

     58   

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

     81   

TAXATION

     93   

MANAGEMENT OF MELROSE BANCORP

     94   

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     106   

THE CONVERSION AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     107   

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK FOUNDATION

     129   

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF MELROSE BANCORP

     133   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     139   

TRANSFER AGENT

     140   

EXPERTS

     140   

LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS

     141   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     141   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

The following summary explains the significant aspects of Melrose Cooperative Bank’s mutual-to-stock conversion and the related offering of Melrose Bancorp, Inc. common stock. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For additional information before making an investment decision, you should read this entire document carefully, including the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the financial statements, and the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

In this prospectus, the terms “we,” “our,” and “us” refer to Melrose Bancorp, Inc. and Melrose Cooperative Bank, unless the context indicates another meaning. In addition, we sometimes refer to Melrose Bancorp, Inc. as “Melrose Bancorp,” and to Melrose Cooperative Bank as “Melrose Cooperative” or the “Bank.”

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Melrose Bancorp is a newly formed Maryland corporation that will own all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Melrose Cooperative Bank upon completion of the conversion and the offering. Melrose Bancorp has not engaged in any business to date. Our executive offices are located at 638 Main Street, Melrose, Massachusetts 02176. Our telephone number at this address is (781) 665-2500.

Melrose Cooperative Bank

Melrose Cooperative Bank is a Massachusetts-chartered mutual cooperative bank headquartered in Melrose, Massachusetts. Melrose Cooperative Bank was organized in 1890 and has operated continuously in Melrose, Massachusetts since this time. We conduct business from our full-service banking office located in Melrose, Massachusetts which is located in the greater Boston metropolitan area in Middlesex County, approximately 7 miles north of Boston and is situated in the center of the triangle created by Interstates 93, 95 and U.S. Route 1. We consider our deposit market area and our lending area to be the City of Melrose and the surrounding towns, all of which are in the greater Boston metropolitan area.

Our business consists primarily of taking deposits from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in one- to four-family residential real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit, and to a much lesser extent, commercial real estate, construction and consumer loans. At December 31, 2013, $118.3 million, or 89.4%, of our total loan portfolio was comprised of one- to four-family residential real estate loans. We also invest in securities, consisting of corporate debt securities, U.S. government and federal agency obligations, preferred stock and marketable equity securities. We offer a variety of deposit accounts, including certificate of deposit accounts, including IRAs, money market accounts, savings accounts, demand deposit accounts and NOW accounts. We historically have not used borrowings to fund our operations and had no borrowings at December 31, 2013.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had net income of $729,000 and $1.2 million, respectively. Our current business strategy includes continuing to focus on one- to four-family residential real estate lending as well as diversifying our loan portfolio to increase our commercial real estate lending.

Melrose Cooperative Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, as its chartering agency, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) as its primary federal regulator and primary insurer of its deposits. Our executive offices are located at 638 Main Street, Melrose, Massachusetts 02176. Our telephone number at this address is (781) 665-2500. Our website address is www.melrosecoop.com . Information on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus and should not be considered part of this prospectus. See “Business of Melrose Cooperative Bank.”


Table of Contents

Business Strategy

We intend to operate as a well-capitalized and profitable community bank dedicated to providing exceptional personal service to our individual and business customers. We believe that we have a competitive advantage in the markets we serve because of our knowledge of the local marketplace and our long-standing history of providing superior, relationship-based customer service. Highlights of our current business strategy include:

 

    continuing to focus on one- to four-family residential real estate lending;

 

    increasing commercial real estate lending;

 

    maintaining our strong asset quality through conservative loan underwriting;

 

    continuing to attract and retain customers in our market area and build our “core” deposits consisting of demand, NOW, savings and money market accounts;

 

    remaining a community-oriented institution and relying on high quality service to maintain and build a loyal local customer base; and

 

    expanding our banking franchise as opportunities arise through de novo branching and/or branch acquisitions, although we do not have any understandings or arrangements to establish or acquire any new branch offices.

These strategies are intended to guide our investment of the net proceeds of the offering. We intend to continue to pursue our business strategy after the conversion and the offering, subject to changes necessitated by future market conditions and other factors. See “Business of Melrose Cooperative Bank” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Business Strategy” for a further discussion of our business strategy.

Reasons for the Conversion

We believe the stock form of organization will provide us with access to additional resources to expand the products and services we offer our customers. Management believes that the additional capital raised in the offering will enable us to take advantage of business opportunities that may not otherwise be available to us, while being committed to remaining an independent community bank. Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are to:

 

    increase our capital to enhance our financial strength, to support future lending and deposit growth and to support our banking franchise as opportunities arise through de novo branching and/or branch acquisitions;

 

    attract and retain qualified personnel by enabling us to establish stock-based benefit plans for management and employees that will give them an opportunity to share in our long-term success;

 

2


Table of Contents
    enhance our community ties by providing customers and members of our community with the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank; and

 

    establish a foundation to support charitable organizations operating in our local community and fund the foundation with shares of our common stock and cash.

As of December 31, 2013, Melrose Cooperative Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes and was not subject to a directive or a recommendation from the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks or the FDIC to raise capital. The proceeds from the stock offering will further improve our capital position.

Terms of the Conversion and the Offering

We are offering between 2,210,000 shares and 2,990,000 shares of common stock to eligible depositors of Melrose Cooperative Bank and our tax qualified employee benefit plans, and, to the extent shares remain available, to members of our local community and the general public. The number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased to up to 3,438,500 shares as a result of demand for the shares or changes in the market for financial institution stocks. Unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered is increased to more than 3,438,500 shares or decreased to less than 2,210,000 shares, or the offering is extended beyond [extended expiration date], subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders.

The purchase price of each share of common stock to be issued in the offering (other than shares we are contributing to our charitable foundation) is $10.00. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering

We are offering the shares of common stock in a subscription offering in the following descending order of priority:

 

    First, to depositors of Melrose Cooperative Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on December 31, 2012.

 

    Second, to depositors of Melrose Cooperative Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on [supplemental eligibility record date].

 

    Third, to Melrose Cooperative Bank’s tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including the employee stock ownership plan we are establishing in connection with the conversion and our 401(k) plan), which will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation). We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 8% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation).

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the City of Melrose, Massachusetts. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering to the general public through a syndicated community offering, which will be managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. We

 

3


Table of Contents

have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated community offering. Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering or the syndicated community offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.

If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. Shares will be allocated first to categories in the subscription offering. A detailed description of the subscription offering, the community offering and the syndicated community offering, as well as a discussion regarding allocation procedures, can be found in the section of this prospectus entitled “The Conversion and Plan of Distribution.”

How We Determined the Offering Range

The amount of common stock that we are offering is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Melrose Bancorp assuming the conversion and the offering are completed. RP Financial, LC., our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of February 14, 2014, this market value (including the cash and shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) ranged from $22.9 million to $31.1 million, with a midpoint of $27.0 million. Based on this valuation and a $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale ranges from 2,210,000 shares to 2,990,000 shares. The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions.

RP Financial, LC. also considered that we intend to contribute cash and stock to a charitable foundation that we are establishing, such contribution to consist of $300,000 in cash and a number of shares of our common stock that together with the cash will total 5.0% of the gross proceeds of the offering (80,500 shares or $805,000 in stock at the minimum of the range and 119,500 shares or $1,195,000 in stock at the maximum of the range, and up to 141,925 shares or $1,419,250 in stock at the adjusted maximum of the range). The intended contribution of cash and shares of common stock to the charitable foundation has the effect of reducing our estimated pro forma valuation. See “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation.”

The appraisal is based in part on an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded savings institutions that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to us. The peer group consists of the following ten companies, all of which are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

Company Name and Ticker Symbol

  Exchange    

Headquarters

  Total assets as of
December 31, 2013
 
              (in millions)  

TF Financial Corp. (THRD)

    Nasdaq      Newtown, PA   $ 834   

Oneida Financial Corp. (ONFC)

    Nasdaq      Oneida, NY   $ 742   

Hampden Bancorp, Inc. (HBNK)

    Nasdaq      Springfield, MA   $ 694   

Chicopee Bancorp, Inc. (CBNK)

    Nasdaq      Chicopee, MA   $ 588   

Peoples Federal Bancshares, Inc. (PEOP)

    Nasdaq      Brighton, MA   $ 588   

Wellesley Bancorp (WEBK)

    Nasdaq      Wellesley, MA   $ 459   

OBA Financial Services, Inc. (OBAF)

    Nasdaq      Germantown, MD   $ 390 (1)  

FedFirst Financial Corp. (FFCO)

    Nasdaq      Monessen, PA   $ 319   

WVS Financial Corp. (WVFC)

    Nasdaq      Pittsburgh, PA   $ 314   

Georgetown Bancorp Inc. (GTWN)

    Nasdaq      Georgetown, MA   $ 263   

 

(1) As of September 30, 2013

 

4


Table of Contents

RP Financial, LC. has informed us that it sought to provide meaningful comparative data to limit the need to perform subjective valuation adjustments with respect to institutions that did not share common characteristics with Melrose Cooperative Bank. As a result, a comparable institution’s dissimilar asset size may be outweighed by similarities with respect to other characteristics that RP Financial, LC. considers more indicative of an institution’s value than asset size.

The peer group selection process was limited to publicly traded thrifts in accordance with regulatory conversion guidelines, which limit the number of potential comparable companies for inclusion in the peer group to 104 full stock publicly traded companies. As noted in the appraisal report, the selection process for the peer group involved applying two geographic screens of the universe of all public thrifts that were eligible for inclusion in the peer group.

 

    Northeast Thrift Institutions . Given the limited number of publicly traded full stock savings institutions based in Massachusetts, RP Financial, LC. considered a broader market comprised of thrift institutions with assets of less than $1.0 billion, nonperforming assets of less than 2.0% of total assets and positive core earnings on a trailing 12 months basis, based in the Northeast region of the United States. Five companies met the criteria for the screen and all were included in the peer group.

 

    Mid-Atlantic Thrift Institutions . RP Financial, LC. next looked at publicly traded full stock savings institutions based in the Mid-Atlantic region of the United States with assets of less than $1.0 billion, nonperforming assets of less than 2.0% of total assets and positive core earnings on a trailing 12 months basis. Five companies met the criteria for the screen and all were included in the group.

In selecting the peer group, RP Financial, LC. considered only those companies that have been in full stock form for over one year, are not subject to acquisition, and are not experiencing unusual financial characteristics or other trends.

The following table presents a summary of selected pro forma pricing ratios for Melrose Bancorp and the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC. Ratios for the peer group are based on earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 (or the last twelve months for which data are available) and stock price information as of February 14, 2014. Ratios for Melrose Bancorp are based on equity as of December 31, 2013 and net income for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

     Price-to-earnings
multiple (1)
     Price-to-book
value ratio
    Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 

Melrose Bancorp, Inc. (pro forma)

       

Maximum, as adjusted

     61.08x         72.31     72.31

Maximum

     51.55x         68.26     68.26

Midpoint

     43.69x         64.14     64.14

Minimum

     36.19x         59.24     59.24

Valuation of peer group companies using stock prices as of February 14, 2014

       

Averages

     22.66x         98.10     102.82

Medians

     22.04x         99.00     104.40

 

(1) Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core” or recurring earnings. These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”

Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 31.1% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 34.6% on a price-to-tangible book value basis and a premium of 133.9% on a price–to-earnings basis. This means that, at the maximum of the offering range, a share of our common stock would be less expensive than the peer group on a book value and tangible book value basis and more expensive on a price-to-earnings basis.

 

5


Table of Contents

The independent appraisal does not indicate per share market value. Do not assume or expect that the valuation of Melrose Bancorp as indicated above means that, after the conversion and the offering, the shares of common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 offering price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented above were utilized by RP Financial, LC. to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization – Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued.”

Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase

The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25. Generally, no individual, or individuals exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying account held jointly, may purchase more than 30,000 shares ($300,000) of common stock. Additionally, if any of the following persons purchase shares of common stock, their purchases, in all categories of the offering, will be combined with your purchases and may not exceed 40,000 shares ($400,000):

 

    your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse living in your house;

 

    most companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a trustee, have a substantial beneficial interest or hold a senior management position; or

 

    other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.

See the detailed descriptions of “acting in concert” and “associate” in “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

Subject to the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), the FDIC and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, we may increase or decrease the purchase limitations at any time. Please see “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering

In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:

 

    personal check, bank check or money order made payable directly to Melrose Bancorp; or

 

    authorizing us to withdraw available funds from the types of Melrose Cooperative Bank deposit accounts identified on the stock order form.

 

6


Table of Contents

Please do not submit cash or wire transfers. Melrose Cooperative Bank is not permitted to lend funds to anyone for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the offering. Additionally, you may not use a Melrose Cooperative Bank line of credit check or any type of third-party check to pay for shares of common stock. On the stock order form, you may not designate withdrawal from Melrose Cooperative Bank accounts with check-writing privileges; instead, please submit a check. If you request that we directly withdraw the funds from an account with check writing privileges, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account. You may not authorize direct withdrawal from a Melrose Cooperative Bank retirement account. See “ – Using Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings.”

In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering and community offering, you must submit a completed order form, together with full payment payable to Melrose Bancorp or authorization to withdraw funds from one or more of your Melrose Cooperative Bank deposit accounts. We will not be required to accept incomplete order forms, unsigned order forms, or orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. We must receive all order forms after [special meeting date], but before at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date]. Orders received before or on [special meeting date] will be rejected and returned, and orders received after 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date] will be rejected unless we extend this expiration date. You may submit your stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided, by overnight delivery to our Stock Information Center at the address noted on the stock order form or by hand-delivery to Melrose Cooperative Bank’s office, located at 638 Main Street, Melrose, Massachusetts. Please do not mail stock order forms to Melrose Cooperative Bank. Once submitted, your order will be irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or is extended beyond [extended expiration date], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 3,438,500 shares or decreased to less than 2,210,000 shares.

For a complete description of how to purchase shares in the stock offering, see “The Conversion and Offering – Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings.”

Using Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings

You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account (“IRA”), or other retirement account. If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your IRA or other retirement account held at Melrose Cooperative Bank, the applicable funds must be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent custodian or trustee, such as a brokerage firm, before you place your stock order. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent custodian or trustee. Because individual circumstances differ and the processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [expiration date] offering deadline, for assistance with purchases using funds in your IRA or other retirement account held at Melrose Cooperative Bank or elsewhere. Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the stock offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.

For a complete description of how to use IRA funds to purchase shares in the stock offering, see “The Conversion and Offering – Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings – Using Retirement Account Funds.”

 

7


Table of Contents

Purchases by Executive Officers and Directors

We expect our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for 318,000 shares of common stock in the offering, or 14.4% of the shares to be sold at the minimum of the offering range (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation). Our directors and executive officers will pay the same $10.00 per share price for the common stock as all other subscribers in the offering. Purchases of the common stock by our directors and executive officers are for investment purposes for these individuals and not with a view towards resale, and pursuant to applicable conversion regulations, our directors and executive officers generally will not be permitted to sell any shares of the common stock that they purchase in the offering for a period of at least one year from the closing of the conversion and offering. See “Subscriptions by Directors and Executive Officers.”

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering

Assuming we sell 3,438,500 shares of common stock in the stock offering (the adjusted maximum of the offering range), and we have net proceeds of $32.9 million, we intend to distribute the net proceeds as follows:

 

    $16.5 million (50.0% of the net proceeds) will be invested in Melrose Cooperative Bank;

 

    $2.9 million (8.7% of the net proceeds) will be loaned to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of our shares of common stock;

 

    $300,000 (0.9% of the net proceeds) will be contributed to our charitable foundation; and

 

    $13.3 million (40.4% of the net proceeds) will be retained by Melrose Bancorp.

We may use the funds we receive for investments, to pay cash dividends, to repurchase shares of common stock and for other general corporate purposes, subject to regulatory approval as applicable. Melrose Cooperative Bank may use the proceeds from the offering it receives from Melrose Bancorp to support increased lending and to increase its capital position. The net proceeds retained by Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank also may be used for future business expansion through de novo branching and/or branch acquisitions. We have no current arrangements or agreements with respect to any such branching. Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments consistent with our investment policy.

We do not anticipate the number of shares we sell in the stock offering will result in significant changes in the respective uses of proceeds by Melrose Cooperative Bank and Melrose Bancorp. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering” for more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offering, including a table showing the distribution of net proceeds at different points in the offering range.

Our Contribution of Cash and Shares of Our Common Stock to Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation

To further our commitment to our local community, we have established a charitable foundation as part of the conversion and stock offering. Assuming we receive approval from our depositors to fund the charitable foundation with shares of our common stock and cash, such contribution will consist of $300,000 in cash and a number of shares of our common stock that together will total 5.0% of the gross proceeds of the offering (80,500 shares or $805,000 in stock at the minimum of the range and 119,500 shares or $1,195,000 in stock at the maximum of the range, or up to 141,925 shares or $1,419,250 in

 

8


Table of Contents

stock at the adjusted maximum of the range). As a result of the issuance of shares of common stock and the contribution of cash to the charitable foundation, at the midpoint of the valuation range we will record an after-tax expense of approximately $860,000 during the quarter in which the stock offering is completed.

The charitable foundation will be dedicated exclusively to supporting charitable causes and community development activities in the communities in which we operate. The charitable foundation will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets, and is expected to make contributions totaling approximately $65,000 in its first year of operation at the midpoint of the valuation range.

Issuing shares of common stock and contributing cash to the charitable foundation will:

 

    dilute the voting interests of purchasers of shares of our common stock in the stock offering; and

 

    result in an expense, and a reduction in earnings, during the quarter in which the contribution is made, equal to the full amount of the contribution to the charitable foundation, offset in part by a corresponding tax benefit.

The establishment and funding of the charitable foundation has been approved by the boards of directors of Melrose Cooperative Bank and Melrose Bancorp and is subject to approval by depositors of Melrose Cooperative Bank. If the depositors do not approve the funding of the charitable foundation with shares of our common stock and cash, we may, in our discretion, complete the conversion and stock offering without the inclusion of the charitable foundation and without resoliciting subscribers. We may also determine, in our discretion, not to complete the conversion and stock offering if the depositors do not approve the charitable foundation.

The amount of common stock that we would offer for sale would be greater if the offering were to be completed without the formation and funding of Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation. For a further discussion of the financial impact of the charitable foundation, including its effect on those who purchase shares in the offering, see “Risk Factors – Risks Related to this Stock Offering – The contribution to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interest and adversely affect net income in the year we complete the stock offering,” “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation” and “Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation.”

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

Applicable regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the shares of common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state regulatory agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or given away his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you have sold or transferred your subscription rights.

 

9


Table of Contents

Deadline for Orders of Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings and Early Orders

If you wish to purchase shares of common stock in the offering, we must receive a properly completed original stock order and certification form, together with full payment for the shares of common stock, after [special meeting date], but no later than 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless we extend the subscription offering and/or the community offering. Orders received before or on [special meeting date] will be rejected and returned and orders received after 4:00 p.m. on [expiration date] will be rejected unless we extend the offering. If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) by this time.

Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide this prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.

For a complete description of the deadline for purchasing shares in the stock offering, see “The Conversion and Offering – Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription and Community Offerings – Expiration Date.”

Steps We May Take If We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares

If we do not receive orders for at least 2,210,000 shares of common stock (not counting shares to be contributed to our charitable foundation), we may take additional steps to complete the offering. Specifically, we may:

 

    increase the purchase limitations; and/or

 

    seek the approval, to the extent required, of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board, to extend the offering beyond [extended expiration date], so long as we resolicit persons that have previously subscribed in the offering.

If we extend the offering past [extended expiration date], we will resolicit subscribers. You will have the opportunity to confirm, change or cancel your order within a specified period of time. If you do not respond during that period of time, your stock order will be cancelled and your deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled or your funds submitted will be returned promptly with interest at              % per annum from the date the stock order was processed. If one or more purchase limitations are increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount and who indicated a desire to be resolicited on the stock order form will be and, in our sole discretion, some other large subscribers may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the newly applicable limit.

Possible Change in the Offering Range

RP Financial, LC. will update its appraisal before we complete the offering. If, as a result of demand for the shares, changes in market conditions or changes to our financial condition, operating results or other aspects of our business, RP Financial, LC. determines that our pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 3,438,500 shares in the offering without further notice to you. If our pro forma market value at that time is either below $22.9 million or above $35.8 million, then, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, we may:

 

    terminate the stock offering, cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds received in the offering with interest at              % per annum;

 

10


Table of Contents
    set a new offering range; or

 

    take such other actions as may be permitted, to the extent such permission is required, by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA).

If we set a new offering range, we will promptly return funds, with interest at              % per annum for funds received in the offering, cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and commence a resolicitation. In connection with the resolicitation, we will notify subscribers of their right to place a new stock order for a specified period of time.

Possible Termination of the Offering

We may terminate the offering at any time prior to the special meeting of depositors of Melrose Cooperative Bank that is being called to vote upon the conversion and to approve the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation, and at any time after depositor approval with the approval, to the extent such approval is required, of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks , the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board.

We must sell a minimum of 2,210,000 shares to complete the offering (not counting shares that we will contribute to the charitable foundation). If we terminate the offering because we fail to sell the minimum number of shares or for any other reason, we will promptly return your funds with interest at our savings account rate, currently              % per annum, and we will cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations.

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion and the Offering

We cannot complete the conversion and the offering unless:

 

    the plan of conversion is approved by at least two-thirds of the votes cast by depositors of Melrose Cooperative Bank at a special meeting of depositors. A special meeting of depositors to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion and to vote upon the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation has been set for [special meeting date];

 

    we have received orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered; and

 

    we receive all required final approvals of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks , the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board to complete the conversion and the offering.

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Following the Conversion

We expect our tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan to purchase 8% of the total number of shares of common stock that we issue in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation), or 248,760 shares of common stock, assuming we sell the maximum of the shares proposed to be sold.

 

11


Table of Contents

We also intend to implement one or more stock-based benefit plans. Stockholder approval of these plans will be required, and the stock-based benefit plans cannot be implemented until at least six months after the completion of the conversion pursuant to applicable regulations. We have not yet determined whether we will present these plans for stockholder approval within 12 months following the completion of the conversion or more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion. If presented more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion, these plans would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes cast; otherwise, they would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes eligible to be cast. Further, there are a number of restrictions that would apply to these plans if adopted within one year of the conversion, including limits on awards to non-employee directors and officers and vesting. See “Management of Melrose Bancorp – Future Stock Benefit Plans.” For example, if adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plans will reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to not more than 4% of the shares issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) for restricted stock awards to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients, and will also reserve a number of stock options equal to not more than 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation ) for key employees and directors.

If 4% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) are awarded under a stock-based benefit plan and come from authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would experience dilution of up to 3.85% in their ownership interest in Melrose Bancorp. If 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) are issued upon the exercise of options granted under a stock-based benefit plan and come from authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would experience dilution of 9.09% in their ownership interest in Melrose Bancorp.

In connection with the conversion, we expect to establish an employment agreement with our President and Chief Executive Officer and change in control agreements with certain of our other executive officers. See “Management of Melrose Bancorp – Executive Officer Compensation” and “Risk Factors – Risks Related to This Stock Offering – We intend to enter into an employment agreement with our President and Chief Executive Officer and intend to enter into change in control agreements with certain of our executive officers, which may increase our compensation costs upon the occurrence of certain events or increase the costs of acquiring us” for a further discussion of these agreements, including their terms and potential costs, as well as a description of other benefits arrangements.

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and aggregate dollar value of grants (valuing each share granted at the offering price of $10.00) that will be available under our employee stock ownership plan and one or more stock-based benefit plans if such plans are adopted within one year following the completion of the conversion and the offering. The table shows the dilution to stockholders if all these shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market. The table also sets forth the number of shares of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan for allocation to all employees. A portion of the stock awards and stock option grants shown in the table below may be made to non-management employees.

 

12


Table of Contents
     Number of Shares to be Granted or
Purchased(3)
    Dilution
Resulting
From
Issuance of
Shares for
Stock Benefit
Plans
       
       Value of Grants (1)  
   At
Minimum
of Offering
Range
     At
Adjusted
Maximum
of Offering
Range
     As a
Percentage
of Common
Stock to be
Issued (2)
      At
Minimum

Offering
Range
     At
Adjusted
Maximum
Offering
Range
 
           (Dollars in thousands)  

Employee stock ownership plan

     183,240         286,434         8.00     —        $ 1,832       $ 2,864   

Stock awards

     91,620         143,217         4.00        3.85     916         1,432   

Stock options

     229,050         358,043         10.00        9.09     763         1,192   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     503,910         787,694         22.00     12.28   $ 3,511       $ 5,488   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.33 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; dividend yield of 0%; an expected option life of 10 years; a risk-free interest rate of 3.04%; and a volatility rate of 15.82% based on an index of publicly traded thrift institutions. The actual expense of stock options granted under a stock-based benefit plan will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted, which may or may not be the Black-Scholes model.
(2) The stock-based benefit plans may award a greater number of options and shares, respectively, if the plans are adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion.
(3) For plans adopted within 12 months of the completion of the conversion, applicable regulations permit stock awards to encompass up to 4.0% and the ESOP and stock awards to encompass in the aggregate up to 12.0% of the shares issued, provided Melrose Cooperative Bank has tangible capital of 10.0% or more following the conversion.

Market for Common Stock

We anticipate that the common stock sold in the offering will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “MELR” following the completion of the stock offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the conversion and stock offering, but it is under no obligation to do so. See “Market for the Common Stock.”

Our Policy Regarding Dividends

Our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, no decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, and timing of any dividend payments. See “Our Policy Regarding Dividends.”

Material Income Tax Consequences

The conversion qualifies as a tax-free reorganization. Neither Melrose Bancorp, Melrose Cooperative Bank, nor persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering will recognize any gain or loss as a result of the conversion. See “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization – Material Income Tax Consequences” for a complete discussion of the income tax consequences of the transaction.

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock

All shares of common stock of Melrose Bancorp sold in the subscription offering and community offering will be issued in book entry form and held electronically on the books of our transfer agent. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock sold in the offering will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the address noted by them on their stock order form as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion. Shares of common stock sold in the syndicated community offering may be delivered electronically through the services of The Depository Trust Company. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the business day of or on the business day immediately following the completion of the conversion and stock offering. It

 

13


Table of Contents

is possible that until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell the shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

How You Can Obtain Additional Information – Stock Information Center

Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The toll-free telephone number is (              )              -              . The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday, between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.

TO ENSURE THAT EACH PERSON RECEIVES A PROSPECTUS AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE OF [EXPIRATION DATE] AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL LAW, NO PROSPECTUS WILL BE MAILED OR HAND-DELIVERED ANY LATER THAN FIVE DAYS OR TWO DAYS, RESPECTIVELY, PRIOR TO [EXPIRATION DATE].

 

14


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in our shares of common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

We may be unable to successfully implement our new business strategy and as a result, our financial condition and results of operations may be negatively affected.

Our future success will depend upon management’s ability to successfully implement our new business strategy, which includes increasing the amount of our commercial real estate lending. In order to execute this strategy, we believe that we will need to hire additional lending personnel, including at least one experienced commercial lender. We compete against many institutions with greater financial resources to attract this type of qualified individual. Failure to recruit and retain adequate talent could reduce our ability to compete successfully and adversely affect our business and profitability.

Our earnings may be negatively impacted as a result of our plans to diversify our loan portfolio and our branching strategy.

As a result of our strategy to diversify our loan portfolio by increasing our commercial real estate lending, we will likely incur increased operating expenses associated with the hiring of additional personnel and the addition of appropriate infrastructure that will be necessary to implement this strategy. These expenses will relate to salaries and employee benefits for additional staff, increased marketing efforts, and possibly investment in technology to better serve a larger number of commercial customers. We anticipate that we will generate sufficient income to offset the expenses related to this diversification strategy, but we cannot assure you that our increased lending efforts will be immediately accretive to earnings.

Additionally, we intend to explore expanding our banking franchise through the addition of one or more de novo or branch acquisitions. This strategy may not generate earnings, or may not generate earnings within a reasonable period of time. Numerous factors contribute to the performance of a new branch, such as a suitable location, qualified personnel, and an effective marketing strategy. Moreover, it takes time for a new branch to originate sufficient loans and generate sufficient deposits to produce enough income to offset expenses, some of which, like salaries and occupancy expense, are relatively fixed costs, which could negatively affect our results of operations.

We intend to increase our emphasis on commercial real estate lending thus increasing our credit risk.

One part of our business strategy is to increase our commercial real estate lending. At December 31, 2013, commercial real estate loans comprised 1.5% of our loan portfolio. These loans generally have more credit risk than one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Because the repayment of these loans depends on the successful management and operation of the borrower’s properties and/or related businesses, repayment of such loans can be affected by adverse conditions in the local real estate market and/or economy.

Historically we have enjoyed excellent asset quality and at December 31, 2013, we had $336,000 of non-performing loans and $1.5 million of delinquent loans. However, delinquencies and loan losses related to our commercial real estate loans could increase more than we have provided for in our allowance for loan losses as we begin to emphasize these types of loans. It may also be difficult for us to

 

15


Table of Contents

assess the future performance of newly originated commercial real estate loans because our relatively limited experience in this type of lending does not provide us with a significant payment history from which to judge future collectability, especially in the current weak economic environment. Accordingly, these unseasoned loans may experience higher delinquency or charge-off levels than our historical loan portfolio experience, which could adversely affect our future performance.

Historically low interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.

In recent years it has been the policy of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. As a result, interest rates on the loans we have originated and the yields on securities we have purchased have been at historically low levels. As a general matter, our interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets. However, our ability to reduce further our interest expense is limited at the historically low interest rate levels, while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has indicated its intention to maintain low interest rates in the near future. Accordingly, our net interest income (the difference between interest income earned on assets and interest expense paid on liabilities) may decrease, which may have an adverse affect on our profitability. For information with respect to changes in interest rates, see “ – Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.”

Strong competition within our market areas may limit our growth and profitability.

Competition in the banking and financial services industry within our market area is intense. In our market area we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Most of these competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market area. The greater resources and broader range of deposit and loan products offered by our competition may limit our ability to increase our interest-earning assets and profitability. We expect competition to remain intense in the future as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and the continuing trend of consolidation in the financial services industry. Technological advances, for example, have lowered barriers to entry, allowed banks to expand their geographic reach by providing services over the Internet and made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer products and services that traditionally have been provided by banks. Competition for deposits and the origination of loans could limit our ability to successfully implement our business plan, and could adversely affect our results of operations in the future.

Our small size makes it more difficult for us to compete.

Our small asset size makes it more difficult to compete with other financial institutions which are generally larger and can more easily afford to invest in the marketing and technologies needed to attract and retain customers. Because our principal source of income is the net interest income we earn on our loans and investments after deducting interest paid on deposits and other sources of funds, our ability to generate the revenues needed to cover our expenses and finance such investments is limited by the size of our loan and investment portfolios. Accordingly, we are not always able to offer new products and services as quickly as our competitors. Finally, as a smaller institution, we are disproportionately affected by the continually increasing costs of compliance with new banking and other regulations.

 

16


Table of Contents

Financial reform legislation will result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, has changed and will continue to change the bank regulatory framework. The legislation will also result in new regulations affecting the lending, funding, trading and investment activities of banks and bank holding companies. An independent Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has assumed the consumer protection responsibilities of the various federal banking agencies and has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions such as Melrose Cooperative Bank, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. Banks and savings institutions with $10.0 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined by their applicable bank regulators. The new legislation also gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the federal banking agencies to promulgate rules requiring mortgage lenders to retain a portion of the credit risk related to securitized loans. Bank regulatory agencies also have been responding aggressively to concerns and adverse trends identified in examinations. These measures are likely to increase our costs of doing business and increase our costs related to regulatory compliance, and may have a significant adverse effect on our lending activities, financial performance and operating flexibility.

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings and capital could decrease.

We are exposed to the risk that our borrowers may default on their obligations. A borrower’s default on its obligations under one or more loans may result in lost principal and interest income and increased operating expenses as a result of the allocation of management time and resources to the collection and work-out of the loan. In certain situations, where collection efforts are unsuccessful or acceptable work-out arrangements cannot be reached, we may have to charge-off the loan in whole or in part. In such situations, we may acquire real estate or other assets, if any, that secure the loan through foreclosure or other similar available remedies, and the amount owed under the defaulted loan may exceed the value of the assets acquired.

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate other factors including, among other things, current economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, or if delinquencies do not continue to improve or non-accrual and non-performing loans increase, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, which would require additions to our allowance, which could materially decrease our net income.

In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and, based on their judgments and information available to them at the time of their review, may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. An increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities may result in a decrease of our net income and, possibly, our capital position, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

17


Table of Contents

Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our profitability depends substantially on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income earned on our interest-earning assets and the interest expense paid on our interest-bearing liabilities. Increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable-rate loans. In addition, as market interest rates rise, we will have competitive pressures to increase the rates we pay on deposits. Because interest rates we pay on our deposits would be expected to increase more quickly than the increase in the yields we earn on our interest-earning assets, our net interest income would be adversely affected.

We also are subject to reinvestment risk associated with changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates may affect the average life of loans and mortgage-related securities. Decreases in interest rates can result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, as borrowers refinance to reduce borrowing costs. Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk to the extent that we are unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments at rates that are comparable to the interest rates on existing loans and securities.

A downturn in the local economy or a decline in real estate values could hurt our profits.

Our local economy may affect our future growth possibilities and operations in our primary market area. Our future growth opportunities depend on the growth and stability of our regional economy and our ability to expand our market area. In addition, nearly all of our loans are to customers in Middlesex County, Massachusetts. A downturn in our local economy may limit funds available for deposit and may negatively affect our borrowers’ ability to repay their loans on a timely basis, both of which could have an impact on our profitability. Also, a decline in real estate valuations in our primary market area would lower the value of the collateral securing our loans.

We depend on our management team to implement our business strategy and we could be harmed by the loss of their services.

We are dependent upon the services of the members of our senior management team who direct our strategy and operations. We have benefited from consistency within our senior management team, with our top three executives averaging over 22 years of service with Melrose Cooperative Bank. Members of our senior management team, or lending specialists who possess expertise in our markets and maintain key business relationships, could be difficult to replace. Our loss of these persons, or our inability to hire additional qualified personnel, could impact our ability to implement our business strategy and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to compete in our markets. See “Management of Melrose Bancorp.”

The cost of satisfying our new public company reporting requirements will increase our expenses.

As a result of the completion of this offering, we will become a public reporting company and our noninterest expenses will increase as a result of the additional financial accounting, legal and various other additional expenses customarily associated with operating as a public company and complying with public company disclosure obligations. Due to these public company obligations, we may be required to expand our accounting staff and expand our internal audit and risk management functions, and/or engage outside consultants to provide these services for us until qualified personnel are hired, all of which will increase our operating expenses and adversely affect our profitability.

We operate in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Massachusetts Division of Banks, our chartering authority, and by the FDIC, as our primary federal regulator and the primary insurer of our deposits. As a bank holding company, Melrose Bancorp also will be subject to

 

18


Table of Contents

regulation and oversight by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which an institution and its holding companies may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of an institution, the classification of assets by the institution and the adequacy of an institution’s allowance for loan losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation, including changes in the regulations governing bank holding companies, could have a material impact on Melrose Cooperative Bank, Melrose Bancorp and our operations.

Risks associated with system failures, interruptions, or breaches of security could negatively affect our earnings.

Information technology systems are critical to our business. We use various technology systems to manage our customer relationships, general ledger, securities, deposits, and loans. We have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of system failures, interruptions, and security breaches, but such events may still occur and may not be adequately addressed if they do occur. In addition any compromise of our systems could deter customers from using our products and services. Although we rely on security systems to provide security and authentication necessary to effect the secure transmission of data, these precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of security.

In addition, we outsource a majority of our data processing to certain third-party providers. If these third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely affected. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.

The occurrence of any system failures, interruption, or breach of security could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny or expose us to litigation and possible financial liability. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

New regulations could restrict our ability to originate and sell mortgage loans.

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has issued a rule designed to clarify for lenders how they can avoid monetary damages under the Dodd-Frank Act, which would hold lenders accountable for ensuring a borrower’s ability to repay a mortgage. Loans that meet this “qualified mortgage” definition will be presumed to have complied with the new ability-to-repay standard. Under the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s rule, a “qualified mortgage” loan must not contain certain specified features, including:

 

    excessive upfront points and fees (those exceeding 3% of the total loan amount, less “bona fide discount points” for prime loans);

 

    interest-only payments;

 

    negative-amortization; and

 

    terms longer than 30 years.

 

19


Table of Contents

Also, to qualify as a “qualified mortgage,” a borrower’s total monthly debt-to-income ratio may not exceed 43%. Lenders must also verify and document the income and financial resources relied upon to qualify the borrower for the loan and underwrite the loan based on a fully amortizing payment schedule and maximum interest rate during the first five years, taking into account all applicable taxes, insurance and assessments. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s rule on qualified mortgages could affect our ability or desire to make certain types of loans or loans to certain borrowers, or could make it more expensive/and or time consuming to make these loans, which could limit our growth or profitability.

We will become subject to more stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on equity, require us to raise additional capital, or constrain us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares.

In July 2013, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board approved a new rule that will substantially amend the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to Melrose Cooperative Bank. The final rule implements the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

The final rule includes new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which will be effective for Melrose Cooperative Bank on January 1, 2015, and refines the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating these ratios. The new minimum capital requirements will be: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The final rule also establishes a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%, and will result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement would be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and would increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such actions.

The application of more stringent capital requirements for Melrose Cooperative Bank could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions constraining us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements.

We are a community bank and our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. A key component of our business strategy is to rely on our reputation for customer service and knowledge of local markets to expand our presence by capturing new business opportunities from existing and prospective customers in our current market and contiguous areas. As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers and caring about our customers and associates. If our reputation is negatively affected, by the actions of our employees, by our inability to conduct our operations in a manner that is appealing to current or prospective customers, or otherwise, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

 

20


Table of Contents

Future legislative or regulatory actions could impair our rights against borrowers.

There have been proposals made by members of Congress and others that would reduce the amount distressed borrowers are otherwise contractually obligated to pay under their mortgage loans and limit an institution’s ability to foreclose on mortgage collateral. If proposals such as these, or other proposals limiting our rights as a creditor, are implemented, we could experience increased credit losses or increased expense in pursuing our remedies as a creditor.

Risks Related to this Stock Offering

The future price of our common stock may be less than the purchase price in the stock offering.

If you purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering, you may not be able to sell them at or above the purchase price in the stock offering. The purchase price in the offering is based upon an independent third-party appraisal of the pro forma market value of Melrose Bancorp, pursuant to federal and state banking regulations and subject to review and approval by the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks. The appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. Our aggregate pro forma market value as reflected in the final independent appraisal may exceed the market price of our shares of common stock after the completion of the offering, which may result in our stock trading below the initial offering price of $10.00 per share.

After the shares of our common stock begin trading, the trading price of the common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and will be influenced by many factors outside of our control, including prevailing interest rates, investor perceptions, securities analyst research reports and general industry, geopolitical and economic conditions. Publicly traded stocks, including stocks of financial institutions, often experience substantial market price volatility. These market fluctuations might not be related to the operating performance of particular companies, such as Melrose Bancorp, whose shares are traded.

There may be a limited trading market in our common stock, which would hinder your ability to sell our common stock and may lower the market price of the stock.

We have never issued capital stock and there is no established market for our common stock. We expect that our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “MELR,” subject to completion of the offering and compliance with certain quantitative listing requirements, such as the number and market value of our outstanding shares of common stock, and qualitative listing requirements relating to our corporate governance. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so or to continue to do so once it begins. The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. In addition, our public “float,” which is the total number of our outstanding shares less the shares held by our employee stock ownership plan, the charitable foundation and our directors and executive officers, is likely to be quite limited. As a result, it is unlikely that an active trading market for the common stock will develop or that, if it develops, it will continue. If you purchase shares of common stock, you may not be able to sell them at or above $10.00 per share. Purchasers of common stock in this stock offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there will be a limited trading market in the common stock. This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the stock offering and may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.

 

21


Table of Contents

The capital we raise in the stock offering will reduce our return on equity, which could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.

Net income divided by average equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of a financial institution to its peers. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we had return on equity of 3.54%. Following the stock offering, we expect our consolidated equity to increase from $20.6 million at December 31, 2013 to between $38.7 million at the minimum of the offering range and $49.5 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. Based upon our actual earnings for the year ended December 31, 2013, the impact of the conversion and net proceeds to our earnings, and these pro forma equity levels, our pro forma return on equity would be 1.64% and 1.18% at the minimum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. We expect our return on equity to remain low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the stock offering. Although we anticipate increasing net interest income using proceeds of the stock offering, our return on equity will be reduced by the capital raised in the stock offering, higher expenses from the costs of being a public company and added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plans we intend to adopt. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income, our return on equity may reduce the value of our shares of common stock. See “Pro Forma Data” for an illustration of the financial impact of the offering.

The contribution to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interest and adversely affect net income in the year we complete the stock offering.

We intend to fund a charitable foundation in connection with the conversion and stock offering. We intend to contribute cash and stock which will consist of $300,000 in cash and a number of shares of our common stock that together with the cash will total 5.0% of the gross proceeds of the offering (80,500 shares or $805,000 in stock at the minimum of the range and 119,500 shares or $1,195,000 in stock at the maximum of the range, or up to 141,925 shares or $1,419,250 in stock at the adjusted maximum of the range). The amount of our contribution will be dependent upon the amount of the gross proceeds raised in the stock offering.

The contribution will have an adverse effect on our net income for the quarter and year in which we make the issuance and contribution to the charitable foundation. The after-tax expense of the contribution will reduce net income in the year in which we complete the stock offering by approximately $858,000 at the midpoint of the offering range. Persons purchasing shares in the stock offering will have their ownership and voting interests in Melrose Bancorp diluted by 3.51% at the minimum of the offering range and 3.96% at the adjusted maximum of the offering range due to the issuance of shares of common stock to the charitable foundation.

Our contribution to the charitable foundation may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits.

We believe that the contribution to the charitable foundation will be deductible for federal income tax purposes. However, the Internal Revenue Service may disagree with our determination and not grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. If the contribution is not deductible, we would not receive any tax benefit from the contribution. It is expected that the value of the contribution of cash and shares will be $1.3 million at the midpoint of the offering range, which would result in after-tax expense of approximately $858,000 during the year ended December 31, 2014. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service does not grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation or the contribution to the charitable foundation is otherwise not tax deductible, we would recognize as after-tax expense the full value ( i.e. , $1.3 million) of the entire contribution.

 

22


Table of Contents

In addition, even if the contribution is tax deductible, we may not have sufficient profits to be able to use the deduction fully. Pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code, an entity is permitted to deduct charitable contributions up to 10% of its taxable income prior to the charitable contribution deduction in any one year. Any contribution in excess of the 10% limit may be deducted for federal and state income tax purposes over each of the five years following the year in which the charitable contribution is made to the extent of that year’s income limitation. Accordingly, a charitable contribution could, if necessary, be deducted over a six-year period. Our pre-tax income over this period may not be sufficient to fully use this deduction. With certain exceptions, Massachusetts tax law follows the federal income tax laws and taxable income is recomputed using state taxable income on a combined reporting basis. This would typically result in a lower annual utilization of the charitable contribution for state purposes as income from certain entities (security corporations) would not be included in the combined state return. Moreover, if Melrose Bancorp was the deemed contributor to the foundation and elected security corporation status, the charitable contributions would not be available for state tax purposes at all.

We have broad discretion in how we use the proceeds of the stock offering. Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds of the offering may have an adverse effect on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.

We intend to invest between $10.4 million and $14.3 million of the net proceeds of the offering (or $16.5 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) in Melrose Cooperative Bank. We may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in short-term investments, repurchase shares of common stock, pay dividends, or for other general corporate purposes. We also expect to use a portion of the net proceeds we retain to fund a loan for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering by the employee stock ownership plan. Melrose Cooperative Bank may use the net proceeds it receives from the offering to fund new loans, invest in short-term investments, expand its banking franchise by establishing new branches or acquiring branches of other financial institutions (although we have no current arrangements or understandings to do so), or for other general corporate purposes. However, with the exception of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan and the contribution to our charitable foundation, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. Also, certain of these uses, such as establishing de novo branches or acquiring branches of other financial institutions, may require regulatory approval. We have not established a timetable for investing the net proceeds, and we cannot predict how long we will require to reinvest the net proceeds. Our failure to utilize these finds effectively would reduce our profitability and may adversely affect the value of our common stock. For additional information see “How We Intend To Use The Proceeds From The Offering.”

Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income.

We anticipate that our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the total shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) with funds borrowed from Melrose Bancorp. We will record annual employee stock ownership plan expense in an amount equal to the fair value of shares of common stock committed to be released to employees. If shares of common stock appreciate in value over time, compensation expense relating to the employee stock ownership plan will increase.

 

23


Table of Contents

We also intend to adopt a stock-based benefit plan after the stock offering that would award participants restricted shares of our common stock (at no cost to them) and/or options to purchase shares of our common stock. The number of shares of restricted stock or stock options reserved for issuance under any initial stock-based benefit plan may not exceed 4% and 10% (including shares issued to the charitable foundation), respectively, of our total outstanding shares, if these plans are adopted within 12 months after the completion of the conversion. We may grant shares of common stock and stock options in excess of these amounts provided the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than one year following the stock offering. The estimated grant-date fair value of the options utilizing a Black-Scholes option pricing analysis is $3.33 per option granted based on a price of $10.00 per share. Assuming this value is amortized over a five-year vesting period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with the stock options would be $238,000 at the adjusted maximum. In addition, assuming that all shares of restricted stock are awarded at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the awards vest over a five-year period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with restricted stock awarded under the stock-based benefit plan would be $286,000 at the adjusted maximum. However, if we grant shares of common stock or options in excess of these amounts, such grants would increase our costs further.

The shares of restricted stock granted under the stock-based benefit plan will be expensed by us over their vesting period at the fair market value of the shares on the date they are awarded. If the shares of restricted stock to be granted under the plan are repurchased in the open market (rather than issued directly from authorized but unissued shares by Melrose Bancorp) and cost the same as the purchase price in the stock offering, the reduction to stockholders’ equity due to the plan would be between $900,000 at the minimum of the offering range and $1.4 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. To the extent we repurchase shares of common stock in the open market to fund the grants of shares under the plan, and the price of such shares exceeds the offering price of $10.00 per share, the reduction to stockholders’ equity would exceed the range described above. Conversely, to the extent the price of such shares is below the offering price of $10.00 per share, the reduction to stockholders’ equity would be less than the range described above.

The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest.

We intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans, which will allow participants to be awarded shares of common stock (at no cost to them) and/or options to purchase shares of our common stock, following the stock offering. If these stock-based benefit plans are funded from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would experience a reduction in ownership interest totaling 12.3%.

Although the implementation of the stock-based benefit plan will be subject to stockholder approval, historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders.

We have not determined whether we will adopt stock-based benefit plans within the first year following the stock offering. Stock-based benefit plans adopted more than one year following the stock offering may exceed regulatory restrictions on the size of stock-based benefit plans adopted within one year, which would increase our costs and the dilution to stockholders.

If we adopt stock-based benefit plans within one year following the completion of the stock offering, then we may grant shares of common stock or stock options under our stock-based benefit plans for up to 4% and 10%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares (including shares held by the charitable foundation). The amount of stock awards and stock options available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans may exceed these amounts, provided the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. Although the implementation of a stock-based benefit plan will be subject to stockholder approval, the determination as to the timing of the implementation of such a

 

24


Table of Contents

plan will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts would increase our costs beyond the amounts estimated in “ – Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income.” Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts could also result in dilution to stockholders in excess of that described in “– The implementation of stock-based benefit plans will dilute your ownership interest.”

We intend to enter into an employment agreement with our President and Chief Executive Officer and change in control agreements with certain of our executive officers, which may increase our compensation costs upon the occurrence of certain events or increase the costs of acquiring us.

Following the conversion, we intend to enter into an employment agreement with our President and Chief Executive Officer and change in control agreements with four other executive officers. In the event of termination of employment other than for cause, or in the event of certain types of termination following a change in control, as set forth in the employment and change in control agreements, and assuming the agreements were in effect, the agreements will provide for cash severance benefits that would cost approximately $1.4 million in the aggregate based on salary information for the year ended December 31, 2013. The amounts payable under the change in control agreements may be reduced, if necessary, to an amount that would not qualify the payments to be deemed an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. For additional information see “Management of Melrose Bancorp – Executive Officer Compensation.”

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, and state and federal law and regulations could discourage hostile acquisitions of control of Melrose Bancorp, which could negatively affect our stock value.

Certain provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws may discourage attempts to acquire Melrose Bancorp, pursue a proxy contest for control of Melrose Bancorp, assume control of Melrose Bancorp by a holder of a large block of common stock, and remove Melrose Bancorp’s management, all of which stockholders might think are in their best interests. These provisions include:

 

    restrictive requirements regarding eligibility for service on the board of directors, including residency requirements, a prohibition on service by persons who are or have been the subject of certain legal or regulatory proceedings, a prohibition on service by persons who are party to agreements that may affect their voting discretion and a prohibition on service by nominees or representatives (as defined in applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations) of another person who would not be eligible for service or of an entity the partners or controlling persons of which would not be eligible for service;

 

    the election of directors to staggered terms of three years;

 

    provisions requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals and director nominations;

 

    a limitation on the right to vote more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

    a prohibition on cumulative voting;

 

    a requirement that the calling of a special meeting by stockholders requires the request of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting;

 

25


Table of Contents
    a requirement that directors may only be removed for cause and by the vote of 80% of the votes entitled to be cast;

 

    the board of directors’ ability to cause Melrose Bancorp to issue preferred stock; and

 

    the requirement of the vote of 80% of the votes entitled to be cast in order to amend certain provisions of the articles of incorporation.

For further information, see “Restrictions on Acquisition of Melrose Bancorp – Melrose Bancorp’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.”

Additionally, Massachusetts and federal regulations prohibit, for three years following the completion of a mutual-to-stock conversion, the offer to acquire or the acquisition of more than 10% of any class of equity security of Melrose Bancorp without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board. In addition, the business corporation law of Maryland, the state where Melrose Bancorp is incorporated, provides for certain restrictions on acquisition of Melrose Bancorp. See “Restrictions on Acquisitions of Melrose Bancorp – Maryland Corporate Law,” and “ – Change in Control Regulations.”

A significant percentage of our common stock will be held or controlled by our directors and executive officers and benefit plans.

Our board of directors and executive officers intend to purchase in the aggregate approximately 14.4% and 10.6% of our common stock (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation) at the minimum and maximum of the offering range, respectively. These purchases, together with the purchase by the employee stock ownership plan of 8.0% of the aggregate shares sold in the offering, as well as the potential acquisition of common stock through the proposed equity benefit plan will result in ownership by insiders of Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank of approximately 36.4% of the total shares issued in the offering at the minimum of the offering range and 32.6% of the total shares issued in the offering at the maximum of the offering range. The ownership by executive officers, directors and our stock plans could result in actions being taken that are not in accordance with other stockholders’ wishes, and could prevent any action requiring a supermajority vote under our articles of incorporation and bylaws (including the amendment of certain protective provisions of our articles and bylaws discussed immediately above).

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we decide to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock could be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as modified by the JOBS Act. We are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation. In addition, we will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including the additional level of review of our internal control over financial reporting as may occur when outside auditors attest as to our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

 

26


Table of Contents

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (b) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period. Taking advantage of any of these exemptions may adversely affect the value and trading price of our common stock.

We have elected to delay the adoption of new and revised accounting pronouncements, which means that our financial statements may not be comparable to those of other public companies.

As an “emerging growth company,” we have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

 

27


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth selected consolidated historical financial and other data of Melrose Cooperative Bank for the years and at the dates indicated. The information is derived in part from, and should be read together with, the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of Melrose Cooperative Bank beginning at page F-1 of this prospectus. The following information is only a summary, and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

Selected Financial Condition Data:

     

Total assets

   $ 196,675       $ 185,563   

Cash and cash equivalents

     16,995         23,052   

Loans receivable, net

     131,995         125,749   

Securities available-for-sale, at fair value

     39,694         28,326   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

     409         390   

Bank-owned life insurance

     4,847         4,665   

Deposits

     175,510         165,201   

Borrowings

     —           —     

Other liabilities

     588         522   

Total equity

     20,577         19,840   

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

Selected Operating Data:

     

Interest and dividend income

   $ 5,494       $ 5,725   

Interest expense

     1,547         1,377   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     3,947         4,348   

Provision for loan losses

     37         36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     3,910         4,312   

Noninterest income

     359         406   

Noninterest expense

     3,231         2,924   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     1,038         1,794   

Income tax expense

     309         600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 729       $ 1,194   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

28


Table of Contents
     At or For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2013     2012  

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

    

Performance Ratios:

    

Return on average assets (ratio of net income to average total assets)

     0.37     0.66

Return on average equity (ratio of net income to average equity)

     3.61     6.23

Interest rate spread (1)

     2.05     2.52

Net interest margin (2)

     2.16     2.61

Efficiency ratio (3)

     75.03     61.51

Noninterest expense to average total assets

     1.66     1.63

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     111.77     110.36

Average equity to average total assets

     10.37     10.66

Asset Quality Ratios:

    

Non-performing assets to total assets

     0.17     0.32

Non-performing loans to total loans

     0.25     0.30

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

     151.79     123.76

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     0.39     0.38

Capital Ratios:

    

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

     17.95     17.75

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

     16.91     17.00

Tier 1 capital to average assets

     10.09     10.56

Other Data:

    

Number of full service offices

     1        1   

Full time equivalent employees

     24        23   

 

(1) The average interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
(2) The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period.
(3) The efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.

 

29


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect,” “will,” “may,” “should,” “indicate,” “would,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “intend,” “target” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

    statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

 

    statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

    statements regarding the quality of our loan portfolio; and

 

    estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

These forward-looking statements are based on our current beliefs and expectations and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. We are under no duty to and do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus.

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

    general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market area, that are worse than expected;

 

    our success in growing our commercial real estate loan portfolio;

 

    increased competition among depository and other financial institutions;

 

    inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins and yields, reduce the fair value of financial instruments or increase our funding costs;

 

    changes in laws or government regulations or policies that adversely affect financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements;

 

    our ability to manage operations in the current economic conditions;

 

    our ability to capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

    changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

    changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

    changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans;

 

    changes in the level of government support for housing finance;

 

30


Table of Contents
    significant increases in delinquencies and our loan losses; and

 

    changes in our financial condition or results of operations that reduce capital.

Because of these and a wide variety of other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.

 

31


Table of Contents

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $20.8 million and $28.5 million, or $32.9 million if the offering range is increased to the adjusted maximum. Please see “Pro Forma Data” for additional information.

We intend to distribute the net proceeds from the stock offering as follows:

 

     Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
     2,210,000 shares     2,600,000 shares     2,990,000 shares     3,438,500 shares (1)  
     Amount     Percent
of Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent
of Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent
of Net
Proceeds
    Amount     Percent
of Net
Proceeds
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Stock offering proceeds

   $ 22,100        $ 26,000        $ 29,900        $ 34,385     

Less offering expenses and fees

     (1,328       (1,363       (1,399       (1,440  
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net offering proceeds

   $ 20,772        100.0   $ 24,637        100.0   $ 28,501        100.0   $ 32,945        100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Use of net proceeds:

                

To Melrose Cooperative Bank

   $ 10,386        50.0   $ 12,319        50.0   $ 14,251        50.0   $ 16,473        50.0

To fund loan to employee stock ownership plan

     (1,832     (8.8 )%      (2,160     (8.8 )%      (2,488     (8.7 )%      (2,864     (8.7 )% 

Proceeds contributed to charitable foundation

     (300     (1.5 )%      (300     (1.2 )%      (300     (1.1 )%      (300     (0.9 )% 
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Retained by Melrose Bancorp.

   $ 8,254        39.7   $ 9,859        40.0   $ 11,463        40.2   $ 13,309        40.4
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.

Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of Melrose Cooperative Bank’s deposits. The net proceeds may vary because the total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if a syndicated community offering were used to sell shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings.

Melrose Bancorp intends to fund a loan to the employee stock ownership plan to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering and contribute cash and shares of common stock to our charitable foundation. Melrose Bancorp may also use the proceeds it retains from the stock offering:

 

    to invest in investment securities consistent with our investment policy;

 

    to pay cash dividends to stockholders;

 

    to repurchase shares of our common stock; and

 

    for other general corporate purposes.

With the exception of the funding of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan and the contribution to our charitable foundation, Melrose Bancorp has not quantified its plans for use of the offering proceeds for each of the foregoing purposes. Initially, we intend to invest a substantial portion of the net proceeds in shorter term investment securities prior to deploying the proceeds into new loans.

 

32


Table of Contents

Under currently applicable regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the conversion, except to fund equity benefit plans other than stock options or except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval.

Melrose Cooperative Bank will receive a capital contribution equal to at least 50% of the net proceeds of the offering. Melrose Cooperative Bank may use the net proceeds it receives from the offering:

 

    to fund new loans;

 

    to invest in investment securities consistent with our investment policy;

 

    to expand its banking franchise by establishing de novo branches or acquiring branches from another financial institution, although no such acquisition transactions are contemplated at this time; and

 

    for other general corporate purposes.

Melrose Cooperative Bank has not quantified its plans for use of the offering proceeds for any of the foregoing purposes.

OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS

Following completion of the stock offering, our board of directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, no decision has been made with respect to the payment of dividends. In determining whether to pay a cash dividend and the amount of such cash dividend, the board of directors is expected to take into account a number of factors, including capital requirements, our consolidated financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations and general economic conditions. No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, they will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital, to the extent permitted by applicable law, regulations and policy, may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends. We will file a consolidated tax return with Melrose Cooperative Bank. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions made by us to our stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital for federal and state tax purposes. Additionally, pursuant to bank conversion regulations, during the three-year period following the stock offering, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.

The dividends we can declare and pay will depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from Melrose Cooperative Bank, because initially we will have no source of income other than dividends from Melrose Cooperative Bank, earnings from the investment of proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock, and interest payments received in connection with the loan to the employee stock ownership plan. Applicable regulations impose significant limitations on “capital distributions” by depository institutions. See “Supervision and Regulation – Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision – Dividends” and “Supervision and Regulation – Federal Regulation – Capital Requirements.”

 

33


Table of Contents

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

Melrose Bancorp is a newly formed company and has never issued capital stock. Melrose Cooperative Bank, as a mutual institution, has never issued capital stock. Melrose Bancorp anticipates that its common stock will be traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “MELR.” Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the conversion and stock offering, but it is under no obligation to do so.

The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. In addition, our public “float,” which is the total number of our outstanding shares less the shares held by our employee stock ownership plan, our directors and executive officers and the charitable foundation, is likely to be quite limited. As a result, it is unlikely that an active trading market for the common stock will develop or that, if it develops, it will continue. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that, if you purchase shares of common stock, you will be able to sell them at or above $10.00 per share. Purchasers of common stock in this stock offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there will be a limited trading market in the common stock. This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the stock offering and may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.

 

34


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

At December 31, 2013, Melrose Cooperative Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements. The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of Melrose Cooperative Bank at December 31, 2013, and the pro forma equity capital and regulatory capital of Melrose Cooperative Bank, after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at a $10.00 per share purchase price. The table assumes the receipt by Melrose Cooperative Bank of 50% of the net offering proceeds. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

     Melrose Cooperative
Bank Historical

at December 31, 2013
    Pro Forma at December 31, 2013, Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of  
       2,210,000 shares     2,600,000 shares     2,990,000 shares     3,438,500 shares(1)  
     Amount      Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
 
                              (Dollars in thousands)                          

Equity

   $ 20,577         10.46   $ 28,215        13.63   $ 29,656        14.19   $ 31,096        14.74   $ 32,754        15.37
  

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Tier 1 leverage capital

   $ 20,004         10.09   $ 27,642        13.24   $ 29,083        13.81   $ 30,523        14.36   $ 32,181        14.98

Requirement

     9,916         5.00        10,436        5.00        10,532        5.00        10,629        5.00        10,740        5.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 10,088         5.09   $ 17,206        8.24   $ 18,551        8.81   $ 19,894        9.36   $ 21,444        9.98
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital(3)

   $ 20,004         16.91   $ 27,642        22.38   $ 29,083        23.37   $ 30,523        24.34   $ 32,181        25.43

Requirement

     7,098         6.00        7,409        6.00        7,467        6.00        7,525        6.00        7,592        6.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 12,906         10.91   $ 20,233        16.38   $ 21,616        17.37   $ 22,998        18.34   $ 24,589        19.43
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital(3)

   $ 21,229         17.95   $ 28,867        23.38   $ 30,308        24.35   $ 31,748        25.31   $ 33,406        26.40

Requirement

     11,830         10.00        12,349        10.00        12,446        10.00        12,542        10.00        12,653        10.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

   $ 9,399         7.95   $ 16,518        13.38   $ 17,862        14.35   $ 19,206        15.31   $ 20,753        16.40
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation:

                     

Net proceeds infused into Melrose Cooperative Bank

   

  $ 10,386        $ 12,319        $ 14,251        $ 16,473     

Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan

   

    (1,832       (2,160       (2,488       (2,864  

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan

   

    (916       (1,080       (1,244       (1,432  
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pro forma increase in Tier 1 and total risk-based capital

   

  $ 7,638        $ 9,079        $ 10,519        $ 12,177     
       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Leverage capital ratios are shown as a percentage of total adjusted assets. Risk-based capital ratios are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
(3) Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 50% risk weighting.

 

35


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of Melrose Cooperative Bank at December 31, 2013 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of Melrose Bancorp, after giving effect to the conversion and the offering, based upon the assumptions set forth in the “Pro Forma Data” section.

 

     Melrose
Cooperative

Bank Historical
at December 31,
2013
    Melrose Bancorp Pro Forma,
Based Upon the Sale in the Offering at $10.00 per Share of
 
     2,210,000
shares
    2,600,000
shares
    2,990,000
shares
    3,438,500
shares (1)
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposits (2)

   $ 175,510      $ 175,510      $ 175,510      $ 175,510      $ 175,510   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 175,510      $ 175,510      $ 175,510      $ 175,510      $ 175,510   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Preferred stock $0.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Common stock $0.01 par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized; assuming shares outstanding as shown (3)

     —          23        27        31        36   

Additional paid-in capital (4)

     —          21,554        25,610        29,665        34,328   

Retained earnings (5)

     20,004        20,004        20,004        20,004        20,004   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     573        573        573        573        573   

Less:

      

Common stock to be acquired by employee stock ownership plan (6)

     —          (1,832     (2,160     (2,488     (2,864

Common stock to be acquired by stock-based benefit plans (7)

     —          (916     (1,080     (1,244     (1,432

After-tax expense of contribution to charitable foundation

     —          (729     (858     (987     (1,134
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 20,577      $ 38,677      $ 42,116      $ 45,554      $ 49,511   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets (2)

     10.46     18.01     19.30     20.55     21.95

Pro forma shares outstanding:

      

Shares offered for sale in offering

     —          2,210,000        2,600,000        2,990,000        3,438,500   

Shares issued to charitable foundation

     —          80,500        100,000        119,500        141,925   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shares outstanding

     —          2,290,500        2,700,000        3,109,500        3,580,425   

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the subscription and community offerings.
(2) Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.
(3) No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of Melrose Bancorp common stock pursuant to one or more stock-based benefit plans. If these plans are implemented within 12 months following the completion of the stock offering, an amount up to 10% and 4% of the shares of Melrose Bancorp common stock sold in the offering, including shares issued to our charitable foundation, will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options and for issuance as restricted stock awards, respectively. See “Management of Melrose Bancorp – Future Stock Benefit Plans.”
(4) The sum of the par value of the total shares outstanding and additional paid-in capital equals the net stock offering proceeds at the offering price of $10.00 per share before deducting shares issued to the charitable foundation.
(5) The retained earnings of Melrose Cooperative Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Policy Regarding Dividends,” “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization – Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.”

(footnotes continue on following page)

 

36


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

(6) Assumes that 8% of the shares issued in the conversion (including shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from Melrose Bancorp. The loan will be repaid principally from Melrose Cooperative Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since Melrose Bancorp will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no asset or liability will be reflected on Melrose Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements. Under generally accepted accounting principles, the amount of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan represents unearned compensation. Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.
(7) Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be issued in the conversion (including shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) will be purchased for grant by one or more stock-based benefit plans in open market purchases. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share subscription price in the offering and represents unearned compensation, which is presented as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering. As Melrose Bancorp accrues compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to the stock-based benefit plans, the credit to equity will be offset by a charge to non-interest expense. Implementation of the stock stock-based benefit plans will require stockholder approval. Any funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to conduct open market purchases will be provided by Melrose Bancorp.

 

37


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA DATA

The following tables summarize historical data of Melrose Cooperative Bank and pro forma data of Melrose Bancorp at and for the year ended December 31, 2013. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the tables, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the conversion and offering.

The net proceeds in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:

 

    all shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription or community offerings;

 

    our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) with a loan from Melrose Bancorp. The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest over a period of 30 years;

 

    Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a selling agent fee equal to 1.00% of the dollar amount of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering. Shares purchased by our employee stock benefit plans or by our officers, directors and employees, and their immediate families and shares contributed to our charitable foundation will not be included in calculating the shares of common stock sold for this purpose; and

 

    expenses of the stock offering, other than selling agent fees to be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., will be approximately $1.2 million.

We calculated pro forma consolidated net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 as if the estimated net proceeds had been invested at assumed interest rate of 1.75% (1.16% on an after-tax basis). This rate represents the five-year United States Treasury Note rate as of December 31, 2013 which, in light of current market interest rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits as provided in applicable conversion regulations.

We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. We adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. We computed per share amounts for each period as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of each period, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.

The pro forma tables give effect to the implementation of stock-based benefit plans. Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of our outstanding shares of common stock at the same price for which they were sold in the stock offering. We assume that shares of common stock are granted under the plans in awards that vest over a five-year period.

We have also assumed that options will be granted under the stock-based benefit plans to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock. In preparing the tables below, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to

 

38


Table of Contents

estimate a grant-date fair value of $3.33 for each option. In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 15.82% for the shares of common stock, a dividend yield of 0%, an expected option life of 10 years and a risk-free interest rate of 3.04%.

We may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. In addition, we may grant options and award shares that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering.

As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering,” we intend to contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds to Melrose Cooperative Bank. We will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering and use a portion of the proceeds we retain for the purpose of making a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.

The pro forma tables do not give effect to:

 

    withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the stock offering;

 

    our results of operations after the stock offering, including the impact of additional expenses we expect to incur as a result of operating as a public company; or

 

    changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offering.

The following pro forma information may not represent the financial effects of the stock offering at the date on which the stock offering actually occurs and you should not use the tables to indicate future results of operations. Pro forma stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amount of our assets and liabilities, computed in accordance with GAAP. We did not increase or decrease stockholders’ equity to reflect the difference between the carrying value of loans and other assets and their market value. Pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated. Pro forma stockholders’ equity does not give effect to the impact of intangible assets, the liquidation account we will establish in the conversion or tax bad debt reserves in the unlikely event we are liquidated.

 

39


Table of Contents
     At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of
 
     2,210,000
shares
    2,600,000
shares
    2,990,000
shares
    3,438,500
shares (1)
 
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 22,100      $ 26,000      $ 29,900      $ 34,385   

Plus: Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation

     805        1,000        1,195        1,419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma market capitalization

   $ 22,905      $ 27,000      $ 31,095      $ 35,804   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross proceeds of offering

   $ 22,100      $ 26,000      $ 29,900      $ 34,385   

Less: Expenses

     (1,328     (1,363     (1,399     (1,440
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net proceeds

     20,772        24,637        28,501        32,945   

Less: Common stock purchased by ESOP (2)

     (1,832     (2,160     (2,488     (2,864

Less: Cash contribution to charitable foundation

     (300     (300     (300     (300

Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)

     (916     (1,080     (1,244     (1,432
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Estimated net cash proceeds

   $ 17,724      $ 21,097      $ 24,469      $ 28,349   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

        

Net income:

        

Historical

   $ 729      $ 729      $ 729      $ 729   

Pro forma income on net proceeds

     205        244        283        327   

Pro forma ESOP adjustment(2)

     (40     (48     (55     (63

Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)

     (121     (143     (164     (189

Pro forma stock option adjustment (4)

     (140     (165     (189     (218
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (6)

   $ 633      $ 617      $ 604      $ 586   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share net income:

        

Historical

   $ 0.34      $ 0.29      $ 0.25      $ 0.22   

Pro forma income on net proceeds

     0.10        0.10        0.10        0.10   

Pro forma ESOP adjustment (2)

     (0.02     (0.02     (0.02     (0.02

Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)

     (0.06     (0.06     (0.06     (0.06

Pro forma stock option adjustment (4)

     (0.06     (0.06     (0.06     (0.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share (5) (6)

   $ 0.30      $ 0.25      $ 0.21      $ 0.18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price as a multiple of pro forma net income per share

     33.33x        40.00x        47.62x        55.56x   

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma net income per share calculations (5)

     2,113,368        2,491,200        2,869,032        3,303,539   

At December 31, 2013

        

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Historical

   $ 20,577      $ 20,577      $ 20,577      $ 20,577   

Estimated net proceeds

     20,772        24,637        28,501        32,945   

Plus: Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation

     805        1,000        1,195        1,419   

Plus: Tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation

     376        442        508        585   

Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)

     (1,832     (2,160     (2,488     (2,864

Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)

     (916     (1,080     (1,244     (1,432

Less: Expense of contribution to charitable foundation

     (1,105     (1,300     (1,495     (1,719
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity (7)

   $ 38,677      $ 42,116      $ 45,554      $ 49,511   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity per share:

        

Historical

   $ 8.98      $ 7.62      $ 6.62      $ 5.75   

Estimated net proceeds

     9.07        9.12        9.17        9.20   

Plus: Market value of shares issued to charitable foundation

     0.35        0.37        0.38        0.40   

Plus: Tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation

     0.16        0.16        0.16        0.16   

Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)

     (0.80     (0.80     (0.80     (0.80

Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)

     (0.40     (0.40     (0.40     (0.40

Less: Expense of contribution to charitable foundation

     (0.48     (0.48     (0.48     (0.48
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (7)

   $ 16.88      $ 15.59      $ 14.65      $ 13.83   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

     59.24     64.14     68.26     72.31

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations (7)

     2,290,500        2,700,000        3,109,500        3,580,425   

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

40


Table of Contents

(Footnotes from previous pages)

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Assumes that 8% of shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of the tables, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from Melrose Bancorp at a rate per annum equal to the prime rate. Melrose Cooperative Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Melrose Cooperative Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 30 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Accounting Standards Codification 718-40-30 requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Melrose Cooperative Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 34%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 6,108, 7,200, 8,292 and 9,548 shares were committed during the year ended December 31, 2013 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 718-40-30, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of income per share calculations.
(3) If approved by Melrose Bancorp’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may grant an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be issued in the conversion, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion), as restricted stock awards to our officers, employees and directors. Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans, and purchases by the plan, may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from Melrose Bancorp or through open market purchases. The funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to purchase the shares will be provided by Melrose Bancorp. The tables assume that (i) the stock-based benefit plans acquire the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the stock-based benefit plans is amortized as an expense during the fiscal year and (iii) the stock-based benefit plans expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 34%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock (equal to 4% of the shares issued in the conversion, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 3.85%.
(4) If approved by Melrose Bancorp’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be issued in the conversion, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options to be granted under stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.33 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options, and that 25% of the amortization expense (or the assumed portion relating to options granted to directors) resulted in a tax benefit using an assumed tax rate of 34%. The actual expense of the stock options to be granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the grant of options under the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based benefit plans is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock used to fund stock options (equal to 10% of the shares issued in the conversion, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 9.09%.
(5) Income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and, in accordance with applicable accounting standards for employee stock ownership plans, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares that have not been committed for release during the period. See note 2, above.
(6)

Pro forma net income does not give effect to the nonrecurring expense that would be expected to be recognized in the year ended December 31, 2014 as a result of the contribution of cash and shares of common stock to the charitable foundation. The estimated before tax expense, estimated after-tax expense and pro forma tax benefit associated with the contribution to the charitable foundation is $1.3 million, $858,000 and $442,000, respectively, at the midpoint of the

 

41


Table of Contents
  offering. The table below presents before and after tax expense of the foundation contribution for the year ended December 31, 2013, along with pro forma net (loss) and per share net (loss) for the same periods. The pro forma data assumes that we will realize 100.0% of the income tax benefit as a result of the contribution to the charitable foundation based on a 34% income tax rate. The realization of the tax benefit is limited annually to 10.0% of our annual taxable income. However, for federal and state tax purposes, we can carry forward any unused portion of the deduction for five years following the year in which the contribution is made.

 

     Minimum of
Offering Range
    Midpoint of
Offering Range
    Maximum of
Offering Range
    Maximum, as
adjusted, of
Offering Range
 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Before tax expense of contribution:

        

Year ended December 31, 2013

   $ 1,105      $ 1,300      $ 1,495      $ 1,719   

Pro forma tax benefit:

        

Year ended December 31, 2013

     (376     (442     (508     (585
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

After tax expense of contribution:

        

Year ended December 31, 2013

     729        858        987        1,134   

Pro forma net (loss):

        

Year ended December 31, 2013

     (96     (241     (383     (548

Pro forma net (loss) per share:

        

Year ended December 31, 2013

   $ (0.05   $ (0.10   $ (0.13   $ (0.17

 

(7) The retained earnings of Melrose Cooperative Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Policy Regarding Dividends,” “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization – Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.” The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the offering.

 

42


Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION

WITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

As reflected in the table below, if the charitable foundation is not established and funded as part of the stock offering, RP Financial, LC. estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater and, as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be issued in the stock offering. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the valuation range, our pro forma valuation is $22.9 million, $27.0 million, $31.1 million and $35.8 million with the charitable foundation, as compared to $24.0 million, $28.3 million, $32.5 million and $37.4 million, respectively, without the charitable foundation. There is no assurance that in the event the charitable foundation were not formed, the appraisal prepared at that time would conclude that our pro forma market value would be the same as that estimated in the table below. Any appraisal prepared at that time would be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and economic conditions.

For comparative purposes only, set forth below are certain pricing ratios and financial data and ratios at and for the year ended December 31, 2013 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming the stock offering was completed at the beginning of the period, with and without the charitable foundation. RP Financial, LC., for purposes of this table, assumed that the offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share was approximately the same without the charitable foundation as with the charitable foundation at the midpoint of the offering range.

 

    Minimum of Offering
Range
    Midpoint of Offering
Range
    Maximum of Offering
Range
    Adjusted Maximum of
Offering Range
 
    With
Charitable
Foundation
    Without
Charitable
Foundation
    With
Charitable
Foundation
    Without
Charitable
Foundation
    With
Charitable
Foundation
    Without
Charitable
Foundation
    With
Charitable
Foundation
    Without
Charitable
Foundation
 
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Estimated stock offering amount

  $ 22,100      $ 24,013      $ 26,000      $ 28,250      $ 29,900      $ 32,488      $ 34,385      $ 37,361   

Estimated full value

    22,905        24,013        27,000        28,250        31,095        32,488        35,804        37,361   

Total pro forma assets

    214,775        216,460        218,214        220,150        221,652        223,840        225,609        228,083   

Total pro forma liabilities

    176,098        176,098        176,098        176,098        176,098        176,098        176,098        176,098   

Pro forma stockholders’ equity

    38,677        40,362        42,116        44,052        45,554        47,742        49,511        51,985   

Pro forma net income

    633        642        617        629        604        616        586        601   

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

    16.88        16.81        15.59        15.59        14.65        14.69        13.83        13.91   

Pro forma net income per share

    0.30        0.29        0.25        0.24        0.21        0.20        0.18        0.17   

Pro forma pricing ratios:

               

Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

    59.24     59.49     64.14     64.14     68.26     68.07     72.31     71.84

Offering price to pro forma net income per share

    33.33x        34.48x        40.00x        41.67x        47.62x        50.00x        55.56x        58.82x   

Pro forma financial ratios:

               

Return on assets

    0.29     0.30     0.28     0.29     0.27     0.28     0.26     0.26

Return on equity

    1.64        1.59        1.47        1.43        1.33        1.29        1.18        1.16   

Equity to assets

    18.01        18.65        19.30        20.01        20.55        21.33        21.95        22.79   

Total shares issued

    2,290,500        2,401,250        2,700,000        2,825,000        3,109,500        3,248,750        3,580,425        3,736,063   

 

43


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section is intended to help potential investors understand the financial performance of Melrose Cooperative Bank through a discussion of the factors affecting our financial condition at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. This section should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements that appear beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. Melrose Bancorp had not engaged in any activities at December 31, 2013. Therefore, the information reflected in this section reflects the financial performance of Melrose Cooperative Bank.

Overview

Our principal business consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public in our market area and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in one- to four-family residential real estate loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, and to a much lesser extent, commercial real estate loans, construction loans and consumer loans. We originate for sale and sell the majority of the fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate with terms of greater than 15 years.

Our results of operations depend primarily on our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities. Our results of operations also are affected by our provision for loan losses, noninterest income and noninterest expense. Noninterest income currently consists primarily of fees and service charges, gains on sales of loans and income on bank-owned life insurance. Noninterest expense currently consists primarily of expenses related to salary and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment, data processing, advertising, professional fees, and other expense, consisting primarily of federal deposit insurance assessments and other general and administrative expenses.

Our results of operations also may be affected significantly by general and local economic and competitive conditions, changes in market interest rates, governmental policies and actions of regulatory authorities.

Business Strategy

Our principal objective is to build long-term value for our stockholders by operating a profitable community-oriented financial institution dedicated to meeting the banking needs of our customers. Highlights of our current business strategy include:

 

    Continuing to focus on one- to four-family residential real estate lending. We have been, and will continue to be, primarily a one- to four-family residential real estate lender for borrowers in our market area. As of December 31, 2013, $118.3 million, or 89.4%, of our total loan portfolio, consisted of one- to four-family residential real estate loans and at that date an additional $10.0 million, or 7.6%, of our total loan portfolio, consisted of home equity loans and lines of credit. While we intend to increase our focus on commercial real estate lending in an effort to increase yield, we expect that one- to four-family residential real estate lending will remain our primary lending activity.

 

   

Increasing commercial real estate lending. In order to increase the yield on our loan portfolio and reduce the term to repricing, we intend to increase our focus on commercial real estate lending while maintaining what we believe are conservative underwriting

 

44


Table of Contents
 

standards. In order to execute on this strategy we intend to hire additional lending personnel, including one person who is an experienced commercial lender. The additional capital raised in the offering will further increase our commercial lending capacity by enabling us to originate more loans.

 

    Maintaining our strong asset quality through conservative loan underwriting. As we seek to diversify our loan portfolio, we intend to maintain strict, quality-oriented loan underwriting and credit monitoring processes. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, non-performing assets totaled $336,000 and $588,000, respectively, which represented 0.17% and 0.32% of total assets at those dates, respectively.

 

    Continuing to attract and retain customers in our market area and build our “core” deposits consisting of demand, NOW, savings and money market accounts. Our strategy to seek to increase our commercial real estate lending is also designed to encourage relationship banking and increase our core deposits, including noninterest-bearing transaction accounts, and decrease our dependence on certificates of deposit. Additionally, we believe our implementation of additional product delivery channels and technological services such as electronic and mobile banking applications will increase our core deposits.

 

    Remaining a community-oriented institution and relying on high quality service to maintain and build a loyal local customer base . We were established in 1890 and have been operating continuously in and around Melrose, Massachusetts since that time. By using our recognized brand name and the goodwill developed over years of providing timely, efficient banking services, we believe we have been able to attract a solid base of local retail customers on which to continue to build our banking business. We believe that the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation will further promote our relationships and exposure in our market area through our support of charitable organizations operating in our local community.

 

    Expanding our banking franchise as opportunities arise through de novo branching and/or branch acquisitions. We currently operate from our full-service banking office. We believe there are branch expansion opportunities in our primary market area. We intend to evaluate branch expansion opportunities, including through establishing a de novo branch and/or branch acquisitions as such opportunities arise. However, we currently have no understandings or agreements with respect to establishing a new branch or acquiring a branch.

These strategies are intended to guide our investment of the net proceeds of the offering. We intend to continue to pursue our business strategy after the conversion and the offering, subject to changes necessitated by future market conditions, regulatory restrictions and other factors.

Anticipated Increase in Noninterest Expense

Following the completion of the conversion and stock offering, we anticipate that our non-interest expense will increase as a result of increased compensation expenses associated with the implementation of our employee stock ownership plan and the implementation of a stock-based benefit plan, if that benefit plan is approved by our stockholders. For further information, see “Summary – Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Following the Conversion,” “Risk Factors – Risks Related to this Stock Offering – Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income,” and “Management of Melrose Bancorp – Benefit Plans and Agreements” and “– Future Stock Benefit Plans.”

 

45


Table of Contents

Our noninterest expense will also increase as a result of our contribution of cash and shares of common stock to our charitable foundation, and as a result of the increased reporting and other costs associated with operating as a public company as we may be required to expand our accounting staff and expand our internal audit and risk management functions, and/or engage outside consultants to provide these services for us until qualified personnel are hired. For further information, please see “Summary – Our Contribution of Cash and Shares of Our Common Stock to Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation,” “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Business – The cost of additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls in order to satisfy our new public company reporting requirements will increase our expenses” and “– Risks Related to this Stock Offering – The contribution to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interest and adversely affect net income in the year we complete the stock offering,” and “Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation.”

Additionally, consistent with our business strategy to increase our focus on commercial real estate lending, we expect to hire additional lending personnel to execute this strategy which will add to salaries and employee benefits and compensation expense.

Critical Accounting Policies

Certain of our accounting policies are important to the portrayal of our financial condition, since they require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Estimates associated with these policies are susceptible to material changes as a result of changes in facts and circumstances. Facts and circumstances which could affect these judgments include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates, changes in the performance of the economy and changes in the financial condition of borrowers. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in detail in Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus.

The recently enacted JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. As an “emerging growth company” we have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. As of December 31, 2013, there is not a significant difference in the presentation of our financial statements as compared to other public companies as a result of this transition guidance.

The following represent our critical accounting policies:

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is the estimated amount considered necessary to cover inherent, but unconfirmed, credit losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is established through the provision for losses on loans which is charged against income. In determining the allowance for loan losses, management makes significant estimates and has identified this policy as one of our most critical accounting policies.

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a quarterly basis by management. Consideration is given to a variety of factors in establishing this estimate including, but not limited to, current economic conditions, delinquency statistics, geographic and industry concentrations, the adequacy of the underlying collateral, the financial strength of the borrower, results of internal loan reviews and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant change.

 

46


Table of Contents

The analysis has two components, specific and general allocations. Specific percentage allocations can be made for unconfirmed losses related to loans that are determined to be impaired. Impairment is measured by determining the present value of expected future cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral adjusted for market conditions and selling expenses. If the fair value of the loan is less than the loan’s carrying amount, a charge is recorded for the difference. The general allocation is determined by segregating the remaining loans by type of loan, risk weighting (if applicable) and payment history. We also analyze historical loss experience, delinquency trends, general economic conditions and geographic and industry concentrations. This analysis establishes factors that are applied to the loan groups to determine the amount of the general reserve. Actual loan losses may be significantly more than the allowances we have established which could result in a material negative effect on our financial results.

Securities Valuation and Impairment . We classify our investments in debt and equity securities as either held-to-maturity or available-for-sale. Securities classified as held-to maturity are recorded at cost or amortized cost. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value. We obtain our fair values from a third party service. This service’s fair value calculations are based on quoted market prices when such prices are available. If quoted market prices are not available, estimates of fair value are computed using a variety of techniques, including extrapolation from the quoted prices of similar instruments or recent trades for thinly traded securities, fundamental analysis, or through obtaining purchase quotes. Due to the subjective nature of the valuation process, it is possible that the actual fair values of these investments could differ from the estimated amounts, thereby affecting our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. If the estimated value of investments is less than the cost or amortized cost, we evaluate whether an event or change in circumstances has occurred that may have a significant adverse effect on the fair value of the investment. If such an event or change has occurred and we determine that the impairment is other-than-temporary, we expense the impairment of the investment in the period in which the event or change occurred. We also consider how long a security has been in a loss position in determining if it is other than temporarily impaired. Management also assesses the nature of the unrealized losses taking into consideration factors such as changes in risk-free interest rates, general credit spread widening, market supply and demand, creditworthiness of the issuer, and quality of the underlying collateral.

Deferred Tax Assets. We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We exercise significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax liabilities and assets. These judgments may require us to make projections of future taxable income and/or to carryback to taxable income in prior years. The judgments and estimates we make in determining our deferred tax assets, which are inherently subjective, are reviewed on a continual basis as regulatory and business factors change. Any reduction in estimated future taxable income may require us to record a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

 

47


Table of Contents

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

Total assets increased $11.1 million, or 6.0%, to $196.7 million at December 31, 2013 from $185.6 million at December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily the result of increases in securities available-for-sale and net loans, offset in part by a decrease in cash and cash equivalents.

Securities available-for-sale increased $11.4 million, or 40.3%, to $39.7 million at December 31, 2013 from $28.3 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in securities available-for-sale during 2013 was a result of management’s decision to deploy cash and cash equivalents into these securities as a result of deposit growth during the year and our decision to sell our longer-term, fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans in the continuing low interest rate environment.

Net loans increased $6.3 million, or 5.0%, to $132.0 million at December 31, 2013 from $125.7 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in net loans during 2013 was due primarily to an increase of $5.4 million, or 4.8%, in one- to four-family residential real estate loans, and an increase of $682,000, or 57.4%, in construction loans during the period.

Cash and cash equivalents decreased $6.1 million, or 26.4%, to $17.0 million at December 31, 2013 from $23.1 million at December 31, 2012, as management determined to deploy these funds in to the purchase of securities available-for-sale rather than the origination and retention in our portfolio of longer-term, fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans during the continuing low interest rate environment during 2013. Money market funds decreased $8.0 million, or 90.1%, to $876,000 at December 31, 2013 from $8.9 million at December 31, 2012 reflecting our decision to increase securities available-for-sale during the current interest rate environment.

At December 31, 2013, our investment in bank-owned life insurance was $4.8 million, an increase of $182,000, from $4.7 million at December 31, 2012. We invest in bank-owned life insurance to provide us with a funding offset for our benefit plan obligations. Bank-owned life insurance also generally provides us noninterest income that is non-taxable.

Other assets decreased $209,000, or 51.2%, to $199,000 at December 31, 2013 from $408,000 at December 31, 2012. The decrease resulted primarily from the reduction of $219,000 of prepaid FDIC insurance premiums during the year.

Total deposits increased $10.3 million, or 6.2%, to $175.5 million at December 31, 2013 from $165.2 million at December 31, 2012. The increase resulted primarily from an increase in savings accounts of $5.2 million, or 19.2%, and an increase in certificates of deposit of $5.1 million, or 6.8%, as our customers preferred these higher-yielding accounts. These increases were offset in part by a decrease in money markets of $472,000, or 1.2%.

We had no borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2013 or 2012. At December 31, 2013, we had the ability to borrow approximately $85.5 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, subject to certain collateral requirements. Additionally, at December 31, 2013, we had the ability to borrow up to $5.0 million on a Fed Funds line of credit with Co-Operative Central Bank.

Total equity increased $737,000, or 3.7%, to $20.6 million at December 31, 2013 from $19.8 million at December 31, 2012 resulting primarily from net income of $729,000 during 2013.

 

48


Table of Contents

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

General. Net income decreased $465,000, or 38.9%, to $729,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Net income decreased due to a decrease in interest and dividend income of $231,000, an increase in interest expense of $170,000, a decrease in noninterest income of $47,000 and an increase in noninterest expense of $307,000, partially offset by a decrease in income tax expense of $291,000.

Interest and Dividend Income. Interest and dividend income decreased $231,000, or 4.0%, to $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to a decrease in interest and fees on loans, which decreased to $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease of $103,000 in interest and fees on loans was the result of a decrease in the average yield earned on loans to 3.64% for 2013 from 4.00% during 2012 due to the low interest rate and competitive environment for the origination of new loans. The average balance of loans increased $9.2 million, or 7.6%, to $129.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $120.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due primarily to new originations of one- to four-family residential real estate loans as a result of the continuing low interest rate environment.

Interest and dividends on securities decreased $137,000, or 15.4%, to $753,000 for 2013 from $890,000 for 2012 resulting from a decrease of 65 basis points in the average yield on securities to 2.19% for 2013 from 2.84% for 2012 offset in part by an increase of $2.9 million in the average balance of securities year to year.

Other interest income increased $9,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 due to a $4.0 million increase in the average balance of other interest-earning assets as well as a minimal increase in the average yield on these assets.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $170,000, or 12.3%, to $1.5 million for 2013 from $1.4 million for 2012. The increase was due to an increase of $12.5 million, or 8.3%, in interest-bearing deposits and an increase of 4 basis points to 0.95% for 2013 from 0.91% for 2012 in the average rate paid on these deposits. The increase in interest-bearing deposits resulted primarily from an increase of $11.8 million, or 16.6%, in the average balance of certificates of deposit to $82.8 million for 2013 from $71.0 million for 2012. Offsetting, in part, the increase in our average balance of certificates of deposit, was a decrease of $2.8 million, or 6.6%, in the average balance of money market accounts which decreased to $40.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $43.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Net Interest and Dividend Income. Net interest and dividend income decreased $401,000, or 9.2%, to $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as our net interest rate spread decreased 47 basis points to 2.05% for 2013 from 2.52% for 2012 and our net interest margin decreased 45 basis points to 2.16% for 2013 from 2.61% for 2012, offset in part by an increase of $3.6 million in our net interest-earning assets to $19.3 million during 2013 from $15.6 million during 2012.

Provision for Loan Losses. Based on our analysis of the factors described in “Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Loan Losses,” we recorded a provision for loan losses of $37,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $1,000, or 2.8%, from the provision of $36,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our determination to increase our provision resulted primarily from increased loan balances.

 

49


Table of Contents

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2013 reflected net charge-offs of $1,000 for both 2013 and 2012. The allowance for loan losses was $510,000, or 0.39% of total loans, at December 31, 2013, compared to $474,000, or 0.38% of total loans, at December 31, 2012. Total nonperforming loans were $336,000 at December 31, 2013 compared to $383,000 at December 31, 2012. As a percentage of nonperforming loans, the allowance for loan losses was 151.8% at December 31, 2013 compared to 123.8% at December 31, 2012.

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income decreased $47,000, or 11.6%, to $359,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $406,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 due primarily to decreases in fees and service charges and gains on sales of securities offset in part by increases in gain on sales of loans and income on bank-owned life insurance and other income.

Fees and service charges decreased $40,000, or 30.1%. Gain on sales of securities decreased to $0 during 2013 from $36,000 during 2012 as we sold no securities in 2013. Gain on sales of loans increased $22,000 to $105,000 for 2013 from $83,000 for 2012.

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $307,000, or 10.5%, to $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Noninterest expense increased primarily due to increases in salaries and employee benefits, occupancy expense and data processing expense. Salaries and employee benefits increased $194,000, or 10.7%, resulting from increased pension plan expense as well as normal salary increases and increases in payroll taxes. Occupancy expense increased $41,000, or 16.1%, primarily due to increased taxes and insurance. In addition, our data processing expense increased $44,000.

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense decreased $291,000, or 48.5%, to $309,000 for 2013 from $600,000 for 2012. The decrease in the income tax expense was principally due to a lower level of pre-tax income. Our effective tax rate was 29.8% for 2013 compared to 33.4% for 2012.

 

50


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheets

Average Balances and Yields. The following table sets forth the average balance sheet, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods indicated. All average balances are daily or weekly average balances. Management does not believe that the use of weekly average balances instead of daily average balances has caused any material difference in the information presented. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.

 

     At
December 31,
2013
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012  
       Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest      Yield/Rate     Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest      Yield/Rate  
   Yield/Rate                
           (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

                

Loans

     3.46   $ 129,783      $ 4,718         3.64   $ 120,595      $ 4,821         4.00

Securities

     2.22        34,328        753         2.19        31,387        890         2.84   

Other interest-earning assets (1)

     0.12        18,719        23         0.12        14,695        14         0.10   
    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets

     2.94        182,830        5,494         3.00        166,677        5,725         3.43   
      

 

 

        

 

 

    

Noninterest-earning assets

       12,047             13,016        
    

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total assets

     $ 194,877           $ 179,693        
    

 

 

        

 

 

      

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                

Deposits:

                

Savings accounts

     0.20      $ 29,803        99         0.33      $ 26,076        106         0.41   

Certificates of deposit

     1.46        82,753        1,252         1.51        70,972        1,059         1.49   

Money market accounts

     0.38        40,291        184         0.46        43,145        202         0.47   

NOW accounts

     0.10        10,727        12         0.11        10,842        10         0.09   
    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing deposits

     0.85        163,574        1,547         0.95        151,035        1,377         0.91   

Borrowings

     —          —          —             —          —        
    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     0.85        163,574        1,547           151,035        1,377      
      

 

 

        

 

 

    

Demand deposit accounts

       10,444             8,957        

Other noninterest-bearing liabilities

       656             546        
    

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities

       174,674             160,538        

Equity

       20,203             19,155        
    

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities and equity

     $ 194,877           $ 179,693        
    

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net interest income

       $ 3,947           $ 4,348      
      

 

 

        

 

 

    

Net interest rate spread (2)

            2.05          2.52

Net interest-earning assets (3)

     $ 19,256           $ 15,642        
    

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net interest margin (4)

            2.16          2.61

Average of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

       111.77          110.36     

 

(1) Includes Federal Home Loan Bank stock, correspondent bank accounts, federal funds sold, money market funds and Co-operative Central Bank deposit.
(2) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest bearing liabilities.
(3) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

 

51


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis. The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the fiscal years indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately, based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

     Years Ended December 31,
2013 vs. 2012
 
     Increase (Decrease)
Due to
    Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
     Volume     Rate    
     (In thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

      

Loans

   $ 543      $ (646   $ (103

Securities

     97        (234     (137

Other interest-earning assets

     4        5        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     644        (875     (231
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

      

Deposits:

      

Savings accounts

     25        (32     (7

Certificates of deposit

     178        15        193   

Money market accounts

     (13     (5     (18

NOW accounts

     —          2        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     190        (20     170   

Borrowings

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     190        (20     170   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 454      $ (855   $ (401
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents

Management of Market Risk

Our most significant form of market risk is interest rate risk because, as a financial institution, the majority of our assets and liabilities are sensitive to changes in interest rates. Therefore, a principal part of our operations is to manage interest rate risk and limit the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. Our board of directors is responsible for the review and oversight of our asset/liability strategies. Our Asset/Liability Committee, which is comprised of our senior executive officers and one outside board member, meets quarterly and is charged with developing an asset/liability management plan. Senior management meets regularly to review pricing and liquidity needs and to assess our interest rate risk. This committee is responsible for evaluating the interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, for determining the level of risk that is appropriate, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by our board of directors.

The techniques we are currently using to manage interest rate risk include:

 

    selling the majority of our fixed-rate, one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate with terms of greater than 15 years and retaining all of the adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate;

 

    maintaining a significant portfolio of adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans and increasing the amount of adjustable-rate commercial real estate and construction loans in our portfolio;

 

    funding a portion of our operations with deposits with terms greater than one year;

 

    monitoring core deposit levels and pricing to allow us to remain competitive in obtaining funds and to respond to changes in customer demand and our liquidity needs;

 

    focusing our business operations on local retail customers who value our community orientation and personal service and who may be somewhat less sensitive to interest rate changes than wholesale deposit customers; and

 

    maintaining a strong capital position, which provides for a favorable level of interest-earning assets relative to interest-bearing liabilities.

Depending on market conditions, from time to time we may place more emphasis on enhancing net interest margin rather than matching the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. In particular, we believe that the increased net interest income resulting from a mismatch in the maturity of our assets and liabilities can, during periods of stable or declining interest rates, provide high enough returns to justify increased exposure to sudden and unexpected increases in interest rates. As a result of this philosophy, our results of operations and the economic value of our equity will remain vulnerable to increases in interest rates and to declines due to the difference between long- and short-term interest rates.

Economic Value of Equity. In order to monitor and manage interest rate risk, we use the net present value of equity at risk methodology. This methodology calculates the difference between the present value of expected cash flows from assets and liabilities. The comparative scenarios assume an immediate parallel shift in the yield curve in increments of 100 basis point (bp) rate movements. A basis point equals one-hundredth of one percent, and 100 basis points equals one percent. An increase in interest rates from 3% to 4% would mean, for example, a 100 basis point increase in the “Change in Interest Rates” column below. The model is run at least quarterly showing shocks from +300bp to -100bp, because a decline of greater than -100bp is currently highly unlikely. The board of directors and management review the methodology’s measurements on a quarterly basis.

 

53


Table of Contents

The interest rate scenarios are used for analytical purposes and do not necessarily represent management’s view of future market movements. Results of the modeling are used to provide a measure of the degree of volatility interest rate movements may have on our earnings. Modeling the sensitivity of earnings to interest rate risk is decidedly reliant on numerous assumptions embedded in the model. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, management’s best assessment of the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment speeds of certain assets and liabilities, projections for account balances in each of the product lines offered and the historical behavior of deposit rates and balances in relation to changes in interest rates. These assumptions are inherently changeable, and as a result, the model is not expected to precisely measure net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in interest rate on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions. Assumptions are supported with annual back testing of the model to actual market rate shifts.

The table below sets forth, as of December 31, 2013, the estimated changes in the net present value of equity that would result from the designated changes in the United States Treasury yield curve under an instantaneous parallel shift for Melrose Cooperative Bank. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.

 

Change in Interest Rates

(Basis Points) (1)

   Economic Value of Equity     EVE as a % of Economic Value of
Assets (3)
 
   Estimated EVE (2)      Amount
of Change
    Percent    
          EVE Ratio     Change (1)  
     (Dollars in thousands)              

+300

   $ 28,147       $ (11,200     (28.5 )%      14.0     (4.3 )% 

+200

     31,771         (7,576     (19.3     15.5     (2.8 )% 

+100

     35,571         (3,776     (9.6     16.9     (1.4 )% 

      0

     39,347         —          —          18.3     —  

-100

     42,696         3,349        8.5        19.5     1.2

 

(1) Assumes instantaneous parallel changes in interest rates.
(2) EVE or Economic Value of Equity at Risk measures Melrose Cooperative Bank’s exposure to equity due to changes in a forecast interest rate environment.
(3) EVE ratio represents Economic Value of Equity divided by the economic value of assets which should measure stability for future earnings.

The table above indicates that at December 31, 2013, in the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience an 8.5% increase in economic value of equity. In the event of a 300 basis point increase in interest rates, we would experience a 28.5% decrease in economic value of equity.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the above interest rate risk measurement. Modeling changes in the economic portfolio value of equity require making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in interest rates. In this regard, the table above assumes that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assumes that particular changes in interest rates occur at different times and in different amounts in response to a designed change in the yield curve for U.S. Treasuries. Furthermore, although the table

 

54


Table of Contents

provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income. Finally, the above table does not take into account the changes in the credit risk of our assets that can occur in connection with changes in interest rates.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations. Our primary sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and securities, proceeds from sale of loans and proceeds from maturities and calls of securities. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. Our Asset/Liability Committee, under the direction of our Chief Executive Officer, is responsible for establishing and monitoring our liquidity targets and strategies in order to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists for meeting the borrowing needs and deposit withdrawals of our customers as well as unanticipated contingencies.

Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The level of these assets is dependent on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2013, cash and cash equivalents totaled $17.0 million. We believe that we have enough sources of liquidity to satisfy our short- and long-term liquidity needs as of December 31, 2013.

We regularly monitor and adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of: (i) expected loan demand; (ii) expected deposit flows; (iii) yields available on interest-earning deposits; and (iv) the objectives of our asset/liability management program. Excess liquid assets are invested generally in interest-earning deposits.

Our cash flows are comprised of three primary classifications: cash flows from operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities.

Net cash provided by operating activities, which consists primarily of net income and proceeds from loan sales offset by disbursements for loans originated for sale, was $1.1 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Net cash used in investing activities, which consists primarily of disbursements for purchases of available-for-sale securities and net loan originations and principal collections offset by proceeds from maturities and calls of available-for-sale securities, was $17.5 million and $5.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Financing activities consist entirely of activity in deposit accounts. We experienced a net increase in deposits of $10.3 million and $4.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Deposit flows are affected by the overall level of interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by us and our local competitors, and by other factors.

At December 31, 2013, we had $1.9 million in commitments to originate loans, $659,000 of which will be sold. In addition to commitments to originate loans, we had $11.8 million in unused lines of credit to borrowers. Certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2013 totaled $38.1 million, or 21.7%, of total deposits. If these deposits do not remain with us, we may be required to seek other sources of funds, including utilizing Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances although historically we have not utilized borrowings as a funding source and do not expect to in the future. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit due on or before December 31, 2014. We believe, however, that based on historical experience and current market interest rates, we will retain upon maturity a large portion of our certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less as of December 31, 2013.

 

55


Table of Contents

We are permitted to borrow funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and the Co-Operative Central Bank, and at December 31, 2013 we had the ability to borrow $85.5 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and $5.0 million from the Co-Operative Central Bank. Historically we have not used borrowings as a funding source, and we had no borrowings at either December 31, 2013 or 2012.

Melrose Cooperative Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. At December 31, 2013, Melrose Cooperative Bank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements. Melrose Cooperative Bank is considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. See “Supervision and Regulation – Federal Regulations – Capital Requirements” and Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The net proceeds from the stock offering will significantly increase our liquidity and capital resources. Over time, the initial level of liquidity will be reduced as net proceeds from the stock offering are used for general corporate purposes, including the funding of loans.

Commitments, Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Commitments. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our potential future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans we make. In addition, we enter into commitments to sell mortgage loans. For additional information, see Note 10 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include maintenance agreements for equipment, agreements with respect to borrowed funds, if any, and deposit liabilities.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. In the normal course of operations, we engage in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with U.S. GAAP, are not recorded in our financial statements. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate and liquidity risk. Such transactions are used primarily to manage customers’ requests for funding and take the form of loan commitments and lines of credit as well as commitments to sell loans. For information about our loan commitments and unused lines of credit, see Note 10 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.

We have not engaged in any other off-balance-sheet transactions in the normal course of our lending activities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a discussion of the impact of recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 2 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

56


Table of Contents

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates, generally, have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than does inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

BUSINESS OF MELROSE BANCORP

Melrose Bancorp is a Maryland corporation organized and incorporated in February 2014 for the purpose of becoming the bank holding company of Melrose Cooperative Bank upon completion of the conversion and stock offering. We have not engaged in any business to date. Upon completion of the conversion, we will own all of the issued and outstanding stock of Melrose Cooperative Bank. We intend to contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering to Melrose Cooperative Bank. Melrose Bancorp will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering and use a portion of the retained net proceeds to make a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and contribute a portion of the retained net proceeds to the charitable foundation that we are establishing and funding in connection with the conversion. At a later date, we may use the net proceeds from the offering to pay dividends to stockholders and repurchase shares of common stock, subject to our capital needs and regulatory limitations. We will invest our initial capital as discussed in “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

After the conversion and the offering are complete, Melrose Bancorp, as the holding company of Melrose Cooperative Bank, will be authorized to pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations, which may include the acquisition of other banking and financial services companies. See “Supervision and Regulation – Holding Company Regulation” for a discussion of the activities that are permitted for bank holding companies.

Following the offering, our cash flow will depend on earnings from the investment of the net proceeds from the offering that we retain, and any dividends we receive from Melrose Cooperative Bank. Melrose Cooperative Bank is subject to regulatory limitations on the amount of dividends that it may pay. See “Supervision and Regulation – Federal Regulations – Capital Requirements.” Initially, Melrose Bancorp will neither own nor lease any property, but will instead pay a fee to Melrose Cooperative Bank for the use of its premises, equipment and furniture. At the present time, we intend to employ only certain persons who are officers of Melrose Cooperative Bank to serve as officers of Melrose Bancorp. We will, however, use the support staff of Melrose Cooperative Bank from time to time. We will pay a fee to Melrose Cooperative Bank for the time devoted to Melrose Bancorp by employees of Melrose Cooperative Bank; however, these persons will not be separately compensated by Melrose Bancorp. Melrose Bancorp may hire additional employees, as appropriate, to the extent it expands its business in the future.

 

57


Table of Contents

BUSINESS OF MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK

General

Melrose Cooperative Bank is a Massachusetts-chartered cooperative bank headquartered in Melrose, Massachusetts. Melrose Cooperative Bank was incorporated in 1890 and has operated continuously in or around the surrounding area of Melrose, Massachusetts since that time.

We provide financial services to individuals, families and businesses through our full-service banking office in Melrose, Massachusetts. Our primary business activity consists of taking deposits from the general public in our market area and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in one- to four-family residential real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. To a much lesser extent, we also originate commercial real estate, construction and consumer loans. We offer a variety of deposit accounts to consumers and small businesses, including certificate of deposit accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and demand and NOW accounts. We also offer online and mobile banking services. At December 31, 2013, we had total assets of $196.7 million, total deposits of $175.5 million and total equity of $20.6 million.

Generally, we retain in our portfolio all adjustable-rate loans that we originate, as well as fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans with terms of less than 15 years. Consistent with prudent interest rate risk strategy and based upon the market and rate environment, we will consider holding in our portfolio longer term fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Historically, as part of our interest rate risk strategy, we have sold our fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans with terms of 15 years or greater on a servicing-released basis. In 2013 we originated for sale and sold $5.2 million of fixed-rate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, including refinances, in order to generate fee income and consistent with our interest rate risk strategy.

Reflecting our focus on our community, in connection with the offering, we intend to establish a charitable foundation called Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation and fund it with $300,000 in cash and between $805,000 at the minimum of the offering range and $1,419,250 at the adjusted maximum of the offering range in shares of Melrose Bancorp common stock. The purpose of this foundation will be to make contributions to support various charitable organizations operating in our community.

Our website address is www.melrosecoop.com . Information on this website should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

Market Area

We conduct our operations from our full-service banking office in Melrose, Massachusetts which is located in the greater Boston metropolitan area of Middlesex County. Melrose is a suburb located approximately seven miles north of Boston. We consider our primary deposit area and primary lending market area to be Melrose and the surrounding towns. While we occasionally make loans secured by properties located outside of our primary lending market, these loans are generally to borrowers with whom we have an existing relationship and who have a presence within our primary lending market.

The Boston metropolitan area benefits from the presence of numerous institutions of higher learning, medical care and research centers and the corporate headquarters of several significant mutual fund investment companies. Eastern Massachusetts also has many high technology companies employing personnel with specialized skills. These factors affect the demand for residential homes, multifamily apartments, office buildings, shopping centers, industrial warehouses and other commercial properties.

 

58


Table of Contents

Based on the 2012 United States census, the Boston metropolitan area is the 10 th largest metropolitan area in the United States. Located adjacent to major transportation corridors, the Boston metropolitan area provides a highly diversified economic base, with major employment sectors ranging from services, manufacturing and wholesale/retail trade, to finance, technology and medical care. According to the United States Department of Labor, in December 2013, the Boston-Cambridge-Quincy, Massachusetts/New Hampshire Metropolitan Statistical Area had an unemployment rate of 5.9% compared to the national unemployment rate of 6.7% for December 2013.

Based on United States census estimates, from 2010 to 2012, the population of Middlesex County increased marginally from 1.50 million persons to 1.54 million persons. From 2008 to 2012, the median household income for Middlesex County was $81,420 compared to median household income for Massachusetts of $66,658 and $53,046 for the United States.

Competition

We face significant competition within our market both in making loans and attracting deposits. Our market area has a high concentration of financial institutions, including large money center and regional banks, community banks and credit unions. Some of our competitors offer products and services that we currently do not offer, such as trust services and private banking. Our competition for loans and deposits comes principally from commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies and credit unions. We face additional competition for deposits from short-term money market funds, brokerage firms, mutual funds and insurance companies.

We are a small community savings institution and as of June 30, 2013 (the latest date for which information is available), our market share was 0.37% of total FDIC-insured deposits in Middlesex County, Massachusetts making us the 40th largest out of 53 financial institutions in Middlesex County.

Lending Activities

Our principal lending activity is originating one- to four-family residential real estate loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. To a much lesser extent, we also originate commercial real estate loans, construction loans and consumer loans. In recent years, we have modestly increased our commercial real estate loans. Subject to market conditions and our asset-liability analysis, we expect to continue to increase our focus on commercial real estate loans in an effort to diversify our overall loan portfolio and increase the overall yield earned on our loans. We also originate for sale and sell the majority of the fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate with terms of greater than 15 years, on a servicing-released, limited or no recourse basis, while retaining shorter-term fixed-rate and all adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans in order to manage the duration and time to repricing of our loan portfolio.

 

59


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

        

One- to four-family residential

   $ 118,328        89.4   $ 112,914        89.5

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     10,037        7.6        9,906        7.9   

Commercial

     2,052        1.5        1,918        1.6   

Construction (1)

     1,871        1.4        1,189        0.9   

Consumer loans

     121        0.1        192        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     132,409        100.0     126,119        100.0
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other items:

        

Allowance for loan losses

     (510       (474  

Deferred loan costs, net

     96          104     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loans receivable, net

   $ 131,995        $ 125,749     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1) Net of undisbursed proceeds on loans-in-process.

 

60


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2013. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment date and do not reflect the effect of prepayments and scheduled principal amortization.

 

     One- to four-family
residential loans
    Home equity loans
and lines of credit
    Commercial
real estate loans
    Construction  
   Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
 
   (Dollars in thousands)  

Due During the Years Ending December 31,

                    

2014

   $ 22         3.46   $ —           —     $ —           —     $ —           —  

2015

     34         3.38        18         3.25        —           —          —           —     

2016

     147         6.06        3         3.25        —           —          —           —     

2017 to 2018

     653         4.54        460         3.38        —           —          —           —     

2019 to 2023

     9,641         3.37        3,762         3.38        272         4.44        —           —     

2024 to 2028

     27,934         3.18        5,794         4.13        33         5.00        440         2.88   

2029 and beyond

     79,897         3.50        —           —          1,747         4.37        1,431         2.93   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 118,328         3.42   $ 10,037         3.81   $ 2,052         4.39   $ 1,871         2.92
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

     Consumer loans     Total  
     Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Due During the Years Ending December 31,

          

2014

   $ —           —     $ 22         3.47

2015

     16         5.46        68         3.84   

2016

     38         4.99        188         5.79   

2017 to 2018

     34         4.99        1,147         4.09   

2019 to 2023

     22         6.35        13,697         3.40   

2024 to 2028

     —           —          34,201         3.34   

2029 and beyond

     11         18.00        83,086         3.51   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 121         6.47   $ 132,409         3.46
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

The following table sets forth our fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2013 that are due after December 31, 2014.

 

     Due After December 31, 2014  
     Fixed      Adjustable      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Real estate loans:

        

One- to four-family residential

   $ 56,353       $ 61,953       $ 118,306   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     192         9,845         10,037   

Commercial

     172         1,880         2,052   

Construction

     440         1,431         1,871   

Consumer loans

     89         32         121   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 57,246       $ 75,141       $ 132,387   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Lending . The focus of our lending has long been the origination of long-term loans secured by mortgages on owner-occupied one- to four-family residences. At December 31, 2013, $118.3 million, or 89.4%, of our total loan portfolio, consisted of one- to four-family residential real estate loans. At that date, our average outstanding one- to four-family residential real estate loan balance was $212,000 and our largest outstanding residential loan had a principal balance of $948,000. At December 31, 2013, our ten largest loans totaling $7.1 million were one- to four-family residential real estate loans. The majority of the one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate are secured by properties located in our primary lending area of Melrose and the surrounding towns. See “ – Originations, Sales and Purchases of Loans.”

Our one- to four-family residential real estate loans are generally underwritten according to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines, and we refer to loans that conform to such guidelines as “conforming loans.” We generally originate both fixed- and adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits as established by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”). We also originate loans above the FHFA limit, which are referred to as “jumbo loans.” We generally underwrite jumbo loans in a manner similar to conforming loans. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we originated $4.7 million of jumbo loans.

We originate both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Our fixed-rate and adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans are originated with terms of up to 30 years. Prior to January 2014 we offered a 40-year adjustable rate loan. At December 31, 2013, $62.3 million, or 52.7% of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans were adjustable-rate loans.

We originate our adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans with initial interest rate adjustment periods of three, five, seven and 10 years, based on changes in a designated market index. These loans are limited to a 200 basis point initial increase in their interest rate, a 200 basis point increase in their interest rate annually after the initial adjustment, and a maximum upward adjustment of 600 basis points over the life of the loan. We determine whether a borrower qualifies for an adjustable-rate mortgage loan based on secondary market guidelines.

We originate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 80% without private mortgage insurance. We originate loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 97% with private mortgage insurance and where the borrower’s debt does not exceed 43% of the borrower’s monthly cash-flow.

Certain of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans are for the purchase of residential condominiums. Consistent with our risk analysis, we will not finance more than 15% of the units in any condominium project. In addition and consistent with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines, generally, we will not make a loan for the purchase of a condominium in a new condominium project unless at least 60% of the total units in the project are sold or under a sales agreement prior to the loan closing.

Generally, we sell the majority of the fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate with terms of greater than 15 years. We base the amount of fixed-rate loans that we sell on our liquidity needs, asset/liability mix, loan volume, portfolio size and other factors. Currently, the majority of loans that we sell are sold to the Massachusetts Housing Finance Agency and Northeast Home Loan with servicing released.

We generally do not offer “interest only” mortgage loans on one- to four-family residential real estate loans nor do we offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as “Option ARM” loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on his loan, resulting in an increased

 

62


Table of Contents

principal balance during the life of the loan. Additionally, we do not offer “subprime loans” (loans that are made with low down-payments to borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios) or Alt-A loans (defined as loans having less than full documentation).

Although adjustable-rate mortgage loans may reduce to an extent our vulnerability to changes in market interest rates because they periodically reprice, as interest rates increase, the required payments due from the borrower also increase (subject to rate caps), increasing the potential for default by the borrower. At the same time, the marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. Upward adjustments of the contractual interest rate are also limited by the maximum periodic and lifetime rate adjustments permitted by our loan documents. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we originated 35 one-to-four family residential real estate loans totaling $11.8 million with adjustable rates of interest.

We evaluate both the borrower’s ability to make principal, interest and escrow payments and the value of the property that will secure the loan. Our one- to four-family residential real estate loans do not currently include prepayment penalties, are non-assumable and do not produce negative amortization. Our one- to four-family residential mortgage loans customarily include “due-on-sale” clauses giving us the right to declare the loan immediately due and payable in the event that, among other things, the borrower sells the property subject to the mortgage. All borrowers are required to obtain title insurance for the benefit of Melrose Cooperative Bank. We also require homeowner’s insurance and fire and casualty insurance and, where circumstances warrant, flood insurance on properties securing real estate loans.

We offer on a limited basis one- to four-family residential real estate loans secured by non-owner occupied properties. Generally, we require personal guarantees from the borrowers on these properties, and we will not make loans in excess of 80% loan to value on non-owner-occupied properties.

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit . In addition to one- to four-family residential real estate loans, we offer home equity loans and lines of credit that are secured by the borrower’s primary or secondary residence. At December 31, 2013, we had $10.0 million, or 7.6%, of our total loan portfolio in home equity loans and lines of credit. Home equity lines of credit totaled $9.4 million at December 31, 2013. At that date we also had $11.0 million of unused commitments related to home equity lines of credit.

Home equity loans and lines of credit are generally underwritten using the same criteria that we use to underwrite one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Home equity loans and lines of credit may be underwritten with a loan-to-value ratio of up to 80% when combined with the principal balance of the existing first mortgage loan. Our home equity loans are primarily originated with fixed rates of interest with terms of up to 20 years. Our home equity lines of credit are originated with adjustable-rates based on the prime rate of interest plus an applicable margin with a floor rate and require interest paid monthly.

Home equity loans and lines of credit are generally secured by junior mortgages and have greater risk than one- to four-family residential real estate loans secured by first mortgages. We face the risk that the collateral will be insufficient to compensate us for loan losses and costs of foreclosure, after repayment of the senior mortgages, if applicable. When customers default on their loans, we attempt to foreclose on the property and resell the property as soon as possible to minimize foreclosure and carrying costs. However, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to compensate us for the amount of the unpaid loan and we may be unsuccessful in recovering the remaining balance from those customers. Particularly with respect to our home equity loans and lines of credit, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect our ability to fully recover the loan balance in the event of a default.

 

63


Table of Contents

Commercial Real Estate Lending . Consistent with our strategy to enhance the yield and reduce the term to maturity of our loan portfolio, we offer commercial real estate loans. At December 31, 2013, we had $2.1 million in commercial real estate loans, representing 1.5% of our total loan portfolio.

Subject to future economic, market and regulatory conditions, we will seek to increase our originations, purchases or participations of commercial real estate loans. To accomplish this, we intend to hire additional lending personnel, including an experienced commercial real estate lender.

Generally, our commercial real estate loans have terms and amortization periods of up to 30 years. Generally these loans have adjustable rates of interest tied to the U.S. Treasury index.

All of our commercial real estate loans are secured by multifamily residential real estate, office buildings or mixed-use properties located in Middlesex County, Massachusetts.

We consider a number of factors in originating commercial real estate loans. We evaluate the qualifications and financial condition of the borrower, including credit history, profitability and expertise, as well as the value and condition of the property securing the loan. When evaluating the qualifications of the borrower, we consider the financial resources of the borrower, the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar property and the borrower’s payment history with us and other financial institutions. In evaluating the property securing the loan, the factors we consider include the net operating income of the mortgaged property before debt service and depreciation, the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value of the mortgaged property and the debt service coverage ratio (the ratio of net operating income to debt service, generally at least 1.25 to 1). All commercial real estate loans are appraised by outside independent appraisers who are approved by the board of directors on an annual basis. Personal guarantees are generally obtained from the principals of commercial and multifamily real estate loans.

Commercial real estate loans entail greater credit risks compared to owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans because they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment of loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the property, as repayment of the loan generally is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the property to cover operating expenses and debt service. Changes in economic conditions that are not in the control of the borrower or lender could affect the value of the collateral for the loan or the future cash flow of the property. Additionally, any decline in real estate values may be more pronounced for commercial real estate than residential properties.

Our loans-to-one borrower limit is 20% of our unimpaired capital, which limit was $4.0 million at December 31, 2013. We generally target commercial real estate loans with balances of up to the lesser of $2.0 million or our legal lending limit. At December 31, 2013, our average commercial real estate loan had a balance of $208,000. At that same date, our largest commercial real estate relationship totaled $1.1 million and was performing in accordance with its repayment terms.

Construction Loans. We also originate construction loans for one- to four-family residential real estate properties and commercial properties. At December 31, 2013, $1.9 million, or 1.4%, of our total loan portfolio, consisted of construction loans, all of which were secured by one- to four-family residential real estate.

 

64


Table of Contents

Our construction loans are primarily secured by properties located within our primary market area. We generally do not originate speculative construction loans to contractors and builders to finance the construction and rehabilitation of residential or commercial properties.

Construction loans for one- to four-family residential real estate loans are generally originated with adjustable rates and a maximum loan to value ratio of 80%. Construction loans for commercial real estate are originated with a maximum loan to value ratio of 75%. At December 31, 2013, our largest construction loan had a principal balance of $829,000 and was secured by a single-family residence in our market area. This loan was performing in accordance with its terms at December 31, 2013.

Construction loans are “interest-only” loans during the construction period which typically does not exceed 12 months and may convert to permanent, amortizing financing following the completion of construction. Depending on the complexity of the construction project, the term of an “interest-only” construction loan may be extended up to an additional 12 months. At December 31, 2013, the additional unadvanced portions of these construction loans totaled $886,000.

We make construction loans for commercial properties, including commercial “mixed-use” buildings. Advances on construction loans are made in accordance with a schedule reflecting the cost of construction, but are generally limited to 75% loan-to-completed-appraised-value ratio. Repayment of construction loans on residential properties is normally expected from the property’s eventual rental income, income from the borrower’s operating entity, the personal resources of the guarantor, or the sale of the subject property. In the case of income-producing property, repayment is usually expected from permanent financing upon completion of construction. We typically provide the permanent mortgage financing on our construction loans on income-producing properties and owner-occupied properties.

Generally, before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by a state-certified or state-licensed appraiser. We review and inspect properties before disbursement of funds during the term of the construction loan.

Construction financing generally involves greater credit risk than long-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the value of the property at completion of construction compared to the estimated cost (including interest) of construction and other assumptions. If the estimate of construction cost is inaccurate, we may be required to advance additional funds beyond the amount originally committed in order to protect the value of the property. Moreover, if the estimated value of the completed project is inaccurate, the borrower may hold a property with a value that is insufficient to assure full repayment of the construction loan upon the sale of the property. In the event we make a land acquisition loan on property that is not yet approved for the planned development, there is the risk that approvals will not be granted or will be delayed. Construction loans also expose us to the risk that improvements will not be completed on time in accordance with specifications and projected costs. In addition, the ultimate sale or rental of the property may not occur as anticipated.

Consumer Lending. To a much lesser extent, we offer a variety of consumer loans to individuals who reside or work in our market area, including new and used automobile loans, unsecured overdraft lines of credit and loans secured by passbook accounts. At December 31, 2013, our consumer loan portfolio totaled $121,000, or 0.1% of our total loan portfolio.

Consumer loans generally have shorter terms to maturity, which reduces our exposure to changes in interest rates. In addition, management believes that offering consumer loan products helps to expand and create stronger ties to our existing customer base by increasing the number of customer relationships and providing cross-marketing opportunities.

 

65


Table of Contents

Consumer loans generally have greater risk compared to longer-term loans secured by improved, owner-occupied real estate, particularly consumer loans that are secured by rapidly depreciable assets, such as automobiles. In these cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance. As a result, consumer loan collections are primarily dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and thus are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy.

Originations, Sales and Purchases of Loans

Our loan originations are generated by our loan personnel operating at our banking office. All loans we originate are underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures. While we originate both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans, our ability to generate each type of loan depends upon relative borrower demand and the pricing levels as set in the local marketplace by competing banks, thrifts, credit unions, and mortgage banking companies. Our volume of real estate loan originations is influenced significantly by market interest rates, and, accordingly, the volume of our real estate loan originations can vary from period to period.

Consistent with our interest rate risk strategy, in the low interest rate environment that has existed in recent years, we originate for sale and sell the majority of the fixed-rate, one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate with terms of greater than 15 years, on a servicing-released, limited or no recourse basis, while retaining shorter-term fixed-rate and all adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans in order to manage the duration and time to repricing of our loan portfolio. We consider our balance sheet as well as market conditions on an ongoing basis in making decisions as to whether to hold loans we originate for investment or to sell such loans to investors, choosing the strategy that is most advantageous to us from a profitability and risk management standpoint. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we sold $5.2 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans that were originated for sale.

From time to time, we may purchase loan participations secured by properties within and outside of our primary lending market area in which we are not the lead lender. In these circumstances, we follow our customary loan underwriting and approval policies. At December 31, 2013, we had three loans from one borrower for $1.3 million in which we were not the lead lender, each of which is performing in accordance with its original repayment terms. We may participate out portions of a loan that exceeded our loans-to-one borrower legal lending limit and for risk diversification. We generally do not purchase whole loans.

 

66


Table of Contents

The following table shows our loan originations and principal repayment activities during the periods indicated. In 2013 and 2012 we originated for sale and sold $5.2 million and $4.3 million, respectively, of loans held-for-sale. These loans are not included in the table.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Total loans at beginning of year

   $ 126,119      $ 114,979   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans originated:

    

Real estate loans:

    

One- to four-family residential

     23,616        33,084   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     392        681   

Commercial

     —          —     

Construction

     1,308        1,390   

Consumer loans

     17        108   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans originated

     25,333        35,263   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other:

    

Principal repayments

     (26,932     (31,369

Advances on construction loans and home equity lines-of-credit

     7,889        7,246   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loan activity

     6,290        11,140   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans at end of year

   $ 132,409      $ 126,119   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority

The maximum amount that we may lend to one borrower and the borrower’s related entities is generally limited, by statute, to 20% of our capital, which is defined under Massachusetts law as the sum of our surplus account, undivided profits and, after the completion of the conversion, capital stock. Loans secured by a first mortgage on residential property occupied by the borrower are excluded from this limit. At December 31, 2013, our regulatory limit on loans-to-one borrower was $4.0 million. However, we maintain an internal loans-to-one borrower limit that is below the regulatory limit. At December 31, 2013, our internal limit was $2.0 million. At December 31, 2013, our largest lending relationship consisted of three loans totaling $1.3 million that are secured by commercial real estate in our market area. This loan relationship was performing in accordance with its original repayment terms at December 31, 2013. Our second largest relationship at this date was three loans totaling $1.1 million secured by commercial real estate in our market area that was performing in accordance with its terms.

As a result of the offering, our regulatory loans-to-one borrower limit will increase, and we may increase our internal loans-to-one borrower limit to a level that will still be less than the increased regulatory limit.

Our lending is subject to written underwriting standards and origination procedures. Decisions on loan applications are made on the basis of detailed applications submitted by the prospective borrower and property valuations (consistent with our appraisal policy) prepared by outside independent licensed or certified appraisers approved by our board of directors as well as internal evaluations, where permitted by regulations. The loan applications are designed primarily to determine the borrower’s ability to repay the requested loan, and the more significant items on the application are verified through use of credit reports, financial statements and tax returns.

The board of directors has overall responsibility for our lending policy, and the board reviews this policy at least annually. The loan committee (the “Security Committee”) of the board of directors is comprised of between three and five members of the board, and additionally, our Vice President of Lending is a non-voting member of the Security Committee. All loans require ratification of the board of directors at a regularly scheduled meeting.

 

67


Table of Contents

Our President and our Vice President—Lending each have individual approval authority of up to the greater of $500,000 or Federal Housing Finance Authority (“FHFA”) conforming guidelines for one- to four-family residential real estate loans. One- to four-family residential real estate loans above the current FHFA limit require the approval of at least two members of the Security Committee. All loans or relationships that are greater than $1.0 million (excluding owner-occupied one- to four-family residential real estate loans) require the approval of the full board of directors. All commercial real estate loans regardless of amount require the approval of the Security Committee. Additionally, our policies and loan approval limits which are established by the board of directors provide various lending approval authority for other designated individual officers or officers acting together.

Generally, we require title insurance on our mortgage loans as well as fire and extended coverage casualty insurance in amounts at least equal to the principal amount of the loan or the value of improvements on the property, depending on the type of loan. We also require flood insurance if the improved property is determined to be in a flood zone area.

Delinquencies and Non-Performing Assets

Delinquency Procedures. When a borrower fails to make required payments on a loan, we take a number of steps to induce the borrower to cure the delinquency and restore the loan to current status. We generally send a written notice of non-payment to the borrower 15, 30, 60 and 90 days after a loan is first past due. We will additionally try to contact the borrower by telephone after the 30 th day after the due date.

Generally, when a loan becomes 90 days past due, the loan is turned over to our attorneys to ensure that further collection activities are conducted in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. All loans past due 90 days are put on non-accrual and reported to the board of directors monthly. If our attorneys do not receive a response from the borrower, or if the terms of any payment plan established are not followed, then foreclosure proceedings will be implemented. Management submits a delinquent loan report detailing loans 30 days or more past due to the board of directors on a monthly basis.

When we acquire real estate as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, the real estate is classified as foreclosed real estate until it is sold. The real estate is recorded at estimated fair value at the date of acquisition less estimated costs to sell, and any write-down resulting from the acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Estimated fair value is based on an appraisal typically obtained before the foreclosure process is completed. Subsequent decreases in the value of the property are charged to operations. After acquisition, all costs incurred in maintaining the property are expensed. Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property, however, are capitalized to the extent of estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell.

 

68


Table of Contents

Delinquent Loans. The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our loan portfolio delinquencies by type and amount at the periods indicated.

 

     Loans Delinquent For      Total  
     30-89 Days      90 Days and Over     
     Number      Amount      Number      Amount      Number      Amount  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

At December 31, 2013

                 

Real estate loans:

                 

One- to four-family residential

     12       $ 1,384         1       $ 102         13       $ 1,486   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Commercial

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer loans

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     12       $ 1,384         1       $ 102         13       $ 1,486   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012

                 

Real estate loans:

                 

One- to four-family residential

     6       $ 1,086         1       $ 50         7       $ 1,136   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     1         75         —           —           1         75   

Commercial

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Construction

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer loans

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

     7       $ 1,161         1       $ 50         8       $ 1,211   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

69


Table of Contents

Nonperforming Assets. The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our nonperforming assets at the dates indicated. For the dates presented, there were no loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Non-accrual loans:

    

Real estate loans:

    

One- to four-family residential

   $ 336      $ 383   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —          —     

Commercial

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer loans

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans

     336        383   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans delinquent 90 days or greater and still accruing:

    

Real estate loans:

    

One- to four-family residential

     —          —     

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —          —     

Commercial

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer loans

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans delinquent 90 days or greater and still accruing

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

     336        383   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets:

    

Real estate loans:

    
    

One- to four-family residential

     —          205   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —          —     

Commercial

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer loans

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other real estate owned and foreclosed assets

     —          205   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

     336        588   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performing troubled debt restructurings

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets and performing troubled debt restructurings

   $ 336      $ 588   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

    

Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans

     0.25     0.30

Non-performing assets as a percentage of to total assets

     0.17     0.32

For the year ended December 31, 2013 gross interest income that would have been recorded had our non-accruing loans been current in accordance with their original terms was $13,027. Interest income recognized on such loans for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $10,572.

Non-Performing Loans. At December 31, 2013 we had three one- to four-family residential real estate loans totaling $336,000 that were nonperforming.

We generally cease accruing interest on our loans when contractual payments of principal or interest have become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, even though the loan is currently performing. A loan may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest credited to income is reversed. Interest received on nonaccrual loans

 

70


Table of Contents

generally is applied against principal or interest and is recognized on a cash basis. Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.

Troubled Debt Restructurings. Loans are classified as troubled debt restructured when certain modifications are made to the loan terms and concessions are granted to the borrowers due to financial difficulty experienced by those borrowers. The modification of the terms of such loans would generally be one of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan for some period of time, an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, or an extension of time to make payments with the delinquent payments added to the principal of the loan. We had no troubled debt restructurings at or during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Classified Assets . Federal regulations provide that each insured savings institution classify its assets on a regular basis. In addition, in connection with examination of insured institutions, federal and Massachusetts banking regulators have authority to identify problem assets and, if appropriate, classify them. There are three classifications for problem assets: “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are designated as “special mention” by our management.

When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general allowances in an amount deemed prudent by management to cover probable accrued losses. General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to cover probable accrued losses associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as “loss,” it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge-off such amount. An institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the regulatory agencies, which may require the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.

In accordance with our loan policy, we regularly review the problem loans in our portfolio to determine whether any loans require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. Loans are listed on the “watch list” initially because of emerging financial weaknesses even though the loan is currently performing as agreed, or delinquency status, or if the loan possesses weaknesses although currently performing. If a loan deteriorates in asset quality, the classification is changed to “special mention,” “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss” depending on the circumstances and the evaluation. Generally, loans 90 days or more past due are placed on nonaccrual status and classified “substandard.” Management reviews the status of each loan on our delinquency report on a monthly basis.

 

71


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our amounts of classified assets, all of which were nonperforming, and assets designated as special mention at the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

Classified assets:

     

Substandard (1)

   $ 324       $ —     

Doubtful

     —           —     

Loss

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total classified assets

   $ 324       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Special mention

   $ —         $ —     

 

(1) One non-accrual loan totaling $12,000 was not classified because management expected full payment of principal and interest.

The increase in classified assets from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 was due to two one- to four-family residential real estate loans that became greater than 90 days past due.

Other Loans of Concern. There were no other loans at December 31, 2013 that are not already disclosed where there is information about possible credit problems of borrowers that caused management to have serious doubts about the ability of the borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms and that may result in disclosure of such loans in the future.

Allowance for Loan Losses . We maintain the allowance through provisions for loan losses that we charge to income. We charge losses on loans against the allowance for loan losses when we believe the collection of loan principal is unlikely. Recoveries on loans charged-off are restored to the allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level believed, to the best of management’s knowledge, to cover all known and inherent losses in the portfolio both probable and reasonable to estimate at each reporting date. The level of allowance for loan losses is based on management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans principally in light of our historical experience, augmented by the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and current and anticipated economic conditions in the primary lending area. We evaluate our allowance for loan losses quarterly. We did not make any changes to our policies or methodology pertaining to the general component of our allowance for loan losses in 2013. We will continue to monitor all items involved in the allowance calculation closely.

We recorded a provision for loan losses of $37,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 and a provision for loan losses of $36,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The allowance for loan losses was $510,000, or 0.4% of total loans, at December 31, 2013, compared to $474,000, or 0.4% of total loans, at December 31, 2012. At both dates, the level of our allowance reflects management’s view of the risks inherent in the loan portfolio.

Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary and results of operations could be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the determinations. Because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, the existing allowance for loan losses may not be adequate and management may determine that increases in the allowance are necessary if the quality of any portion of our loan portfolio deteriorates as a result. Furthermore, as an integral part of its examination process, the Massachusetts Division of Banks and the FDIC periodically review our allowance for loan losses. The Massachusetts Division of Banks and/or the FDIC may require that we increase our allowance based on its judgments of information available to it at the time of its examination. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

72


Table of Contents

Consistent with our business strategy, we intend to increase our originations of commercial real estate loans. These types of loans generally bear higher risk than our one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Accordingly we would expect to increase our allowance for loans losses in the future as the balance of these types of loans increase in our portfolio.

Allowance for Loan Losses . The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

 

     At or For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 474      $ 439   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs:

    

Real estate loans:

    

One- to four-family residential

     —          —     

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     (1     —     

Commercial

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer loans

     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (2     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

    

Real estate loans:

     —          —     

One- to four-family residential

     —          —     

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —          —     

Commercial

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer loans

     1        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     1        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

     37        36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 510      $ 474   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

    

Net (charge-offs) recoveries as a percentage of average loans outstanding

     —       —  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans at year end

     151.79     123.76

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans receivable at year end (1)

     0.39     0.38

 

(1) Total loans does not include net deferred loan costs.

 

73


Table of Contents

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     Allowance for
Loan Losses
     Percent of
Loans in Each
Category to
Total Loans
    Allowance for
Loan Losses
     Percent of
Loans in Each
Category to
Total Loans
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Allocated allowance:

          

Real estate loans:

          

One- to four-family residential

   $ 414         89.4   $ 392         89.5

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     55         7.6        53         7.9   

Commercial

     20         1.5        19         1.6   

Construction

     14         1.4        9         0.9   

Consumer loans

     1         0.1        1         0.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allocated allowance

     504         100.0     474         100.0
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Unallocated allowance

     6           —        
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 510         $ 474      
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Investment Activities

General . Our investment policy is established by the board of directors. The objectives of the policy are to: (i) provide and maintain liquidity within the guidelines of the Massachusetts banking laws and regulations for loan demand and deposit fluctuations, and to allow us to alter our liquidity position to meet both day-to-day and long-term changes in assets and liabilities; (ii) manage interest rate risk in accordance with our interest rate risk policy; (iii) provide collateral for pledging requirements; (iv) maximize return on our investments; and (v) maintain a balance of high quality diversified investments to minimize risk.

We have legal authority to invest in various types of liquid assets, including U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various government-sponsored enterprises and municipal governments, deposits at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, certificates of deposit of federally insured institutions, investment grade corporate bonds and investment grade marketable equity securities. We also are required to maintain an investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock. While we have the authority under applicable law to invest in derivative securities, we have not invested in derivative securities.

At December 31, 2013, our investment portfolio consisted primarily of corporate debt securities, U.S. government and federal agency obligations, preferred stock and marketable equity securities.

Our investment policy is reviewed annually by our board of directors and all policy changes recommended by management must be approved by the board. Authority to make investments under the approved guidelines are delegated to appropriate officers. While general investment strategies are developed and authorized by the board, the execution of specific actions with respect to securities held by Melrose Cooperative Bank rests with the President and Chief Executive Officer within the scope of the established investment policy.

 

74


Table of Contents

We utilize an independent financial institution to provide us with portfolio accounting services, including a monthly portfolio performance analysis of our securities portfolio. These reports are reviewed by management in making investment decisions. The Asset/Liability Committee, comprised of senior management and one outside board member, reviews a summary of these reports on a quarterly basis.

At the time of purchase, we designate a security as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading, depending on our ability and intent. Securities available-for-sale or trading are reported at fair value, while securities held to maturity are reported at amortized cost. All of our securities are classified as available-for-sale. Some of our securities are callable by the issuer or contain other features of financial engineering. Although these securities may have a yield somewhat higher than the yield of similar securities without such features, these securities are subject to the risk that they may be redeemed by the issuer prior to maturing in the event general interest rates decline. At December 31, 2013, we had $7.4 million of securities which were subject to redemption by the issuer prior to their stated maturity.

We review equity and debt securities with significant declines in fair value on a periodic basis to determine whether they should be considered temporarily or other than temporarily impaired. In making these determinations, management considers: (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) our intent not to sell the security and whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. For fixed maturity investments with unrealized losses due to interest rates where it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery, declines in value below cost are not assumed to be other than temporary. If a decline in the fair value of a debt security is determined to be other than temporary, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: (1) other than temporary impairment related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and (2) other than temporary impairment related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows to be expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. There were no charges related to other than temporary impairment on securities held by us during the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012.

At December 31, 2013, our corporate bond portfolio consisted of investment grade securities with maturities generally shorter than three years. Our investment policy provides that we may invest up to 15% of our tier-one risk-based capital in corporate bonds from individual issuers which, at the time of purchase, are within the three highest investment-grade ratings from Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s. The maturity of these bonds may not exceed 10 years, and there is no aggregate limit for this security type. Corporate bonds from individual issuers with investment-grade ratings, at the time of purchase, below the top three ratings are limited to the lesser of 1% of our total assets or 15% of our tier-one risk-based capital and must have a maturity of less than one year. Aggregate holdings of this security type cannot exceed 5% of our total assets. Bonds that subsequently experience a decline in credit rating below investment grade are monitored at least quarterly.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance. We invest in bank-owned life insurance to provide us with a funding source for our benefit plan obligations. Bank-owned life insurance also generally provides us noninterest income that is non-taxable. Applicable regulations generally limit our investment in bank-owned life insurance to 25% of our Tier 1 capital plus our allowance for loan losses. At December 31, 2013, we had $4.8 million in bank-owned life insurance.

Securities Portfolio. The following table sets forth the composition of our investment securities portfolio at the dates indicated. At December 31, 2013, all investment securities were classified as available-for-sale.

 

75


Table of Contents
     At December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  
     (In thousands)  

Securities available-for-sale:

           

Debt securities:

           

U.S. Government and federal agency obligations

   $ 4,992       $ 4,961       $ 1,998       $ 2,007   

Corporate bonds and notes

     16,250         16,252         10,271         10,352   

Preferred stock

     3,000         2,477         1,088         1,101   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     24,242         23,690         13,357         13,460   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

           

Mutual funds:

           

GNMA funds

     4,214         3,875         4,089         3,990   

Corporate bonds

     3,105         3,036         3,018         3,010   

Global bonds

     875         840         841         822   

Short-term bonds

     3,411         3,362         3,357         3,365   

Stock market index funds

     2,807         4,891         2,720         3,679   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

     14,412         16,004         14,025         14,866   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

   $ 38,654       $ 39,694       $ 27,382       $ 28,326   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1 of the prospectus for the names of the issuers and the aggregate book value and aggregate market value of securities in our investment portfolio, the aggregate fair value of which exceeded 10% of total equity as of December 31, 2013.

 

76


Table of Contents

Securities Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The composition and maturities of the debt securities portfolio, excluding our marketable equity securities and preferred stock without maturities, at December 31, 2013 are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect scheduled amortization or the impact of prepayments or redemptions that may occur.

 

     One Year or Less     More than One Year
through Five Years
    More than Five Years
through Ten Years
    More than Ten Years     Total Debt Securities  
     Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Weighted
Average
Yield
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Securities available-for-sale:

                           

Debt securities:

                           

U.S. Government and federal agency obligations

   $ 999         0.63   $ 3,993         0.82   $ —           —     $ —          —     $ 4,992       $ 4,961         0.78

Corporate bonds and notes

     2,500         2.06        13,750         1.50        —           —          —          —          16,250         16,252         1.58   

Preferred stock with maturities

     —           —          —           —          1,000         3.50        1,000 (1)       4.88        2,000         1,723         4.19   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total (1)

   $ 3,499         1.65   $ 17,743         1.34   $ 1,000         3.50   $ 1,000        4.88   $ 23,242       $ 22,936         1.63
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Not included in the above table is a preferred stock classified as a debt security that has no stated maturity, an amortized cost of $1.0 million, a fair value of $754,000 and a yield of 5.20%.

 

77


Table of Contents

Sources of Funds

General. Deposits have traditionally been our primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities. We have not historically used borrowings and we had no borrowings at December 31, 2013 and 2012. In addition, we receive funds from scheduled loan payments, loan prepayments, retained earnings and income on earning assets. While scheduled loan payments and income on earning assets are relatively stable sources of funds, deposit inflows and outflows can vary widely and are influenced by prevailing interest rates, market conditions and levels of competition.

Deposits. Our deposits are generated primarily from residents within our primary market area. We offer a selection of deposit accounts, including noninterest-bearing demand accounts, money market accounts, savings accounts, NOW accounts and certificates of deposit. Deposit account terms vary, with the principal differences being the minimum balance required, the amount of time the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate. We have not in the past used, and currently do not hold, any brokered deposits. At December 31, 2013, our core deposits, which are deposits other than certificates of deposit, were $94.9 million, representing 54.0% of total deposits.

Interest rates, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are established on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies and market rates, liquidity requirements, rates paid by competitors and growth goals. The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts that we offer allows us to be competitive in generating deposits and to respond with flexibility to changes in our customers’ demands. Our ability to gather deposits is impacted by the competitive market in which we operate, which includes numerous financial institutions of varying sizes offering a wide range of products. We believe that deposits are a stable source of funds, but our ability to attract and maintain deposits at favorable rates will be affected by market conditions, including competition and prevailing interest rates.

 

78


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth the distribution of total deposit accounts, by account type, for the periods indicated.

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposit type:

              

Demand deposits

   $ 10,444         6.0     —     $ 8,957         5.6     —  

Savings accounts

     29,803         17.1        0.33        26,076         16.3        0.41   

Certificates of deposit

     82,753         47.6        1.51        70,972         44.3        1.49   

Money market accounts

     40,291         23.1        0.46        43,145         27.0        0.47   

NOW

     10,727         6.2        0.11        10,842         6.8        0.09   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total deposits

   $ 174,018         100.0     0.95   $ 159,992         100.0     0.91
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

The following table sets forth our certificates of deposit classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated.

 

     At December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     (In thousands)  

Interest Rate:

     

Less than 2.00%

   $ 69,676       $ 57,705   

2.00% to 2.99%

     10,434         16,382   

3.00% to 3.99%

     525         1,437   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 80,635       $ 75,524   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of our certificates of deposit at December 31, 2013.

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Period to Maturity  
     Less Than
or Equal to

One Year
     More Than
One to

Two Years
     More Than
Two to
Three Years
     More Than
Three Years
     Total      Percent of
Total
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest Rate Range:

                 

2.99% and below

   $ 37,565       $ 15,965       $ 14,545       $ 12,035       $ 80,110         99.3

3.00% to 3.99%

     525         —           —           —           525         0.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 38,090       $ 15,965       $ 14,545       $ 12,035       $ 80,635         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2013, the aggregate amount of our outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was approximately $38.4 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of these certificates as of December 31, 2013.

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     (In thousands)  

Three months or less

   $ 6,282   

Over three months through six months

     2,958   

Over six months through one year

     7,408   

Over one year to three years

     14,729   

Over three years

     7,016   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 38,393   
  

 

 

 

Borrowing Capacity . As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, Melrose Cooperative Bank is eligible to obtain advances upon the security of the Federal Home Loan Bank common stock owned and certain residential mortgage loans, provided certain standards related to credit-worthiness have been met. Federal Home Loan Bank advances are available pursuant to several credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities. At December 31, 2013, we had the ability to borrow approximately $85.5 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, subject to certain collateral requirements. Additionally, at December 31, 2013, we had the ability to borrow up to $5.0 million on a Fed Funds line of credit with the Co-Operative Central Bank. We have historically not relied on Federal Home Loan Bank advances or other borrowings as a funding source, and we had no such borrowings at December 31, 2013 or 2012.

Properties

As of December 31, 2013, the net book value of our properties was $1.1 million. The following table sets forth information regarding our offices:

 

Location

   Leased or
Owned
   Year Acquired
or Leased
     Net Book Value of
Real Property
 
                 (In thousands)  

Main Office:

   Owned      1934       $ 680   

638 Main Street

Melrose, Massachusetts 02176

        

Other Properties:

   Owned      1999       $ 403   

630 Main Street

Melrose, Massachusetts 02176

        

Subsidiary and Other Activities

Upon completion of the conversion, Melrose Cooperative Bank will become the wholly owned subsidiary of Melrose Bancorp.

Melrose Cooperative Bank has one subsidiary, MCBSC, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, which is engaged in the buying, selling and holding of investment securities. The income earned on MCBSC, Inc.’s securities is subject to a significantly lower rate of state tax than that assessed on income earned on securities maintained at Melrose Cooperative Bank. At December 31, 2013, MCBSC, Inc. had total assets of $31.2 million, all of which were in securities and cash to be invested.

 

80


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

We are not involved in any pending legal proceedings as a plaintiff or defendant other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business, and at December 31, 2013, we were not involved in any legal proceedings, the outcome of which would be material to our financial condition or results of operations.

Expense and Tax Allocation

Melrose Cooperative Bank will enter into an agreement with Melrose Bancorp to provide it with certain administrative support services for compensation not less than the fair market value of the services provided. In addition, Melrose Cooperative Bank and Melrose Bancorp will enter into an agreement to establish a method for allocating and for reimbursing the payment of their consolidated tax liability.

Personnel

As of December 31, 2013, we had 24 full-time equivalent employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. Management believes that we have a good working relationship with our employees.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General

Melrose Cooperative Bank is a Massachusetts-chartered cooperative bank and upon completion of the conversion will be the wholly owned subsidiary of Melrose Bancorp, a Maryland corporation, which will be a registered bank holding company. Melrose Cooperative Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC and by the Share Insurance Fund of the Co-Operative Central Bank for amounts in excess of the FDIC insurance limits. Melrose Cooperative Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC, its primary federal regulator and deposit insurer. Melrose Cooperative Bank is required to file reports with, and is periodically examined by, the FDIC and the Massachusetts Division of Banks concerning its activities and financial condition and must obtain regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions, including, but not limited to, mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions. As a registered bank holding company, Melrose Bancorp will be regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board (the “Federal Reserve Board”).

The regulatory and supervisory structure establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the deposit insurance funds, rather than for the protection of stockholders and creditors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies concerning the establishment of deposit insurance assessment fees, classification of assets and establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such regulatory requirements and policies, whether by the Massachusetts legislature, the Massachusetts Division of Banks, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or the Unites States Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the financial condition and results of operations of Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank. As is further described below, the Dodd-Frank Act has significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and may affect the lending, investment and general operating activities of depository institutions and their holding companies.

 

81


Table of Contents

Set forth below is a summary of certain material statutory and regulatory requirements applicable to Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank. The summary is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank.

The Dodd-Frank Act

The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed bank regulation and has affected the lending, investment, trading and operating activities of depository institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act also created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with extensive powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau also has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, such as Melrose Cooperative Bank, will continue to be examined by their applicable federal bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also gave state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws.

The Dodd-Frank Act broadened the base for FDIC assessments for deposit insurance, permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance to $250,000 per depositor, and authorized non-interest-bearing transaction accounts with unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012. The legislation also, among other things, requires originators of certain securitized loans to retain a portion of the credit risk, stipulates regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees, repealed restrictions on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposits and contains a number of reforms related to mortgage originations. The Dodd-Frank Act increased the ability of stockholders to influence boards of directors by requiring companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments. However, as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are exempt from the stockholder vote requirement until one year after we cease to be an “emerging growth company.” The legislation also directed the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not.

Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to delayed effective dates or require the implementing regulations and, therefore, their impact on our operations cannot be fully determined at this time. However, it is likely that the Dodd-Frank Act will increase the regulatory burden, compliance costs and interest expense for Melrose Cooperative Bank and Melrose Bancorp.

Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision

General. As a Massachusetts-chartered cooperative bank, Melrose Cooperative Bank is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and to various Massachusetts statutes and regulations which govern, among other things, investment powers, lending and deposit-taking activities, borrowings, maintenance of surplus and reserve accounts, distribution of earnings and payment of dividends. In addition, Melrose Cooperative Bank is subject to Massachusetts consumer protection and civil rights laws and regulations. The approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required for a Massachusetts-chartered bank to establish or close branches, merge with other financial institutions, issue stock and undertake certain other activities.

Massachusetts regulations generally allow Massachusetts banks, with appropriate regulatory approvals, to engage in activities permissible for federally chartered banks or banks chartered by another state. The Commissioner also has adopted procedures reducing regulatory burdens and expense and expediting branching by well-capitalized and well-managed banks.

 

82


Table of Contents

Dividends. A Massachusetts stock bank may declare cash dividends from net profits not more frequently than quarterly. Noncash dividends may be declared at any time. No dividends may be declared, credited or paid if the bank’s capital stock is impaired. The approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required if the total of all dividends declared in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits of the preceding two years. Dividends from Melrose Bancorp may depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from Melrose Cooperative Bank. The payment of dividends from Melrose Cooperative Bank would be restricted by federal law if the payment of such dividends resulted in Melrose Cooperative Bank failing to meet regulatory capital requirements.

Loans to One Borrower Limitations. Massachusetts banking law grants broad lending authority. However, with certain limited exceptions, total obligations to one borrower may not exceed 20% of the total of an institution’s capital stock (if any), surplus and undivided profits.

Loans to a Bank’s Insiders. Massachusetts banking laws prohibit any executive officer or director of a bank from borrowing or guaranteeing extensions of credit by such bank except for any of the following loans or extensions of credit with the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors: (i) loans or extension of credit, secured or unsecured, to an officer of the bank in an amount not exceeding $100,000; (ii) loans or extensions of credit intended or secured for educational purposes to an officer of the bank in an amount not exceeding $200,000; (iii) loans or extensions of credit secured by a mortgage on residential real estate to be occupied in whole or in part by the officer to whom the loan or extension of credit is made, in an amount not exceeding $750,000; and (iv) loans or extensions of credit to a director of the bank who is not also an officer of the bank in an amount permissible under the bank’s loan to one borrower limit. No such loan or extension of credit may be granted with an interest rate or other terms that are preferential in comparison to loans granted to persons not affiliated with the bank.

Investment Activities. In general, Massachusetts-chartered banks may invest in preferred and common stock of any corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any state provided such investments do not involve control of any corporation and do not, in the aggregate, exceed 4% of the bank’s deposits. Federal law imposes additional restrictions on Melrose Cooperative Bank’s investment activities. See “ – Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision – Investment Activities.”

Regulatory Enforcement Authority. Any Massachusetts bank that does not operate in accordance with the regulations, policies and directives of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may be subject to sanctions for noncompliance, including revocation of its charter. The Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may, under certain circumstances, suspend or remove officers or directors who have violated the law, conducted the bank’s business in an unsafe or unsound manner or contrary to the depositors’ interests or been negligent in the performance of their duties. Upon finding that a bank has engaged in an unfair or deceptive act or practice, the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may issue an order to cease and desist and impose a fine on the bank concerned. The Commissioner also has authority to take possession of a bank and appoint a liquidating agent under certain conditions such as an unsafe and unsound condition to transact business, the conduct of business in an unsafe or unauthorized manner or impaired capital. In addition, Massachusetts consumer protection and civil rights statutes applicable to Melrose Cooperative Bank permit private individual and class action law suits and provide for the rescission of consumer transactions, including loans, and the recovery of statutory and punitive damages and attorneys’ fees in the case of certain violations of those statutes.

Insurance Fund. All Massachusetts-chartered cooperative banks are required to be members of the Co-operative Central Bank, which maintains the Share Insurance Fund that insures cooperative bank deposits in excess of federal deposit insurance coverage. The Co-operative Central Bank is authorized to charge cooperative banks an annual assessment fee on deposit balances in excess of amounts insured by the FDIC.

 

83


Table of Contents

Protection of Personal Information. Massachusetts has adopted regulatory requirements intended to protect personal information. The requirements, which became effective March 1, 2010, are similar to existing federal laws such as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, discussed below under “ – Federal Regulations – Other Regulations,” that require organizations to establish written information security programs to prevent identity theft. The Massachusetts regulation also contains technology system requirements, especially for the encryption of personal information sent over wireless or public networks or stored on portable devices.

Insurance Sales. Massachusetts banks may engage in insurance sales activities if the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks has approved a plan of operation for insurance activities and the bank obtains a license from the Massachusetts Division of Insurance. A bank may be licensed directly or indirectly through an affiliate or a subsidiary corporation established for this purpose. Melrose Cooperative Bank does not sell or refer insurance products, and has not sought approval for insurance sales activities.

Parity Regulation. A Massachusetts bank may, in accordance with regulations issued by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, exercise any power and engage in any activity that has been authorized for national banks, federal thrifts or state banks in a state other than Massachusetts, provided that the activity is permissible under applicable federal law and not specifically prohibited by Massachusetts law. Such powers and activities must be subject to the same limitations and restrictions imposed on the national bank, federal thrift or out-of-state bank that exercised the power or activity.

Massachusetts has other statutes or regulations that are similar to certain of the federal provisions discussed below.

Federal Regulations

Capital Requirements. Under the FDIC’s regulations, federally insured state-chartered banks that are not members of the Federal Reserve System (“state non-member banks”), such as Melrose Cooperative Bank, are required to comply with minimum leverage capital requirements. For an institution not anticipating or experiencing significant growth and deemed by the FDIC to be, in general, a strong banking organization rated composite 1 under Uniform Financial Institutions Ranking System, the minimum capital leverage requirement is a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3.0%. For all other institutions, the minimum leverage capital ratio is not less than 4.0%. Tier 1 capital is the sum of common stockholder’s equity, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (including any related surplus) and minority investments in certain subsidiaries, less intangible assets (except for certain servicing rights and credit card relationships) and certain other specified items.

FDIC regulations also require state non-member banks to maintain certain ratios of regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets, or “risk-based capital ratios.” Risk-based capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items to four risk-weighted categories ranging from 0.0% to 100.0%. State non-member banks must maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, of which at least one-half must be Tier 1 capital. Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 or supplementary capital items, which include allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, cumulative preferred stock, subordinated debentures and certain other capital instruments, and a portion of the net unrealized gain on equity securities. The includable amount of Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the amount of the institution’s Tier 1 capital.

 

84


Table of Contents

In July, 2013, the FDIC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule to revise their risk-based and leverage capital requirements and their method for calculating risk-weighted assets, to make them consistent with the agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule applies to all depository institutions, top-tier bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $500 million or more, and top-tier savings and loan holding companies (“banking organizations”). Among other things, the rule establishes a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets) and assigns a higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The final rule also limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets. The final rule becomes effective for us on January 1, 2015. The capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning January 1, 2016 and ending January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer requirement will be effective.

At December 31, 2013, Melrose Cooperative Bank met each of its capital requirements.

Standards for Safety and Soundness. As required by statute, the federal banking agencies adopted final regulations and Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement safety and soundness standards. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. The guidelines address internal controls and information systems, internal audit system, credit underwriting, loan documentation, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, compensation, fees and benefits and, more recently, safeguarding customer information. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.

Business and Investment Activities. Under federal law, all state-chartered FDIC-insured banks have been limited in their activities as principal and in their equity investments to the type and the amount authorized for national banks, notwithstanding state law. Federal law permits exceptions to these limitations. For example, certain state-chartered cooperative banks may, with FDIC approval, continue to exercise state authority to invest in common or preferred stocks listed on a national securities exchange and in the shares of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The maximum permissible investment is the lesser of 100.0% of Tier 1 capital or the maximum amount permitted by Massachusetts law.

The FDIC is also authorized to permit state banks to engage in state authorized activities or investments not permissible for national banks (other than non-subsidiary equity investments) if they meet all applicable capital requirements and it is determined that such activities or investments do not pose a significant risk to the FDIC insurance fund. The FDIC has adopted regulations governing the procedures for institutions seeking approval to engage in such activities or investments. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 specified that a state bank may control a subsidiary that engages in activities as principal that would only be permitted for a national bank to conduct in a “financial subsidiary,” if a bank meets specified conditions and deducts its investment in the subsidiary for regulatory capital purposes.

 

85


Table of Contents

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the law establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.

The FDIC has adopted regulations to implement the prompt corrective action legislation. An institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, and generally a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, or generally a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.

“Undercapitalized” banks must adhere to growth, capital distribution (including dividend) and other limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. A bank’s compliance with such a plan must be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional measures, including, but not limited to, a required sale of sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, a requirement to reduce total assets, cessation of taking deposits from correspondent banks, the dismissal of directors or officers and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to additional measures including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.

The recently adopted final rule that will increase regulatory capital requirements will adjust the prompt corrective action categories accordingly.

Transactions with Related Parties. Transactions between a bank (and, generally, its subsidiaries) and its related parties or affiliates are limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. In a holding company context, the parent bank holding company and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the bank. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act limit the extent to which the bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to 10% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus and contain an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of a guarantee and similar transactions. In addition, loans or other extensions of credit by the institution to the affiliate are required to be collateralized in accordance with specified requirements. The law also requires that affiliate transactions be on terms and conditions that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the institution, as those provided to non-affiliates.

 

86


Table of Contents

Melrose Cooperative Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, these provisions generally require that extensions of credit to insiders:

 

    be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features; and

 

    not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of Melrose Cooperative Bank’s capital.

In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by Melrose Cooperative Bank’s board of directors. Extensions of credit to executive officers are subject to additional limits based on the type of extension involved.

Enforcement. The FDIC has extensive enforcement authority over insured state savings banks, including Melrose Cooperative Bank. That enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, issue cease and desist orders and remove directors and officers. In general, enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. The FDIC also has authority under federal law to appoint a conservator or receiver for an insured bank under certain circumstances. The FDIC is required, with certain exceptions, to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured state non-member bank if that bank was “critically undercapitalized” on average during the calendar quarter beginning 270 days after the date on which the institution became “critically undercapitalized.”

Federal Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2008.

Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other risk factors. Rates are based on each institution’s risk category and certain specified risk adjustments. Stronger institutions pay lower rates while riskier institutions pay higher rates.

In February 2011, the FDIC published a final rule under the Dodd-Frank Act to reform the deposit insurance assessment system. The rule redefined the assessment base used for calculating deposit insurance assessments effective April 1, 2011. Under the rule, assessments are based on an institution’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity instead of total deposits. The rule revised the assessment rate schedule to establish assessments ranging from 2.5 to 45 basis points. Deposit assessments were prepaid in December 2009 for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for calendar years 2010 through 2012. Estimated assessments were based on certain assumptions specified by the FDIC, including a 5% annual growth rate. Prepaid assessments were applied against actual assessments until the prepaid assessments were exhausted. However, unused prepayments were returned to the institutions on June 28, 2013. We recorded the prepayment of assessments as a prepaid expense which was amortized to expense. Our prepayment amount was $597,000 and we received a reimbursement of $193,000.

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2013, the annualized Financing Corporation assessment was equal to 0.64 of a basis point of total assets less tangible capital.

 

87


Table of Contents

The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum target Deposit Insurance Fund ratio from 1.15% of estimated insured deposits to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC must seek to achieve the 1.35% ratio by June 30, 2020. Insured institutions with assets of $10 billion or more are supposed to fund the increase. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the 1.5% maximum fund ratio, instead leaving it to the discretion of the FDIC and the FDIC has exercised that discretion by establishing a long-term fund ratio of 2%.

The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. Any significant increases would have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of Melrose Cooperative Bank. Management cannot predict what assessment rates will be in the future.

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), a bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA does require the FDIC, in connection with its examination of a bank, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution, including applications to establish or acquire branches and merger with other depository institutions. The CRA requires the FDIC to provide a written evaluation of an institution’s CRA performance utilizing a four-tiered descriptive rating system. Melrose Cooperative Bank’s latest FDIC CRA rating, dated 2009, was “satisfactory.”

Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve Board regulations require savings institutions to maintain non-interest-earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) and regular checking accounts). The regulations generally provide that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: a 3% reserve ratio is assessed on net transaction accounts up to and including $89.0 million; a 10% reserve ratio is applied above $89.0 million. The first $13.3 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempted from the reserve requirements. The amounts are adjusted annually. Melrose Cooperative Bank complies with the foregoing requirements.

Federal Home Loan Bank System. Melrose Cooperative Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of twelve regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, Melrose Cooperative Bank is required to acquire and hold a specified amount of shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston. As of December 31, 2013, Melrose Cooperative Bank was in compliance with this requirement.

 

88


Table of Contents

Other Regulations

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by Melrose Cooperative Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Melrose Cooperative Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

 

    Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

    Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, requiring that borrowers for mortgage loans for one- to four-family residential real estate receive various disclosures, including good faith estimates of settlement costs, lender servicing and escrow account practices, and prohibiting certain practices that increase the cost of settlement services;

 

    Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

    Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

    Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

 

    Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;

 

    Truth in Savings Act; and

 

    Rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

The operations of Melrose Cooperative Bank also are subject to the:

 

    Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

    Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;

 

    Check Clearing for the 21 st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check;

 

    USA PATRIOT Act, which requires savings banks operating to, among other things, establish broadened anti-money laundering compliance programs, due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance requirements, also applicable to financial institutions, under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations; and

 

89


Table of Contents
    Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which places limitations on the sharing of consumer financial information by financial institutions with unaffiliated third parties. Specifically, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires all financial institutions offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution’s privacy policy and provide such customers the opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of certain personal financial information with unaffiliated third parties.

Holding Company Regulation

Melrose Bancorp, as a bank holding company, will be subject to examination, regulation, and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, as administered by the Federal Reserve Board. Melrose Bancorp is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. Prior Federal Reserve Board approval would be required for Melrose Bancorp to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if it would, directly or indirectly, own or control more than 5% of any class of voting shares of the bank or bank holding company.

A bank holding company is generally prohibited from engaging in, or acquiring, direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting securities of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities found by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Some of the principal activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be closely related to banking are: (i) making or servicing loans; (ii) performing certain data processing services; (iii) providing securities brokerage services; (iv) acting as fiduciary, investment or financial advisor; (v) leasing personal or real property under certain conditions; (vi) making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings association.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 authorizes a bank holding company that meets specified conditions, including depository institutions subsidiaries that are “well capitalized” and “well managed,” to opt to become a “financial holding company.” A “financial holding company” may engage in a broader array of financial activities than permitted a typical bank holding company. Such activities can include insurance underwriting and investment banking. Melrose Bancorp has elected “financial holding company” status upon completion of the conversion and reorganization, and has received the Federal Reserve Board’s non-objection.

Melrose Bancorp will not be subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s consolidated capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies as it has less than $500 million in total assets.

A bank holding company is generally required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of then outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order or directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted an exception to that approval requirement for well-capitalized bank holding companies that meet certain other conditions.

 

90


Table of Contents

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, the Federal Reserve Board’s policies provide that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board’s policies also require that a bank holding company serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks by using available resources to provide capital funds during periods of financial stress or adversity and by maintaining the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks where necessary. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength policy and requires the promulgation of implementing regulations. Under the prompt corrective action laws, the ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of Melrose Bancorp to pay dividends or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act makes depository institutions liable to the FDIC for losses suffered or anticipated by the insurance fund in connection with the default of a commonly controlled depository institution or any assistance provided by the FDIC to such an institution in danger of default. That law would have potential applicability if Melrose Bancorp ever held as a separate subsidiary a depository institution in addition to Melrose Cooperative Bank.

Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank will be affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of various agencies of the United States Government, including the Federal Reserve System. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, it is impossible for management to accurately predict future changes in monetary policy or the effect of such changes on the business or financial condition of Melrose Bancorp or Melrose Cooperative Bank.

Melrose Bancorp’s status as a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act will not exempt it from certain federal and state laws and regulations applicable to corporations generally, including, without limitation, certain provisions of the federal securities laws.

Massachusetts Holding Company Regulation. Under Massachusetts banking laws, a company owning or controlling two or more banking institutions, including a cooperative bank, is regulated by the Massachusetts Division of Banks as a bank holding company. Each such bank holding company: (i) must obtain the approval of the Massachusetts Board of Bank Incorporation before engaging in certain transactions, such as the acquisition of more than 5% of the voting stock of another banking institution; (ii) must register, and file reports, with the Massachusetts Division of Banks; and (iii) is subject to examination by the Division of Banks. Melrose Bancorp would become a bank holding company regulated by the Massachusetts Division of Banks if it acquires a second banking institution and holds and operates it separately from Melrose Cooperative Bank.

Federal Securities Laws

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 for the registration of the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to the stock offering. Upon completion of the stock offering, our common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

91


Table of Contents

The registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of shares of common stock to be issued in the stock offering does not cover the resale of those shares. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not our affiliates may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by our affiliates will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. If we meet the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, each affiliate of ours that complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of our outstanding shares, or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks. In the future, we may permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933.

Emerging Growth Company Status

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act made numerous changes to the federal securities laws to facilitate access to capital markets. Under the JOBS Act, a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.0 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an “emerging growth company.” We qualify as an “emerging growth company” and believe that we will continue to qualify as an “emerging growth company” for five years from the completion of the stock offering.

As an “emerging growth company,” we have elected to use the transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. As of December 31, 2013, there is not a significant difference in the presentation of our financial statements as compared to other public companies as a result of this transition guidance.

Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company”, we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Act, (iii) hold non-binding stockholder votes regarding annual executive compensation or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger or similar corporate transaction, (iv) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (v) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier. However, we will not be subject to the auditor attestation requirement or additional executive compensation disclosure so long as we remain a “smaller reporting company” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally less than $75 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (b) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

 

92


Table of Contents

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. As directed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will be required to certify that our quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have several requirements, including having these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; they have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the audit committee of the board of directors about our internal control over financial reporting; and they have included information in our quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been changes in our internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially affect internal control over financial reporting. We will prepare policies, procedures and systems designed to ensure compliance with these regulations.

TAXATION

Federal Taxation

General. Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize material federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank.

Method of Accounting . For federal income tax purposes, Melrose Cooperative Bank currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending December 31st for filing its consolidated federal income tax returns.

Minimum Tax. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, referred to as “alternative minimum taxable income.” The alternative minimum tax is payable to the extent alternative minimum taxable income is in excess of an exemption amount. Net operating losses can, in general, offset no more than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income. Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. At December 31, 2013, Melrose Cooperative Bank had no minimum tax credit carryforward.

Corporate Dividends. We may exclude from our income 100% of dividends received from Melrose Cooperative Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations.

Audit of Tax Returns. Our federal and state tax returns are not currently under audit, and our federal and state tax returns have not been audited during the past five years.

State Taxation

Financial institutions in Massachusetts file combined income tax returns with affiliated companies that are not security corporations. The Massachusetts excise tax rate for cooperative banks is currently 9.0% of federal taxable income, adjusted for certain items. Taxable income includes gross income as defined under the Internal Revenue Code, plus interest from bonds, notes and evidences of indebtedness of any state, including Massachusetts, less deductions, but not the credits, allowable under

 

93


Table of Contents

the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, except for those deductions relating to dividends received and income or franchise taxes imposed by a state or political subdivision. Carryforwards and carrybacks of net operating losses and capital losses are not allowed. Melrose Cooperative Bank’s state tax returns, as well as those of its subsidiaries, have not been audited in the most recent five year period.

A financial institution or business corporation is generally entitled to special tax treatment as a “security corporation” under Massachusetts law provided that: (a) its activities are limited to buying, selling, dealing in or holding securities on its own behalf and not as a broker; and (b) it has applied for, and received, classification as a “security corporation” by the Commissioner of the Massachusetts Department of Revenue. A security corporation that is also a bank holding company under the Internal Revenue Code must pay a tax equal to 0.33% of its gross income. A security corporation that is not a bank holding company under the Internal Revenue Code must pay a tax equal to 1.32% of its gross income. Melrose Cooperative Bank’s wholly owned subsidiary, MCBSC, Inc. is a Massachusetts securities corporation.

As a Maryland business corporation, Melrose Bancorp is required to file an annual report with and pay franchise taxes to the state of Maryland.

MANAGEMENT OF MELROSE BANCORP

Shared Management Structure

The directors of Melrose Bancorp are the same persons who are the directors of Melrose Cooperative Bank. In addition, each executive officer of Melrose Bancorp is also an executive officer of Melrose Cooperative Bank. We expect that Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank will continue to have common executive officers until there is a business reason to establish separate management structures.

Executive Officers of Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank

The following table sets forth information regarding certain executive officers of Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank and their ages as of December 31, 2013. Except as otherwise indicated, executive officers hold the same title at Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank. The executive officers of Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank are elected annually.

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position

Jeffrey D. Jones    51      President and Chief Executive Officer
Diane Indorato    58      Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
James Oosterman    52      Vice President – Lending

Directors of Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank

Melrose Bancorp has seven directors. Directors serve three-year staggered terms so that approximately one-third of the directors are elected at each annual meeting. Directors of Melrose Cooperative Bank will be elected by Melrose Bancorp as its sole stockholder. The following table states our directors’ names, their ages as of December 31, 2013, the years when they began serving as directors of Melrose Cooperative Bank when their current terms expire.

 

94


Table of Contents

Name (1)

  

Position(s) Held With

Melrose Cooperative Bank

  

Age

  

Director

Since

  

Current Term
Expires

Candy Brower    Director    63    2000    2017
Jeffrey D. Jones    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director    51    2002    2015
Frank Giso III    Chairman of the Board of Directors    64    1984    2017
William C. Huntress, III    Director    57    1999    2016
Elizabeth McNelis    Director    54    2002    2016
F. Peter Waystack    Director    68    2012    2017
Alan F. Whitney    Director    57    2006    2015

 

(1) The mailing address for each person listed is 638 Main Street, Melrose, Massachusetts 02176.

The Business Background of Our Directors and Executive Officers

The business experience for the past five years of each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below. With respect to directors, the biographies also contain information regarding the person’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused the Nominating Committee and the board of directors to determine that the person should serve as a director. Each director is also a director of Melrose Cooperative Bank. Unless otherwise indicated, directors and executive officers have held their positions for the past five years.

Directors

Candy Brower is a principal of Johnson O’Connor Feron & Carucci LLP, a certified public accounting firm headquartered in Wakefield, Massachusetts. Ms. Brower has more than 30 years of public accounting experience.

Ms. Brower’s expertise and background with regard to accounting matters, internal controls, the application of generally accepted accounting principles and business finance provide the board of directors and the Audit Committee with valuable insight into accounting issues involving Melrose Cooperative Bank.

Frank Giso III is a practicing attorney and a partner at Choate, Hall & Stewart, a law firm headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts, where he specializes in real estate transactions, finance and development and has served as chairman of the firm’s Real Estate Department. Mr. Giso has almost 40 years of experience as a practicing attorney. Mr. Giso is also actively involved in our market area, serving as chairman of the Melrose Housing Authority and as chairman and president of the Melrose Affordable Housing Corp.

Mr. Giso’s extensive corporate legal experience provides the board of directors with general business acumen.

William C. Huntress, III is the owner and principal of Huntress Insurance Agency, Inc., an independently owned and operated licensed insurance agency headquartered in Melrose, Massachusetts and having served the Melrose community and surrounding areas since its founding in 1958.

Mr. Huntress’ lengthy experience as owner and operator of an insurance agency brings valuable business and leadership skills and financial acumen to the board of directors. Further, his longtime experience as a business owner in the Melrose community provides the board of directors with an important perspective on the development and delivery of product offerings to such business owners.

 

95


Table of Contents

Jeffrey D. Jones is President and Chief Executive Officer of Melrose Cooperative Bank. Mr. Jones joined Melrose Cooperative Bank in 1987 and held positions of increasing responsibility prior to being named President and Chief Executive Officer in 2001. Mr. Jones is active in a number of civic and charitable organizations. He has served as a director of the Melrose Chamber of Commerce for 15 years. Mr. Jones is a member of the Melrose Rotary Club, a trustee of the Fitch Home in Melrose, a non-profit organization that provides housing for the elderly, a Corporator of the Melrose Wakefield Hospital and a member of its Strategic Planning Committee and since 2003 has been a Selectman for the Town of Essex, including serving as Chairman of the Select Board since 2009.

Mr. Jones’s experience provides the board of directors with a perspective on the day to day operations of Melrose Cooperative Bank and assists the board of directors in assessing the trends and developments in the financial institutions industry on a local and national basis. Mr. Jones has extensive ties to the community that support our business generation.

Elizabeth McNelis is Director of Resident Life for Brooksby Village, a full service retirement community located in Peabody, Massachusetts. In this role, Ms. McNelis oversees six departments including fundraising and manages a staff of 40 employees.

Ms. McNelis’s position and experience leading fundraising at Brooksby Village, her knowledge of the region and her contacts with community leaders provides the board of directors with insight to the many growth efforts being made in Melrose Cooperative Bank’s market area.

F. Peter Waystack is a practicing attorney and partner at Waystack & Kirby LLC, a law firm based in Melrose, Massachusetts which Mr. Waystack founded in 1994. Mr. Waystack has been a practicing attorney since 1974 and specializes in estate planning, real estate conveyances and personal income taxation .

Mr. Waystack’s extensive legal experience assists the board of directors in assessing legal and regulatory matters involving Melrose Cooperative Bank.

Alan F. Whitney is the owner of Alan Whitney Construction Company, Inc., a general contracting company located in Reading, Massachusetts. He has owned and operated a general contracting company for 28 years specializing in residential and commercial building and remodeling.

Mr. Whitney’s lengthy experience as owner and operator of a general contractor brings valuable business and leadership skills and financial acumen to the board of directors. Further, his longtime experience as a business owner in the Melrose community provides the board of directors with an important perspective on the development and delivery of product offerings to such business owners.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Also Directors

Diane Indorato is our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, positions she has held since 2002. Ms. Indorato has been employed with Melrose Cooperative Bank in positions of increased responsibility since 1980. Ms. Indorato’s responsibilities include the management and supervision of Melrose Cooperative Bank’s finance department, in which capacity she directs preparation of budgets, reviews budget proposals, capital planning and ALCO.

James Oosterman is our Vice President – Lending. He joined Melrose Cooperative Bank in 1998. Mr. Oosterman has over 30 years of experience in the financial services industry and his responsibilities include general oversight of our loan portfolio, including credit quality, loan yield and portfolio growth.

 

96


Table of Contents

Board Independence

The board of directors has determined that each of our directors, with the exception of director Jones, is “independent” as defined in the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. Director Jones is not independent because he is an executive officer of Melrose Bancorp.

In determining the independence of the directors listed above, the board of directors reviewed accounts that directors and their affiliates had with Melrose Cooperative Bank, none of which are required to be reported under “ – Transactions With Certain Related Persons,” below.

Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors

We conduct business through meetings of our board of directors and its committees. During 2013, the board of directors of Melrose Cooperative Bank met 13 times and the board of directors of Melrose Bancorp, which was not incorporated until February 2014, did not meet. The board of directors of Melrose Bancorp has established standing committees, including a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and an Audit Committee. Each of these committees operates under a written charter, which governs its composition, responsibilities and operations.

The table below sets forth the directors of each of the listed standing committees as of December 31, 2013, and the number of meetings held by the comparable committee of Melrose Cooperative Bank during 2013. The board of directors of Melrose Bancorp has designated director Brower as an “audit committee financial expert,” as that term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

     Compensation    Audit    Nominating
     William C. Huntress, III*    Candy Brower*    Elizabeth McNelis*
     Candy Brower    F. Peter Waystack    Candy Brower
     Frank Giso III    Elizabeth McNelis    Frank Giso III
     Jeffrey D. Jones**         William C. Huntress, III
     Elizabeth McNelis         Jeffrey D. Jones**

Number of Meetings in 2013:

   1    12    1

 

* Denotes committee chair as of December 31, 2013.
** Upon completion of the conversion and offering, it is expected that Mr. Jones will not serve on the Compensation Committee or the Nominating Committee of Melrose Bancorp until such time as he would be considered independent.

Transactions With Certain Related Persons

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits publicly traded companies from making loans to their executive officers and directors, but it contains a specific exemption from such prohibition for loans made by federally insured financial institutions, such as Melrose Cooperative Bank, to their executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking regulations. At December 31, 2013, all of our loans to directors and executive officers were made in the ordinary course of business, were

 

97


Table of Contents

made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to Melrose Cooperative Bank, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. These loans were performing according to their original terms at December 31, 2013, and were made in compliance with federal banking regulations.

Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table . The table below summarizes the total compensation paid to, or earned by, Mr. Jones, who serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer, Ms. Indorato, who serves as our Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, and Mr. Oosterman, who serves as our Vice President—Lending for the year ended December 31, 2013. We refer to these individuals as “Named Executive Officers.”

 

Summary Compensation Table for the Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
     Bonus (1)
($)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (2)

($)
     All Other
Compensation (3)

($)
     Total
($)
 

Jeffrey Jones
President and Chief Executive Officer

     2013         220,859         400         33,128         22,354         276,741   

Diane Indorato
Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Treasurer

     2013         147,986         400         22,197         7,388         177,971   

James Oosterman
Vice President - Lending

     2013         117,327         400         17,599         5,857         141,183   

 

(1) Represents a holiday bonus payable to all employees of Melrose Cooperative Bank.
(2) Represents cash incentives paid under the annual incentive program. Please see “Executive Compensation-Non-Equity Incentive Program” for further details.
(3) The amounts reflect what we have paid to, or reimbursed, the applicable Named Executive Officer for various benefits we provide. A break-down of the various elements of compensation in this column is set forth in the table immediately below.

 

All Other Compensation

 

Name

   Year      Perquisites (1)
($)
     Employer Matching
Contribution to

401(k) Plan ( 2)
($)
     Total
($)
 

Jeffrey Jones

     2013         11,169         11,185         22,354   

Diane Indorato

     2013         —           7,388         7,388   

James Oosterman

     2013         —           5,857         5,857   

 

(1) For the year ended December 31, 2013, neither Ms. Indorato nor Mr. Oosterman received perquisites or personal benefits that, in the aggregate, were greater than or equal to $10,000.
(2) Represents the profit sharing contribution made by Melrose Cooperative Bank to the Named Executive Officer’s 401(k) plan account for the plan year.

Employment and Change in Control Agreements

Employment Agreement with Jeffrey Jones . In connection with the conversion and stock offering, Melrose Cooperative Bank intends to enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Jones. The employment agreement has an initial term of three years. At least 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the agreement, the disinterested members of the board of directors must conduct a comprehensive

 

98


Table of Contents

performance evaluation and affirmatively approve any extension of the agreement for an additional year or determine not to extend the term of the agreement. If the board of directors determines not to extend the term, it must notify Mr. Jones at least 30 days, but not more than 60 days, prior to such date.

The employment agreements will provide Mr. Jones with a base salary of $241,133. The base salary may be increased, but not decreased (other than a decrease which is applicable to all senior officers). In addition to base salary, Mr. Jones will be entitled to participate in any bonus programs and benefit plans that are made available to management employees, and will be reimbursed for all reasonable business expenses incurred.

In the event of Mr. Jones’s involuntary termination of employment for reasons other than cause, disability or death, or in the event of his resignation for “good reason,” he will receive a severance payment equal to two times his highest annual rate of base salary payable during the calendar year of his date of termination or any of the three calendar years immediately preceding his date of termination. Such payment will be payable in a lump sum within 30 days following Mr. Jones’s date of termination. In addition, Mr. Jones will be entitled to receive from Melrose Cooperative Bank continued life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage under the same cost-sharing arrangements that apply for active employees of Melrose Cooperative Bank. Such coverage will cease upon the earlier of: (i) the date which is two years after Mr. Jones’s date of termination or (ii) the date on which Mr. Jones receives substantially similar benefits from another employer. For purposes of the employment agreements, “good reason” is defined as: (i) a material reduction in base salary or benefits (other than reduction by Melrose Cooperative Bank that is part of a good faith, overall reduction of such benefits applicable to all employees); (ii) a material reduction in Mr. Jones’s duties or responsibilities; (iii) a relocation of Mr. Jones’s principal place of employment by more than 25 miles from Melrose Cooperative Bank’s main office location; or (iv) a material breach of the employment agreements by Melrose Cooperative Bank.

If Mr. Jones’s involuntary termination of employment other than for cause, disability or death or voluntary resignation for “good reason” occurs on or after the effective date of a change in control of Melrose Bancorp or Melrose Cooperative Bank, he would be entitled to (in lieu of the payments and benefits described in the previous paragraph) a severance payment equal to three times the sum of his highest annual rate of base salary payable during the current calendar year of his date of termination or either of the three calendar years immediately preceding his date of termination. Such payment will be payable in a lump sum within 30 days following Mr. Jones’s date of termination. In addition, Mr. Jones would be entitled, at no expense, to the continuation of substantially comparable life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage until the earlier of: (i) the date which is three years after his date of termination or (ii) the date on which he receives substantially similar benefits from another employer.

In addition, should Mr. Jones become disabled, he will be entitled to disability benefits, if any, provided under a long-term disability plan sponsored by Melrose Cooperative Bank. In the event of Mr. Jones’s death while employed, his beneficiaries will be paid his base salary for one year following death, and his family will continue to receive non-taxable medical and dental coverage for one year thereafter.

Upon any termination of employment that would entitle Mr. Jones to a severance payment (other than a termination in connection with a change in control), Mr. Jones will be required to adhere to one-year non-competition and non-solicitation covenants.

Change in Control Agreements with Diane Indorato and James Oosterman . In connection with the conversion and stock offering, Melrose Cooperative Bank intends to enter into change in control agreements with Ms. Indorato and Mr. Oosterman. The agreements have an initial term of two years. At least 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the agreements, the disinterested members of the board of

 

99


Table of Contents

directors must conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and affirmatively approve any extension of the agreements for an additional year or determine not to extend the term of the agreement. If the board of directors determines not to extend the term, it must notify the executive at least 30 days, but not more than 60 days, prior to such date.

In the event that the executive’s involuntary termination of employment other than for cause, disability or death, or voluntary resignation for “good reason” occurs on or after the effective date of a change in control of Melrose Bancorp or Melrose Cooperative Bank, the executive would be entitled to a severance payment equal to two times his or her highest annual rate of base salary payable during the current calendar year of the executive’s date of termination or either of the two calendar years immediately preceding his or her date of termination. Such payment will be payable in a lump sum within 30 days following the executive’s date of termination. In addition, the executive would be entitled to the continuation of substantially comparable life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage until the earlier of: (i) the date which is two years after his or her date of termination or (ii) the date on which the executive receives substantially similar benefits from another employer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payments required under the agreements will be reduced to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Code Section 280G. For purposes of the change in control agreements, “good reason” is defined as: (i) a material reduction in the executive’s base salary or benefits (other than reduction by Melrose Cooperative Bank that is part of a good faith, overall reduction of such benefits applicable to all employees); (ii) a material reduction in the executive’s duties or responsibilities; (iii) a relocation of the executive’s principal place of employment by more than 25 miles from Melrose Cooperative Bank’s main office location; or (iv) a material breach of the agreements by Melrose Cooperative Bank.

Non-Equity Incentive Program

For 2013, each Named Executive Officer was eligible to receive an annual incentive award up to a maximum of 15% of his or her base salary, provided certain bank-wide performance objectives were satisfied (which were objectively determinable). The bank-wide performance objectives for 2013 focused on the following metrics: (i) return on assets; (ii) earnings; (iii) asset growth and (iv) audit. Each performance objective was assigned a percentage weight to reflect its importance and the Named Executive Officer’s direct impact in meeting the performance objective. Due to the maximum satisfaction of each of the performance objectives, each Named Executive Officer earned an annual incentive award for the year ended December 31, 2013 equal to 15% of base salary.

Executive Annual Incentive Plan . In connection with the conversion and stock offering, Melrose Cooperative Bank adopted the Melrose Cooperative Bank Executive Annual Incentive Plan, which will supersede and replace its current bonus arrangement described above and better align the interests of the executives of Melrose Cooperative Bank with the overall performance of Melrose Cooperative Bank and Melrose Bancorp.

Employees selected by the compensation committee, which will include the Named Executive Officers, are eligible to participate in the plan. For each plan year (which is the calendar year), each participant will receive an award agreement which will provide the annual bonus award amount, designated as a percentage of base salary, and the performance objectives that must be satisfied for the participant to receive the annual bonus award. The specific performance objectives will be determined annually by the Compensation Committee, but generally include objective performance targets on financial performance, growth, asset quality and risk management and subjective performance objectives, such as particular qualitative factors for the participant, based on his or her duties to Melrose Cooperative Bank. Each performance objective will specify level of achievements at “threshold,” “target” and “maximum” levels and will be weighted by priority as a percentage of the total annual bonus award payable to the participant.

 

100


Table of Contents

The annual bonus award will be payable to each participant in a cash lump sum within 2.5 months following the end of each plan year, to the extent the performance objectives are determined to be satisfied by the Compensation Committee.

Benefit Plans

401(k) Plan . Melrose Cooperative Bank currently maintains the Cooperative Banks Employees Retirement Association (CBERA) 401(k) Plan, which is a multiple-employer tax-qualified profit sharing plan with a salary deferral feature under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (“401(k) Plan”). All employees who have attained age 21 and have completed one year of employment during which they worked at least 1,000 hours are eligible to participate.

A participant may contribute up to 75% of his or her compensation to the 401(k) Plan on a pre-tax and after-tax basis, subject to the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. For 2014, the pre-tax deferral contribution limit is $17,500 provided, however, that a participant over age 50 may contribute, on a pre-tax basis, an additional $5,500 to the 401(k) Plan. In addition to salary deferral contributions, the 401(k) Plan provides that Melrose Cooperative Bank will make a matching contribution to each participant’s account equal to 100% of the participant’s contribution, up to 5% of the participant’s pre-tax and after-tax contributions. A participant is always 100% vested in his or her salary deferral contributions. However, a participant will vest in his or her employer matching contributions at a rate of 20% per year after the completion of two years of credited service, such that the participant will be 100% vested upon completion of six years of credited services. The 401(k) Plan permits a participant to direct the investment of his or her own account into various investment options.

Generally, a participant (or participant’s beneficiary) may receive a distribution from his or her vested account at retirement, age 59  1 2 (while employed with Melrose Cooperative Bank), death, disability or termination of employment, and elect for the distribution to be paid in the form of a lump sum, annuity or installment payments.

In connection with the conversion, we intend to allow participants to invest their account balances under the 401(k) Plan in Melrose Bancorp common stock. We may also allow participants in the 401(k) Plan to invest future elective deferrals and employer matching contributions in Melrose Bancorp common stock, provided such future investment does not exceed 50% of the contributions.

Defined Benefit Plan . Melrose Cooperative Bank currently maintains the Cooperative Banks Employees Retirement Association (CBERA) Defined Benefit Plan, which is a multiple-employer tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan (the “Defined Benefit Plan”). In connection with the conversion and stock offering, Melrose Cooperative Bank froze the Defined Benefit Plan such that no benefits will continue to accrue under, and no new employees are eligible to participate in, the Defined Benefit Plan.

The normal retirement benefit formula under the plan provides for a benefit, payable at age 65 as a lifetime annuity, equal to: (i) 1.0% of the participant’s “final average compensation,” multiplied by total years of service, plus (ii) 0.50% of the participant’s “covered compensation,” multiplied by total years of service. “Final average compensation” is the participant’s highest three consecutive calendar years’ compensation while participating in the plan. “Covered compensation” means the average Social Security Wage Base (as published by the Social Security Administration) during the 35 years prior to the participant’s Social Security retirement date. A participant will vest in his or her benefit under the plan at a rate of 20% per year after the completion of two years of credited service, such that the participant will

 

101


Table of Contents

be 100% vested upon completion of six years of credited services. The normal retirement benefit is payable in the form either a single life annuity or a joint and survivor annuity, as elected by the participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each participant’s normal retirement benefit will be calculated as of the effective date of the freezing of the Defined Benefit Plan.

A participant may elect to retire early and received a benefit under the plan if he or she attains: (i) age 62; (ii) age 55, with at least five years of service or (iii) age 50, with at least 15 years of service. The normal retirement benefit will be calculated based on the participant’s years of service and final average compensation at termination.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan . Effective January 1, 2014, Melrose Cooperative Bank adopted an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees. Eligible employees who have attained age 21 and were employed by us as of January 1, 2014 will begin participation in the employee stock ownership plan on the later of the effective date of the employee stock ownership plan or upon the first entry date commencing on or after the eligible employee’s completion of 1,000 hours of service during a continuous 12-month period.

The employee stock ownership plan trustee is expected to purchase, on behalf of the employee stock ownership plan, 8% of the total number of shares of Melrose Bancorp common stock issued in the offering, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation. We anticipate that the employee stock ownership plan will fund its stock purchase with a loan from Melrose Bancorp equal to the aggregate purchase price of the common stock. The loan will be repaid principally through Melrose Cooperative Bank’s contribution to the employee stock ownership plan and dividends payable on common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan over the anticipated 30-year term of the loan. The interest rate for the employee stock ownership plan loan is expected to be an adjustable-rate equal to the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal , on the closing date of the offering. Thereafter the interest rate will adjust annually and will be the prime rate on the first business day of the calendar year, retroactive to January 1 of such year. See “Pro Forma Data.”

The trustee will hold the shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan in an unallocated suspense account. Shares will be released from the suspense account on a pro-rata basis as we repay the loan. The trustee will allocate the shares released among the participants’ accounts on the basis of each participant’s proportional share of compensation relative to all participants. Participants will vest in their benefit at a rate of 20% per year, beginning after the completion of their first year of service, such that the participants will be 100% vested upon completion of five years of credited services. Participants who were employed by Melrose Cooperative Bank immediately prior to the conversion will receive credit for vesting purposes for years of service prior to adoption of the employee stock ownership plan. Participants also will become fully vested upon normal retirement, death or disability, a change in control, or termination of the employee stock ownership plan. Generally, participants will receive distributions from the employee stock ownership plan upon severance from employment. The employee stock ownership plan reallocates any unvested shares forfeited upon termination of employment among the remaining participants.

The employee stock ownership plan permits participants to direct the trustee as to how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to their accounts. The trustee votes unallocated shares and allocated shares for which participants do not provide instructions on any matter in the same ratio as those shares for which participants provide instructions, subject to fulfillment of the trustee’s fiduciary responsibilities.

Under applicable accounting requirements, Melrose Cooperative Bank will record a compensation expense for the employee stock ownership plan at the fair market value of the shares as they are committed to be released from the unallocated suspense account to participants’ accounts. The compensation expense resulting from the release of Melrose Bancorp common stock from the suspense account and allocation to plan participants will result in a corresponding reduction in Melrose Bancorp’s earnings.

 

102


Table of Contents

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan . In connection with the conversion and offering, Melrose Cooperative Bank intends to adopt a non-qualified defined contribution supplemental executive retirement plan (the “New SERP”) that provides supplemental retirement benefits to certain key employees. Each employee designated by the compensation committee is eligible to participate in the New SERP, and will begin participation by entering into a participation agreement with Melrose Cooperative Bank. It is expected that only Jeffrey Jones and Diane Indorato will be participants in the New SERP.

The New SERP will replace the non-qualified defined benefit supplemental executive retirement plan adopted by Melrose Cooperative Bank on November 10, 2011 that was terminated on February 13, 2014 in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Terminated SERP”). As a result, the accrued benefits thereunder fully expensed by Melrose Cooperative Bank will be paid in full to Jeffrey Jones and Diane Indorato (the only participants in the Terminated SERP) at least 12 months, but no later than 24 months, following the date of termination of the Terminated SERP.

Under the New SERP, Melrose Cooperative Bank will establish a bookkeeping account on behalf of each participant. At the end of each plan year, Melrose Cooperative Bank will contribute a fixed dollar amount to the participant’s account equal to a percentage of the participant’s base salary (the “annual contribution”). The annual contributions for Mr. Jones and Ms. Indorato are expected to equal 21% of base salary and 8% of base salary, respectively. Melrose Cooperative Bank may also provide a discretionary contribution to a participant’s account. The participant’s account will earn interest each year at the Five Year Treasury Rate in effect on the first business day of each plan year, plus 100 basis points. Each participant will vest in his or her account balance in accordance with the vesting schedule provided in the participation agreement. However, the participant’s account balance will become 100% vested in the event of his or her attainment of the benefit age set forth in the participation agreement, death, disability or involuntary or constructive termination of employment without cause following a change in control of Melrose Cooperative Bank or Melrose Bancorp.

The participant’s vested account balance will be distributed upon the earlier of the participant’s: (i) attainment of the benefit age; (ii) death; (iii) disability or (iv) termination of employment without cause, and will be payable in a cash lump sum. With regards to payment upon attainment of the benefit age or termination of employment, the participant can elect for the benefit to be payable in equal annual installments not to exceed 10 years.

In the event of the participant’s involuntary or constructive termination of employment without cause within two years following a change in control, the participant’s account will be increased by an amount equal to three annual contributions, calculated based on the most recent annual contribution made to the participant’s account.

If a participant receives a benefit under the New SERP (other than in connection with a change in control), the participant will be required to adhere to one-year non-competition and non-solicitation covenants.

 

103


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

Set forth below is a summary of the compensation for each of our non-employee directors for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
     Total
($)
 

Frank Giso III

     18,050         18,050   

Candy Brower

     17,150         17,150   

William C. Huntress, III

     15,850         15,850   

Elizabeth W. McNelis

     17,850         17,850   

F. Peter Waystack

     16,000         16,000   

Alan Whitney

     16,000         16,000   

Director Fees

The Chairman of the Board and each director received an annual retainer of $9,500 and $1,800, respectively. The Chairman of the Audit Committee and the Chairman of the Security Committee were each paid an annual retainer of $6,900. Each member of the Audit Committee and each member of the Security Committee received an annual retainer of $6,400, and each member of the Asset-Liability Committee received an annual retainer of $1,200. Each director was also paid $650 for each board meeting attended. Directors who are also employees are not compensated for serving as directors.

Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Stock Offering

Following the stock offering, we intend to adopt a stock-based benefit plan that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards. In accordance with applicable regulations, we anticipate that the plan will authorize a number of stock options and a number of shares of restricted stock, not to exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares issued in the offering, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation. These limitations will not apply if the plan is implemented more than one year after the consummation date of the conversion.

The stock-based benefit plan will not be established sooner than six months after the conversion is completed and, if adopted within one year after the conversion, would require the approval by stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Melrose Bancorp. If the stock-based benefit plan is established after one year after the conversion, it would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes cast.

The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plan only if the plan is adopted within one year after the completion of the conversion:

 

    non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

    any non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

    any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

104


Table of Contents

If the stock-based benefit plan is adopted within the first year following the conversion, the rights must vest on an equal installment basis at a rate not to exceed 20% per year. If the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than one year but less than three years following the conversion, the rights must vest on an equal installment basis over a period of not less than three years following establishment of the stock-based benefit plan. In addition, any stock-based benefit plan established or maintained, as applicable, during the three years following the close of the conversion will include provisions that comport with additional requirements, including the following:

 

    the duration of rights granted under the stock-based benefit plan must be limited, and in no event shall the exercise period exceed ten years;

 

    the exercise price of stock rights shall not be less than the fair market value of the stock at the time that the rights are granted;

 

    rights under the plan must be exercised or expire within a reasonable time after termination or separation as an active officer, employee, or director; and

 

    allowing our primary federal regulator to direct the institution to require plan participants to exercise or forfeit their stock rights.

We have not yet determined whether we will present the stock-based benefit plan for stockholder approval within one year following the completion of the conversion or whether we will present this plan for stockholder approval more than one year after the completion of the conversion. In the event of changes in applicable regulations or policies regarding stock-based benefit plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases.

 

105


Table of Contents

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The following table sets forth information regarding intended common stock subscriptions by each of the directors and executive officers and their associates, and by all directors, officers and their associates as a group. However, there can be no assurance that any such person or group will purchase any specific number of shares of our common stock. In the event the individual maximum purchase limitation is increased, persons subscribing for the maximum amount may increase their purchase order. Directors and officers will purchase shares of common stock at the same $10.00 purchase price per share and on the same terms as other purchasers in the offering. This table excludes shares of common stock to be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, as well as any stock awards or stock option grants that may be made no earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. The directors and officers have indicated their intention to subscribe in the offering for an aggregate of 318,000 shares of common stock, equal to 14.4% of the number of shares of common stock to be sold in the offering at the minimum of the offering range (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation), assuming shares are available. Purchases by directors, officers and their associates will be included in determining whether the required minimum number of shares has been subscribed for in the offering. The shares being acquired by the directors, executive officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale. Subscriptions by management through our 401(k) Plan will be counted as part of the maximum number of shares such individuals may subscribe for in the offering.

 

Name and Title

   Number of
Shares (1)
     Aggregate
Purchase

Price (1)
     Percent at
Minimum of
Offering Range
 

Candy Brower, Director

     25,000       $ 250,000         1.1

Frank Giso III, Chairman of the Board of Directors

     40,000         400,000         1.8   

William C. Huntress, III, Director

     40,000         400,000         1.8   

Diane Indorato, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

     35,500         355,000         1.6   

Jeffrey D. Jones, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

     40,000         400,000         1.8   

Elizabeth McNelis, Director

     37,500         375,000         1.7   

James Oosterman, Vice President – Lending

     30,000         300,000         1.4   

F. Peter Waystack, Director

     30,000         300,000         1.4   

Alan Whitney, Director

     40,000         400,000         1.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

All directors and officers as a group (9 persons)

     318,000       $ 3,180,000         14.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes purchases by the named individual’s spouse and other relatives of the named individual living in the same household. Other than as set forth above, the named individuals are not aware of any other purchases by a person who or entity that would be considered an associate of the named individuals under the plan of conversion.

 

106


Table of Contents

THE CONVERSION AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

The board of directors of Melrose Cooperative Bank has unanimously approved the plan of conversion. The plan of conversion must also be approved by Melrose Cooperative Bank’s depositors. A special meeting of depositors has been called for this purpose. We have filed an application with respect to the conversion with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks has authorized us to commence the offering. However, the final approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required before we can consummate the conversion and issue shares of common stock. The FDIC has issued an intent to issue a letter of non-objection to the conversion subject to certain conditions. The Federal Reserve Bank of Boston has issued the approval required in connection with the transaction. However, any such approvals or non-objections do not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion by any regulatory agency.

General

The board of directors of Melrose Cooperative Bank unanimously adopted the plan of conversion on February 27, 2014. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, Melrose Cooperative Bank will convert from a Massachusetts mutual cooperative bank to a Massachusetts stock cooperative bank and become the wholly owned subsidiary of Melrose Bancorp, a newly formed Maryland corporation. Melrose Bancorp will offer 100% of its common stock to qualifying depositors of Melrose Cooperative Bank in a subscription offering and, if necessary, to members of the general public through a community offering, with a preference given to residents of the City of Melrose, Massachusetts, and/or a syndicated community offering.

We intend to retain between $8.3 million and $11.5 million of the net proceeds of the offering, or $13.3 million if the offering range is increased by 15%, and to contribute the balance of the net proceeds (excluding the contributions to the employee stock ownership plan and charitable foundation) to Melrose Cooperative Bank. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least 2,210,000 shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion.

The plan of conversion provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders and our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan that we are establishing in connection with the conversion and our 401(k) plan. If all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, we intend to offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the City of Melrose, Massachusetts.

We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering. The community offering, if any, may begin at the same time as, during, or after the subscription offering, and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by us with the approval, to the extent such approvals are required, of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board. See “ – Community Offering.”

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of Melrose Bancorp. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “– Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

 

107


Table of Contents

The following is a brief summary of the conversion. We recommend reading the plan of conversion in its entirety for more information. A copy of the plan of conversion is available for inspection at Melrose Cooperative Bank’s office and at the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. Additionally, the plan of conversion is an exhibit to the registration statement which we have filed with the SEC and which is publicly available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov . See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Reasons for the Conversion

Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are to:

 

    increase our capital to enhance our financial strength, to support future lending and deposit growth and to support our banking franchise as opportunities arise through de novo branching and/or branch acquisitions;

 

    attract and retain qualified personnel by enabling us to establish stock-based benefit plans for management and employees that will give them an opportunity to share in our long-term success;

 

    enhance our community ties by providing customers and members of our community with the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank; and

 

    establish a foundation to support charitable organizations operating in our local community and fund the foundation with shares of our common stock and cash.

We believe that the additional capital raised in the offering will enable us to take advantage of business opportunities that may not otherwise be available to us, while remaining an independent community-oriented institution.

As of December 31, 2013, Melrose Cooperative Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes and the proceeds from the stock offering will further improve our capital position. We are not subject to any directive from any regulatory agency to raise capital.

Approvals Required

The affirmative vote of a two-thirds majority of the total votes cast by depositors of Melrose Cooperative Bank at the special meeting of depositors is required to approve the plan of conversion. The conversion also must be approved by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the Federal Reserve Board, which have given their conditional approval to the plan of conversion, and we must obtain the non-objection of the Plan of Conversion from the FDIC which has provided its conditional non-objection.

A special meeting of depositors of Melrose Cooperative Bank to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion has been set for [special meeting date].

 

108


Table of Contents

Effects of Conversion on Depositors and Borrowers

Continuity . While the conversion is being accomplished, our normal business of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. We will continue to be a Massachusetts cooperative bank and will continue to be regulated by the Massachusetts Division of Banks and the FDIC after the conversion. After the conversion, we will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The directors serving Melrose Cooperative Bank at the time of the conversion will be the directors of Melrose Cooperative Bank and of Melrose Bancorp after the conversion.

Effect on Deposit Accounts . Each depositor of Melrose Cooperative Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each deposit account will continue to be insured by the FDIC and the Share Insurance Fund of the Co-Operative Central Bank to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, savings account and other evidences of their accounts.

Effect on Loans . No loan outstanding from Melrose Cooperative Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.

Effect on Voting Rights of Depositors . At present, all of our depositors have voting rights in Melrose Cooperative Bank as to all matters requiring depositor action. Upon completion of the conversion, depositors will no longer have voting rights. Upon completion of the conversion, all voting rights in Melrose Cooperative Bank will be vested in Melrose Bancorp as the sole stockholder of Melrose Cooperative Bank. The stockholders of Melrose Bancorp will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to Melrose Bancorp common stock.

Tax Effects . We have received an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with regard to federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be taxable for federal or state income tax purposes to Melrose Cooperative Bank or its depositors. See “ – Material Income Tax Consequences.”

Effect on Liquidation Rights . Each depositor in Melrose Cooperative Bank has both a deposit account in Melrose Cooperative Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of Melrose Cooperative Bank based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. Any depositor who opens a deposit account obtains a pro rata ownership interest in Melrose Cooperative Bank without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all, respectively, of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of Melrose Cooperative Bank, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.

In the unlikely event that Melrose Cooperative Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, also would be paid first, followed by distribution of a “liquidation account” to depositors as of December 31, 2012 and [supplemental eligibility record date] who continue to maintain their deposit accounts as of the date of liquidation, with any assets remaining thereafter distributed to Melrose Bancorp as the holder of Melrose Cooperative Bank’s capital stock. Pursuant to federal banking regulations, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, sale of bulk assets or similar combination or transaction with another insured savings institution would not be considered a liquidation and, in such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution. See “ – Liquidation Rights.”

 

109


Table of Contents

Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued

The plan of conversion and federal and state regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial, LC. to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation, RP Financial, LC. will receive a fee of $40,000, and will be reimbursed for its expenses. RP Financial, LC. will receive an additional fee of $5,000 for each update to the valuation report. We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial, LC. and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from its negligence or bad faith.

RP Financial, LC. has estimated that, as of February 14, 2014, the estimated pro forma market value of Melrose Bancorp, assuming the establishment and funding of our charitable foundation with a contribution to consist of $300,000 in cash and a number of shares of our common stock that together with the cash will total 5.0% of the gross proceeds of the offering (consisting of 80,500 shares or $805,000 in stock at the minimum of the range and 119,500 shares or $1,195,000 in stock at the maximum of the range, up to 141,925 shares or $1,419,250 in stock at the adjusted maximum of the range) ranged from $22.9 million to $31.1 million, with a midpoint of $27.0 million, subject to increase up to $35.8 million. Based on this valuation and a $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by us will range from 2,210,000 shares to 2,990,000 shares subject to an increase up to 3,438,500 shares. The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions.

Consistent with applicable appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and the pro forma price-to-assets approach.

RP Financial, LC. also considered the following factors, among others:

 

    our recent results and financial condition;

 

    the economic and demographic conditions in our existing market area;

 

    certain historical, financial and other information relating to us;

 

    a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial characteristics with those of other similarly situated publicly traded savings institutions;

 

    the aggregate size of the offering of common stock;

 

    the impact of the conversion and the offering on our equity and earnings potential;

 

    our potential to pay cash dividends; and

 

    the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.

 

110


Table of Contents

The appraisal is based in part on an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded savings institutions that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to us. The peer group consists of the following ten companies, all of which are traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

Company Name and Ticker Symbol

   Exchange    Headquarters    Total assets as of
December 31, 2013
 
               (in millions)  

TF Financial Corp. (THRD)

   Nasdaq    Newtown, PA    $ 834   

Oneida Financial Corp. (ONFC)

   Nasdaq    Oneida, NY    $ 742   

Hampden Bancorp, Inc. (HBNK)

   Nasdaq    Springfield, MA    $ 694   

Chicopee Bancorp, Inc. (CBNK)

   Nasdaq    Chicopee, MA    $ 588   

Peoples Federal Bancshares, Inc. (PEOP)

   Nasdaq    Brighton, MA    $ 588   

Wellesley Bancorp, Inc. (WEBK)

   Nasdaq    Wellesley, MA    $ 459   

OBA Financial Services, Inc. (OBAF)

   Nasdaq    Germantown, MD    $ 390 (1)  

FedFirst Financial Corp. (FFCO)

   Nasdaq    Monessen, PA    $ 319   

WVS Financial Corp. (WVFC)

   Nasdaq    Pittsburgh, PA    $ 314   

Georgetown Bancorp, Inc. (GTWN)

   Nasdaq    Georgetown, MA    $ 263   

 

(1) As of September 30, 2013.

RP Financial, LC. has informed us that it sought to provide meaningful comparative data to limit the need to perform subjective valuation adjustments with respect to institutions that did not share common characteristics with Melrose Cooperative Bank. As a result, a comparable institution’s dissimilar asset size may be outweighed by similarities with respect to other characteristics that RP Financial, LC. considers more indicative of an institution’s value than asset size.

The peer group selection process was limited to publicly traded thrifts in accordance with regulatory conversion guidelines, which limit the number of potential comparable companies for inclusion in the peer group to 104 full stock publicly traded companies. As noted in the appraisal report, the selection process for the peer group involved applying the following two geographic screens of the universe of all public thrifts that were eligible for inclusion in the peer group:

 

    Northeast Thrift Institutions . Given the limited number of publicly traded full stock savings institutions based in Massachusetts, RP Financial, LC. considered a broader market comprised of thrift institutions with assets of less than $1.0 billion, nonperforming assets of less than 2.0% of total assets and positive core earnings on a trailing 12 months basis, based in the Northeast region of the United States. Five companies met the criteria for the screen and all were included in the peer group.

 

    Mid-Atlantic Thrift Institutions . RP Financial, LC. next looked at publicly traded full stock savings institutions based in the Mid-Atlantic region of the United States with assets of less than $1.0 billion, nonperforming assets of less than 2.0% of total assets and positive core earnings on a trailing 12 months basis. Five companies met the criteria for the screen and all were included in the group.

In selecting the peer group, RP Financial, LC. considered only those companies that have been in full stock form for over one year, are not subject to acquisition, and are not experiencing unusual financial characteristics or other trends.

 

111


Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of selected pro forma pricing ratios for Melrose Bancorp and the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC. Ratios for the peer group are based on earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 (or the last twelve months for which data are available) and stock price information as of February 14, 2014. Ratios for Melrose Bancorp are based on equity as of December 31, 2013 and net income for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

     Price-to-earnings
multiple (1)
     Price-to-book 
value ratio
    Price-to-tangible
book value ratio
 

Melrose Bancorp, Inc. (pro forma)

       

Maximum, as adjusted

     61.08x         72.31     72.31

Maximum

     51.55x         68.26     68.26

Midpoint

     43.69x         64.14     64.14

Minimum

     36.19x         59.24     59.24

Valuation of peer group companies using stock prices as of February 14, 2014

       

Averages

     22.66x         98.10     102.82

Medians

     22.04x         99.00     104.40

 

(1) Price-to-earnings multiples calculated by RP Financial, LC. in the independent appraisal are based on an estimate of “core” or recurring earnings. These ratios are different than those presented in “Pro Forma Data.”

Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 31.1% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 34.6% on a price-to-tangible book value basis and a premium of 133.9% on a price–to-earnings basis. This means that, at the maximum of the offering range, a share of our common stock would be less expensive than the peer group on a book value and tangible book value basis and would be more expensive on an earnings basis.

RP Financial, LC. prepared the appraisal taking into account the pro forma impact of the offering. Consistent with Federal Reserve Board appraisal guidelines, RP Financial, LC. applied three primary methodologies to estimate the pro forma market value of our common stock: (i) the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; (ii) the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and estimated core earnings; and (iii) the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based on the current market valuations of a peer group of companies considered by RP Financial, LC. to be comparable to us, subject to valuation adjustments applied by RP Financial, LC. to account for differences between Melrose Cooperative Bank and the peer group. In preparing its appraisal, RP Financial, LC. placed emphasis on the price-to-earnings and the price-to-book approaches, although it also considered the price-to-assets approach as required by Federal Reserve Board regulations.

In applying each of the valuation methods, RP Financial, LC. considered adjustments to the pro forma market value based on a comparison of Melrose Cooperative Bank with the peer group. RP Financial, LC. made slight upward adjustments for financial condition, asset growth and primary market area. A slight downward adjustment was made for liquidity of the shares and a moderate downward adjustment was made for profitability, growth and viability of earnings. No adjustments were made for dividends, marketing of the issue, management or the effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.

Our board of directors carefully reviewed the information provided to it by RP Financial, LC. through the appraisal process. We engaged RP Financial, LC. to help us understand the regulatory process as it applies to the appraisal and to advise the board of directors as to how much capital Melrose Bancorp would be required to raise under the regulatory appraisal guidelines.

 

112


Table of Contents

The independent appraisal does not indicate per share market value. Do not assume or expect that the valuation of Melrose Bancorp as indicated above means that, after the conversion and the offering, the shares of common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 offering price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented above were utilized by RP Financial, LC. to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. RP Financial, LC. did not independently verify our consolidated financial statements and other information which we provided to them, nor did RP Financial, LC. independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers Melrose Cooperative Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of Melrose Cooperative Bank. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $10.00 offering price per share.

Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the offering range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $34.4 million, without resoliciting subscribers, which would result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 3,438,500 shares, to reflect changes in the market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers. The subscription price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See “ – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of distribution and allocation of additional shares that may be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range to fill unfilled orders in the offering.

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the offering range to more than $34.4 million and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 3,438,500 shares (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation), or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $22.1 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 2,210,000 shares (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation), then we may promptly return with interest at our current savings account rate of interest all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations, and, after consulting with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board, we may terminate the plan of conversion. Alternatively, we may hold a new offering, establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of subscribers or take other actions as permitted, to the extent that permission is required, by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board in order to complete the conversion and the offering. In the event that a resolicitation is commenced, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. If a person does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. Any resolicitation following the conclusion of the subscription and community offerings would not exceed 45 days unless further extended with the approval, to the extent approval is required, of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board, for periods of up to 90 days.

An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease a subscriber’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase a subscriber’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see “Pro Forma Data.”

 

113


Table of Contents

Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial, LC. and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are filed as exhibits to the documents specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

In accordance with the plan of conversion, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and to the maximum, minimum and overall purchase limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and as described below under “ – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders . Each depositor with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) as of the close of business on December 31, 2012 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase, subject to the overall purchase limitations, up to the greater of 30,000 shares ($300,000) of our common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “ – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of shares of our common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest on December 31, 2012. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also our directors or executive officers or their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to increased deposits during the year preceding December 31, 2012.

Priority 2: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders . To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, each depositor with a Qualifying Deposit as of the close of business on [supplemental eligibility record date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder (“Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of 30,000 shares ($300,000) of common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Supplemental Eligible Account

 

114


Table of Contents

Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “ – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at [supplemental eligibility record date]. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

Priority 3: Tax-Qualified Plans . Our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering (including shares issued to the charitable foundation). Our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 8% of our outstanding shares (including shares to be issued to our charitable foundation). If Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders subscribe for all of our common stock being sold in the offering, no shares will be available for our tax-qualified employee benefit plans and if market conditions warrant, in the judgment of these plans’ trustees, our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan may instead elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion.

Expiration Date . The Subscription Offering will expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board, if necessary. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor can be located. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at and point between the minimum and the maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights that have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.

We will not execute orders until we have received orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock. If we have not received orders to purchase at least 2,210,000 shares within 45 days after the expiration date and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board has not consented, to the extent such consents are required, to an extension, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly to the subscribers with interest at our current savings account rate and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If an extension beyond [extended expiration date] is granted by the required regulatory agencies, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and subscribers will be given an opportunity to change or cancel their orders and place a new stock order for a specified period of time. If a subscriber does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. Extensions may not go beyond [final date], 2016, which is two years after the date of the adoption of the Plan by our board of directors.

 

115


Table of Contents

Community Offering

To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, we intend to offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion to members of the general public in a community offering, with a preference given to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the City of Melrose, Massachusetts.

Subscribers in the community offering may purchase up to 30,000 shares ($300,000) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “ – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.

If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons residing in the City of Melrose, Massachusetts, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares, or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among natural persons residing in the City of Melrose, Massachusetts, whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If, after the allocation of shares to natural persons residing in the City of Melrose, Massachusetts, we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of other members of the general public, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares, or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among members of the general public whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order.

The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within the City of Melrose, Massachusetts, has a present intent to remain within the community for a period of time and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the community, together with an indication that this presence within the community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.

Expiration Date. The community offering may begin at the same time as, during or after the subscription offering. It must terminate no more than 45 days following the closing of the subscription offering. We may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and are not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [extended expiration date]. If an extension beyond [extended expiration date] is granted by the required regulatory agencies, persons whose orders we accept in the community offering will be given an opportunity to change or cancel their orders. If a person does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return purchase funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. These extensions may not go beyond [final date], 2016, which is two years after the date of the adoption of the Plan by our board of directors.

Syndicated Community Offering

Our board of directors may decide to offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for or purchased in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated community offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as we may determine, in a manner that will achieve a widespread

 

116


Table of Contents

distribution of our shares of common stock. If a syndicated community offering is held, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will serve as sole manager and will assist us in selling our common stock on a best efforts basis. In such capacity, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers who are Financial Industry Regulatory Authority member firms. Neither Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated community offering.

In the syndicated community offering, any person may purchase up to 30,000 shares ($300,000) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase and ownership limitations. See “ – Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” We retain the right to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the syndicated community offering. Unless the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board permits otherwise, as required, accepted orders for Melrose Bancorp common stock in the syndicated community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2.0%) of the shares sold in the offering on a basis that will promote a widespread distribution of our common stock. Thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares per order basis until all shares have been allocated or orders have been filled, as the case may be. Unless the syndicated community offering begins during the subscription and/or community offering, the syndicated community offering will begin as soon as possible after the completion of the subscription and community offerings.

Order forms will be used to purchase shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering. Investors in the syndicated community offering will follow the same general procedures applicable to purchasing shares in the community offering except that investors in the syndicated community offering may also wire payment for the subscription directly to Melrose Cooperative Bank for deposit to the Melrose Bancorp stock purchase escrow account. See “ – Procedure for Purchasing Shares.”

The closing of the syndicated community offering is subject to conditions set forth in an agency agreement among Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank on the one hand and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. on the other hand. If and when all the conditions for the closing are met, funds for common stock sold in the syndicated community offering, less fees and commissions payable, will be delivered promptly to us.

If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated community offering of shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, or in the event that there are a significant number of shares remaining unsold after such offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares, if possible. The Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board must approve any such arrangements.

The opportunity to order shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering is subject to our right to reject orders, in whole or in part, either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering. If your order is rejected in part, you will not have the right to cancel the remainder of your order.

Limitations on Common Stock Purchases

The plan of conversion includes the following limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:

 

   

No person or entity may purchase more than 30,000 shares ($300,000) of common stock in the subscription offering, and no person or entity together with any associate or group of persons acting in concert may purchase more than 40,000 ($400,000) shares of

 

117


Table of Contents
 

common stock in all categories of the offering, except that our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including the employee stock ownership plan that we are establishing in connection with the conversion and 401(k) plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation (including shares issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15%);

 

    The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the offering by our executive officers and directors and their associates, in the aggregate, may not exceed 30.0% of the shares issued in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation; and

 

    The minimum purchase by each person purchasing shares in the offering is 25 shares, to the extent those shares are available.

Depending upon market or financial conditions, our board of directors, with any required approvals of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board, and without further approval of our depositors, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be, and, in our sole discretion, some other large subscribers may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation would be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by subscribers who choose to increase their subscriptions.

In the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15% of the total number of shares of common stock offered in the offering, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion:

 

  (1) in the event that there is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder levels, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities; and

 

  (2) to fill unfulfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given first to natural persons residing in the City of Melrose, Massachusetts.

The term “associate” of a person means:

 

  (1) any corporation or organization, other than Melrose Cooperative Bank, Melrose Bancorp or a majority-owned subsidiary of these entities, of which the person is a senior officer, partner or beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities;

 

  (2) any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and

 

  (3) any relative or spouse of such person or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such person or who is a director or officer of Melrose Cooperative Bank or Melrose Bancorp.

 

118


Table of Contents

The term “acting in concert” means:

 

  (1) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or

 

  (2) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.

Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the board of directors. We have the right to determine whether prospective purchasers are associates or acting in concert. Shares of common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by our executive officers and directors and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of Melrose Cooperative Bank or Melrose Bancorp for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under the guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of shares of our common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “ – Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares After Conversion” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of Melrose Bancorp.”

Marketing and Distribution; Compensation

Offering materials have been initially distributed to certain persons by mail, with additional copies made available through our Stock Information Center.

We have engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a broker-dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, as a financial advisor in connection with the offering of our common stock. In its role as financial advisor, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., will:

 

    provide advice on the financial and securities market implications of the plan of conversion and related corporate documents, including our business plan;

 

    assist in structuring our stock offering, including developing and assisting in implementing a market strategy for the stock offering;

 

    review all offering documents related to the stock offering, including this prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials (we are responsible for the preparation and filing of such documents);

 

119


Table of Contents
    assist us in preparing for and scheduling meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers, as necessary;

 

    assist us in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the stock offering, including printers, transfer agents and appraisal firms;

 

    assist us in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the stock offering;

 

    meet with the board of directors and management to discuss any of these services; and

 

    provide such other financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with the stock offering as may be agreed upon by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and us.

For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a management fee of $30,000, with $15,000 being payable upon the execution of the engagement letter between Melrose Cooperative Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and $15,000 being payable upon the filing by Melrose Bancorp of its registration statement with the SEC, and a success fee of 1.00% of the aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold in the subscription offering and the community offering, each if the conversion is consummated, excluding shares purchased by our directors, officers and employees and members of their immediate families (including any individual retirement accounts owned by such persons), our employee stock ownership plan and our tax-qualified or stock-based compensation or similar plans and shares issued to our charitable foundation. The management fee will be credited against the success fee payable upon the consummation of the conversion.

The plan of conversion provides that, if necessary, all shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and community offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering to be managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. In such capacity, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers. Neither Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering; however, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has agreed to use its best efforts in the sale of shares in any syndicated community offering. If there is a syndicated community offering, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a fee equal to 1.00% of the dollar amount of the total shares sold in the syndicated community offering, which fee, along with the fee payable to selected dealers (which will include Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.) will not exceed 6.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold in the syndicated community offering. If all shares of common stock are sold in the syndicated community offering, assuming that no shares are purchased by the employee stock ownership plan or purchased by insiders of Melrose Cooperative Bank, and excluding shares issued to the charitable foundation, the maximum management fees and expenses would be $1.1 million at the minimum, $1.3 million at the midpoint, $1.4 million at the maximum and $1.7 million at the maximum, as adjusted. Of this amount, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will pass on to selected broker-dealers, who assist in the syndicated community offering, an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at such time for comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a similar market environment.

In the event that shares of common stock are sold in a publicly underwritten offering, an underwriting discount will not exceed 6.0% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the publicly underwritten offering to the underwriters, which will include Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

 

120


Table of Contents

We also will reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with its marketing effort up to a maximum of $15,000. In addition, we will reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for fees and expenses of its counsel not to exceed $75,000. In the event of unusual circumstances or delays or a re-solicitation in connection with the offering, the total out-of-pocket expense cap may be increased by an amount not to exceed $10,000 and the cap on the fees and expenses of counsel may be increased by an amount not to exceed $15,000. If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.’s engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agreement, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will only receive reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and the portion of the management fee payable and will return any amounts paid or advanced by us in excess of these amounts. We will indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) related to or arising out of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.’s engagement as our financial advisor and performance of services as our financial advisor.

We have also engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. to act as our conversion agent in connection with the stock offering. In its role as conversion agent, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will, among other things:

 

    consolidate accounts having the same ownership and separate the consolidated file information into necessary groupings to satisfy mailing requirements;

 

    create the master file of account holders as of key record dates;

 

    provide software for the operation of our Stock Information Center, including subscription management and voting solicitation efforts;

 

    identify all depositors eligible to vote at the special meeting of depositors;

 

    assist our financial printer with labeling of materials to voters;

 

    provide support for any follow-up reminder mailings, as needed, including additional solicitation materials;

 

    provide assistance with vote tabulation;

 

    assist with the special meeting of depositors;

 

    administer the stock information center, pursuant to which all substantive investor-related matters will be handled by employees of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.;

 

    train and supervise stock information center staff assisting with order processing;

 

    assist in educating Melrose Cooperative Bank personnel about the offerings, their roles and relevant securities laws pertaining to the offerings;

 

    assist in recordkeeping and reporting procedures;

 

    perform stock order form processing and production of daily reports and analysis;

 

    provide supporting account information to our legal counsel for ‘blue sky’ research and applicable registration;

 

121


Table of Contents
    assist our transfer agent with the generation and mailing of stock statements of ownership; and

 

    perform interest and refund calculations and provide a file to enable us or our or its transfer agent to generate interest and refund checks and 1099-INT reporting as appropriate.

For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a fee of $25,000, and we have made an advance payment of $10,000 to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. with respect to this fee. An additional $15,000 will be payable upon completion of the offering. We also will reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with its acting as conversion agent up to a maximum of $25,000. In the event of unusual circumstances or delays or a re-solicitation in connection with the offering, expenses may be increased by an amount not to exceed $10,000. If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.’s engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agreement, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will be entitled to the advance payment and also receive reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) related to or arising out of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.’s engagement as our conversion agent and performance of services as our conversion agent.

Solicitation of Offers by Officers and Directors

Our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other trained employees of Melrose Cooperative Bank or its affiliates may assist in the offering in ministerial capacities, providing clerical work in effecting a sales transaction or answering questions of a ministerial nature. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. All sales activity will be conducted in a segregated or separately identifiable area of our banking office apart from the area accessible to the general public. Other questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.

The offering will comply with the requirements of Rule 10b-9 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Indemnity

Among other things, we will indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. against liabilities and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with certain claims or litigation arising out of or based upon untrue statements or omissions contained in the offering materials for the common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

122


Table of Contents

Procedure for Purchasing Shares

Expiration Date . The offering will expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date]. We will not accept orders for common stock in the subscription offering received before or on [special meeting date] or after [expiration date]. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without further approval or additional notice to purchasers in the offering. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [extended expiration date] would require the approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board. If an extension beyond [extended expiration date] is granted by the appropriate regulatory agencies, we will resolicit subscribers/persons who place orders, giving them an opportunity to change or cancel their orders. We will notify these subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. If a subscriber does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. If we have not received orders to purchase the minimum number of shares offered in the offering by the expiration date or any extension thereof, we may terminate the offering and promptly refund all funds received for shares of common stock. If the number of shares offered is reduced below the minimum of the offering range, or increased above the adjusted maximum of the offering range, subscribers may be resolicited with any required approvals of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board following the same procedures described above.

To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before [expiration date], the expiration date of the offering, in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to the expiration date or hand delivered any later than two days prior to the expiration date. Execution of an order form will confirm receipt of delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order forms will be distributed only with a prospectus. Subscription funds will be maintained in a segregated account at Melrose Cooperative Bank and will earn interest at our current savings account rate from the date of receipt.

We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal orders and promptly return all funds delivered to us, with interest at our current savings account rate from the date of receipt.

We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion.

Use of Order Forms . In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering and community offering, you must submit a completed order form and remit full payment. We will not be required to accept incomplete order forms, unsigned order forms, or orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. We must receive all order forms prior to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date]. Additionally, we will reject and return any order forms received before or on [special meeting date]. We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate withdrawal instructions. A postmark prior to [expiration date] will not entitle you to purchase shares of common stock unless we receive the envelope by [expiration date]. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms. We have the right to permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms or waive immaterial irregularities. We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any prospective subscriber of any such defects. You may submit your order form and payment by overnight delivery to the indicated address on the order form, by bringing your order form to our Stock Information Center or by mail using the return envelope provided. Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent. We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering. If you are ordering shares,

 

123


Table of Contents

you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final, subject to any required approvals of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board.

By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Melrose Cooperative Bank or any governmental agency, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Payment for Shares . Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares may be made by:

 

  (1) personal check, bank check or money order, payable to Melrose Bancorp; or

 

  (2) authorization of withdrawal from Melrose Cooperative Bank deposit accounts designated on the order form.

Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at Melrose Cooperative Bank are provided in the order forms. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contractual rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will be transferred to a savings account and earn interest at our current savings account rate subsequent to the withdrawal. In the case of payments made by check or money order, these funds must be available in the account(s) and will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at Melrose Cooperative Bank and will earn interest at our current savings account rate from the date payment is received until the offering is completed or terminated.

You may not use cash, wires or a check drawn on a Melrose Cooperative Bank line of credit, and we will not accept third-party checks (a check written by someone other than you) payable to you and endorsed over to Melrose Bancorp. If you request that we place a hold on your checking account for the subscription amount, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account. Once we receive your executed order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by the expiration date, in which event purchasers may be given the opportunity to increase, decrease or rescind their orders for a specified period of time.

We will have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the offering. This payment may be made by wire transfer.

 

124


Table of Contents

Our employee stock ownership plan will not be required to pay for any shares purchased in the offering until consummation of the offering, provided there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or Melrose Bancorp to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase.

Regulations prohibit Melrose Cooperative Bank from knowingly lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

Using Retirement Account Funds. If you are interested in using your individual retirement account funds to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed individual retirement account such as a brokerage firm individual retirement account. By regulation, Melrose Cooperative Bank’s individual retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in shares of our common stock. Therefore, if you wish to use your funds that are currently in a Melrose Cooperative Bank individual retirement account, you may not designate on the order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will have to be transferred to a brokerage account. It may take several weeks to transfer your Melrose Cooperative Bank individual retirement account to an independent trustee, so please allow yourself sufficient time to take this action. There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers. Depositors interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the end of the offering period, because processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock Purchased in the Offering . All shares of Melrose Bancorp common stock sold will be issued in book entry form and held electronically on the books of our transfer agent. Stock certificates will not be issued. A statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock issued in the offering will be mailed by our transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the registration address noted by them on their stock order form as soon as practicable following consummation of the conversion. Until a statement reflecting ownership of shares of common stock is available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers may not be able to sell the shares of common stock which they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell the shares of common stock before receiving your statement will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm.

Other Restrictions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country.

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

Applicable regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their

 

125


Table of Contents

exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the offering.

We intend to pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

Stock Information Center

Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our Stock Information Center at (              )              -              to speak to a representative of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. Representatives are available by telephone Monday through Friday from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center is open weekdays during the offering, except for bank holidays, from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time.

Liquidation Rights

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of Melrose Cooperative Bank prior to the conversion, all claims of creditors of Melrose Cooperative Bank, including those of depositors of Melrose Cooperative Bank (to the extent of their deposit balances), would be paid first. Then, if there were any assets of Melrose Cooperative Bank remaining, depositors of Melrose Cooperative Bank would receive those remaining assets, pro rata, based upon the deposit balances in their deposit account in Melrose Cooperative Bank immediately prior to liquidation. In the unlikely event that Melrose Cooperative Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution of the “liquidation account,” as described below, to certain depositors, with any assets remaining thereafter distributed to Melrose Bancorp as the sole holder of Melrose Cooperative Bank capital stock. Pursuant to federal and Massachusetts regulations, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, sale of bulk assets or similar combination or transaction with another insured savings institution would not be considered a liquidation and, in these types of transactions, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution.

The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a special “liquidation account” for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to the total equity of Melrose Cooperative Bank as of the date of its latest balance sheet contained in this prospectus.

The purpose of the liquidation account is to provide Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who maintain their deposit accounts with Melrose Cooperative Bank after the conversion with a liquidation interest in the unlikely event of the complete liquidation of Melrose Cooperative Bank after the conversion. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder that continues to maintain his or her deposit account at Melrose Cooperative Bank would be entitled, on a complete liquidation of Melrose Cooperative Bank after the conversion, to an interest in the liquidation account prior to any payment to the stockholders of Melrose Bancorp. Each Eligible Account Holder would have an initial interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market

 

126


Table of Contents

deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50 or more held in Melrose Cooperative Bank on December 31, 2012. Each Eligible Account Holder would have a pro rata interest in the total liquidation account for each such deposit account, based on the proportion that the balance of each such deposit account on December 31, 2012 bears to the balance of all such deposit accounts in Melrose Cooperative Bank on such date. Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have an initial interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50 or more held in Melrose Cooperative Bank on [supplemental eligibility record date]. Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have a pro rata interest in the total liquidation account for each such deposit account, based on the proportion that the balance of each such deposit account on [supplemental eligibility record date] bears to the balance of all such deposit accounts in Melrose Cooperative Bank on such date.

If, however, on any December 31 annual closing date commencing on or after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on December 31, 2012 or [supplemental eligibility record date], respectively, or any other annual closing date, then the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced from time to time by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositor. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be distributed to Melrose Bancorp, as the sole stockholder of Melrose Cooperative Bank.

Material Income Tax Consequences

Consummation of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to federal and state income taxation that the conversion will not be a taxable transaction to Melrose Bancorp, Melrose Cooperative Bank, Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who receive subscription rights. Unlike private letter rulings, opinions of counsel or tax advisors are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that Melrose Cooperative Bank or Melrose Bancorp would prevail in a judicial proceeding.

Melrose Cooperative Bank and Melrose Bancorp have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., regarding all of the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, which includes the following:

 

  1. The conversion of Melrose Cooperative Bank to a Massachusetts stock cooperative bank will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

  2. Melrose Cooperative Bank will not recognize any gain or loss upon the receipt of money from Melrose Bancorp in exchange for shares of common stock of Melrose Cooperative Bank.

 

  3. The basis and holding period of the assets received by Melrose Cooperative Bank, in stock form, from Melrose Cooperative Bank, in mutual form, will be the same as the basis and holding period in such assets immediately before the conversion.

 

127


Table of Contents
  4. No gain or loss will be recognized by account holders of Melrose Cooperative Bank, including Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, upon the issuance to them of withdrawable deposit accounts in Melrose Cooperative Bank, in stock form, in the same dollar amount and under the same terms as held at Melrose Cooperative Bank, in mutual form. In addition, Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of an interest in a liquidation account in Melrose Cooperative Bank in exchange for their ownership interests in Melrose Cooperative Bank.

 

  5. The basis of the account holders deposit accounts in Melrose Cooperative Bank, in stock form, will be the same as the basis of their deposit accounts in Melrose Cooperative Bank, in mutual form. The basis of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders interests in the liquidation account will be zero, which is the cost of such interest to such persons.

 

  6. It is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights have no value, based on the fact that these rights are acquired by the recipients without cost, are nontransferable and of short duration, and afford the recipients the right only to purchase the common stock at a price equal to its estimated fair market value, which will be the same price as the subscription price for the shares of common stock in the offering. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Melrose Bancorp common stock, provided that the amount to be paid for Melrose Bancorp common stock is equal to the fair market value of Melrose Bancorp common stock.

 

  7. The basis of the shares of Melrose Bancorp common stock purchased in the offering will be the purchase price. The holding period of the Melrose Bancorp common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised.

 

  8. No gain or loss will be recognized by Melrose Bancorp on the receipt of money in exchange for shares of Melrose Bancorp common stock sold in the offering.

In the view of RP Financial, LC. (which is acting as independent appraiser of the value of the shares of Melrose Bancorp common stock in connection with the conversion), the subscription rights do not have any value for the reasons set forth above. RP Financial, LC.’s view is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service. If the subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to their value, and Melrose Bancorp could recognize gain on a distribution. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

The Internal Revenue Service will not issue private letter rulings with respect to the issue of whether nontransferable rights have value. Unlike private letter rulings, an opinion of counsel or the view of an independent appraiser is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service, and the Internal Revenue Service could disagree with the conclusions reached therein. Depending on the conclusion or conclusions with which the Internal Revenue Service disagrees, the Internal Revenue Service may take the position that the transaction is taxable to any one or more of Melrose Cooperative Bank, Melrose Bancorp,

 

128


Table of Contents

Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who exercise their subscription rights. In the event of a disagreement, there can be no assurance that Melrose Bancorp or Melrose Cooperative Bank would prevail in a judicial or administrative proceeding.

The federal tax opinion has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Melrose Bancorp’s registration statement. An opinion regarding the Massachusetts income tax consequences consistent with the federal tax opinion has been issued by Shatswell, MacLeod & Company, P.C., tax advisors to Melrose Cooperative Bank and Melrose Bancorp.

Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion

All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director or an officer of Melrose Cooperative Bank generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the director or officer. For restricted shares, our transfer agent will be given notice of restrictions on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of Melrose Bancorp also will be restricted by the insider trading rules pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock, to purchases of our common stock to fund stock options by one or more stock-based benefit plans or to any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or nontax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any stock-based benefit plans.

Applicable regulations prohibit Melrose Bancorp from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases, or to fund management recognition plans that have been ratified by stockholders (with approval or non-objection of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board) or tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans. After one year, applicable regulations do not impose any repurchase restrictions.

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK FOUNDATION

General

In furtherance of our commitment to our local community, our plan of conversion provides that we will establish a charitable foundation, Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation, as a non-stock, non-profit Delaware corporation in connection with the stock offering. The charitable foundation will be funded with shares of our common stock and cash, as further described below.

By further enhancing our visibility and reputation in our local community, we believe that the charitable foundation will enhance the long-term value of Melrose Cooperative Bank’s community banking franchise. The stock offering presents us with a unique opportunity to provide a substantial and continuing benefit to our communities through Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation.

 

129


Table of Contents

Purpose of the Charitable Foundation

In connection with the closing of the stock offering, we intend to contribute cash and stock to a charitable foundation that we have established, such contribution to consist of $300,000 in cash and a number of shares of our common stock that together with the cash will total 5.0% of the gross proceeds of the offering (80,500 shares or $805,000 in stock at the minimum of the range and 119,500 shares or $1,195,000 in stock at the maximum of the range, or up to 141,925 shares or $1,419,250 at the adjusted maximum of the offering range). The purpose of the charitable foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which we operate and to enable our communities to share in our long-term growth. Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes, and may be able to support such activities in ways that are not presently available to us. Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation will also support our ongoing obligations to the community under the Community Reinvestment Act. Melrose Cooperative Bank received a “satisfactory” rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination by the Massachusetts Division of Banks and the FDIC.

Funding Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation with shares of our common stock in addition to cash is also intended to allow our communities to share in our potential growth and success after the stock offering is completed because Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation will benefit directly from any increases in the value of our shares of common stock. In addition, Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation will maintain close ties with Melrose Cooperative Bank, thereby forming a partnership within the communities in which Melrose Cooperative Bank operates.

Structure of the Charitable Foundation

Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation has been incorporated under Delaware law as a non-stock, non-profit corporation. The certificate of incorporation of Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation provides that the corporation is organized exclusively for charitable purposes as set forth in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation’s certificate of incorporation further provides that no part of the net earnings of the charitable foundation will inure to the benefit of, or be distributable to, its members, directors or officers or to private individuals.

The charitable foundation is governed by a board of directors, initially consisting of Jeffrey D. Jones, who is a director of Melrose Cooperative Bank, Diane Indorato, an executive officer of Melrose Cooperative Bank and one individual who is not affiliated with us. Applicable regulations require that we select one person to serve on the initial board of directors who is not one of our officers or directors and who has experience with local charitable organizations and grant making, and we have selected Mary Beth McAteer-Margolis as a director to satisfy these requirements. For five years after the stock offering, one seat on the charitable foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for a person from our local community who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making and who is not one of our officers, directors or employees, and at least one seat on the charitable foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for one of Melrose Cooperative Bank’s directors. On an annual basis, directors of the charitable foundation elect the board members to serve for one-year terms.

The business experience of Mr. Jones and Ms. Indorato who will serve as board members of the charitable foundation is described in “Management of Melrose Bancorp.” Ms. McAteer-Margolis, who will serve as our outside charitable foundation director, has since 2000 served as Community Outreach and Membership Director of the Melrose Mass Television, in which capacity she works with community organizations, businesses and local government to facilitate their participation in local cable access television.

 

130


Table of Contents

The board of directors of Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation will be responsible for establishing its grant and donation policies, consistent with the purposes for which it was established. As directors of a nonprofit corporation, directors of Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation will at all times be bound by their fiduciary duty to advance the charitable foundation’s charitable goals, to protect its assets and to act in a manner consistent with the charitable purposes for which the charitable foundation was established. The directors of Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation also will be responsible for directing the activities of the charitable foundation, including the management and voting of the shares of our common stock held by the charitable foundation. However, as required by applicable regulations, all shares of our common stock held by Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.

Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation’s initial place of business will be located at our corporate headquarters. The board of directors of Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation will appoint such officers and employees as may be necessary to manage its operations. To the extent applicable, we will comply with the affiliates restrictions set forth in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the regulations of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board, as applicable, governing transactions between Melrose Cooperative Bank and the charitable foundation.

Capital for the charitable foundation will come from:

 

  (1) any dividends that may be paid on our shares of common stock in the future;

 

  (2) within the limits of applicable federal and state laws, loans collateralized by the shares of common stock; or

 

  (3) the proceeds of the sale of any of the shares of common stock in the open market from time to time.

As a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets.

Tax Considerations

We believe that an organization created for the above purposes should qualify as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization under the Internal Revenue Code and should be classified as a private foundation. Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation will submit a timely request to the Internal Revenue Service to be recognized as an exempt organization. As long as Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation files its application for tax-exempt status within 27 months after the last day of the month in which it was organized, and provided the Internal Revenue Service approves the application, its effective date as a Section 501(c)(3) organization will be the date of its organization.

Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank are authorized by federal law to make charitable contributions. We believe that the stock offering presents a unique opportunity to establish and fund a charitable foundation given the substantial amount of additional capital being raised. In making such a determination, we considered the dilutive impact to our stockholders of the contribution of shares of common stock to Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation.

We believe that our contribution of cash and shares of our common stock to Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation should not constitute an act of self-dealing and that we should be entitled to a federal tax deduction in the amount of the fair market value of the cash and stock at the time of the contribution.

 

131


Table of Contents

We are permitted to deduct for charitable purposes only an amount equal to 10% of our annual taxable income in any one year. We are permitted under the Internal Revenue Code to carry the excess contribution over the five-year period following the contribution to Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation. We estimate that at all levels of the offering range, the contribution should be deductible for federal tax purposes over the six-year period ( i.e. , the year in which the contribution is made and the succeeding five-year period). However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. In such event, our contribution to Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation would be expensed without a tax benefit, resulting in a reduction in earnings in the year in which the Internal Revenue Service makes such a determination. Furthermore, even if the contribution is deductible, we may not have sufficient earnings to be able to use the deduction in full. Any such decision to continue to make additional contributions to Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation in the future would be based on an assessment of, among other factors, our financial condition at that time, the interests of our stockholders and depositors, and the financial condition and operations of the charitable foundation.

As a private foundation, earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of common stock or other assets are exempt from federal and state income taxation. However, investment income, such as interest, dividends and capital gains, is generally taxed at a rate of 2%, although we expect to qualify for the lower 1% special rate. Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation will be required to file an annual return with the Internal Revenue Service within four and one-half months after the close of its fiscal year. Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation will be required to make its annual return available for public inspection. The annual return for a private foundation includes, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made or approved, showing the amount of each grant, the recipient, any relationship between a grant recipient and the foundation’s managers and a concise statement of the purpose of each grant.

Regulatory Requirements Imposed on the Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation

Applicable regulations require that, before our board of directors adopted the plan of conversion, the board of directors had to identify its members that will serve on the charitable foundation’s board, and these directors could not participate in our board’s discussions concerning contributions to the charitable foundation, and could not vote on the portions of the plan of conversion relating to the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation. Our board of directors complied with this regulation in adopting the plan of conversion.

These regulations impose the following additional requirements on the establishment of the charitable foundation:

 

    the Federal Reserve Board may examine the charitable foundation at the charitable foundation’s expense;

 

    the charitable foundation must comply with all supervisory directives imposed by the Federal Reserve Board;

 

    the charitable foundation must provide annually to the Federal Reserve Board a copy of the annual report that the charitable foundation submits to the Internal Revenue Service;

 

    the charitable foundation must operate according to written policies adopted by its board of directors, including a conflict of interest policy;

 

    the charitable foundation may not engage in self-dealing and must comply with all laws necessary to maintain its tax-exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code; and

 

132


Table of Contents
    the charitable foundation must vote its shares of our common stock in the same ratio as all of the other shares voted on each proposal considered by our stockholders.

Within six months of completing the stock offering, the Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation must submit to the Federal Reserve Board a three-year operating plan, conflicts of interest policy, gift instrument, bylaws and certificate of incorporation.

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF MELROSE BANCORP

Although the board of directors of Melrose Bancorp is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of Melrose Bancorp after the conversion, the board of directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of Melrose Bancorp’s articles of incorporation to protect the interests of Melrose Bancorp and its stockholders from takeovers which our board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Melrose Cooperative Bank, Melrose Bancorp or Melrose Bancorp’s stockholders.

The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of Melrose Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, Maryland corporate law and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. The following description of certain of these provisions is necessarily general and, with respect to provisions contained in Melrose Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, reference should be made in each case to the document in question, each of which is part of Melrose Cooperative Bank’s applications with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and the FDIC and Melrose Bancorp’s application with the Federal Reserve Board and its registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Melrose Bancorp’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

Melrose Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that might discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the board of directors or management of Melrose Bancorp more difficult.

Directors . The board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually. Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of our directors. The bylaws establish qualifications for board members, including:

 

    a prohibition on service as a director by a person who is a director, officer, employee or a 10% or more stockholder of a competitor of Melrose Cooperative Bank;

 

    a prohibition on service as a director by a person (i) who has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust that is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law, (ii) who is currently charged in an information, indictment or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime, (iii) who does not agree in writing to comply with all of Melrose Bancorp’s policies applicable to directors, including but not limited to, its confidentiality policy, or (iv) against whom a financial or securities regulatory agency has issued a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, which order is subject to public disclosure by such agency;

 

133


Table of Contents
    a prohibition on service as a director by a person who is party to any agreement or understanding that (i) provides such person with material benefits that are contingent upon Melrose Bancorp entering into a merger, sale of control or similar transaction in which Melrose Bancorp is not the surviving entity, (ii) materially limits such person’s voting discretion with respect to Melrose Bancorp’s strategic direction, or (iii) materially impairs such person’s ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of Melrose Bancorp;

 

    a requirement that any person proposed to serve as director have maintained his or her principal residence within Massachusetts for a period of at least one year immediately before his or her purported election or appointment to the board of directors; and

 

    a prohibition on service by nominees or representatives (as defined in applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations) of another person who would not be eligible for service or of an entity the partners or controlling persons of which would not be eligible for service.

Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the board of directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders. Such notice and information requirements are applicable to all stockholder business proposals and nominations, and are in addition to any requirements under the federal securities laws.

Evaluation of Offers . The articles of incorporation of Melrose Bancorp provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of Melrose Bancorp (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of Melrose Bancorp and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:

 

    the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon Melrose Bancorp’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;

 

    the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, Melrose Bancorp and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which Melrose Bancorp and its subsidiaries operate or are located;

 

    whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of Melrose Bancorp;

 

    whether a more favorable price could be obtained for Melrose Bancorp’s stock or other securities in the future;

 

    the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of Melrose Bancorp and its subsidiaries;

 

    the future value of the stock or any other securities of Melrose Bancorp or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;

 

    any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;

 

134


Table of Contents
    the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and

 

    the ability of Melrose Bancorp to fulfill its objectives as a bank holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.

If the board of directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.

Restrictions on Call of Special Meetings . The bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called by only the Chairperson, the President or the Chief Executive Officer or by resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that Melrose Bancorp would have if there were no vacancies on the board of directors (the “whole board”), or the Secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

Prohibition of Cumulative Voting . The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.

Limitation of Voting Rights . The articles of incorporation provide that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. The 10% limit shall not apply if, before the stockholder acquires shares in excess of the 10% limit, the acquisition is approved by a majority of the directors who are not affiliated with the holder and who were members of the board of directors prior to the time of the acquisition (or who were chosen to fill any vacancy by a majority of the unaffiliated directors).

Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office . The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “ – Limitation of Voting Rights”), voting together as a single class.

Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. The bylaws provide that any stockholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at an annual meeting of stockholders must submit written notice to Melrose Bancorp at least 110 days prior and not earlier than 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders. However, if less than 90 days’ prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders and the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 30 days, from the anniversary date of the preceding year’s annual meeting then stockholders must submit written notice to Melrose Bancorp no later than 10 days following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the meeting is first made in a press release, in a document filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or on a website maintained by Melrose Bancorp.

Authorized but Unissued Shares . After the conversion, Melrose Bancorp will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.” The articles of incorporation authorize 1,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock. Melrose Bancorp is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the

 

135


Table of Contents

board of directors is authorized to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of such shares. In addition, the articles of incorporation provide that a majority of the whole board may, without action by the stockholders, amend the articles of incorporation to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of common stock that Melrose Bancorp has the authority to issue. The articles of incorporation also provide that the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock may increase or decrease the amount of authorized shares of preferred stock and without the vote of any holder of preferred stock unless otherwise required. In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of Melrose Bancorp that the board of directors does not approve, it would be possible for the board of directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of Melrose Bancorp The board of directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Except as provided under “ – Authorized but Unissued Shares,” above, regarding the amendment of the articles of incorporation by the board of directors to increase or decrease the number of shares authorized for issuance, or as otherwise allowed by law, any amendment to the articles of incorporation must be approved by our board of directors and also by two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “ – Limitation of Voting Rights”); provided, however, that an amendment need only be approved by the vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “ – Limitation of Voting Rights”) if the amendment is approved by at least two-thirds of the whole board. Approval by at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “ – Limitation of Voting Rights”) is generally required to amend the following provisions:

 

  (i) The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

  (ii) The division of the board of directors into three staggered classes and the prohibition against cumulative voting;

 

  (iii) The ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board;

 

  (iv) The requirement that 80% of the voting power of stockholders must vote to remove directors, and can only remove directors for cause;

 

  (v) The ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws and the required stockholder vote to amend or repeal the bylaws;

 

  (vi) The ability of the board of directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire Melrose Bancorp;

 

  (vii) The authority of the board of directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;

 

  (viii) The validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock;

 

  (ix) The number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;

 

  (x) The provision regarding stockholder proposals and nominations;

 

136


Table of Contents
  (xi) The indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by Melrose Bancorp;

 

  (xii) The limitation of liability of officers and directors to Melrose Bancorp for money damages; and

 

  (xiii) The provision regarding amendments to the articles of incorporation.

The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “ – Limitation of Voting Rights”).

Maryland Corporate Law

Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of a corporation’s voting stock after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of the corporation at any time after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

Conversion Regulations

Federal regulations prohibit any person from making an offer, announcing an intent to make an offer or participating in any other arrangement to purchase stock or acquire stock or subscription rights in a converting institution or its holding company from another person prior to completion of its conversion. Further, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, no person may make an offer or announcement of an offer to purchase shares or actually acquire shares of a converted institution or its holding company for a period of three years from the date of the completion of the conversion if, upon the completion of such offer, announcement or acquisition, the person would become the beneficial owner of

 

137


Table of Contents

more than 10% of the outstanding stock of the institution or its holding company. The Federal Reserve Board has defined “person” to include any individual, group acting in concert, corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of an insured institution. However, offers made exclusively to a bank or its holding company, or to an underwriter or member of a selling group acting on the converting institution’s or its holding company’s behalf for resale to the general public, are excepted. The regulation also provides civil penalties for willful violation or assistance in any such violation of the regulation by any person connected with the management of the converting institution or its holding company or who controls more than 10% of the outstanding shares or voting rights of a converted institution or its holding company.

Change in Control Regulations

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of a bank holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition. In addition, Federal Reserve Board regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a bank holding company without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the company’s directors, or a determination by the Federal Reserve Board that the acquiror has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, as will be the case with Melrose Bancorp, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Federal Reserve Board regulations provide that parties seeking to rebut control will be provided an opportunity to do so in writing.

Bank Holding Company Act

Federal law provides that no company may acquire control of a bank directly or indirectly without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. Any company that acquires control of a bank becomes a “bank holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board. Pursuant to federal regulations, the term “company” is defined to include banks, corporations, partnerships, associations, and certain trusts and other entities, and “control” of a bank is deemed to exist if a company has voting control, directly or indirectly of at least 25% of any class of a bank’s voting stock, and may be found to exist if a company controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors of the bank or has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the bank. In addition, a bank holding company must obtain Federal Reserve Board approval before acquiring voting control of more than 5% of any class of voting stock of a bank or another bank holding company. An acquisition of control of a bank that requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act is not subject to the notice requirements of the Change in Bank Control Act.

Accordingly, the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act would be required: before any bank holding company could acquire 5% or more of the common stock of Melrose Bancorp; and before any other company could acquire 25% or more of the common stock of Melrose Bancorp.

 

138


Table of Contents

Restrictions applicable to the operations of bank holding companies may also deter companies from seeking to obtain control of Melrose Bancorp. See “Supervision and Regulation.”

Massachusetts Banking Law

Under Massachusetts banking laws, a company owning or controlling two or more banking institutions, including a cooperative bank, is regulated as a bank holding company. Each Massachusetts bank holding company: (i) must obtain the approval of the Massachusetts Board of Bank Incorporation before engaging in certain transactions, such as the acquisition of more than 5% of the voting stock of another banking institution; (ii) must register, and file reports, with the Massachusetts Division of Banks; and (iii) is subject to examination by the Massachusetts Division of Banks. Melrose Bancorp would become a Massachusetts bank holding company if it acquires a second banking institution and holds and operates it separately from Melrose Cooperative Bank.

In addition, for a period of three years following completion of a conversion to stock form, no person may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of a converted cooperative bank without prior written approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

At the effective date, Melrose Bancorp will be authorized to issue 15,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Melrose Bancorp currently expects to issue in the offering up to 3,580,425 shares of common stock including shares issued to our charitable foundation. Melrose Bancorp will not issue shares of preferred stock in the conversion. Each share of Melrose Bancorp common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and non-assessable.

The shares of common stock of Melrose Bancorp will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the FDIC or any other government agency.

Common Stock

Dividends . Melrose Bancorp may pay dividends to an amount equal to the excess of our capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make us insolvent, as and when declared by our board of directors. The payment of dividends by Melrose Bancorp is also subject to limitations that are imposed by law and applicable regulation. The holders of common stock of Melrose Bancorp will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If Melrose Bancorp issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

Voting Rights . Upon consummation of the conversion, the holders of common stock of Melrose Bancorp will have exclusive voting rights in Melrose Bancorp. They will elect Melrose Bancorp’s board of directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to them by the board of directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors.

 

139


Table of Contents

Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Melrose Bancorp’s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. If Melrose Bancorp issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Amendments to the articles of incorporation require a two-thirds stockholder vote in certain circumstances, and certain matters require an 80% stockholder vote.

As a stock cooperative bank, corporate powers and control of Melrose Cooperative Bank are vested in its board of directors, who elect the officers of Melrose Cooperative Bank and who fill any vacancies on the board of directors. Voting rights of Melrose Cooperative Bank are vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of Melrose Cooperative Bank, which will be Melrose Bancorp. Shares of Melrose Cooperative Bank’s stock will be voted at the direction of Melrose Bancorp’s board of directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock of Melrose Bancorp will not have direct control of Melrose Cooperative Bank.

Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Melrose Cooperative Bank, Melrose Bancorp, as the holder of 100% of Melrose Cooperative Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of Melrose Cooperative Bank available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Melrose Cooperative Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Melrose Bancorp, the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities, all of the assets of Melrose Bancorp available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

Preemptive Rights . Holders of the common stock of Melrose Bancorp will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued, unless such preemptive rights are approved by the board of directors. The common stock is not subject to redemption.

Preferred Stock

None of the shares of Melrose Bancorp’s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the conversion. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and that could assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

TRANSFER AGENT

The transfer agent and registrar for Melrose Bancorp’s common stock is Registrar and Transfer Company, Cranford, New Jersey.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Melrose Cooperative Bank at and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of Shatswell, MacLeod & Company, P.C., independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

RP Financial, LC. has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report to Melrose Bancorp setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the conversion and offering and its letters with respect to subscription rights and the liquidation accounts.

 

140


Table of Contents

LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., counsel to Melrose Bancorp and Melrose Cooperative Bank, has issued to Melrose Bancorp its opinions regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the conversion. Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. has consented to the references in this prospectus to its opinions. Shatswell, MacLeod & Company, P.C. has issued to Melrose Bancorp its opinion regarding the Massachusetts income tax consequences of the conversion. Shatswell, MacLeod & Company, P.C., has consented to the reference in this prospectus to its opinion. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. by Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP, Washington, D.C.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Melrose Bancorp has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities on official business days during the hours of 10:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. at the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. The Securities and Exchange Commission telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Melrose Bancorp. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.

Melrose Cooperative Bank has filed an application for approval of the conversion with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks and a notice of intent to convert with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Melrose Bancorp has filed a bank holding company application with the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. This prospectus omits certain information contained in those applications and notices. The application may be inspected, without charge, at the offices of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, 1000 Washington Street, 10 th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts, and the notice may be inspected, without charge, at the office of the Regional Director of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, 15 Braintree Hill Office Park, Braintree, Massachusetts. The bank holding company application is available on an expedited basis from the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, P. O. Box 55882, Boston, Massachusetts 02205.

A copy of the plan of conversion and Melrose Bancorp’s articles of incorporation and bylaws are available without charge from Melrose Cooperative Bank at its office.

The appraisal report of RP Financial, LC. has been filed as an exhibit to our registration statement, to our application to the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, and to the notice to the FDIC. Portions of the appraisal report were filed electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are available on its website at www.sec.gov.

 

141


Table of Contents

In connection with the offering, Melrose Bancorp will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, Melrose Bancorp and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, subject to subsequent deregistration of such shares under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

142


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-9   

***

Separate financial statements for Melrose Bancorp, Inc. have not been included in this prospectus because Melrose Bancorp, Inc. has not engaged in any significant activities, has no significant assets, and has no contingent liabilities, revenue or expenses.

All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required information either is not applicable or is included in the financial statements or related notes.

 

F-1


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

The Board of Directors

Melrose Cooperative Bank

Melrose, Massachusetts

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Melrose Cooperative Bank and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Bank is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Melrose Cooperative Bank and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

LOGO
SHATSWELL, MacLEOD & COMPANY, P.C.

West Peabody, Massachusetts

March 4, 2014

 

LOGO

 

F-2


Table of Contents

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2013 and 2012

(In Thousands)

 

     2013      2012  

ASSETS

     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 11,957       $ 8,597   

Money market funds

     876         8,908   

Federal funds sold

     4,162         5,547   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     16,995         23,052   

Investments in available-for-sale securities (at fair value)

     39,694         28,326   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

     409         390   

Loans held-for-sale

     —           219   

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $510 and $474, respectively

     131,995         125,749   

Premises and equipment, net

     1,247         1,258   

Co-operative Central Bank deposit

     881         881   

Bank-owned life insurance

     4,847         4,665   

Other real estate owned

     —           205   

Accrued interest receivable

     408         410   

Other assets

     199         408   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 196,675       $ 185,563   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

     

Deposits:

     

Noninterest-bearing

   $ 9,574       $ 9,616   

Interest-bearing

     165,936         155,585   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

     175,510         165,201   

Deferred tax liability, net

     332         283   

Other liabilities

     256         239   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     176,098         165,723   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity:

     

Retained earnings

     20,004         19,275   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     573         565   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     20,577         19,840   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 196,675       $ 185,563   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MELROSE CO-OPERATIVE BANK AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

(In Thousands)

 

     2013      2012  

Interest and dividend income:

     

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 4,718       $ 4,821   

Interest and dividends on securities

     

Taxable

     753         890   

Other interest

     23         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income

     5,494         5,725   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense:

     

Interest on deposits

     1,547         1,377   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     1,547         1,377   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest and dividend income

     3,947         4,348   

Provision for loan losses

     37         36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest and dividend income after provision for loan losses

     3,910         4,312   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest income:

     

Fees and service charges

     93         133   

Gain on sales of securities, net

     —           36   

Gain on sales of loans

     105         83   

Income on bank-owned life insurance

     129         127   

Other income

     32         27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     359         406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest expense:

     

Salaries and employee benefits

     2,010         1,816   

Occupancy expense

     295         254   

Equipment expense

     50         48   

Data processing expense

     298         254   

Advertising expense

     115         116   

Printing and supplies

     35         51   

FDIC assessment

     103         90   

Audits and examinations

     111         102   

Other professional services

     66         52   

Other expense

     148         141   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     3,231         2,924   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     1,038         1,794   

Income tax expense

     309         600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 729       $ 1,194   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

(In Thousands)

 

     2013      2012  

Net income

   $ 729       $ 1,194   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

     

Net change in unrealized holding gain on available-for-sale securities

     8         504   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 737       $ 1,698   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

(In Thousands)

 

     Retained
Earnings
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
     Total  

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 18,081       $ 61       $ 18,142   

Net income

     1,194            1,194   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

        504         504   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

     19,275         565         19,840   

Net income

     729            729   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

        8         8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

   $ 20,004       $ 573       $ 20,577   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

(In Thousands)

 

     2013     2012  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 729      $ 1,194   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Amortization of securities, net of accretion

     4        48   

Gain on sales of available-for-sale securities

     —          (36

Provision for loan losses

     37        36   

Change in net deferred loan costs/fees

     8        (9

Loans originated for sale

     (5,000     (4,195

Proceeds from sales of loans

     5,324        4,339   

Gain on sales of loans

     (105     (83

Gain on sale of other real estate owned

     (12     —     

Depreciation and amortization

     84        105   

Decrease in accrued interest receivable

     2        26   

Decrease in other assets

     270        45   

Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities

     17        21   

Increase in income tax receivable

     (61     (12

Decrease in income tax payable

     —          (104

Deferred tax benefit

     (39     (23

Income on bank-owned life insurance

     (129     (127
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     1,129        1,225   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of available-for-sale securities

     (13,864     (13,715

Proceeds from maturities and calls of available-for-sale securities

     2,588        11,762   

Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities

     —          7,601   

Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     (19     (27

Loan originations and principal collections, net

     (6,292     (11,141

Recoveries on loans previously charged off

     1        —     

Capital expenditures

     (73     (122

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

     217        —     

Premiums paid on bank-owned life insurance

     (53     (53
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (17,495     (5,695
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net increase (decrease) in demand deposits, NOW and savings accounts

     5,198        (746

Net increase in time deposits

     5,111        5,133   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     10,309        4,387   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

(In Thousands)

(continued)

 

     2013     2012  

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (6,057     (83

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     23,052        23,135   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 16,995      $ 23,052   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures:

    

Interest paid

   $ 1,547      $ 1,381   

Income taxes paid

     409        739   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

NOTE 1 - NATURE OF OPERATIONS

Melrose Cooperative Bank (Bank) is a state chartered co-operative bank which was incorporated in 1890 and is headquartered in Melrose, Massachusetts. The Bank operates its business from one banking office located in Melrose, Massachusetts. The Bank is engaged principally in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and investing those deposits in residential real estate loans, and in consumer and small business loans.

NOTE 2 - ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting and reporting policies of the Bank and its subsidiary conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and predominant practices within the banking industry. The consolidated financial statements were prepared using the accrual basis of accounting. The significant accounting policies are summarized below to assist the reader in better understanding the consolidated financial statements and other data contained herein.

USE OF ESTIMATES:

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION:

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Bank and its wholly-owned subsidiary, MCBSC, Inc., which is used to hold investment securities. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidation.

RECLASSIFICATIONS:

Certain amounts in the prior year have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash, amounts due from banks, money market funds and federal funds sold.

As of December 31, 2013, the Bank has total cash and cash equivalents in the following banks:

 

  Eastern Bank    $7,258,000 which represents approximately 35.3% of total equity
  State Street Bank    $2,994,000 which represents approximately 14.6% of total equity

SECURITIES:

Investments in debt securities are adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts computed so as to approximate the interest method. Gains or losses on sales of investment securities are computed on a specific identification basis.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

The Bank classifies debt and equity securities into one of three categories: held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading. These security classifications may be modified after acquisition only under certain specified conditions. In general, securities may be classified as held-to-maturity only if the Bank has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Trading securities are defined as those bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. All other securities must be classified as available-for-sale.

 

    Held-to-maturity securities are measured at amortized cost in the consolidated balance sheets. Unrealized holding gains and losses are not included in earnings or in a separate component of equity; they are merely disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

    Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. Unrealized holding gains and losses are not included in earnings, but are reported as a net amount (less expected tax) in a separate component of equity until realized.

 

    Trading securities are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. Unrealized holding gains and losses for trading securities are included in earnings.

For any debt security with a fair value less than its amortized cost basis, the Bank will determine whether it has the intent to sell the debt security or whether it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the debt security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either condition is met, the Bank will recognize a full impairment charge to earnings. For all other debt securities that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and do not meet either condition, the credit loss portion of impairment will be recognized in earnings as realized losses. The other-than-temporary impairment related to all other factors will be recorded in other comprehensive income.

Declines in marketable equity securities below their cost that are deemed other-than-temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses.

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (FHLB), the Bank is required to invest in $100 par value stock of the FHLB. The FHLB capital structure mandates that members must own stock as determined by their Total Stock Investment Requirement which is the sum of a member’s Membership Stock Investment Requirement and Activity-Based Stock Investment Requirement. The Membership Stock Investment Requirement is calculated as 0.35% of a member’s Stock Investment Base, subject to a minimum investment of $10,000 and a maximum investment of $25,000,000. The Stock Investment Base is an amount calculated based on certain assets held by a member that are reflected on call reports submitted to applicable regulatory authorities. The Activity-Based Stock Investment Requirement is calculated as 3.0% for overnight advances, 4.0% for FHLB advances with original terms to maturity of two days to three months and 4.5% for other advances plus a percentage of advance commitments, 0.5% of standby letters of credit issued by the FHLB and 4.5% of the value of intermediated derivative contracts. Management evaluates the Bank’s investment in FHLB stock for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such evaluation. Based on its most recent analysis of the FHLB as of December 31, 2013, management deems its investment in FHLB stock to be not other-than-temporarily impaired.

LOANS HELD-FOR-SALE:

Loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

LOANS:

Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold until maturity or payoff are reported at their outstanding principal balances adjusted for amounts due to borrowers on unadvanced loans, any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans, or unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans.

Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred, and the net amount amortized as an adjustment of the related loan’s yield. The Bank is amortizing these amounts over the contractual lives of the related loans.

Residential real estate loans are generally placed on nonaccrual when reaching 90 days past due or in process of foreclosure. All closed-end consumer loans 90 days or more past due and any equity line in the process of foreclosure are placed on nonaccrual status. Secured consumer loans are written down to realizable value and unsecured consumer loans are charged off upon reaching 120 or 180 days past due depending on the type of loan. Commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans and leases which are 90 days or more past due are generally placed on nonaccrual status, unless secured by sufficient cash or other assets immediately convertible to cash. When a loan has been placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against interest on loans. A loan can be returned to accrual status when collectibility of principal is reasonably assured and the loan has performed for a period of time, generally six months.

Cash receipts of interest income on impaired loans are credited to principal to the extent necessary to eliminate doubt as to the collectibility of the net carrying amount of the loan. Some or all of the cash receipts of interest income on impaired loans is recognized as interest income if the remaining net carrying amount of the loan is deemed to be fully collectible. When recognition of interest income on an impaired loan on a cash basis is appropriate, the amount of income that is recognized is limited to that which would have been accrued on the net carrying amount of the loan at the contractual interest rate. Any cash interest payments received in excess of the limit and not applied to reduce the net carrying amount of the loan are recorded as recoveries of charge-offs until the charge-offs are fully recovered.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES:

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

General Component:

The general component of the allowance for loan losses is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors stratified by the following loan segments: residential real estate, commercial real estate, construction, commercial and consumer. Management uses a rolling average of historical losses based on a time frame appropriate to capture relevant loss data for each loan segment. This historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: levels/trends in delinquencies; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; experience/ability/depth of lending management and staff; and national and local economic trends and conditions. There were no changes in the Bank’s policies or methodology pertaining to the general component of the allowance for loan losses during 2013.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

The qualitative factors are determined based on the various risk characteristics of each loan segment. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are as follows:

Residential real estate: The Bank generally does not originate loans with a loan-to-value ratio greater than 80 percent and does not grant subprime loans. Loans with loan-to-value greater than 80% require private mortgage insurance. All loans in this segment are collateralized by owner-occupied residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. Loans in this segment also include construction loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.

Commercial real estate: Loans in this segment are primarily income-producing properties throughout Massachusetts. The underlying cash flows generated by the properties are adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy as evidenced by increased vacancy rates, which in turn, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment. Loans in this segment also include loans secured by multifamily dwellings. Management periodically obtains rent rolls and continually monitors the cash flows of these loans.

Construction loans: Loans in this segment primarily include speculative real estate development loans for which payment is derived from sale of the property. Credit risk is affected by cost overruns, time to sell at an adequate price, and market conditions.

Consumer loans: Loans in this segment are generally secured and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. Loans in this segment include auto loans and other consumer loans.

Allocated Component:

The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial, commercial real estate and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Bank does not separately identify individual consumer and residential real estate loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are subject to a troubled debt restructuring agreement.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

The Bank periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). All TDRs are initially classified as impaired.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Unallocated Component:

An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating allocated and general reserves in the portfolio.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT:

Land is carried at cost. Buildings and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Cost and related allowances for depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment retired or otherwise disposed of are removed from the respective accounts with any gain or loss included in income or expense. Depreciation and amortization are calculated principally on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated lives are 15 to 40 years for buildings and 3 to 10 years for furniture and equipment.

OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED AND IN-SUBSTANCE FORECLOSURES:

Other real estate owned includes properties acquired through foreclosure and properties classified as in-substance foreclosures in accordance with ASC 310-40, “Receivables - Troubled Debt Restructuring by Creditors.” These properties are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any writedown from cost to estimated fair value required at the time of foreclosure or classification as in-substance foreclosure is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Expenses incurred in connection with maintaining these assets, subsequent writedowns and gains or losses recognized upon sale are included in other expense.

In accordance with ASC 310-10-35, “Receivables - Overall - Subsequent Measurements,” the Bank classifies loans as in-substance repossessed or foreclosed if the Bank receives physical possession of the debtor’s assets regardless of whether formal foreclosure proceedings take place.

ADVERTISING:

The Bank directly expenses costs associated with advertising as they are incurred.

INCOME TAXES:

The Bank recognizes income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for the temporary differences between the accounting basis and the tax basis of the Bank’s assets and liabilities at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when the amounts related to such temporary differences are realized or settled.

FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

ASC 825, “Financial Instruments,” requires that the Bank disclose the estimated fair value for its financial instruments. Fair value methods and assumptions used by the Bank in estimating its fair value disclosures are as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents approximate those assets’ fair values.

Securities: Fair values for securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

Loans held-for-sale: Fair values of loans held-for-sale are based on commitments on hand from investors or prevailing market prices.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Loans receivable: For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. The fair values for other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.

Accrued interest receivable: The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value.

Deposit liabilities: The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and non-interest checking, passbook savings and money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). Fair values for fixed-rate certificate accounts are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on certificate accounts.

Off-balance sheet instruments: The fair value of commitments to originate loans is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments and the unadvanced portion of loans, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS:

In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” The objective of this ASU is to enhance current disclosures. Entities are required to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In October 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-06, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution.” The amendments in this update clarify the applicable guidance for subsequently measuring an indemnification asset recognized as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years beginning on or after December 15, 2012. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” The amendments in this update do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements. However, the amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. For public entities, the amendments are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. For nonpublic entities, the amendments are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2013-02 is not expected to have a material impact on the Bank’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-04, “Liabilities (Topic 405): Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date.” The objective of the amendments in this ASU is to provide guidance for the recognition, measurement, and disclosure of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of this guidance is fixed at the reporting date, except for obligations addressed within existing guidance in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Examples of obligations within the scope of this ASU include debt arrangements, other contractual obligations, and settled litigation and judicial rulings. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014 (for nonpublic) 2013 (for public); and should be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for those obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements within the ASU scope that exist at the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year of adoption. The Bank anticipates that the adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-07, “Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205): Liquidation Basis of Accounting.” The amendments in this ASU are being issued to clarify when an entity should apply the liquidation basis of accounting. The guidance provides principles for the recognition and measurement of assets and liabilities and requirements for financial statements prepared using the liquidation basis of accounting. Additionally, the amendments require disclosures about an entity’s plan for liquidation, the methods and significant assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities, the type and amount of costs and income accrued, and the expected duration of the liquidation process. The amendments are effective for entities that determine liquidation is imminent during annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013, and interim reporting periods therein. Entities should apply the requirements prospectively from the day that liquidation becomes imminent. Early adoption is permitted. The Bank anticipates that the adoption of this guidance will not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-10, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes.” The amendments in this ASU permit the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (OIS) to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes under Topic 815, in addition to Treasury Obligations of the U.S. government (UST) and the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). The amendments also remove the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges. The amendments apply to all entities that elect to apply hedge accounting of the benchmark interest rate under Topic 815. The amendments are effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013. The adoption of this ASU did not have an impact on the Bank’s results of operations or financial position.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.” The amendments in this ASU provide guidance for the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The amendments in this ASU are expected to reduce diversity in practice by providing guidance on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits and will better reflect the manner in which an entity would settle at the reporting date any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position when net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses, or tax credit carryforwards exist. The amendments apply to all entities that have unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists at the reporting date and are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have an impact on the Bank’s results of operations or financial position.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-01, “Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.” The amendments in this ASU apply to all reporting entities that invest in qualified affordable housing projects through limited liability entities that are flow-through entities for tax purposes as follows:

 

  1. For reporting entities that meet the conditions for and that elect to use the proportional amortization method to account for investments in qualified affordable housing projects, all amendments in this ASU apply.

 

  2. For reporting entities that do not meet the conditions for or that do not elect the proportional amortization method, only the amendments in this ASU that are related to disclosures apply.

The amendments in this ASU permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). For those investments in qualified affordable housing projects not accounted for using the proportional amortization method, the investment should be accounted for as an equity method investment or a cost method investment in accordance with Subtopic 970-323. The amendments in this ASU should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. A reporting entity that uses the effective yield method to account for its investments in qualified affordable housing projects before the date of adoption may continue to apply the effective yield method for those preexisting investments. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. For all entities other than public business entities, the amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Bank does not expect that the adoption of this ASU will have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-02, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Accounting for Goodwill.” The amendments in this ASU apply to all entities except for public business entities and not-for-profit entities as defined in the Master Glossary of the Accounting Standards Codification and employee benefit plans within the scope of Topics 960 through 965 on plan accounting. An entity within the scope of the amendments that elects to apply the accounting alternative in this ASU is subject to all of the related subsequent measurement, derecognition, other presentation matters, and disclosure requirements within the accounting alternative. The amendments in this ASU allow an accounting alternative for the subsequent measurement of goodwill. An entity within the scope of the amendments that elects the accounting alternative in this ASU should amortize goodwill on a straight-line basis over 10 years, or less than 10 years if the entity demonstrates that another useful life is more appropriate. An entity that elects the accounting alternative is further required to make an accounting policy election to test goodwill for impairment at either the entity level or the reporting unit level. The accounting alternative, if elected, should be applied prospectively to goodwill existing as of the beginning of the period of adoption and new goodwill recognized in annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early application is permitted, including application to any period for which the entity’s annual or interim financial statements have not yet been made available for issuance. The Bank does not expect that the adoption of this ASU will have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, “Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” The objective of the amendments in this ASU is to reduce diversity by clarifying when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. The amendments in this ASU clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. For entities other than public business entities, the amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. An entity can elect to adopt the amendments in this ASU using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method. The Bank is reviewing this ASU to determine if there will be a material impact on the Bank’s consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3 - INVESTMENTS IN AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES

Debt and equity securities have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets according to management’s intent. The amortized cost basis of securities and their approximate fair values are as follows as of December 31:

 

     Amortized
Cost
Basis
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 
     (In Thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

           

U.S. Government and federal agency obligations

   $ 4,992       $ 9       $ 40       $ 4,961   

Corporate bonds and notes

     16,250         84         82         16,252   

Preferred stock

     3,000         —           523         2,477   

Marketable equity securities

     14,412         2,084         492         16,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 38,654       $ 2,177       $ 1,137       $ 39,694   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012:

           

U.S. Government and federal agency obligations

   $ 1,998       $ 9       $ —         $ 2,007   

Corporate bonds and notes

     10,271         113         32         10,352   

Preferred stock

     1,088         13         —           1,101   

Marketable equity securities

     14,025         987         146         14,866   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 27,382       $ 1,122       $ 178       $ 28,326   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The scheduled maturities of debt securities were as follows as of December 31, 2013:

 

     Fair
Value
 
     (In Thousands)  

Due within one year

   $ 3,519   

Due after one year through five years

     17,694   

Due after five years through ten years

     927   

Due after ten years

     796   

Preferred stock, no stated maturity

     754   
  

 

 

 
   $ 23,690   
  

 

 

 

The aggregate amortized cost basis and fair value of securities of issuers with a carrying value which exceeded 10% of equity were as follows as of December 31, 2013:

 

Issuer

   Amortized
Cost
Basis
     Fair
Value
 
     (In Thousands)  

Vanguard Total Stock Market Index Signal Fund

   $ 1,485       $ 2,597   

Vanguard 500 Index Signal Fund

     1,322         2,294   

Prudential Short-Term Corporate Bond Fund

     3,105         3,036   

During the year ended December 31, 2013, there were no sales of available-for-sale securities. During the year ended December 31, 2012, proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities amounted to $7,601,000. Gross realized gains amounted to $36,000. The related tax provision on these gains amounted to $14,000.

The Bank had no pledged securities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The aggregate fair value and unrealized losses of securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and for twelve months or more, and are not other-than-temporarily impaired, are as follows as of December 31:

 

     Less than 12 Months      12 Months or Longer      Total  
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 
     (In Thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

                 

U.S Government and federal agency obligations

   $ 3,453       $ 40       $ —         $ —         $ 3,453       $ 40   

Corporate bonds and notes

     6,404         82         —           —           6,404         82   

Preferred stock

     2,477         523         —           —           2,477         523   

Marketable equity securities

     1,113         —           9,999         492         11,112         492   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 13,447       $ 645       $ 9,999       $ 492       $ 23,446       $ 1,137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012:

                 

Corporate bonds and notes

   $ 2,966       $ 32       $ —         $ —         $ 2,966       $ 32   

Marketable equity securities

     8,007         113         2,058         33         10,065         146   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total temporarily impaired securities

   $ 10,973       $ 145       $ 2,058       $ 33       $ 13,031       $ 178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The investments in the Bank’s investment portfolio that are temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2013 consist of six U.S. Government and federal agency obligations, eleven corporate debt securities, three preferred stocks, and marketable equity securities consisting of eight mutual funds. Based on the Bank’s recent review of securities in the investment portfolio, management deemed securities with unrealized losses as of year end 2013 to be temporarily impaired and intends to hold the securities until recovery to cost basis occurs.

NOTE 4 - LOANS

Loans consisted of the following as of December 31:

 

     2013     2012  
     (In Thousands)  

Real estate loans:

    

One- to four- family residential

   $ 118,328      $ 112,914   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     10,037        9,906   

Commercial

     2,052        1,918   

Construction

     1,871        1,189   

Consumer loans

     121        192   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     132,409        126,119   

Allowance for loan losses

     (510     (474

Deferred loan costs, net

     96        104   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans

   $ 131,995      $ 125,749   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Certain directors and executive officers of the Bank and companies in which they have significant ownership interest were customers of the Bank during 2013. Total loans to such persons and their companies amounted to $2,049,000 as of December 31, 2013. During the year ended December 31, 2013, $604,000 of advances were made and principal payments totaled $585,000.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth information on the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31:

 

     Real Estate:                      
     One- to four- family
Residential
     Home Equity Loans
and Lines of Credit
    Commercial      Construction      Consumer
Loans
    Unallocated      Total  
     (In Thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

                  

Allowance for loan losses:

                  

Beginning balance

   $ 392       $ 53      $ 19       $ 9       $ 1      $ —         $ 474   

Charge-offs

     —           (1     —           —           (1     —           (2

Recoveries

     —           —          —           —           1        —           1   

Provision (benefit)

     22         3        1         5         —          6         37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 414       $ 55      $ 20       $ 14       $ 1      $ 6       $ 510   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance:

                  

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —     

Ending balance:

                  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     414         55        20         14         1        6         510   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses ending balance

   $ 414       $ 55      $ 20       $ 14       $ 1      $ 6       $ 510   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans:

                  

Ending balance:

                  

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —     

Ending balance:

                  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     118,328         10,037        2,052         1,871         121        —           132,409   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans ending balance

   $ 118,328       $ 10,037      $ 2,052       $ 1,871       $ 121      $ —         $ 132,409   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Real Estate:                      
     One- to four- family
Residential
     Home Equity Loans
and Lines of Credit
    Commercial     Construction      Consumer
Loans
    Unallocated      Total  
     (In Thousands)  

December 31, 2012:

                 

Allowance for loan losses:

                 

Beginning balance

   $ 348       $ 57      $ 24      $ 8       $ 2      $ —         $ 439   

Charge-offs

     —           —          —          —           (1     —           (1

Recoveries

     —           —          —          —           —          —           —     

Provision (benefit)

     44         (4     (5     1         —          —           36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 392       $ 53      $ 19      $ 9       $ 1      $ —         $ 474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance:

                 

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ —         $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —     

Ending balance:

                 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     392         53        19        9         1        —           474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses ending balance

   $ 392       $ 53      $ 19      $ 9       $ 1      $ —         $ 474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans:

                 

Ending balance:

                 

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ —         $ —        $ —        $ —         $ —        $ —         $ —     

Ending balance:

                 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     112,914         9,906        1,918        1,189         192        —           126,119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans ending balance

   $ 112,914       $ 9,906      $ 1,918      $ 1,189       $ 192      $ —         $ 126,119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth information regarding nonaccrual loans and past-due loans as of December 31:

 

     30–59 Days      60–89 Days      90 Days
or More
Past Due
     Total
Past Due
     Total
Current
     Total      90 Days
or More
Past Due
and Accruing
     Non-
Accrual
 
     (In Thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

                       

Real estate loans:

                       

One- to four- family residential

   $ 856       $ 528       $ 102       $ 1,486       $ 116,842       $ 118,328       $ —         $ 336   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —           —           —           —           10,037         10,037         —           —     

Commercial

     —           —           —           —           2,052         2,052         —           —     

Construction

     —           —           —           —           1,871         1,871         —           —     

Consumer loans

     —           —           —           —           121         121         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 856       $ 528       $ 102       $ 1,486       $ 130,923       $ 132,409       $ —         $ 336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012:

                       

Real estate loans:

                       

One- to four- family residential

   $ 171       $ 915       $ 50       $ 1,136       $ 111,778       $ 112,914       $ —         $ 383   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     75         —           —           75         9,831         9,906         —           —     

Commercial

     —           —           —           —           1,918         1,918         —           —     

Construction

     —           —           —           —           1,189         1,189         —           —     

Consumer loans

     —           —           —           —           192         192         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 246       $ 915       $ 50       $ 1,211       $ 124,908       $ 126,119       $ —         $ 383   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of and during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no loans that met the definition of an impaired loan in ASC 310-10-35.

As of and during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no loans that met the definition of a troubled debt restructured loan in ASC 310-10-50.

Credit Quality Information

The Bank utilizes a seven grade internal loan rating system for commercial real estate, construction and commercial loans as follows:

Loans rated 1 - 3: Loans in these categories are considered “pass” rated loans with low to average risk.

Loans rated 4: Loans in this category are considered “special mention.” These loans are starting to show signs of potential weakness and are being closely monitored by management.

Loans rated 5: Loans in this category are considered “substandard.” Generally, a loan is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligors and/or the collateral pledged. There is a distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the weakness is not corrected.

Loans rated 6: Loans in this category are considered “doubtful.” Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, highly questionable and improbable.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Loans rated 7: Loans in this category are considered uncollectible (“loss”) and of such little value that their continuance as loans is not warranted.

On an annual basis, or more often if needed, the Bank formally reviews the ratings on all commercial real estate, construction and commercial loans.

As of December 31, 2013, one- to four- family residential real estate loans with balances totaling $324,000 had a risk rating of “substandard” and all other loans outstanding had a risk rating of “pass”.

As of December 31, 2012, there were no loans with a risk rating other than “pass.”

NOTE 5 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

The following is a summary of premises and equipment as of December 31:

 

     2013     2012  
     (In Thousands)  

Land

   $ 325      $ 325   

Building and improvements

     1,799        1,782   

Furniture and equipment

     489        447   

Data processing equipment

     205        191   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,818        2,745   

Accumulated depreciation

     (1,571     (1,487
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,247      $ 1,258   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 6 - DEPOSITS

The aggregate amount of time deposit accounts in denominations of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $38,393,000 and $33,679,000, respectively.

For time deposits as of December 31, 2013, the scheduled maturities for each of the following years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)  

2014

   $ 38,090   

2015

     15,965   

2016

     14,545   

2017

     7,179   

2018

     4,856   
  

 

 

 
   $ 80,635   
  

 

 

 

Deposits from related parties held by the Bank as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $3,883,000 and $3,268,000, respectively.

NOTE 7 - BORROWED FUNDS

The Bank is permitted to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston under certain conditions. Any such borrowings would be required to be fully secured by pledges of collateral satisfactory to the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. In addition, the Bank has the ability to borrow from the Co-Operative Central Bank and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

NOTE 8 - INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax expense are as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

     2013     2012  
     (In Thousands)  

Current:

    

Federal

   $ 302      $ 508   

State

     46        115   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     348        623   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

    

Federal

     (30     (18

State

     (9     (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (39     (23
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 309      $ 600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The reasons for the differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rates are summarized as follows for the years ended December 31:

 

     2013     2012  
     % of
Income
    % of
Income
 

Federal income tax at statutory rate

     34.0     34.0

State tax, net of federal tax benefit

     2.4        4.0   

Tax exempt income

     (7.0     (3.9

Other

     0.4        (0.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rates

     29.8     33.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Bank had gross deferred tax assets and gross deferred tax liabilities as follows as of December 31:

 

     2013     2012  
     (In Thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 204      $ 189   

Interest on non-performing loans

     1        3   

Deferred compensation

     68        44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     273        236   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Accelerated depreciation

     (138     (140

Net unrealized holding gain on available-for-sale securities

     (467     (379
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (605     (519
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (332   $ (283
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

It is the Bank’s policy to provide for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no material uncertain tax positions related to federal and state income tax matters. The Bank is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities for the years ended December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2013.

NOTE 9 - BENEFIT PLANS

The Bank provides pension benefits for its employees through participation in the CBERA Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions (the “Plan”), a tax-qualified defined benefit plan. The Plan’s Employer Identification Number is 04-6035593 and the Plan Number is 334. The Plan operates as a multi-employer plan for accounting purposes and as a multiple-employer plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Internal Revenue Code. There are no collective bargaining agreements in place that require contributions to the Plan. The Plan is a single plan under Internal Revenue Code Section 413(c) and, as a result, all of the assets stand behind all of the liabilities. Accordingly, under the Plan, contributions made by a participating employer may be used to provide benefits to participants of other participating employers. The Plan covers all salaried employees who are at least twenty-one years of age with at least one year of employment with the Bank. The plan is funded by contributions based on actuarial calculations. As is the case with multi-employer plans, separate actuarial valuations are not made with respect to each employer.

The funded status (market value of plan assets divided by the funding target) was 88% and 97%, respectively, as of January 1, 2013 and 2012. During 2013, the Bank’s funding policy was to make contributions to the Plan in order to achieve a 100% funded status.

Total contributions made to the Plan by participating institutions, as reported on Form 5500, were $9,778,000 and $8,473,000, respectively, for the Plan years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. Although the Form 5500 has not been filed for the Plan year ended December 31, 2013, the actuary and management feel the Bank’s contributions to the Plan will not be more than 5% of the total contributions made to the Plan by participating institutions.

During the years ending December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank contributed $141,000 and $105,000, respectively, to the Plan.

In addition, the Bank also participates in a 401(k) savings plan through CBERA. Eligible employees may contribute up to 50% of their salary, subject to IRS limitations, which can be matched up to 5% by the Bank on a dollar for dollar basis. The Bank’s expense under the 401(k) plan was $59,000 and $53,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Bank adopted Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreements for two executive officers. These agreements are designed to supplement the benefits available through the Bank’s retirement plan. The liability for the benefits amounted to $171,000 and $111,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively and is included in other liabilities. The expense recognized for these benefits was $60,000 and $58,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

NOTE 10 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to originate loans and unadvanced funds on loans. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Bank has in particular classes of financial instruments.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for loan commitments is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

Commitments to originate loans are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies, but may include secured interests in mortgages, accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment and income-producing properties.

Notional amounts of financial instrument liabilities with off-balance sheet credit risk are as follows as of December 31:

 

     2013      2012  
     (In Thousands)  

Commitments to originate loans

   $ 1,918       $ 4,416   

Unused lines of credit

     11,758         12,719   

Due to borrowers on unadvanced loans

     886         103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 14,562       $ 17,238   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 11 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

ASC 820-10, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” provides a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles. This guidance also allows an entity the irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for certain financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis.

In accordance with ASC 820-10, the Bank groups its financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.

Level 1 - Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in active exchange markets, such as the New York Stock Exchange. Level 1 also includes U.S. Treasury, other U.S. Government and agency mortgage-backed securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active markets. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 - Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in less active dealer or broker markets. Valuations are obtained from third party pricing services for identical or comparable assets or liabilities.

Level 3 - Valuations for assets and liabilities that are derived from other methodologies, including option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, are not based on market exchange, dealer, or broker traded transactions. Level 3 valuations incorporate certain assumptions and projections in determining the fair value assigned to such assets and liabilities.

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below. These valuation methodologies were applied to all of the Bank’s financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value for December 31, 2013 and 2012. The Bank did not have any significant transfers of assets between levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The Bank’s cash instruments are generally classified within level 1 or level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency.

The Bank’s investment in debt securities available-for-sale is generally classified within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. For these securities, we obtain fair value measurements from independent pricing services. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. treasury yield curve, trading levels, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the instrument’s terms and conditions.

Level 3 is for positions that are not traded in active markets or are subject to transfer restrictions, valuations are adjusted to reflect illiquidity and/or non-transferability, and such adjustments are generally based on available market evidence. In the absence of such evidence, management’s best estimate is used. Subsequent to inception, management only changes level 3 inputs and assumptions when corroborated by evidence such as transactions in similar instruments, completed or pending third-party transactions in the underlying investment or comparable entities, subsequent rounds of financing, recapitalization and other transactions across the capital structure, offerings in the equity or debt markets, and changes in financial ratios or cash flows.

The Bank’s impaired loans, if any, are reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Collateral values are estimated using level 2 inputs based upon appraisals of similar properties obtained from a third party. For level 3 inputs, fair value is based upon management estimates of the value of the underlying collateral or the present value of the expected cash flows.

Other real estate owned values are estimated using level 2 inputs based upon appraisals of similar properties obtained from a third party. For level 3 inputs, fair values are based on management estimates.

The following summarizes assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:  
     Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
Level 1
     Significant
Other Observable
Inputs
Level 2
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
 
     (In Thousands)  

December 31, 2013:

           

U.S. Government and federal agency obligations

   $ 4,961       $ —         $ 4,961       $ —     

Corporate bonds and notes

     16,252         —           16,252         —     

Preferred stock

     2,477         2,477         —           —     

Marketable equity securities

     16,004         16,004         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 39,694       $ 18,481       $ 21,213       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2012:

           

U.S. Government and federal agency obligations

   $ 2,007       $ —         $ 2,007       $ —     

Corporate bonds and notes

     10,352         —           10,352         —     

Preferred stock

     1,101         1,101         —           —     

Marketable equity securities

     14,866         14,866         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 28,326       $ 15,967       $ 12,359       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Under certain circumstances the Bank makes adjustments to fair value for its assets and liabilities although they are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis. At December 31, 2013, there were no financial instruments carried on the consolidated balance sheet for which a nonrecurring change in fair value has been recorded. The following table presents the assets carried on the consolidated balance sheet by caption and by level in the fair value hierarchy, at December 31, 2012 for which a nonrecurring change in fair value has been recorded:

 

     Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using:  
     Total      Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
Level 1
     Significant
Other Observable
Inputs
Level 2
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
Level 3
 
     (In Thousands)  

December 31, 2012:

           

Other real estate owned

   $ 205       $ —         $ —         $ 205   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The estimated fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments, all of which are held or issued for purposes other than trading, are as follows as of December 31:

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Carrying      Fair Value  
     Amount      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (In Thousands)  

Financial assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,995       $ 16,995       $ —         $ —         $ 16,995   

Available-for-sale securities

     39,694         18,481         21,213         —           39,694   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     409         409         —           —           409   

Loans, net

     131,995         —           —           132,139         132,139   

Co-operative Central Bank deposit

     881         881         —           —           881   

Accrued interest receivable

     408         408         —           —           408   

Financial liabilities:

              

Deposits

     175,510         —           176,622         —           176,622   

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Carrying      Fair Value  
     Amount      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (In Thousands)  

Financial assets:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 23,052       $ 23,052       $ —         $ —         $ 23,052   

Available-for-sale securities

     28,326         15,967         12,359         —           28,326   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     390         390         —           —           390   

Loans held-for-sale

     219         —           226         —           226   

Loans, net

     125,749         —           —           128,274         128,274   

Co-operative Central Bank deposit

     881         881         —           —           881   

Accrued interest receivable

     410         410         —           —           410   

Financial liabilities:

              

Deposits

     165,201         —           165,821         —           165,821   

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The carrying amounts of financial instruments shown in the above table are included in the consolidated balance sheets under the indicated captions. Accounting policies related to financial instruments are described in Note 2.

NOTE 12 - OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the consolidated balance sheets, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income.

The components of other comprehensive income included in equity are as follows during the years ended December 31:

 

     2013     2012  
     (In Thousands)  

Net unrealized holding gains on available-for-sale securities

   $ 96      $ 854   

Reclassification adjustment for realized gains in net income

     —          (36
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income before income tax effect

     96        818   

Income tax expense

     (88     (314
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

   $ 8      $ 504   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 consists of net unrealized holding gains on securities, net of taxes.

NOTE 13 - REGULATORY MATTERS

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

As of December 31, 2013, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are also presented in the table.

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  
     (Dollar amounts in thousands)  

As of December 31, 2013:

               

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

   $ 21,229       ³ 17.95   $ 9,464       ³ 8.00   $ 11,830       ³ 10.00

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

     20,004       ³ 16.91        4,732       ³ 4.00        7,098       ³ 6.00   

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

     20,004       ³ 10.09        7,933       ³ 4.00        9,916       ³ 5.00   

As of December 31, 2012:

               

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

     20,127       ³ 17.75        9,069       ³ 8.00        11,336       ³ 10.00   

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

     19,275       ³ 17.00        4,535       ³ 4.00        6,802       ³ 6.00   

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

     19,275       ³ 10.56        7,299       ³ 4.00        9,124       ³ 5.00   

NOTE 14 - SIGNIFICANT GROUP CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

Most of the Bank’s business activity is with customers located within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. There are no concentrations of credit to borrowers that have similar economic characteristics. The majority of the Bank’s loan portfolio is comprised of loans collateralized by real estate located in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

NOTE 15 - SUBSEQUENT EVENT - PLAN OF CONVERSION

On February 27, 2014, the Board of Directors of the Bank adopted a Plan of Conversion under which the Bank would convert from a Massachusetts mutual co-operative bank into a Massachusetts stock co-operative bank and become the wholly-owned subsidiary of a newly chartered stock holding company, Melrose Bancorp, Inc. (the “Holding Company”). The Plan of Conversion is subject to the approval of various regulatory agencies. The Plan of Conversion must also be approved by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the Bank’s depositors (“the Shareholders”) present and voting at a regular or special meeting of such Shareholders and, if required by the FDIC, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of all Shareholders of the Bank. The Plan of Conversion also includes the filing of a registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. If such approvals and non-objections are obtained, the Holding Company will issue and sell shares of its common stock in a subscription offering to eligible depositors of the Bank, tax-qualified employee benefit plans established by the Bank or Holding Company, and other eligible subscribers, and, if necessary, in a community offering to the public.

The cost of conversion and issuing the capital stock will be deferred and deducted from the proceeds of the offering. In the event the conversion and offering are not completed, any deferred costs will be charged to operations. At December 31, 2013, the Bank had incurred approximately $10,000 in conversion costs, which are included in prepaid expenses and other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

The Bank shall, at the time of the conversion, establish a Liquidation Account in an amount equal to the net worth of the Bank as of the date of the latest consolidated statement of financial condition contained in the final prospectus distributed in connection with the conversion. The function of the Liquidation Account is to establish a priority on liquidation. The Liquidation Account will be maintained by the Bank for the benefit of the eligible account holders who continue to maintain deposit accounts with the Bank following the conversion. Each eligible account holder shall, with respect to each deposit account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the Liquidation Account balance, in relation to each deposit account balance at the eligibility record date, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided. The initial Liquidation Account balance shall not be increased, and shall be subject to downward adjustment to the extent of any downward adjustment of any subaccount balance of any eligible account holder in accordance with the Regulations of the Division of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of the Bank (and only in such event), following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to depositors to the extent of their deposit accounts) each eligible account holder shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then-adjusted subaccount balances for his or her deposit accounts then held, before any liquidating distribution may be made to any holder of the Bank’s capital stock.

The Bank may not declare or pay a cash dividend on its outstanding capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its regulatory capital to be reduced below the amount required to maintain the Liquidation Account and under FDIC rules and regulations.

As part of the Plan of Conversion, the Bank intends to establish a charitable foundation (the “Foundation”). The Foundation will be funded with $300,000 in cash and a number of shares of Holding Company common stock that together will total 5% of the gross proceeds of the offering.

In connection with the Plan of Conversion and stock offering, the Bank intends to enter into an employment agreement with the President that contains change in control provisions and intends to enter into change in control agreements with executive officers and other officers of the Bank.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this document or that to which we have referred you. No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Melrose Bancorp or Melrose Cooperative Bank. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Melrose Bancorp or Melrose Cooperative Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

MELROSE BANCORP, INC.

(Proposed Holding Company for Melrose Cooperative Bank)

Up to 2,990,000 shares of

Common Stock

Par value $0.01 per share

(Subject to increase to up to 3,438,500 shares)

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

 

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

                                      A Stifel Company

 

 

May      , 2014

 

 

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not federally insured or guaranteed.

 

 

Until                      , 2014, all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver the prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

          Amount  

*

   Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses    $ 475,000   

*

   Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses      175,000   

*

   Marketing Agent Fees and Expenses (1)      368,000   

*

   Records Management Fees and Expenses      50,000   

*

   Appraisal Fees and Expenses      50,000   

*

   Printing, Postage, Mailing and EDGAR Fees      150,000   

*

   Filing Fees (Nasdaq, FINRA and SEC)      60,500   

*

   Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses      12,500   

*

   Business Plan Fees and Expenses      50,000   

*

   Other      9,000   
     

 

 

 

*

   Total    $ 1,400,000   
     

 

 

 

 

* Estimated
(1) Melrose Bancorp, Inc. has retained Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, A Stifel Company to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis. Fees are estimated at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming that all shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Articles 10 and 11 of the Articles of Incorporation of Melrose Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) set forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such:

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors,

 

II-1


Table of Contents

independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Not Applicable.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:

The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:

(a) List of Exhibits

 

1.1    Engagement Letters between Melrose Cooperative Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, A Stifel Company
1.2    Form of Agency Agreement between Melrose Cooperative Bank, Melrose Bancorp, Inc., and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, A Stifel Company*
2    Plan of Conversion
3.1    Articles of Incorporation of Melrose Bancorp, Inc.
3.2    Bylaws of Melrose Bancorp, Inc.
4    Form of Common Stock Certificate of Melrose Bancorp, Inc.
5    Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. regarding legality of securities being registered
8.1    Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
8.2    Form of State Tax Opinion of Shatswell, MacLeod & Company, P.C.*
10.1    Form of Melrose Cooperative Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan
10.2    Form of Employment Agreement between Melrose Cooperative Bank and Jeffrey Jones
10.3    Form of Change in Control Agreement between Melrose Cooperative Bank and Diane Indorato
10.4    Form of Change in Control Agreement between Melrose Cooperative Bank and James Oosterman
10.5    Form of Melrose Cooperative Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
10.6    Form of Melrose Cooperative Bank Executive Annual Incentive Plan
21    Subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1    Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8.1)
23.2    Consent of RP Financial, LC.
23.3    Consent of Shatswell, MacLeod & Company, P.C.
24    Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99.1    Appraisal Agreement between Melrose Cooperative Bank and RP Financial, LC.
99.2    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights
99.3    Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.
99.4    Marketing Materials*
99.5    Stock Order and Certification Form*

 

* To be filed by amendment.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(5) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(6) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(7) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(8) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Melrose, Commonwealth of Massachusetts on March 10, 2014.

 

MELROSE BANCORP, INC.
By:   /s/ Jeffrey D. Jones
 

Jeffrey D. Jones

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Duly Authorized Representative)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned directors and officers of Melrose Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby severally constitute and appoint Jeffrey D. Jones as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Jeffrey D. Jones may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Company’s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said Jeffrey D. Jones shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signatures

    

Title

 

Date

/s/ Jeffrey D. Jones

Jeffrey D. Jones

    

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 10, 2014

/s/ Diane Indorato

Diane Indorato

    

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

  March 10, 2014

/s/ Frank Giso III

Frank Giso III

    

Chairman of the Board

  March 10, 2014

/s/ Candy Brower

Candy Brower

    

Director

  March 10, 2014

/s/ William C. Huntress, III

William C. Huntress, III

    

Director

  March 10, 2014

/s/ Elizabeth McNelis

Elizabeth W. McNelis

    

Director

  March 10, 2014

/s/ F. Peter Waystack

F. Peter Waystack

    

Director

  March 10, 2014

/s/ Alan F. Whitney

Alan F. Whitney

    

Director

  March 10, 2014

 


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

1.1    Engagement Letters between Melrose Cooperative Bank and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, A Stifel Company
1.2    Form of Agency Agreement between Melrose Cooperative Bank, Melrose Bancorp, Inc., and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, A Stifel Company*
2    Plan of Conversion
3.1    Articles of Incorporation of Melrose Bancorp, Inc.
3.2    Bylaws of Melrose Bancorp, Inc.
4    Form of Common Stock Certificate of Melrose Bancorp, Inc.
5    Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. regarding legality of securities being registered
8.1    Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
8.2    Form of State Tax Opinion of Shatswell, MacLeod & Company, P.C.*
10.1    Form of Melrose Cooperative Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan
10.2    Form of Employment Agreement between Melrose Cooperative Bank and Jeffrey Jones
10.3    Form of Change in Control Agreement between Melrose Cooperative Bank and Diane Indorato
10.4    Form of Change in Control Agreement between Melrose Cooperative Bank and James Oosterman
10.5    Form of Melrose Cooperative Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
10.6    Form of Melrose Cooperative Bank Executive Annual Incentive Plan
21    Subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1    Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8.1)
23.2    Consent of RP Financial, LC.
23.3    Consent of Shatswell, MacLeod & Company, P.C.
24    Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99.1    Appraisal Agreement between Melrose Cooperative Bank and RP Financial, LC.
99.2    Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights
99.3    Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.
99.4    Marketing Materials*
99.5    Stock Order and Certification Form*

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 1.1

 

 

LOGO

December 23, 2013

Melrose Cooperative Bank

638 Main Street

Melrose, MA 02176

 

Attention:  

Jeffrey D. Jones

President and Chief Executive Officer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a Stifel Company (“KBW”) to act as the exclusive financial advisor to Melrose Cooperative Bank (the “Bank”) and, upon formation, the Holding Company (as defined below) in connection with the Bank’s proposed conversion from the mutual to the stock form of organization (the “Conversion”) pursuant to the Bank’s Plan of Conversion. In accordance with the Plan of Conversion and in order to effect the Conversion, it is contemplated that the Bank will convert from mutual to stock form, issuing all of its common stock to a new stock holding company (the “Holding Company”), and the Holding Company will offer and sell shares of its common stock (the “Common Stock”) initially to eligible persons in a Subscription Offering, with any remaining unsold shares offered (A) to the general public in a direct community offering (the “Community Offering”), (B) if necessary, through a syndicate of broker-dealers organized by KBW (a “Syndicated Community Offering”), and (C), if necessary, a Publicly Underwritten Offering, (the Subscription Offering, the Community Offering and any Syndicated Community Offering or Publicly Underwritten Offering are collectively referred to herein as the “Offerings”). The Bank and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Company”. This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of our engagement.

In addition, KBW will act as Conversion Agent in connection with the Offerings pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement between the Company and KBW.

 

1. Advisory/Offering Services

As the Company’s exclusive financial advisor , KBW will provide financial and logistical advice to the Company and will assist the Company’s management, legal counsel, accountants and other advisors in connection with the Conversion and related issues. We anticipate our services will include the following, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:

 

  1. Provide advice on the financial and securities market implications of the Conversion and any related corporate documents, including the Company’s Business Plan;

 

  2. Assist in structuring the Offerings, including developing and assisting in implementing a marketing strategy for the Offerings;

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., 18 Columbia Turnpike, Florham Park, NJ 07932, (973) 549-4036


Melrose Cooperative Bank

December 23, 2013

Page 2 of 8

 

  3. Reviewing all offering documents related to the Offerings, including the Prospectus, stock order forms, letters, brochures and other related offering materials (it being understood that preparation and filing of such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);

 

  4. Assisting the Company in preparing for and scheduling meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers, as necessary;

 

  5. Assist the Company in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the Offerings, including printers, transfer agents and appraisal firms;

 

  6. Assist the Company in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the Offerings;

 

  7. Meet with the Board of Directors and/or management of the Company to discuss any of the above services; and

 

  8. Such other financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with the Offerings as may be agreed upon by KBW and the Company.

 

2. Due Diligence Review

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW’s obligation to perform the services contemplated by this agreement shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigations and inquiries relating to the Company, and its directors, officers, agents and employees, as KBW and their counsel in their sole discretion my deem appropriate under the circumstances (the “Due Diligence Review”). The Company agrees it will make available to KBW all information, whether or not publicly available, which KBW reasonably requests (the “Information”), and will permit KBW to discuss with the board of directors and management the operations and prospects of the Company. KBW will treat all Confidential Information (as defined herein) as confidential in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 hereof. The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on and assume the accuracy and completeness of the Information in performing the services contemplated by this agreement without having independently verified or analyzed the accuracy or completeness of same, and (b) does not assume responsibility or liability for the accuracy or completeness of the Information or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets. The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW will rely upon Company management as to the reasonableness and achievability of any financial and operating forecasts and projections provided to KBW, and that KBW will assume, at the Company’s direction, that all financial forecasts and projections have been reasonably prepared by Company management on a basis reflecting the best then currently available estimates and judgments of management as to the expected future financial performance of the Company, and that such forecasts and projections will be realized in the amounts and in the time periods currently estimated by such management.

 

3. Regulatory Filings

The Company will cause appropriate offering documents to be filed with all regulatory agencies including the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), and the appropriate federal and/or state bank regulatory agencies. In addition, the Company and KBW agree that the Company’s counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in


Melrose Cooperative Bank

December 23, 2013

Page 3 of 8

 

connection with the Offerings, and that the Company shall cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Offerings including KBW’s participation therein and shall furnish KBW a copy thereof addressed to KBW or upon which counsel shall state KBW may rely.

 

4. Fees

For the services hereunder, the Company shall pay the following fees to KBW at closing unless stated otherwise:

 

  (a) Management Fee : A Management Fee of $30,000 payable as follows: $15,000 upon the signing of this agreement and $15,000 upon the filing of the initial Registration Statement. Such fees shall be deemed to have been earned when due. Should the Offerings or this agreement be terminated for any reason KBW shall have earned and be entitled to be paid fees accruing through the stage at which point the termination occurred.

 

  (b) Success Fee : A Success Fee of one percent (1.00%) of the aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock sold in the Subscription and Community Offerings. Such fees shall be due at the closing of the Offerings. No fee shall be payable to any shares sold to the officers, directors, employees or the immediate family of such persons (“Insiders”), and qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans or issued to any charitable foundation established by the Company in connection with the Conversion. “Immediate family” includes the spouse, parents, siblings and children who live in the same house as the officer, director or employee. The Management Fee described in 4(a), to the extent then already paid, will be credited against the Success Fee. The obligation to pay to KBW the full Success Fee upon completion of the Offerings shall survive any termination of this agreement, including any termination occurring prior to the completion of such Offerings.

 

  (c) Syndicated Community Offering or Publicly Underwritten Offering : For Common Stock sold by a group of selected dealers (including KBW) pursuant to a Syndicated Community Offering for which KBW will serve as sole book-running manager (the “Selling Group’), a fee equal to one percent (1.00%) of the aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock sold in the Syndicated Community Offering, which fee paid to KBW, along with the fee payable directly by the Company to KBW and other selected broker dealers for their sales shall not exceed six percent (6.0%) of the aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock Sold. Alternatively, for stock sold by underwriters (including KBW) pursuant to a Publicly Underwritten Offering, any fees will be paid separately by the Company, and the underwriting discount will not exceed six percent (6.0%) of the aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock so sold. KBW will not commence sales of the Common Stock through the Selling Group without the specific prior approval of the Company. KBW reserves the right and may, in its sole discretion, determine not to proceed with the Syndicated Community Offering or any Publicly Underwritten Offering based upon market conditions. Additionally, in both the Syndicated Community and Publicly Underwritten Offerings, KBW will require sufficient indications of interest of at least up to the minimum of the offering range in order to satisfy the closing requirements.

 

  (d) If, as a result of any resolicitation of subscribers undertaken by the Company, KBW reasonably determines that it is required or requested to provide significant services, KBW will be entitled to additional compensation for such services, which additional compensation will not exceed $25,000.


Melrose Cooperative Bank

December 23, 2013

Page 4 of 8

 

The payment of compensation by the Company to KBW pursuant to this paragraph 4 is subject to FINRA’s review of such compensation, if such review is required under applicable FINRA rules and regulations.

 

5. Additional Services

KBW further agrees to provide financial advisory assistance to the Company for a period of three years following completion of the Offerings, including general strategic planning, the creation of a capital management strategy designed to enhance the value of the Company, including the formation of a dividend policy and share repurchase program, assistance with shareholder relations matters, general advice on mergers and acquisitions, and other related financial matters, without the payment by the Company of any fees in addition to those set forth in Section 4 hereof. Nothing in this letter agreement shall require the Company to obtain such services from KBW. If KBW acts as a financial advisor to the Company in connection with any specific transactions, the terms of such engagement will be set forth in a separate agreement between the Company and KBW.

 

6. Expenses

The Company will bear all expenses of the proposed Offerings customarily borne by issuers, including, without limitation, regulatory filing fees, SEC, “Blue Sky,” and FINRA filing and registration fees; the fees of the Company’s accountants, attorneys, appraiser, business plan consultant, transfer agent and registrar, printing, mailing and marketing and Syndicated Community Offering or Publicly Underwritten Offering expenses associated with the Offerings; the fees set forth in Section 4; and fees for “Blue Sky” legal work. If KBW incurs expenses on behalf of Company, the Company will reimburse KBW for such expenses.

KBW will also be reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, not to exceed $15,000 (subject to the provisions of this paragraph), related to the Offerings, including, but not limited to, costs of travel, meals and lodging, photocopying, telephone, facsimile, and couriers. KBW will also be reimbursed for fees and expenses of its counsel not to exceed $75,000 (subject to the provisions of this paragraph). These expense caps assume no unusual circumstances or delays, and no re-solicitation in connection with the Offerings. The Company acknowledges and agrees that, in the event unusual circumstances arise or a delay or resolicitation occurs (including but not limited a delay in the Offerings which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than that set forth in the original filing of the offering documents), such expense caps may be increased by additional amounts, not to exceed an additional $10,000 in the case of additional out-of-pocket expenses of KBW and an additional $15,000 in the case of additional fees and expenses of KBW’s legal counsel. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair or limit the indemnification or contribution provisions contained herein.


Melrose Cooperative Bank

December 23, 2013

Page 5 of 8

 

7. Limitations

The Company acknowledges that all opinions and advice (written or oral) given by KBW to the Company in connection with KBW’s engagement are intended solely for the benefit and use of the Company for the purposes of its evaluation of the proposed Offerings. Unless otherwise expressly stated in an opinion letter issued by KBW or otherwise expressly agreed, no one other than the Company is authorized to rely upon this engagement of KBW or any statements or conduct by KBW. The Company agrees that no such opinion or advice shall be used, reproduced, disseminated, quoted or referred to at any time, in any manner, or for any purpose, nor shall any public references to KBW be made by the Company or any of its representatives without the prior written consent of KBW.

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW has been retained to act solely as financial advisor to the Company and not as an advisor to or agent of any other person, and the Company’s engagement of KBW is not intended to confer rights upon any person not a party to this Agreement (including shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company) as against KBW or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents. In such capacity, KBW shall act as an independent contractor, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Company. It is understood that KBW’s responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and KBW does not owe the Company, or any other party, any fiduciary duty as a result of this Agreement.

 

8. Benefit

This letter agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, and the obligations and liabilities assumed hereunder by the parties hereto shall be binding upon their respective successors; provided, however, that this letter agreement shall not be assignable without the mutual consent of KBW and the Company.

 

9. Confidentiality

KBW acknowledges that a portion of the Information provided to it in connection with its engagement hereunder may contain confidential and proprietary business information concerning the Company (such Information, the “Confidential Information”). KBW agrees that, except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, it will treat as confidential all Confidential Information; provided, however, that KBW may disclose such Confidential Information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising KBW in performing its services hereunder and who have been instructed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used herein, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by KBW in violation of this Agreement, (b) was available to KBW on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to KBW or its representatives by the Company, or (c) becomes available to KBW on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not known to KBW to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual obligation of confidentiality to the Company.


Melrose Cooperative Bank

December 23, 2013

Page 6 of 8

 

The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that the presentation materials and financial models used by KBW in performing its services hereunder have been developed by and are proprietary to KBW. The Company agrees that it will not reproduce or distribute all or any portion of such models or presentations without the prior consent from KBW in writing.

 

10. Indemnification

As KBW will be acting on behalf of the Company in connection with the Offerings, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise related to or arising out of the Offerings or the engagement of KBW pursuant to, or the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a party; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (a) arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make not misleading any statements contained in any final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by KBW expressly for use therein or (b) to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBW’s gross negligence or bad faith of KBW.

If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , however , in no event shall KBW’s aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or


Melrose Cooperative Bank

December 23, 2013

Page 7 of 8

 

contemplated to be received by the Company in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.

The Company also agrees that neither KBW, nor any of its affiliates nor any officer, director, employee or agent of KBW or any of its affiliates, nor any person controlling KBW or any of its affiliates, shall have any liability to the Company for or in connection with such engagement except for any such liability for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company which are finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence. The foregoing agreement shall be in addition to any rights that KBW, the Company or any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution. For the sole purpose of enforcing and otherwise giving effect to the indemnification and contribution provisions of this agreement, the Company hereby consents to personal jurisdiction and service and venue in any court in which any claim which is subject to this agreement is brought against KBW or any other indemnified party.

The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of KBW, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not KBW is an actual or potential party to such claim, action, suit, or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of KBW from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

 

11. Definitive Agreement

This letter agreement reflects KBW’s present intention of proceeding to work with the Company on its proposed Offerings. No legal and binding obligation is created on the part of the Company or KBW with respect to the subject matter hereof, except as to (i) the agreement to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information set forth in Section 9, (ii) the payment of certain fees as set forth in Section 4, (iii) the payment of fees and expenses as set forth in Section 6, (iv) the limitations set forth in Section 7, (v) the indemnification and contribution and other provisions set forth in Section 10 and (iv) those terms set forth in a mutually agreed upon Agency Agreement between KBW and the Company to be executed prior to commencement of the Offerings, all of which, notwithstanding anything to the contrary that may be contained herein, shall constitute the binding obligations of the parties hereto and which shall survive the termination of this letter agreement or the completion of the services furnished hereunder and shall remain operative and in full force and effect.

KBW’s execution of such Agency Agreement shall also be subject to (a) KBW’s satisfaction with Due Diligence Review, (b) preparation of offering materials that are satisfactory to KBW, (c) compliance with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of KBW and its counsel, (d) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser is reasonable, and (e) market conditions at the time of the proposed Offerings.


Melrose Cooperative Bank

December 23, 2013

Page 8 of 8

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or action arising out of this agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.

Very truly yours,

 

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC., A STIFEL COMPANY  
By:   LOGO      
 

 

     
  Robin P. Suskind      
  Managing Director      
MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK      
By:   LOGO     Date:  

1-8-14

 

 

     
  Jeffrey D. Jones      
  President and Chief Executive Officer      


 

LOGO

December 23, 2013

Melrose Cooperative Bank

638 Main Street

Melrose, MA 02176

 

Attention:  

Jeffrey D. Jones

President and Chief Executive Officer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a Stifel Company (“KBW”) to act as the conversion agent to Melrose Cooperative Bank (the “Bank”) and, upon formation, the Holding Company (as defined below) in connection with the Bank’s proposed conversion from the mutual to the stock form of organization (the “Conversion”) pursuant to the Bank’s Plan of Conversion. In accordance with the Plan of Conversion and in order to effect the Conversion, it is contemplated that the Bank will convert from mutual to stock form, issuing all of its common stock to a new stock holding company (the “Holding Company”), and the Holding Company will offer and sell shares of its common stock (the “Common Stock”) initially to eligible persons in a Subscription Offering, with any remaining unsold shares offered (A) to the general public in a direct community offering (the “Community Offering”), (B) if necessary, through a syndicate of broker-dealers organized by KBW (a “Syndicated Community Offering”), and (C), if necessary, a Publicly Underwritten Offering, (the Subscription Offering, the Community Offering and any Syndicated Community Offering or Publicly Underwritten Offering are collectively referred to herein as the “Offerings”). The Bank and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Company”. This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of our engagement.

 

1. Conversion Agent Services

As Conversion Agent, KBW will provide the following services, as the Company may reasonably request.

 

  1. Consolidation of Accounts and Development of a Central File, including, but not limited to the following:

 

    Consolidate accounts having the same ownership and separate the consolidated file information into necessary groupings to satisfy mailing requirements;

 

    Create the master file of account holders as of key record dates; and

 

    Provide software for the operation of the Company’s Stock Information Center, including subscription management and voting solicitation efforts.

 

  2. Preparation of Vote Solicitation Plans and Procedures, and Special Meeting Services, including, but not limited to the following:

 

    Identify all depositors eligible to vote at the special meeting of members, per the Company’s cooperative bank charter and bylaws.

 

    Assist the Company’s financial printer with labeling of materials to voters;

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., 18 Columbia Turnpike, Florham Park, NJ 07932, (973) 549-4036


Melrose Cooperative Bank

December 23, 2013

Page 2 of 5

 

    Provide support for any follow-up reminder mailings, as needed, including additional solicitation materials;

 

    Vote tabulation; and

 

    Assist the Inspector of Election (“tellers”) for the Company’s special meeting of shareholders (i.e. depositors), if requested and the election is not contested.

 

  3. Subscription and Community Offering Services and Stock Information Center Management, including, but not limited to the following:

 

    Provide experienced KBW representatives registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) to manage and supervise the Stock Information Center (the “Center”);

 

    Administer the Center, pursuant to which all substantive investor-related matters will be handled by employees of KBW;

 

    Train and supervise Center staff assisting with order processing;

 

    Assist in educating Company personnel about the Offerings, their roles and relevant securities laws pertaining to the Offerings;

 

    Assist in establishing recordkeeping and reporting procedures;

 

    Assist the Company’s financial printer with labeling of stock offering materials for delivery to eligible subscribers;

 

    Perform stock order form processing and production of daily reports and analysis;

 

    Provide supporting account information to the Company’s legal counsel for ‘blue sky’ research and applicable registration;

 

    Assist the Company’s transfer agent with the generation and mailing of stock certificates or statements of ownership; and

 

    Perform interest and refund calculations and provide a file to enable the Company or its transfer agent to generate interest and refund checks and 1099-INT reporting as appropriate.

 

2. Fees

For the Conversion Agent services outlined above, the Company agrees to pay KBW a fee of $25,000 . This fee is based upon the requirements of current banking regulations, the Conversion as currently contemplated, and the expectation that member data will be processed as of three key record dates. Any material changes in regulations or the Plan of Conversion, or delays requiring duplicate or replacement processing due to changes to record dates, may result in additional fees not to exceed $5,000. All fees under this agreement shall be payable as follows: (a) $10,000 payable upon execution of this agreement, which shall be non-refundable; and (b) the balance upon the completion of the Offerings.

 

3. Expenses

In addition to any fees that may be payable to KBW hereunder, the Company agrees to reimburse KBW, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder, regardless of whether the Offerings are consummated, including travel, lodging, food, telephone, postage, forms and supplies, and other similar expenses, which will not exceed $25,000 without the Company’s consent (which consent shall not be


Melrose Cooperative Bank

December 23, 2013

Page 3 of 5

 

unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided however that the Company acknowledges and agrees that such expense cap may be increased by an additional amount, not to exceed $10,000, for additional out-of-pocket expenses in the event a resolicitation of the Offerings should occur. In addition, the Company will bear all costs related to the operating of the Stock Information Center including hiring temporary personnel, if necessary. In the event KBW incurs such expenses on behalf of the Company, the Company shall reimburse KBW for such reasonable fees and expenses regardless of whether the Offerings are successfully completed. KBW will not incur any single expense of more than $1,000 without the prior approval of the Company. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair the indemnification provisions of this letter.

 

4. Reliance on Information Provided

The Company agrees to provide KBW with such information (the “Information”) as KBW may reasonably require in performance of its services under this agreement. The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on and assume the accuracy and completeness of the Information in performing the services contemplated by this agreement without having independently verified or analyzed the accuracy or completeness of same, and (b) does not assume responsibility or liability for the accuracy or completeness of the Information or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets.

 

5. Limitations

The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW, as Conversion Agent hereunder, (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than the contractual obligations to the Company specifically set forth herein; (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or the shares represented thereby, and will not be required to and will make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of the offer; (c) shall not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with an indemnity satisfactory to it; and (d) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.

The Company also agrees neither KBW, nor any of its affiliates nor any officer, director, employee or agent of KBW or any of its affiliates, nor any person controlling KBW or any of its affiliates, shall be liable to any person or entity, including the Company and any purchaser or potential purchaser of Common Stock in the Offerings, by reason of any error of judgment, or for any act done by it in good faith, or for any mistake of law or fact in connection with this agreement and the performance hereof, unless caused by or arising primarily out of KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence. The foregoing agreement shall be in addition to any rights that KBW, the Company or any Indemnified Party (as defined herein) may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution.

Anything in this agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall KBW be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if KBW has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.


Melrose Cooperative Bank

December 23, 2013

Page 4 of 5

 

6. Indemnification

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees, and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, related to or arising out of the engagement of KBW pursuant to, and the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a Party. The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBW’s bad faith or gross negligence.

If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , however , in no event shall KBW’s aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement. For the sole purpose of enforcing and otherwise giving effect to the indemnification and contribution provisions of this agreement, the Company hereby consents to personal jurisdiction and service and venue in any court in which any claim which is subject to this agreement is brought against KBW or any other indemnified party.

The Company agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of KBW, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not KBW is an actual or potential party to such claim, action, suit, or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of KBW from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.


Melrose Cooperative Bank

December 23, 2013

Page 5 of 5

 

7. Definitive Agreement

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or action arising out of this agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.

Very truly yours,

 

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC., A STIFEL COMPANY  
By:   LOGO      
 

 

     
  Robin P. Suskind      
  Managing Director      
MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK      
By:   LOGO     Date:  

1-8-14

 

 

     
  Jeffrey D. Jones      
  President and Chief Executive Officer      

Exhibit 2

PLAN OF CONVERSION

OF

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I INTRODUCTION

     1   

ARTICLE II BUSINESS PURPOSE

     2   

ARTICLE III DEFINITIONS

     2   

ARTICLE IV GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR CONVERSION

     7   

ARTICLE V SHARES OF CONVERSION STOCK TO BE OFFERED

     9   

ARTICLE VI SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS AND ORDERS FOR CONVERSION STOCK

     10   

ARTICLE VII STOCK PURCHASE PRIORITIES

     13   

ARTICLE VIII ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES OF CONVERSION STOCK

     16   

ARTICLE IX ESTABLISHMENT AND FUNDING OF CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

     19   

ARTICLE X POST OFFERING MATTERS

     20   

ARTICLE XI RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF THE STOCK HOLDING COMPANY

     23   

ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS

     24   

 

(i)


PLAN OF CONVERSION OF

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK

ARTICLE I

INTRODUCTION

This Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) provides for the conversion of Melrose Cooperative Bank, a Massachusetts mutual co-operative bank (the “Bank”), into a Massachusetts stock co-operative bank (the “Conversion”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Article I shall have the respective meanings set forth in Article III hereof.

The Board of Directors of the Bank currently contemplates that, following the Conversion, all of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank will be held by a business corporation (the “Stock Holding Company”) and that the Stock Holding Company will issue and sell its common stock (the “Conversion Stock”) upon the terms and conditions set forth herein to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans established by the Bank or the Stock Holding Company, according to the respective priorities set forth in the Plan. Any shares not subscribed for by the foregoing classes of Persons may be offered for sale to certain members of the public directly by the Stock Holding Company through a Direct Community Offering and/or a Syndicated Community Offering or through an underwritten firm commitment public offering, or through a combination thereof. The Plan provides for the issuance by the Bank of 100% of its newly outstanding common stock to the Stock Holding Company in exchange for the portion of the net proceeds of the Offering that is not permitted to be retained by the Stock Holding Company. Upon the Conversion, Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be granted interests in the Liquidation Account to be established by the Bank pursuant to Section 10.7 hereof.

The Plan is subject to the approval of various regulatory agencies. The Plan must also be approved by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the Bank’s Shareholders present and voting at a regular or special meeting of such Shareholders and, if required by the FDIC, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of all Shareholders of the Bank. By voting to approve the Plan, the Shareholders will also be approving all steps necessary or incidental to effect the Conversion and will additionally be voting to adopt and approve the articles of incorporation and bylaws for the Stock Holding Company, and the stock charter and bylaws of the Bank.

The Bank, as chartered in the stock form, will succeed to all of the presently existing rights, interests, duties and obligations of the Bank, as chartered in the mutual form, to the extent provided by law. The deposit accounts and loan accounts of the Bank’s customers will not be affected by the Conversion. Upon Conversion, each deposit account holder of the Bank will continue to hold exactly the same deposit account as the holder held immediately before the Conversion. The Conversion will not result in a change in the interest rate or maturity of deposits at the Bank. All deposit accounts in the Bank following the Conversion will continue to be insured up to the legal maximum by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Share Insurance Fund of the Co-operative Central Bank in the same manner as such deposit accounts were insured immediately before the Conversion. There will be no change in the Bank’s loans.


No change in the offices or staff of the Bank is expected as part of the Conversion. The Conversion will not reduce the Bank’s reserves or net worth.

ARTICLE II

BUSINESS PURPOSE

The business purpose of the Conversion is to provide the Bank and the Stock Holding Company with greater operating flexibility and capital resources to respond to changing regulatory and market conditions, and to facilitate corporate transactions, including mergers and acquisitions. The Conversion is intended to enable the Bank to compete and expand more effectively in the financial services marketplace. The Conversion is intended to provide the Bank with additional equity capital which will enable it to increase its reserves and net worth to support future lending and operational growth, branching activities, and to increase its ability to render services to the communities it serves. In addition, after the Conversion, the Stock Holding Company will have the ability to issue additional shares of Conversion Stock to raise additional capital or to issue in connection with mergers or acquisitions, although no additional capital issuance and no specific mergers or acquisitions are planned or contemplated at the present time. In addition, stock ownership by Officers and other Employees of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank has proven to be an effective performance incentive and a means of attracting and retaining qualified personnel. The Board of Directors of the Bank and senior management also believe that the Conversion will be beneficial to the communities within the Bank’s primary market area. The Conversion will provide local customers and other residents with an opportunity to become equity owners of the Stock Holding Company, and thereby participate in the possible stock price appreciation and cash dividends, which is consistent with the objective of being a locally owned financial institution servicing local financial needs. The Board of Directors of the Bank and management believe that, through expanded local stock ownership, current customers and non-customers who purchase Conversion Stock will seek to enhance the financial success of the Bank through consolidation of their banking business and increased referrals to the Bank. Finally, in connection with the Conversion the Bank intends to establish and fund a charitable foundation in order to complement the Bank’s existing community reinvestment activities and to share with the Bank’s local community a part of the Bank’s financial success as a community-based financial institution.

ARTICLE III

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan, the terms set forth below have the following meanings:

3.1. ACTING IN CONCERT.  The term “ACTING IN CONCERT” means: (a) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal, whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (b) Persons seeking to combine or pool their voting or other interests (such as subscription rights) in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose, pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. When Persons act together for such purpose, their group is deemed to have acquired their stock. The determination of whether a group is Acting in Concert shall be made solely by the Board of Directors of the Bank or the Board of

 

2


Directors of the Stock Holding Company, as applicable, or their respective Officers as delegated by such Boards, and may be based on any evidence upon which such Board or such delegatee chooses to rely, including, without limitation, joint account relationships or the fact that such Persons have filed joint Schedules 13D with the SEC with respect to other companies. Persons living at the same address, whether or not related, will be deemed to be Acting in Concert unless otherwise determined by the Board or such delegatee. Directors of the Bank and directors of the Stock Holding Company shall not be deemed to be Acting in Concert solely as a result of their membership on any such board or boards.

3.2. AFFILIATE.  An “AFFILIATE” of, or a Person “AFFILIATED” with, a specified Person, is a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Person specified.

3.3. APPLICATION.  The application, including a copy of the Plan, submitted by the Bank to the Commissioner for approval of the Conversion.

3.4. ASSOCIATE.  The term “ASSOCIATE,” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means: (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Bank, the Stock Holding Company or a majority-owned subsidiary of any thereof) of which such Person is an Officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; (iii) any relative or spouse of such Person or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such Person or who is a director or Officer of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company; and (iv) any Person Acting in Concert with any of the Persons or entities specified in clauses (i) through (iii) above; provided, however, that (i) any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan shall not be deemed to be an Associate of any director or Officer of the Bank for the purposes of Section 8.4 hereof, and (ii) any Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan shall not be deemed to be an Associate of any director or Officer of the Stock Holding Company or the Bank for any other purpose to the extent provided in the Plan. When used to refer to a Person other than a director or Officer of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company, the Stock Holding Company or the Bank, as applicable, may determine in its sole discretion the Persons that are Associates of other Persons. Directors of the Bank and directors of the Stock Holding Company shall not be deemed to be Associates solely as a result of their membership on such board or boards.

3.5. BANK.  Melrose Cooperative Bank, a Massachusetts co-operative bank.

3 .6 BROKER-DEALER.  The term “Broker-Dealer” means any Person who engages directly or indirectly as agent, broker, or principal in the business of offering, buying, selling or otherwise dealing or trading in securities issued by another Person.

3.7. COMMISSIONER.  The Commissioner of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

3.8. COMMUNITY OFFERING.  The Direct Community Offering and/or the Syndicated Community Offering.

 

3


3.9. CONVERSION.  The conversion of the Bank from mutual form to stock form of organization pursuant to the Plan, and all steps incident or necessary thereto, including, as applicable, (i) the issuance of Conversion Stock by the Stock Holding Company in the Offering as provided herein, and (ii) the issuance to the Stock Holding Company of all of the Bank’s common stock to be outstanding upon consummation of the Conversion in exchange for a portion of the net proceeds received by the Stock Holding Company from the sale of the Conversion Stock.

3.10. CONVERSION STOCK.  The common stock, par value $0.01 per share, authorized to be issued from time to time by the Stock Holding Company.

3.11. DEPOSIT ACCOUNT.  Any withdrawable deposit account offered by the Bank, including, without limitation, savings accounts, NOW account deposits, certificates of deposit, demand deposits, Keogh Plans, SEPs and IRA accounts for which the Bank acts as custodian or trustee, and such other types of deposit accounts as may then have been authorized by Massachusetts or federal law and regulations, but not including repurchase agreements, savings bank life insurance policies or certain escrow accounts.

3.12. DIRECT COMMUNITY OFFERING.  The offering of Conversion Stock for sale directly by the Stock Holding Company (i) to the Local Community, as provided in Section 7.6 of the Plan, with preference given to natural persons residing in the Local Community, and then (ii) to the public at large.

3.13. DIVISION.  The Division of Banks of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

3.14. ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDER.  Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date.

3.15. ELIGIBILITY RECORD DATE.  December 31, 2012, the date for determining who qualifies as an Eligible Account Holder.

3.16. EMPLOYEE.  The term “EMPLOYEE” does not include a director of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company or an Officer.

3.17. EMPLOYEE PLAN.  Any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan.

3.18. ESOP.  The employee stock ownership plan to be established by the Bank or the Stock Holding Company.

3.19. ESTIMATED VALUATION RANGE.  The dollar range of the proposed Offering, as determined by the Independent Appraiser before the Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter. The Estimated Valuation Range may vary within 15% above or 15% below the midpoint of such range, with a possible adjustment by up to 15% above the Range Maximum.

 

4


3.20. EXCHANGE ACT.  The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

3.21. FDIC.  The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

3.22. FOUNDATION. Any new and/or existing charitable foundation intended to qualify as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Code that will receive Conversion Stock and/or cash in connection with the Offering.

3.23. GROUP MAXIMUM PURCHASE LIMIT.  The limitation on the purchase of shares of Conversion Stock established by Section 8.3, as such limit may be increased pursuant to said Section 8.3.

3.24. INDEPENDENT APPRAISER.  The appraiser retained by the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock.

3.25. INDEPENDENT VALUATION.  The estimated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock as determined by the Independent Appraiser.

3.26. INDIVIDUAL MAXIMUM PURCHASE LIMIT.  The limitation on the purchase of shares of Conversion Stock established by Section 8.2, as such limit may be increased pursuant to said Section 8.2.

3.27. INFORMATION STATEMENT. The information statement required to be sent to the Shareholders in connection with the Special Meeting.

3.28. LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT.  The liquidation account established pursuant to Section 10.7 of the Plan.

3.29. LOCAL COMMUNITY.  The City of Melrose, Middlesex County, Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

3.30. MARKETING AGENT.  The broker-dealer responsible for organizing and managing the Conversion and assisting with the sale of the Conversion Stock.

3.31. MARKET MAKER.  A Broker-Dealer who, with respect to a particular security, (A) (x) regularly publishes bona fide competitive bid and offer quotations in a recognized inter-dealer quotation system or (y) furnishes bona fide competitive bid and offer quotations on request, and (B) is ready, willing and able to effect transactions in reasonable quantities at the Broker-Dealer’s quoted prices with other brokers or dealers.

3.32. NON-TAX-QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE PLAN.  Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan which is not qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

3.33. OFFERING.  The Subscription Offering, the Direct Community Offering and the Syndicated Community Offering.

 

5


3.34. OFFICER.  The Chairman of the Board, the President, any officer of the level of vice president or above, the Clerk and the Treasurer of the Bank, or the Stock Holding Company, as the case may be.

3.35. PERSON.  An individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a trust (including Individual Retirement Accounts, SEPs and Keogh Accounts), any unincorporated organization or similar association, a government entity or political subdivision or a group Acting in Concert.

3.36. PLAN.  This Plan of Conversion, as it exists on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended in accordance with its terms.

3.37. QUALIFYING DEPOSIT.  The aggregate balances of all Deposit Accounts of an Eligible Account Holder as of the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date or of a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder as of the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, as the case may be, provided that such aggregate balance is not less than $50.

3.38. RANGE MAXIMUM.  The valuation which is 15% above the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range.

3.39. RANGE MINIMUM.  The valuation which is 15% below the midpoint of the Estimated Valuation Range.

3.40. REGULATIONS.  The regulations of the Division regarding the conversion of a co-operative bank from mutual to stock form.

3.41. SEC.  The Securities and Exchange Commission.

3.42. SHAREHOLDER.  A depositor or holder of any shares or accounts in the Bank, also referred to as a “member.”

3.43. SPECIAL MEETING.  The Special Meeting of Shareholders called for the purpose of voting on the Plan.

3.44. STOCK HOLDING COMPANY.  The stock-form holding company that will own 100% of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank upon consummation of the Conversion.

3.45. SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING.  The offering of Conversion Stock to Persons holding non-transferrable subscription rights pursuant to the Plan.

3.46. SUBSCRIPTION PRICE.  The price per share, as provided in Section 5.2 of the Plan, at which the Conversion Stock will be sold in the Offering.

 

6


3.47. SUBSIDIARY.  A company that is controlled by another company, either directly or indirectly through one or more subsidiaries.

3.48. SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDER.  Any Person (other than Officers or directors, as applicable, of the Bank, or their respective Associates) holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.

3.49. SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBILITY RECORD DATE.                      , the date for determining who qualifies as a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.

3.50. SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING.  At the discretion of the Stock Holding Company, the offering of Conversion Stock through a syndicate of Broker-Dealers following or contemporaneously with the Direct Community Offering.

3.51. TAX-QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE PLAN.  Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan (including the ESOP, any stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan, 401(k) plan or other plan) of the Bank, the Stock Holding Company or any of their respective Affiliates, which, with its related trusts, meets the requirements to be qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

ARTICLE IV

GENERAL PROCEDURE FOR CONVERSION

4.1. PRECONDITIONS TO CONVERSION.  The Conversion is expressly conditioned upon prior occurrence of the following:

4.1.1 Approval of the Plan by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the Shareholders present and voting at a regular or special meeting of such Shareholders and, if required by the FDIC, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of all Shareholders of the Bank.

4.1.2 Approval by the Commissioner of the Application, and approval by such other state and federal regulatory authorities as may be required to effect consummation of the Conversion.

4.2. SUBMISSION OF PLAN TO COMMISSIONER.  The Bank will submit the Plan to the Commissioner as part of the Application, together with a copy of the proposed Information Statement and all other material required by the Regulations, for approval by the Commissioner. The Bank must also receive either a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of its counsel as to the federal income tax consequences of the Conversion, substantially to the effect that the Conversion will not result in any adverse federal income tax consequence to the Bank, the Stock Holding Company, Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. Upon a determination by the Commissioner that the Application is complete, the Bank will publish and post public announcements and notices of the Application as required by the Commissioner and the Regulations.

4.3. SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS TO APPROVE THE PLAN.  Following approval of the Plan by the Commissioner, the Special Meeting shall be

 

7


scheduled in accordance with the Bank’s Bylaws, and the Plan (as revised in response to comments received from the Commissioner) and any additional information required pursuant to the Regulations, will be submitted to the Shareholders for their consideration and approval at the Special Meeting. The Bank will mail to each Shareholder a copy of the Information Statement not less than seven (7) days before the Special Meeting. Following approval of the Plan by the Shareholders, the Bank intends to take such steps as may be appropriate pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to convert the Bank to a Massachusetts co-operative bank in the stock form and to otherwise effect the Conversion.

4.4. THE STOCK HOLDING COMPANY.  The Board of Directors of the Bank will take all necessary steps to form the Stock Holding Company and for the Stock Holding Company to complete the Offering, including the timely filing of all necessary applications to appropriate regulatory authorities and the filing of a registration statement to register the sale of the Conversion Stock with the SEC.

4.5. BANK CHARTER AND BYLAWS.  In connection with the Conversion, the Bank shall take appropriate steps to cause the Charter and Bylaws of the Bank to be modified and restated.

4.6. CONVERSION PROCEDURES.  The Conversion will be effected in any manner selected by the Board of Directors of the Bank which is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations. The choice of which method to use to effect the Conversion will be made by the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately before the consummation of the Conversion. Approval of the Plan by the Board of Directors and Shareholders of the Bank shall also constitute (i) approval of the formation of the Stock Holding Company as set forth herein and (ii) approval of any other of the transactions that are necessary to implement the Plan.

4.7. OFFER AND SALE OF CONVERSION STOCK.

4.7.1. If the Shareholders approve the Plan, and upon receipt of all required regulatory approvals, the Conversion Stock will be offered for sale in a Subscription Offering simultaneously to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan, and directors, Officers and Employees in the manner set forth in Article VII hereof. The Subscription Offering period will run for no less than twenty (20) but no more than forty-five (45) days from the date of distribution of the Subscription Offering materials, unless extended by the Stock Holding Company with the approval of the Commissioner. If feasible, any Conversion Stock remaining may then be sold to the general public through a Direct Community Offering as provided in Article VII hereof, which may be held either subsequent to or concurrently with the Subscription Offering.

4.7.2. If feasible, shares of Conversion Stock remaining unsold after completion of the Subscription Offering and a Direct Community Offering may, in the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company, be sold in a Syndicated Community Offering (which may commence following or contemporaneously with the Direct Community Offering). If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering cannot be effected, the Stock Holding Company will use its best efforts to obtain other purchasers in order to meet the Range Minimum, subject to the

 

8


approval of the Commissioner. The sale of all shares of Conversion Stock to be sold pursuant to this Plan must be completed within forty-five (45) days after the last day of the Subscription Offering period, subject to the extension of such forty-five (45) day period by the Stock Holding Company with the approval of the Commissioner. The Stock Holding Company may seek one or more extensions of such forty-five (45) day period if necessary to complete the sale of shares of Conversion Stock. If all available shares of Conversion Stock are sold in the Subscription Offering and any Direct Community Offering, there will be no Syndicated Community Offering and the Conversion will be consummated upon completion of the Subscription Offering or the Direct Community Offering, as the case may be.

ARTICLE V

SHARES OF CONVERSION STOCK TO BE OFFERED

5.1. CONVERSION STOCK.  The Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion shall be fully paid and non-assessable. The total number of shares of Conversion Stock authorized under the Stock Holding Company’s Charter will exceed the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion. CONVERSION STOCK WILL NOT BE COVERED BY DEPOSIT INSURANCE.

5.2. INDEPENDENT VALUATION, PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SHARES.

5.2.1 INDEPENDENT VALUATION.  The Independent Appraiser shall be employed by the Bank to provide it with an Independent Valuation as required by the Regulations, which value shall be included in the prospectus (as described in Section 6.1 of this Plan) filed with the Commissioner and the SEC. The directors of the Bank shall thoroughly review and analyze the methodology and fairness of the Independent Valuation. The Independent Valuation will be made by a written report to the Bank, contain the factors upon which the Independent Valuation was made and conform to procedures adopted by the Commissioner. The Independent Valuation provided by the Independent Appraiser to the Bank before the commencement of the Subscription Offering will contain an Estimated Valuation Range of aggregate prices for the Conversion Stock to be sold in the Offering, which range shall be based on the anticipated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock. Such Estimated Valuation Range will establish a midpoint and will vary within 15% above such midpoint (the “Range Maximum”) to 15% below such midpoint (the “Range Minimum”). The Independent Appraiser shall also present to the Bank at the close of the Subscription Offering an updated valuation of the pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock.

5.2.2 SUBSCRIPTION PRICE.  All shares sold in the Conversion will be sold at a uniform price of $10.00 per share (the “Subscription Price”). The aggregate value for all shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion valued for such purpose at the Subscription Price will be equal to the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock, as determined for such purpose by the Independent Appraiser.

5.2.3 NUMBER OF SHARES.  The total number of shares (and a range thereof) of Conversion Stock to be issued and offered for sale will be determined by the Stock Holding

 

9


Company immediately before the commencement of the Subscription Offering based on the Independent Valuation, the Estimated Valuation Range and the Subscription Price. The Independent Valuation, and such number of shares, shall be subject to adjustment thereafter if necessitated by market or financial conditions, with the approval of the Commissioner. In particular, the total number of shares may be increased by up to 15% above the Range Maximum if the Independent Valuation is increased after the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market and financial conditions and the resulting aggregate purchase price is not more than 15% above the Range Maximum.

5.2.4 INCREASE OR DECREASE IN NUMBER OF SHARES.  The number of shares of Conversion Stock to be sold in the Offering may be increased or decreased by the Stock Holding Company, subject to the following provisions. If the aggregate purchase price of the number of shares of Conversion Stock ordered is below the minimum of the Estimated Valuation Range, or materially above the Range Maximum, resolicitation of purchasers may be required, provided, however, that a resolicitation will not be required if the number of shares increases by up to 15% above the Range Maximum. Any such resolicitation shall be effected in such manner and within such time as the Stock Holding Company shall establish, with the approval of the Commissioner.

5.2.5 CONFIRMATION OF VALUATION.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no sale of Conversion Stock may be consummated unless and until the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Bank and to the Commissioner that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the aggregate value of all shares of Conversion Stock ordered, at the Subscription Price, is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock. An increase in the aggregate value of the Conversion Stock by up to 15% above the Range Maximum would not be deemed to be material. If such confirmation is not received, the Bank may cancel the Conversion, resolicit and extend the Conversion and establish a new Subscription Price and/or Estimated Valuation Range, or hold a new Conversion or take such other action as the Commissioner may permit. The estimated pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock shall be determined for such purpose by an Independent Appraiser on the basis of such appropriate factors as are not inconsistent with the Regulations and will be confirmed upon completion of the Conversion. In any case, the total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion will be determined by the Bank as follows: (a) the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the Conversion Stock, immediately after Conversion as determined by the Independent Appraiser, expressed in terms of a specific aggregate dollar amount rather than as a range, shall be divided by (b) the Subscription Price.

ARTICLE VI

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS AND ORDERS FOR CONVERSION STOCK

6.1. DISTRIBUTION OF PROSPECTUS.  The Conversion shall be conducted in compliance with the Regulations and applicable SEC regulations. As soon as practicable after the prospectus prepared by the Bank and the Stock Holding Company has been declared effective by the Commissioner and the SEC, copies of the prospectus and order forms will be

 

10


distributed to all Eligible Account Holders, to all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and to any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan, at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Conversion Stock in the Subscription Offering and will be made available (if and when a Community Offering is held) for use by Persons in the Community Offering.

6.2. ORDER FORMS.  Each order form will be preceded or accompanied by the prospectus describing the Stock Holding Company, the Bank, the Conversion Stock and the Offerings. Each order form will contain, among other things, the following:

6.2.1 A specified date by which all order forms must be received by the Stock Holding Company, which date shall be not less than twenty (20) nor more than forty-five (45) days following the date on which the order forms are mailed by the Stock Holding Company, and which date will constitute the expiration of the Subscription Offering, unless extended;

6.2.2 The Subscription Price per share for the shares of Conversion Stock to be sold in the Offering;

6.2.3 A description of the minimum and maximum number of shares of Conversion Stock that may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights or otherwise purchased in the Offering;

6.2.4 Instructions as to how the recipient of the order form is to indicate thereon the number of shares of Conversion Stock for which such Person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;

6.2.5 An acknowledgment that the recipient of the order form has received a copy of the prospectus before execution of the order form;

6.2.6 A statement indicating the consequences of failing to properly complete and return the order form, including a statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Stock Holding Company within the Subscription Offering period such properly completed and executed order form, together with a check or money order in the full amount of the purchase price as specified in the order form for the shares of Conversion Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the order form that the Bank withdraw said amount from a Deposit Account at the Bank maintained by such Person, but only if the Bank elects to permit such withdrawals from the type of such Deposit Account); and

6.2.7 A statement to the effect that the executed order form, once received by the Stock Holding Company, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Stock Holding Company.

Notwithstanding the above, the Stock Holding Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or faxed order forms.

 

11


6.3. UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE, EARLY OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT.  In the event order forms (a) are not delivered for any reason or are returned undelivered to the Stock Holding Company by the United States Postal Service, (b) are received by the Stock Holding Company prior to or on the date of the Special Meeting of Shareholders, (c) are not received by the Stock Holding Company or are received by the Bank after the expiration date specified thereon, (d) are defectively filled out or executed, (e) are not accompanied by the full required payment for the shares of Conversion Stock subscribed for (including cases in which Deposit Accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (f) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the Subscription Rights of the Person to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Person failed to return the contemplated order form within the time period specified thereon; provided, however, that the Stock Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any order form or require the submission of corrected order forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Stock Holding Company may specify, and all interpretations by the Bank and the Stock Holding Company, as applicable, of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the order forms will be final.

6.4. PAYMENT FOR CONVERSION STOCK.

6.4.1 All payments for Conversion Stock subscribed for or ordered in the Conversion must be delivered in full to the Stock Holding Company, together with a properly completed and executed order form, except in the case of the Syndicated Community Offering, on or before the expiration date specified on the order form, unless such date is extended by the Bank and the Stock Holding Company; provided, however, that if any Employee Plan subscribes for shares during the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for the shares at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for such shares of Conversion Stock subscribed for by such plans at the Subscription Price upon consummation of the Conversion, provided, however, that, in the case of the ESOP there is in force from the time of its subscription until the consummation of the Conversion, a loan commitment to lend to the ESOP, at such time, the aggregated Subscription Price of the shares for which it subscribed. The Stock Holding Company or the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions to an Employee Plan provided such contributions from the Bank, if any, do not cause the Bank to fail to meet its regulatory capital requirement. Payment for Conversion Stock may also be made by a participant in an Employee Plan (including the Bank’s 401(k) plan) causing funds held for such participant’s benefit by an Employee Plan to be paid over for such purchase to the extent that such plan allows participants or any related trust established for the benefit of such participants to direct that some or all of their individual accounts or sub-accounts be invested in Conversion Stock.

6.4.2 Payment for Conversion Stock shall be made either by check, bank draft or money order, or if a purchaser has a Deposit Account in the Bank (and if the Bank has elected to permit such withdrawals from the type of Deposit Account maintained by such Person), such purchaser may pay for the shares subscribed for by authorizing the Bank to make a withdrawal from the purchaser’s Deposit Account at the Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate purchase price of such shares. No wire transfers will be accepted. Any authorized withdrawal, whether from a

 

12


savings, passbook or certificate account, shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirements, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook savings rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the purchaser’s Deposit Account but may not be used by the purchaser pending consummation of the Conversion or expiration of the 45-day period (or such longer period as may be approved by the Commissioner) following termination of the Subscription Offering, whichever occurs first. After consummation of the Conversion, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Subscription Price. Interest submitted will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect. Interest on checks and money orders will be paid by the Bank at the Bank’s passbook savings rate. Such interest will be paid from the date payment is received by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Conversion. If for any reason the Conversion is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Conversion will be refunded to them with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal.

ARTICLE VII

STOCK PURCHASE PRIORITIES

7.1. PRIORITIES FOR OFFERING. All purchase priorities established by this Article VII shall be subject to the purchase limitations set forth in, and shall be subject to adjustment as provided in, Article VIII of this Plan. In addition to the priorities set forth in this Article VII, the Bank may establish other priorities for the purchase of Conversion Stock, subject to the approval of the Commissioner. The priorities for the purchase of shares in the Conversion are set forth in the following Sections.

7.2. CERTAIN DETERMINATIONS. All interpretations or determinations of whether prospective purchasers are “RESIDENTS,” “ASSOCIATES,” or “ACTING IN CONCERT” and any other interpretations of any and all other provisions of the Plan shall be made by and at the sole discretion of the Bank and the Stock Holding Company, as applicable, and may be based on whatever evidence the Bank or the Stock Holding Company may choose to use in making any such determination.

7.3. MINIMUM PURCHASE; NO FRACTIONAL SHARES. The minimum purchase by any Person shall be 25 shares (to the extent that shares of Conversion Stock are available for purchase), provided, however, that the aggregate purchase price for any minimum share purchase shall not exceed $500. No fractional shares will be allocated or issued.

7.4. OVERVIEW OF PRIORITIES. In descending order of priority, the opportunity to purchase Conversion Stock shall be given in the Subscription Offering to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (3) Tax-Qualified Employee Plans. Any shares of Conversion Stock that are not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering at the discretion of the Stock Holding Company may be offered for sale in a Direct Community Offering and/or a Syndicated Community Offering on terms and conditions and procedures satisfactory to the Stock Holding Company.

 

13


7.5. PRIORITIES FOR SUBSCRIPTION OFFERING.

7.5.1 FIRST PRIORITY: ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS.  Upon approval of the Plan by the Shareholders and the receipt of permission from the Commissioner and SEC to offer the Conversion Stock for sale, each Eligible Account Holder shall receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights on a first priority basis to subscribe for a number of shares of Conversion Stock equal to the greatest of (x) a number determined by dividing the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit (as such term is defined in Section 8.2) by the per share Subscription Price, (y) one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) of the shares offered in the Conversion, or (z) 15 times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying (1) the total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be offered in the Conversion by (2) a fraction, of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders. If there are insufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, shares will be allocated to Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares of Conversion Stock sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for. Thereafter, unallocated shares of Conversion Stock will be allocated pro rata to remaining subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the same proportion that each such subscriber’s Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. Subscription rights to purchase Conversion Stock received by directors and Officers of the Bank (and their Associates) based on their increased deposits in the Bank in the one year preceding the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders. To ensure proper allocation of stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her subscription order form all Deposit Accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest as of the Eligibility Record Date.

7.5.2 SECOND PRIORITY: SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS.  To the extent there are shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for a number of shares of Conversion Stock equal to the greatest of (x) a number determined by dividing the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit by the per share Subscription Price, (y) one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) of the shares offered in the Conversion, or (z) 15 times the product (rounded down to the nearest whole number) obtained by multiplying (1) the total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be offered in the Conversion by (2) a fraction, of which the numerator is the Qualifying Deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event Supplemental Eligible Account Holders subscribe for a number of shares of Conversion Stock which, when added to the shares subscribed for by Eligible Account Holders, exceeds available shares, the available shares of Conversion Stock will be allocated among subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of

 

14


shares of Conversion Stock sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the same proportion that such subscriber’s Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.

7.5.3 THIRD PRIORITY: TAX-QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE PLANS.  To the extent there are shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans shall be given the opportunity to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion. If the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans are not able to fill their orders in the Offering, then the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase shares in the open market following consummation of the Conversion.

7.6. PRIORITIES FOR DIRECT COMMUNITY OFFERING.

7.6.1 Any shares of Conversion Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale in a Direct Community Offering. This will involve an offering of all unsubscribed shares of Conversion Stock directly to the general public. The Direct Community Offering, if any, shall be for a period of not more than forty-five (45) days unless extended by the Stock Holding Company, and shall commence concurrently with, during or promptly after the Subscription Offering. The Stock Holding Company may use a broker, dealer or investment banking firm or firms on a best efforts basis to sell the unsubscribed shares in the Subscription and Direct Community Offering. The Stock Holding Company may pay a commission or other fee to such entity or entities as to the shares sold by such entity or entities in the Subscription and Direct Community Offering and may also reimburse such entity or entities for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the sale. The Conversion Stock will be offered and sold in the Direct Community Offering, in accordance with the Regulations, so as to achieve the widest distribution of the Conversion Stock. In making the Direct Community Offering, the Stock Holding Company will give preference to natural persons residing in the Local Community. Orders accepted in the Direct Community Offering shall be filled up to a maximum not to exceed 2% of the Conversion Stock offered in the Conversion, and thereafter remaining shares shall be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all orders have been filled. No Person may subscribe for or purchase more than the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit of Conversion Stock in the Direct Community Offering. The Stock Holding Company, in its sole discretion, may reject subscriptions, in whole or in part, received from any Person under this Section 7.6.

7.6.2 In the event of an oversubscription for shares in the Direct Community Offering, available shares will be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural Persons residing in the Local Community, so that each such Person may receive 100 shares, and thereafter, on a pro rata basis to such Persons based on the amount of their respective subscriptions or on such other reasonable basis as may be determined by the Stock Holding Company. If oversubscription does not occur among natural Persons residing in the Local Community, the allocation process to cover orders of other Person subscribing for shares in the Direct Community Offering shall be as described above for natural Persons.

 

15


7.6.3 The terms “RESIDENT,” “RESIDENCE,” “RESIDE,” or “RESIDING” as used herein with respect to any Person shall mean any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Local Community, has an intent to remain within the Local Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Local Community together with an indication that such presence within the Local Community is not merely transitory in nature. To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, the principal place of business or headquarters must be in the Local Community. The Bank may use deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to determine whether a Person is a resident. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company.

7.7. PRIORITIES FOR SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING.

7.7.1 Any shares of Conversion Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or in the Direct Community Offering, if any, may be offered for sale to the general public by a selling group of Broker-Dealers in a Syndicated Community Offering, subject to terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Stock Holding Company in a manner that is intended to achieve the widest distribution of the Conversion Stock subject to the rights of the Stock Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part all orders in the Syndicated Community Offering. No Person may purchase in the Syndicated Community Offering more than the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit of Conversion Stock. It is expected that the Syndicated Community Offering will commence as soon as practicable after termination of the Direct Community Offering, if any. The Syndicated Community Offering shall be completed within 45 days after the termination of the Subscription Offering, unless such period is extended as provided herein. The commission in the Syndicated Community Offering shall be determined by a marketing agreement between the Stock Holding Company and the Marketing Agent. Such agreement shall be filed with the Division and the SEC.

7.7.2 If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering of unsubscribed shares of Conversion Stock cannot be effected or is not deemed to be advisable, and any shares remain unsold after the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering, if any, the Stock Holding Company may seek to make other arrangements for the sale of the remaining shares in order to meet the Range Minimum, including an underwritten public offering. Such other arrangements will be subject to the approval of the Commissioner and to compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws.

ARTICLE VIII

ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES OF CONVERSION STOCK

8.1. GENERAL.  Purchases of Conversion Stock in the Conversion will be subject to the purchase limitations set forth in this Article VIII.

 

16


8.2. INDIVIDUAL MAXIMUM PURCHASE LIMIT.  This Section 8.2 sets forth the “INDIVIDUAL MAXIMUM PURCHASE LIMIT.” No Person (or Persons exercising subscription rights through a single Qualifying Deposit held jointly) may purchase in the Offering (including the Subscription Offering and the Direct Community Offering) more than $300,000 of Conversion Stock, except that: (i) the Stock Holding Company may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, (x) increase such Individual Maximum Purchase Limit to up to 5% of the number of shares of Conversion Stock offered in the Conversion or (y) decrease such Individual Maximum Purchase Limit to no less than one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) of the number of shares of Conversion Stock offered in the Conversion; and (ii) Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase up to 10% of the shares issued in the Conversion. If the Stock Holding Company increases the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit (as permitted by this Section 8.2), subscribers in the Subscription Offering who ordered the previously-effective maximum amount will be, and certain other large subscribers in the sole discretion of the Stock Holding Company may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then applicable limit. Requests to purchase additional shares of Conversion Stock under this provision will be determined by the Stock Holding Company, in its sole discretion.

8.3. GROUP MAXIMUM PURCHASE LIMIT.  This Section 8.3 sets forth the “GROUP MAXIMUM PURCHASE LIMIT.” No Person and his or her Associates or group of Persons Acting in Concert, may purchase in the Offering more than $400,000 worth of Conversion Stock offered in the Conversion, except that: (i) the Stock Holding Company may, in its sole discretion and without further notice to or solicitation of subscribers or other prospective purchasers, (x) increase such Group Maximum Purchase Limit to up to 5% of the number of shares of Conversion Stock offered in the Conversion or (y) decrease such Group Maximum Purchase Limit to no less than one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) of the number of shares of Conversion Stock offered in the Conversion; and (ii) Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase up to 10% of the shares issued in the Conversion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Stock Holding Company increases the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit (as permitted by Section 8.2) to a number that is in excess of the Group Maximum Purchase Limit established by this Section 8.3, the Group Maximum Purchase Limit shall automatically be increased so as to be equal to the Individual Maximum Purchase Limit, as adjusted.

8.4. PURCHASES BY OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.  The aggregate number of shares of Conversion Stock to be purchased in the offering by Officers and directors of the Bank (and their Associates) shall not exceed 30% of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion.

8.5. SPECIAL RULE FOR TAX-QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE PLANS.  Shares of Conversion Stock purchased by any individual participant (“PLAN PARTICIPANT”) in a Tax-Qualified Employee Plan using funds therein pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights granted to such Participant in his individual capacity as an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall not be deemed to be purchases by a Tax-Qualified Employee Plan for purposes of calculating the maximum amount of Conversion Stock that Tax-Qualified Employee Plans may purchase pursuant to this Plan, if the individual Plan Participant controls or directs the investment authority with respect to such account or subaccount.

 

17


8.6. ILLEGAL PURCHASES.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no Person shall be entitled to purchase any Conversion Stock to the extent such purchase would be illegal under any federal law or state law or regulation or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. The Stock Holding Company and/or its agents may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of such purchase and may refuse to honor any purchase order if such opinion is not timely furnished.

8.7. REJECTION OF ORDERS.  The Stock Holding Company has the right in its sole discretion to reject any order submitted by a Person whose representations the Stock Holding Company believes to be false or who it otherwise believes, either alone or Acting in Concert with others, is violating, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the Plan.

8.8. SUBSCRIBERS IN NON-QUALIFIED STATES OR IN FOREIGN COUNTRIES.  The Stock Holding Company, in its sole discretion, may make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of any state in the United States in which its depositors reside, and will only offer and sell the Conversion Stock in states in which the offers and sales comply with such states’ securities laws. However, no Person will be offered or allowed to purchase any Conversion Stock under the Plan if he or she resides in a foreign country or in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (i) the offer or sale of shares of Conversion Stock to such Persons would require the Stock Holding Company or its Employees to register, under the securities laws of such state or foreign country, as a broker or dealer or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state or foreign country; or (ii) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

8.9. NO OFFER TO TRANSFER SHARES.  Before the consummation of the Conversion, no Person shall offer to transfer, or enter into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of any subscription rights or shares of Conversion Stock, except pursuant to the Plan. The following shall not constitute impermissible transfers under this Plan. Any Person having subscription rights in his or her individual capacity as an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder may exercise such subscription rights by causing a tax-qualified plan to make such purchase using funds allocated to such Person in such tax-qualified plan if such individual plan participant controls or directs the investment authority with respect to such account or subaccount. A tax-qualified plan that maintains an Eligible Deposit Account in the Bank as trustee for or for the benefit of a Person who controls or directs the investment authority with respect to such account or subaccount (“BENEFICIARY”) may, in exercising its subscription rights, direct that the Conversion Stock be issued in the name of such individual Beneficiary in his or her individual capacity.

8.10. CONFIRMATION BY PURCHASERS.  Each Person ordering Conversion Stock in the Conversion will be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the purchase limitations in the Plan. All questions concerning whether any Persons are Associates or a Group Acting in Concert or whether any purchase conflicts with the purchase limitations in the Plan or otherwise violates any provision of the Plan shall be determined by the Stock Holding

 

18


Company in its sole discretion. Such determination shall be conclusive, final and binding on all Persons and the Stock Holding Company may take any remedial action, including without limitation rejecting the purchase or referring the matter to the Commissioner for action, as in its sole discretion the Stock Holding Company may deem appropriate.

ARTICLE IX

ESTABLISHMENT AND FUNDING OF CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

As part of the Conversion, the Stock Holding Company and the Bank intend to establish the Foundation, which will qualify as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, and to donate to the Foundation cash and/or shares of Conversion Stock, in an aggregate amount up to 8% of the value of the shares of Conversion Stock sold in the Offering. The Foundation is being formed in connection with the Conversion in order to complement the Bank’s existing community reinvestment activities and to share with the Bank’s local community a part of the Bank’s financial success as a community-based financial institution. The funding of the Foundation with Conversion Stock accomplishes this goal as it enables the community to share in the growth and profitability of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank over the long-term.

The Foundation will be dedicated to the promotion of charitable purposes including community development, grants or donations to support housing assistance, not-for-profit community groups and other types of organizations or civic-minded projects. The Foundation will annually distribute total grants to assist charitable organizations or to fund projects within its local community of not less than 5% of the average fair market value of Foundation assets each year, less certain expenses. In order to serve the purposes for which it was formed and maintain its Section 501(c)(3) qualification, the Foundation may sell, on an annual basis, a limited portion of the Conversion Stock contributed to it by the Stock Holding Company.

The board of directors of the Foundation will include persons who are Officers or directors of the Stock Holding Company or the Bank. For at least five years after the organization of the Stock Holding Company, except for temporary periods resulting from death, resignation, removal or disqualification, at least (i) one director of the Foundation will be an independent director who is unaffiliated with the Bank or the Stock Holding Company, who is from the Bank’s local community and who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making, and (ii) at least one director will be a person who is also a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank.

The board of directors of the Foundation will be responsible for establishing the policies of the Foundation with respect to grants or donations, consistent with the stated purposes of the Foundation.

The establishment of the Foundation and contribution of Conversion Stock and cash to the Foundation in connection with the Conversion will require the prior approval of the Division and the Stockholders of the Bank.

 

19


ARTICLE X

POST OFFERING MATTERS

10.1. STOCK PURCHASES AFTER THE CONVERSION.  For a period of three years after the Conversion, no Officer or director of the Stock Holding Company or the Bank, or his or her Associates, may purchase, without the prior written approval of the Commissioner, any Conversion Stock, except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to (x) negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding Conversion Stock, or (y) purchases of stock made by and held by or otherwise made pursuant to any Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company even if such stock is attributable to Officers, directors or their Associates.

10.2. RESALES OF STOCK BY MANAGEMENT PERSONS.  Conversion Stock purchased in the Conversion by Officers and directors of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company may not be resold for a period of at least one year following the date of purchase, except in the case of death or substantial disability, as determined by the Commissioner, of such person, or upon the written approval of the Commissioner.

10.3. STOCK CERTIFICATES.  Each stock certificate shall bear a legend giving appropriate notice of the restrictions set forth in Section 10.2. Appropriate instructions shall be issued to the Stock Holding Company’s transfer agent with respect to applicable restrictions on transfers of such stock. Any shares of stock issued as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to such restricted stock, shall be subject to the same restrictions as apply to the restricted stock.

10.4. RESTRICTION ON FINANCING STOCK PURCHASES.  The Stock Holding Company will not offer or sell any of the Conversion Stock proposed to be issued to any Person whose purchase would be financed by funds loaned, directly or indirectly, to the Person by the Stock Holding Company, the Bank or any of their Affiliates.

10.5. STOCK BENEFIT PLANS.  The Board of Directors of the Bank and/or the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company are permitted under the Regulations, and may decide, to adopt one or more stock benefit plans for the benefit of the Employees, Officers and directors of the Bank and Stock Holding Company, including an ESOP, an employer stock fund option in a 401(k) plan, stock award plans and stock option plans, which will be authorized to purchase Conversion Stock and grant options for Conversion Stock. However, only the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans will be permitted to purchase Conversion Stock in the Conversion subject to the purchase priorities set forth in the Plan. Pursuant to the Regulations, the Stock Holding Company may authorize the ESOP and any other Tax-Qualified Employee Plans to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Conversion Stock to be issued. The Bank or the Stock Holding Company may make scheduled discretionary contributions to one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Plans to purchase Conversion Stock or to purchase issued and outstanding shares of Conversion Stock or authorized but unissued shares of Conversion Stock subsequent to the completion of the Conversion, provided, however, that such contributions do not cause the Bank to fail to meet any of its regulatory capital requirements.

 

20


10.6. MARKET FOR CONVERSION STOCK.  The Stock Holding Company shall:

10.6.1 Use its best efforts to encourage and assist a Market Maker to establish and maintain a market for the Conversion Stock;

10.6.2 Use its best efforts to list the Conversion Stock on a national or regional securities exchange, or on the Nasdaq system; and

10.6.3 Register the Conversion Stock with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act, and undertake not to deregister such Conversion Stock for a period of three years thereafter.

10.7. LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT.

10.7.1 The Bank shall, at the time of the Conversion, establish a Liquidation Account in an amount equal to the net worth of the Bank as of the date of the latest consolidated statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus distributed in connection with the Conversion. The function of the Liquidation Account is to establish a priority on liquidation and, except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.7, the existence of the Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any of the net worth accounts of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company. The Liquidation Account will be maintained by the Bank for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain Deposit Accounts with the Bank following the Conversion. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall, with respect to each Deposit Account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the Liquidation Account balance, in relation to each Deposit Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, as the case may be, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided. The initial Liquidation Account balance shall not be increased, and shall be subject to downward adjustment to the extent of any downward adjustment of any subaccount balance of any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in accordance with the Regulations.

10.7.2 In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of the Bank (and only in such event), following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to depositors to the extent of their Deposit Accounts) each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then-adjusted subaccount balances for his or her deposit accounts then held, before any liquidating distribution may be made to any holder of the Bank’s capital stock. No merger, consolidation, reorganization, or purchase of bulk assets with assumption of deposit accounts and other liabilities, or similar transactions with an FDIC-insured institution, in which the Bank is not the surviving institution, shall be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose. In such transactions, the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving institution.

10.7.3 The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and/or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of such Eligible Account Holder’s or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying

 

21


Deposit and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the Bank. For Deposit Accounts in existence on both dates, separate subaccounts shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Accounts on such record dates. Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased by additional Deposits, but shall be subject to downward adjustment as described below.

10.7.4 If, at the close of business on the last day of any period for which the Stock Holding Company has prepared audited financial statements subsequent to the effective date of the Conversion, the deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder is less than the lesser of: (i) the balance in the Deposit Account at the close of business on the last day of any period for which the Stock Holding Company has prepared audited financial statements subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date; or (ii) the amount in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, then the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in the balance of such Deposit Account. In the event of such downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account. If any such Deposit Account is closed, the related subaccount shall be reduced to zero. For purposes of this Section 10.7, a time account shall be deemed to be closed upon its maturity date regardless of any renewal thereof. A distribution of each subaccount balance may be made only in the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank subsequent to the Conversion and only out of funds available for such purpose after payment of all creditors.

10.7.5 The Bank shall not be required to set aside funds for the purpose of establishing the Liquidation Account, and the creation and maintenance of the Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any of the net worth accounts of the Bank, except that the Bank shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its net worth to be reduced below the amount required for the Liquidation Account.

10.8. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS.  The Bank may not declare or pay a cash dividend on its outstanding capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its regulatory capital to be reduced below the amount required to maintain the Liquidation Account and under FDIC rules and regulations. Otherwise, the Bank and the Stock Holding Company may declare dividends in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

10.9. REPURCHASE OF CONVERSION STOCK.  The Stock Holding Company has no present intention of repurchasing any of the Conversion Stock. However, based upon facts and circumstances following the Conversion and subject to applicable regulatory and accounting requirements, the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company may determine to repurchase stock in the future. Such facts and circumstances may include but not be limited to: (i) market and economic factors such as the price at which the Conversion Stock is trading in the market, the volume of trading, the attractiveness of other investment alternatives in terms of the rate of return and risk involved in the investment, the ability to increase the book value and/or

 

22


earnings per share of the remaining outstanding shares, and the opportunity to improve the Stock Holding Company’s return on equity; (ii) the avoidance of dilution to stockholders by not having to issue additional shares to cover the exercise of stock options or the purchase of shares by the ESOP in the event the ESOP is unable to acquire shares in the Subscription Offering, or to fund the any stock plans adopted after the consummation of the Conversion; and (iii) any other circumstances in which repurchases would be in the best interests of the Stock Holding Company and its stockholders.

10.10. CONVERSION EXPENSES.  The Regulations require that the expenses of the Conversion must be reasonable. The Bank will use its best efforts to assure that the expenses incurred by the Bank and the Stock Holding Company in effecting the Conversion will be reasonable.

10.11. PUBLIC INSPECTION OF CONVERSION APPLICATION.  The Bank and the Stock Holding Company will maintain a copy of the Application in the main banking office of the Bank and such copy will be available for public inspection.

10.12. ENFORCEMENT OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS.  Each of the Bank and the Stock Holding Company shall have the right to take all such action as it, in its sole discretion, may deem necessary, appropriate or advisable in order to monitor and enforce the terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions contained in the Plan and the terms, conditions and representations contained in the Order Forms, including, but not limited to, the right to require any subscriber or purchaser to provide evidence, in a form satisfactory to the Bank and the Stock Holding Company, of such Person’s eligibility to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Conversion Stock under the terms of the Plan and the absolute right (subject only to any necessary regulatory approvals or concurrence) to reject, limit or revoke acceptance of any subscription or order and to delay, terminate or refuse to consummate any sale of Conversion Stock that it believes might violate, or is designed to, or is any part of a plan to, evade or circumvent such terms, conditions, limitations, restrictions and representations. Any such action shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Persons, and the Stock Holding Company, the Bank and their Board of Directors, Board of Directors, Officers, Employees and agents shall be free from any liability to any Person on account of any such action.

10.13. VOTING RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONVERSION.  Following the Conversion, the holders of the capital stock of the Stock Holding Company shall have exclusive voting rights in the Stock Holding Company.

ARTICLE XI

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF THE STOCK HOLDING COMPANY

The articles of incorporation of the Stock Holding Company may contain a provision stipulating that in no event shall the record owners of any outstanding shares of common stock of the Stock Holding Company that are beneficially owned by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of such outstanding shares be entitled or permitted to any vote with respect to any shares held in excess of 10%. In addition, the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Stock Holding Company may contain provisions that prohibit cumulative voting for the election of

 

23


directors, provide for staggered terms for directors, limit the calling of special meetings, require supermajority shareholder votes to amend certain provisions of the articles of incorporation, allow the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock and increase the amount of authorized capital stock without shareholder approval, provide certain qualifications and restrictions for election as director and certain advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and nominations.

 

  A. For the purposes of this Article XI:

 

  (1) The term “person” includes an individual, a firm, a corporation or other entity;

 

  (2) The term “offer” includes every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value;

 

  (3) The term “acquire” includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and

 

  (4) The term “security” includes non-transferable subscription rights issued pursuant to a plan of conversion as well as a “security” as defined in Section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

12.1. INTERPRETATION OF PLAN.  All interpretations of the Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by the Bank and the Stock Holding Company shall be final, subject to the authority of the Commissioner. When a reference is made in this Plan to Sections or Articles, such reference shall be to a Section of or Article to the Plan unless otherwise indicated. References to Sections include subsections, which are part of the related Section ( e.g. , a section numbered “Section 5.5.1” would be part of “Section 5.5” and references to “Section 5.5” would also refer to material contained in the subsection described as “Section 5.5.1”). The headings contained in the Plan are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of the Plan. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in the Plan, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

12.2. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.  If deemed necessary or desirable, the terms of the Plan may be substantively amended by the Board of Directors of the Bank as a result of comments from regulatory authorities or otherwise at any time before approval of the Plan by the Commissioner and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Commissioner. If amendments to the Plan are made after the Special Meeting, no further approval of the Shareholders will be necessary unless otherwise required by the Commissioner. The Plan may be terminated by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, at any time before the Special Meeting and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the

 

24


Commissioner. The Plan will terminate if the sale of all shares of Conversion Stock is not completed within twenty four (24) months from the date of approval of the Plan by the Board of Directors.

Dated: February 27, 2014

 

25

Exhibit 3.1

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

MELROSE BANCORP, INC.

The undersigned, Steven Lanter, whose address is 5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780, Washington, DC 20015, being at least eighteen years of age, acting as incorporator, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland, having the following Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles”):

ARTICLE 1. Name. The name of the corporation is Melrose Bancorp, Inc. (herein the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE 2. Principal Office. The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

ARTICLE 3. Purpose. The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.

ARTICLE 4. Resident Agent. The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

ARTICLE 5. Capital Stock

A. Authorized Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue is sixteen million (16,000,000) shares, consisting of:

1. one million (1,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

2. fifteen million (15,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).

The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is one hundred and sixty thousand dollars ($160,000). Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus. The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue. For the purposes of these Articles, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.


B. Common Stock. Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, each holder of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively, after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and liabilities; and (ii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

C. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock. The power of the stockholders to increase or decrease the authorized shares of the Preferred Stock shall not limit any of the powers of the Board of Directors provided under these Articles.

D. Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities.

1. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, in no event shall the record owner (or if more than one record owner, all such record owners taken as a group) of any outstanding Common Stock that is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Limit”), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes that may be cast by any particular record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit (a “Holder in Excess”) shall be a number equal to the total number of votes that a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such Holder in Excess would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series that are both (i) beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess and (ii) owned of record by such particular record owner and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess.

 

2


The provisions of this Section D of this Article 5 shall not be applicable if, before the Holder in Excess acquired beneficial ownership of such shares in excess of the Limit, such acquisition was approved by a majority of the “Unaffiliated Directors.” For this purpose, the term “Unaffiliated Director” means any member of the Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Holder in Excess became such, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors and who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors then serving on the Board of Directors.

2. The following definitions shall apply to this Section D of this Article 5.

 

  (a) An “affiliate” of a specified Person shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

 

  (b) “Beneficial ownership” shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on December 31, 2013; provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed the “beneficial owner” of any Common Stock:

 

  (1) that such Person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

 

  (2) that such Person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Article 9 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

 

  (3)

that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to

 

3


  any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a Person, the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other shares of Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

  (c) A “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity.

 

  (d) The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions including, but not limited to, matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (ii) whether a Person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a Person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section D.

3. The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person reasonably believed by the Board of Directors to be a Holder in Excess (or holder of record of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Holder in Excess) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.

 

4


4. Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.

5. In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including Holders in Excess, notwithstanding any such finding.

E. Majority Vote. Notwithstanding any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law (MGCL) requiring stockholder authorization of an action by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, such action, that under the MGCL would otherwise require stockholder authorization by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in these Articles.

F. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in these Articles, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of a majority of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of Article 5, Section D) entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in these Articles to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.

ARTICLE 6. Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.

A. Preemptive Rights. Except for preemptive rights approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, no holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series of the Corporation.

 

5


B. Appraisal Rights. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

ARTICLE 7. Directors. The following provisions are made a part of these Articles for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

A. Management of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any limitations on the Board of Director’s management or direction of the affairs of the Corporation shall reserve the directors’ full power to discharge their fiduciary duties.

B. Number, Class and Terms of Directors; No Cumulative Voting. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall initially be seven (7), which number may be increased or decreased in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class (“Class I”) to expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class (“Class II”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class (“Class III”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

6


The names of the individuals who will serve as directors of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify are as follows:

 

Class I Directors:    Term to Expire in 2015
Jeffrey D. Jones   
Alan F. Whitney   
Class II Directors:    Term to Expire in 2016
William C. Huntress, III   
Elizabeth McNelis   
Class III Directors:    Term to Expire in 2017
Frank Giso III   
Candy Brower   
F. Peter Waystack   

Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present is sufficient to elect a director.

C. Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

D. Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.

E. Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of stockholders shall be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 2-502 of the MGCL and the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 8. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the

 

7


Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.

ARTICLE 9. Evaluation of Certain Offers. The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction that would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation’s stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporation’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporation’s stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations. If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock or other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity. This Article 9 sets forth certain factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors, but does not create any implication concerning the factors that must be considered, or any other factors that may or may not be considered, by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.

 

8


For purposes of this Article 9, a “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a

 

9


right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

 

10


Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE 12. Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 12, Section C, D, E or F of Article 5, Article 7 (other than the removal of the list of original directors), Article 8, Article 9, Article 10 or Article 11.

 

11


ARTICLE 13. Name and Address of Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:

Steven Lanter

5335 Wisconsin Ave., N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

12


I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland, do make, file and record these Articles of Incorporation, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 21st day of February 2014.

 

/s/ Steven Lanter

Steven Lanter
Incorporator
I hereby consent to my designation in this document as resident agent for this corporation.
SIGNATURE OF RESIDENT AGENT LISTED IN ARTICLE 4:
CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company

 

Authorized Representative
CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company

 

13

Exhibit 3.2

MELROSE BANCORP, INC.

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. Annual Meeting.

Melrose Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall hold an annual meeting of its stockholders to elect directors and to transact any other business within its powers, at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Corporation’s existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.

 

Section 2. Special Meetings.

Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the Chairperson of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the “Whole Board”). Special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Secretary at the request of stockholders only on the written request of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary. The Secretary shall inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.

 

Section 3. Notice of Meetings; Adjournment.

Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each stockholders’ meeting, the Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting. Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the


stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. If the Corporation has received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission which is filed with the records of the stockholders’ meetings, or is present at the meeting in person or by proxy.

A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be adjourned by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or by the vote of a majority of the stockholders present at the meeting, whether or not a quorum is present at such meeting. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

A meeting of stockholders may be postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. A meeting may be postponed by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this Section 3. At any postponed meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally scheduled.

If a meeting shall be adjourned or postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date, a new record date need not be established, and the original record date may be used for the purpose of determining which stockholders are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the adjourned or postponed meeting. Any writing authorizing another person to act as proxy at a meeting of stockholders shall remain valid for use at any adjournment or postponement of such meeting unless such proxy is revoked or a later dated proxy is provided by such stockholder. If a meeting shall be adjourned or postponed to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date, a new record date need not be established, and the original record date may be used for the purpose of determining which stockholders are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the adjourned or postponed meeting.

As used in these Bylaws, the term “electronic transmission” shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 1-101 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) or any successor provision.

 

Section 4. Quorum.

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide otherwise, where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock who are present at the meeting, in person or by proxy, may, in accordance with Section 3 of this Article I, adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

 

2


Section 5. Organization and Conduct of Business.

The Chairperson of the Board of the Corporation, or in his or her absence, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, or in his or her absence, such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairperson of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairperson appoints. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her to be in order.

 

Section 6. Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors.

(a) At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting: (i) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a). For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders.

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 110 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided , that if (A) less than 90 days’ prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders and (B) the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, such written notice also shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such meeting is first made. The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that t the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure. With respect to the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Corporation becoming the sole stockholder of Melrose Cooperative Bank, notice by the stockholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 120 th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10 th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made. No adjournment or postponement of a meeting of stockholders shall commence a new period for the giving of notice hereunder.

 

3


A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a). The officer of the Corporation or other person presiding over the annual meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.

(b) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 110 days nor more than 120 days prior to prior to the anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided , that if (A) less than 90 days’ prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders and (B) the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, such written notice also shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such meeting is first made. The advance notice periods provided in this paragraph, once established by the initial notice or public disclosure of a date for the annual meeting of stockholders, shall remain in effect regardless of whether a subsequent notice or public disclosure shall provide that the meeting shall have been adjourned or that the date of the meeting shall have been postponed or otherwise changed from the date provided in the initial notice or public disclosure. With respect to the first annual

 

4


meeting of stockholders of the Corporation following the Corporation becoming the sole stockholder of Melrose Cooperative Bank, notice by the stockholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 120 th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10 th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made. No adjournment or postponement of a meeting of stockholders shall commence a new period for the giving of notice hereunder.

A stockholder’s notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(c) For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release issued through a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation. The timely notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all stockholder nominations for election as a director and all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.

 

5


Section 7. Proxies and Voting.

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limit or deny voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders; however, a share is not entitled to be voted if any installment payable on it is overdue and unpaid. In all elections for directors, directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or as provided in the Articles of the Corporation, all other matters voted on by stockholders shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the matter.

A stockholder may vote the stock the stockholder owns of record either in person or by proxy. A stockholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy. Signing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent signing the writing or causing the stockholder’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person authorized to act as proxy or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization. The authorization may be transmitted by a electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than 11 months after its date. A proxy is revocable by a stockholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest. The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.

 

Section 8. Conduct of Voting

The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof, in accordance with applicable law. If one or more inspectors are not so elected, the Chairperson of the Board, or in his or her absence, the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any shall have been elected, or in his or her absence, such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board to serve as chair of the meeting, shall make such appointment at the meeting of stockholders. At all meetings of stockholders, the proxies and ballots shall be received, and all questions relating to the qualification of voters and the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided or determined by the inspector of election. All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy or the chairperson of the meeting, a written vote shall be taken. Every written vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. No candidate for election as a director at a meeting shall serve as an inspector at such meeting.

 

6


Section 9. Control Share Acquisition Act.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This Section 9 may be repealed by a majority of the Whole Board, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of Control Shares (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision) and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent Control Share Acquisition (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision).

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. General Powers, Number and Term of Office.

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall, by virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be governed by Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL, be fixed from time to time exclusively by vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairperson of the Board from among its members and shall designate the Chairperson of the Board or his or her designee to preside at its meetings. The Board of Directors may also annually elect a Vice Chairperson. In the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any shall be elected, and in his or her absence the Chief Executive Officer, and in her or her absence such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors.

The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 2. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

By virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the

 

7


affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 3. Regular Meetings.

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places or by means of remote communication, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required. Any regular meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 4. Special Meetings.

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), the Chairperson of the Board, or by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any shall have been elected, and shall be held at such place or by means of remote communication, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director who has not waived notice by mailing and post-marking written notice not less than five days before the meeting, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting. Any director may waive notice of any special meeting, either before or after such meeting, by delivering a written waiver or a waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the meeting. Attendance of a director at a special meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted nor the purpose of any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting. Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 5. Quorum.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

Section 6. Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone.

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

8


Section 7. Conduct of Business.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or the Corporation’s Articles or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the Board of Directors and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8. Powers.

All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors except as provided by the Articles of the Corporation. Consistent with the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have, among other powers, the unqualified power:

 

  (i) To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

 

  (ii) To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

 

  (iii) To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

 

  (iv) To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

 

  (v) To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

 

  (vi) To adopt from time to time such stock, option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

 

  (vii) To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and

 

  (viii) To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

 

Section 9. Compensation of Directors.

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

 

9


Section 10. Resignation.

Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the President or the Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

Section 11. Presumption of Assent.

A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to such action unless such director announces his or her dissent at the meeting and (a) such director’s dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b) such director files his or her written dissent to such action with the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or (c) such director forwards his or her written dissent within 24 hours after the meeting is adjourned, by certified mail, return receipt requested, bearing a postmark from the United States Postal Service, to the secretary of the meeting or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action or failed to make his or her dissent known at the meeting.

 

Section 12. Director Qualifications

(a) No person shall be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors: (i) if a financial or securities regulatory agency has issued a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, against such person, which order is subject to public disclosure by such agency; (ii) if such person has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust which is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law; (iii) if such person is currently charged in any information, indictment, or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime; or (iv) if such person did not, at the time of his or her first election or appointment to the Board of Directors of the Corporation or Melrose Cooperative Bank, maintain his or her principal residence (as determined by reference to such person’s most recent tax returns, copies of which shall be provided to the Corporation for the sole purpose of determining compliance with this clause (iv)) within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for a period of at least one year prior to the date of his or her purported nomination, election or appointment to the Board of Directors. No person may serve on the Board of Directors if such person (i) is at the same time, a director, officer, employee or 10% or more stockholder of a bank, savings institution, credit union, mortgage banking company, consumer loan company or similar organization, other than a subsidiary of the Corporation, that engages in business activities or solicits customers, whether through a physical presence or electronically, in the same market area as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) does not agree in writing to comply with all of the Corporation’s policies applicable to directors including but not limited to its confidentiality policy, and confirm in writing his or her qualifications hereunder, (iii) is a party to any agreement or arrangement with a party other than the Corporation or a subsidiary that (x) provides him with material benefits which are tied to or contingent on the Corporation entering into a merger, sale of control or similar transaction in which it is not the surviving institution, (y) materially limits his or her voting discretion as a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or (z) materially impairs his or her ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of the

 

10


Corporation, or (iv) is the nominee or representative, as those terms are defined in the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R §212.2(n), of a company or other entity of which any of the directors, partners, trustees or 10% stockholders would not be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors under this Section 12(a).

(b) No person 75 years of age shall be eligible for election, reelection, appointment or reappointment to the board of the Corporation. No director shall serve as a director of the Corporation beyond the annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation immediately following the director becoming 75 years of age.

(c) The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions.

 

Section 13. Attendance at Board Meetings.

The Board of Directors shall have the right to remove any director from the board upon a director’s unexcused absence from (i) three consecutive regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors or (ii) five regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors in any fiscal year of the Corporation.

ARTICLE III

COMMITTEES

 

Section 1. Committees of the Board of Directors.

(a) General Provisions. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and such other committees as the Board of Directors deems necessary or desirable. The Board of Directors may delegate to any committee so appointed any of the powers and authorities of the Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL and any other applicable law.

(b) Composition. Each committee shall be composed of one or more directors or any other number of members specified in these Bylaws or required by applicable regulations or stock exchange rules or listing standards. The Chairperson of the Board may recommend committees, committee memberships, and committee chairs to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to appoint the chairperson and the members of any committee, change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies on committees, to designate alternate members to replace or act in the place of any absent or disqualified member of a committee, or to dissolve any committee. A member of a committee may resign from that committee at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Chairperson of the Board. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation from the committee shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

(c) Issuance of Stock . If the Board of Directors has given general authorization for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or procedure for determining the maximum number of shares to be issued, a committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance

 

11


with that general authorization or any stock option or other plan or program adopted by the Board of Directors, may authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or reclassification and the terms on which any stock may be issued, including all terms and conditions required or permitted to be established or authorized by the Board of Directors. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors if the resolution that designated the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide.

 

Section 2. Conduct of Business.

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. The members of any committee may conduct any meeting thereof by conference telephone or other communications equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of Article II.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

 

Section 1. Generally.

(a) The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer and from time to time may choose such other officers as it may deem proper. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that no person may concurrently serve as both President and Vice President of the Corporation.

(b) The term of office of all officers shall be until the next annual election of officers and until their respective successors are chosen, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board.

(c) All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.

 

Section 2. Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation that are authorized.

 

12


Section 3. Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

If appointed, the Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board, with such duties to be performed and powers to be held in the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4. Chief Executive Officer.

The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall serve in general executive capacity and have general power over the management and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.

 

Section 5. President.

The President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or during his or her disability to act. In addition, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the President from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 6. Vice President.

The Vice President or Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or other levels of Vice President designated by the Board of Directors), if any, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the absence of both the Chief Executive Officer and the President, or during their disability to act. In addition, the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the Vice Presidents from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 7. Secretary.

The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall issue notices of meetings, shall keep the minutes of meetings, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books, shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident to such offices and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned thereto by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 8. Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer.

The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall have charge of all monies and securities of the Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation that has a

 

13


treasurer or financial officer appointed by the Board of Directors, and shall keep regular books of account. The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer with such banks or trust companies or other entities as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate. The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall sign or countersign such instruments as require his or her signature, shall perform all such duties and have all such powers as are usually incident to such office and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may be required to give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9. Other Officers.

The Board of Directors may designate and fill such other offices in its discretion and the persons holding such other offices shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time assign.

 

Section 10. Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations

Stock of other corporations or associations, registered in the name of the Corporation, may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, or a proxy appointed by either of them. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

 

Section 1. Certificates of Stock.

The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation. For certificated stock, each stockholder is entitled to certificates which represent and certify the shares of stock he or she holds in the Corporation. Each stock certificate shall include on its face the name of the Corporation, the name of the stockholder or other person to whom it is issued, and the class of stock and number of shares it represents. It shall also include on its face or back (a) a statement of any restrictions on transferability and a statement of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class which the Corporation is authorized to issue, of the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series of preferred stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue, to the extent they have been set, and of the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series of preferred stock or (b) a statement which provides in substance that the Corporation will furnish a full statement of such information to any stockholder on request and without charge. Such request may be made to the Secretary or to the Corporation’s transfer agent. Upon the issuance of uncertificated shares of capital stock, the Corporation shall send the stockholder a written statement of the same information required above with respect to stock certificates. Each

 

14


stock certificate shall be in such form, not inconsistent with law or with the Corporation’s Articles, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors or any officer or officers designated for such purpose by resolution of the Board of Directors. Each stock certificate shall be signed by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or a Vice President, and countersigned by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer. Each certificate may be sealed with the actual corporate seal or a facsimile of it or in any other form and the signatures may be either manual or facsimile signatures. A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued. A certificate may not be issued until the stock represented by it is fully paid.

 

Section 2. Transfers of Stock.

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

 

Section 3. Record Dates or Closing of Transfer Books.

The Board of Directors may, and shall have the power to, set a record date or direct that the stock transfer books be closed for a stated period for the purpose of making any proper determination with respect to stockholders, including which stockholders are entitled to notice of a meeting, vote at a meeting, receive a dividend, or be allotted other rights. The record date may not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed nor, subject to Section 3 of Article I of these Bylaws, more than 90 days before the date on which the action requiring the determination will be taken; the transfer books may not be closed for a period longer than 20 days; and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, the record date or the closing of the transfer books shall be at least ten days before the date of the meeting. Any shares of the Corporation’s own stock acquired by the Corporation between the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders and the time of the meeting may be voted at the meeting by the holder of record as of the record date and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.

 

Section 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine the conditions for issuing a new stock certificate in place of one which is alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or the Board of Directors may delegate such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation or to the transfer agent designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may require the owner of the certificate to give a bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Corporation against any loss or claim arising as a result of the issuance of a new certificate. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may refuse to issue such new certificate without the order of a court having jurisdiction over the matter.

 

15


Section 5. Stock Ledger.

The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger which contains the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class which the stockholder holds. The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

 

Section 6. Regulations.

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1. Facsimile Signatures.

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

Section 2. Corporate Seal.

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, bearing the name of the Corporation, which shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof. If the Corporation is required to place its corporate seal to a document, it is sufficient to meet the requirement of any law, rule, or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word “(seal)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 3. Books and Records.

The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors. The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction. The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.

 

Section 4. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such

 

16


information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 5. Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January and end on the last day of December in each year.

 

Section 6. Time Periods.

In applying any provision of these Bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

 

Section 7. Checks, Drafts, Etc.

All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that is authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8. Mail.

Any notice or other document that is required by these Bylaws to be mailed shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid.

 

Section 9. Contracts and Agreements.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided in the Articles of the Corporation.

 

17

Exhibit 4

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND

 

No.

       

Shares

   M ELROSE B ANCORP , I NC .   
           
   FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE   
   PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE   

 

   CUSIP:                     
  

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS

CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO

RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE

 

THIS CERTIFIES that   

is the owner of

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

a Maryland corporation

The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of Melrose Bancorp, Inc. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. The capital stock evidenced hereby is not an account of an insurable type and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other federal or state governmental agency.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Melrose Bancorp, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.

 

By  

 

    [SEAL]   By  

 

  Susan Doherty         Jeffrey D. Jones
  Corporate Secretary         President and Chief Executive Officer


The Board of Directors of Melrose Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.

The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the “Limit”) be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit.

The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter. The Articles of Incorporation require that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation shall be made, unless such is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the stockholders by a majority of the total shares entitled to vote, or in certain circumstances approved by the affirmative vote of up to eighty percent (80%) of the shares entitled to vote.

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

TEN COM    - as tenants in common    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT                          Custodian                       
         (Cust)                                         (Minor)
TEN ENT    - as tenants by the entireties      
         Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
JT TEN    - as joint tenants with right      
     of survivorship and not as                                                                    
     tenants in common       (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list

For value received,                                          hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

 

    
 

 

 

(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

 

 

 

Shares of

the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                                Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated,  

 

 

In the presence of     Signature:

 

   

 

NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

Exhibit 5

LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK

A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

 

 

Telephone (202) 274-2000

Facsimile (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

WRITER’S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER

(202) 274-2000

March 10, 2014

The Board of Directors

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

638 Main Street

Melrose, Massachusetts 02176

 

Re:    Melrose Bancorp, Inc.
   Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer and sale (the “Offering”) of the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) of Melrose Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”). We have reviewed the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock. The opinion expressed below is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland (which includes applicable provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, the Maryland Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Maryland Constitution).

We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when sold, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal Matters” and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S-1.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, PC

L USE G ORMAN P OMERENK  & S CHICK
A P ROFESSIONAL C ORPORATION

Exhibit 8.1

LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK

A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION

Attorneys at Law

5335 WISCONSIN AVENUE, N.W., SUITE 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

TELEPHONE (202) 274-2000

Facsimile (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

writer’s direct dial number

(202) 274-2000

                     , 2014

Boards of Directors

Melrose Cooperative Bank

638 Main Street

Melrose, MA 02176

 

Re:

   Federal Income Tax Opinion Relating to the Conversion of Melrose Cooperative Bank from a Massachusetts-Mutual Co-operative Bank into a Massachusetts Stock Co-Operative Bank

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested this firm’s opinion regarding the material federal income tax consequences that will result from the conversion (the “Conversion”) of Melrose Cooperative Bank, a Massachusetts-mutual co-operative bank (the “Bank”) into a Massachusetts stock co-operative bank (the “Stock Bank”), pursuant to the Plan of Conversion of Melrose Cooperative Bank, dated February 27, 2014 (the “Plan”). In the Conversion, all of the Bank’s to-be-issued stock will be acquired by Melrose Bancorp, Inc., a newly organized Maryland corporation (the “Stock Holding Company”).

In rendering our opinion, we have made such investigations as we have deemed relevant or necessary for the purpose of this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of original documents, the accuracy of copies and the genuineness of signatures. We have further assumed the absence of adverse facts not apparent from the face of the instruments and documents we examined and we have relied upon the accuracy of the factual matters set forth in the Plan, the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Stock Holding Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”); and the applications filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks related to the Conversion (the “Applications”). In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC. to you, dated March 7, 2014, stating its belief as to certain valuation matters described below. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan. Furthermore, we assume that each of the parties to the Conversion will comply with all reporting obligations with respect to the Conversion required under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”).


Board of Directors

Melrose Cooperative Bank

                     , 2014

Page 2

 

Our opinion is based upon the existing provisions of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations, and upon current Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) published rulings and existing court decisions (collectively, the “Current Tax Law”), any of which could be changed at any time. Any such changes may be retroactive and could significantly modify the statements and opinions expressed herein. Similarly, any change in the facts and assumptions stated below, upon which this opinion is based, could modify the conclusions herein. This opinion is as of the date hereof, and as of the effective date of the Registration Statement filed by the Stock Holding Company with the SEC, assuming there is no change in the Current Tax Law or in any of the facts and assumptions set forth in this opinion. We assume no obligation to advise you of any change in any matter considered herein after the date hereof.

We opine only as to the matters we expressly set forth herein, and no opinions should be inferred as to any other matters or as to the tax treatment of the transactions that we do not specifically address. We express no opinion as to other federal laws and regulations, or as to laws and regulations of other jurisdictions, or as to factual or legal matters other than as set forth herein.

For purposes of this opinion, we are relying on the representations as to factual matters provided to us by the Bank and the Stock Holding Company, as set forth in the certificates for each of those aforementioned entities and signed by authorized officers of each of the aforementioned entities, incorporated herein by reference.

Description of Proposed Transaction

Based upon our review of the documents described above, and in reliance upon such documents, we understand that the relevant facts are as follows. The Bank is a Massachusetts-chartered mutual cooperative bank headquartered in Melrose, Massachusetts. The Bank was originally organized in 1890 and has operated continuously in Melrose, Massachusetts since that time. As a Massachusetts-chartered mutual cooperative bank, the Bank has no authorized capital stock. Instead, a depositor of the Bank has a right to share, pro rata, with respect to the withdrawal value of his account, in any liquidation proceeds distributed in the event the Bank is liquidated. All the interests held by a depositor cease when such depositor closes his account with the Bank.

The Stock Holding Company has been formed under the laws of the State of Maryland for the purpose of the proposed transaction described herein, to engage the business as a stock-form holding company that holds 100% of the outstanding capital stock of the Stock Bank upon the consummation of the Conversion. The Stock Holding Company will issue shares of its voting common stock (“Conversion Stock”) upon completion of the Conversion to persons purchasing such shares as described in greater detail below.

 


Board of Directors

Melrose Cooperative Bank

                     , 2014

Page 3

 

Following regulatory approval, the Plan provides for the offer and sale of shares of Conversion Stock in a Subscription Offering pursuant to nontransferable subscription rights on the basis of the following preference categories: (i) Eligible Account Holders of the Bank, (ii) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of the Bank; and (iii) the Bank’s tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, all as described in the Plan. All shares must be sold, and to the extent the stock is available, no subscriber will be allowed to purchase fewer than 25 shares of Conversion Stock. If shares remain after all orders are filled in the categories described above, the Plan calls for a community offering to certain members of the general public, with preference given to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the City of Melrose, Massachusetts (“Community Offering”) for the sale of shares not purchased under the preference categories, and a syndicated community offering (“Syndicated Community Offering”) for the shares not sold in the Community Offering. Furthermore, all such shares of Conversion Stock will be issued and sold at a uniform price per share. The aggregate purchase price at which all shares of Conversion Stock will be offered and sold pursuant to the Plan will be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the Bank, as converted. The estimated pro forma market value will be determined by RP Financial, L.C., an independent appraiser. The Conversion and the sale of newly issued shares of stock of the Stock Bank to the Stock Holding Company will be deemed effective concurrently with the closing of the sale of the Conversion Stock by the Stock Holding Company.

As a result of the Conversion and Offering, the Stock Holding Company will be a publicly-held corporation, will have registered the Conversion Stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and will become subject to the rules and regulations thereunder and file periodic reports and proxy statements with the SEC. The Bank will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Stock Holding Company and will continue to carry on its business and activities as conducted immediately prior to the Conversion.

Following the Conversion, a Liquidation Account will be maintained by the Bank for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their deposit accounts with the Bank. Pursuant to Section 10.7 of the Plan, the Liquidation Account will equal the net worth of the Bank as reflected on the latest consolidated statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the Offering. The terms of the Liquidation Account are described in Section 10.7 of the Plan.

 


Board of Directors

Melrose Cooperative Bank

                     , 2014

Page 4

 

Opinions

Based on the foregoing description of the Conversion and subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth in this letter, we are of the opinion that:

1. The change in form of operation of the Bank from a Massachusetts mutual co-operative bank into a Massachusetts stock co-operative bank will constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Code Section 368(a)(1)(F), and no gain or loss will be recognized to either the Bank or to the Stock Bank as a result of such Conversion. See Rev. Rul. 80-105, 1980-1 C.B. 78. The Bank and Stock Bank will each be a party to a reorganization within the meaning of Code Section 368(b). Rev. Rul. 72-206, 1972-1 C.B. 104.

2. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Stock Bank on the receipt of money from the Stock Holding Company in exchange for its shares or by Stock Holding Company upon the receipt of money from the sale of Conversion Stock. Code Section 1032(a).

3. The assets of the Bank will have the same basis in the hands of Stock Bank as they had in the hands of the Bank immediately prior to the Conversion. Code Section 362(b).

4. The holding period of the Bank’s assets to be received by Stock Bank will include the period during which the assets were held by the Bank prior to the Conversion. Code Section 1223(2).

5. No gain or loss will be recognized by the account holders of the Bank upon the issuance to them of withdrawable deposit accounts in Stock Bank in the same dollar amount and under the same terms as their deposit accounts in the Bank and no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon receipt by them of an interest in the Liquidation Account of Stock Bank, in exchange for their ownership interests in the Bank. Code Section 354(a).

6. The basis of the account holders’ deposit accounts in the Stock Bank will be the same as the basis of their deposit accounts in the Bank surrendered in exchange therefor. The basis of each Eligible Account Holder’s and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s interests in the Liquidation Account of the Stock Bank will be zero, that being the cost of such property.

7. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Conversion Stock will be zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the distribution to them of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Conversion Shares. No taxable income will be realized by the Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as a result of the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights. Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182.

 


Board of Directors

Melrose Cooperative Bank

                     , 2014

Page 5

 

8. It is more likely than not that the basis of the Conversion Stock issued to stockholders will be the purchase price thereof. (Section 1012 of the Code). The stockholder’s holding period will commence upon the exercise of the subscription rights. (Section 1223(5) of the Code).

9. For purposes of Section 381 of the Code, the Stock Bank will be treated as if there had been no reorganization. Accordingly, the taxable year of the Bank will not end on the effective date of the Conversion merely because of the transfer of assets of the Bank to the Stock Bank, and the tax attributes of the Bank will be taken into account by the Stock Bank as if there had been no reorganization. (Treas. Reg. Section 1.381(b)-(1)(a)(2)).

10. The part of the taxable year of the Bank before the reorganization and the part of the taxable year of Stock Bank after the reorganization will constitute a single taxable year of Stock Bank. See Rev. Rul. 57-276, 1957-1 C.B. 126. Consequently, the Bank will not be required to file a federal income tax return for any portion of such taxable year solely by reason of the Conversion. Treas. Reg. Section 1.381(b)-1(a)(2).

11. The tax attributes of the Bank enumerated in Code Section 381(c) will be taken into account by Stock Bank. Treas. Reg. Section 1.381(b)-1(a)(2).

Notwithstanding any reference to Code Section 381 above, no opinion is expressed or intended to be expressed herein as to the effect, if any, of this transaction on the continued existence of, the carryover or carryback of, or the limitation on, any net operating losses of the Bank or its successor, Stock Bank, under the Code.

Our opinion under paragraph 7 above is predicated on the representation that no person shall receive any payment, whether in money or property, in lieu of the issuance of subscription rights. Our opinion under paragraphs 7 and 8 is based on the facts that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of Conversion Stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any Community Offering and Syndicated Community Offering. We also note that RP Financial, L.C. has issued a letter dated March 7, 2014 stating that the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value. We further note that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past reached a different conclusion with respect to the value of nontransferable subscription rights. If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Stock Holding Company and/or Stock Bank may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights.

If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Stock Holding Company and/or the Bank may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights.

 


Board of Directors

Melrose Cooperative Bank

                     , 2014

Page 6

 

CONSENT

We hereby consent to the filing of the opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and as an exhibit to the Applications with respect to the Conversion, as applicable. We also consent to the references to our firm in the prospectus which is part of the Registration Statement and the Applications.

 

Very truly yours,
 

 

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.

A Professional Corporation

 

Exhibit 10.1

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

(adopted effective January 1, 2014)


MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

This Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”) has been executed, effective as of the 1 st day of January, 2014, by Melrose Cooperative Bank.

W I T N E S S E T H    T H A T

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Bank has resolved to adopt an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees of the Bank and subsidiaries of the Bank, if any, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby adopts the following Plan setting forth the terms and conditions pertaining to contributions by the Employer and the payment of benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has adopted this Plan and caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the above date.

 

ATTEST:     MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK
      By:    
Secretary       President and Chief Executive Officer


C O N T E N T S

 

 

            Page No.  
  Section 1.       Plan Identity      1   
  1.1         Name      1   
  1.2         Purpose      1   
  1.3         Effective Date      1   
  1.4         Fiscal Period      1   
  1.5         Single Plan for All Employers      1   
  1.6         Interpretation of Provisions      1   
  Section 2.       Definitions      1   
  Section 3.       Eligibility for Participation      10   
  3.1         Initial Eligibility      10   
  3.2         Definition of Eligibility Year      11   
  3.3         Terminated Employees      11   
  3.4         Certain Employees Ineligible      11   
  3.5         Participation and Reparticipation      11   
  3.6         Omission of Eligible Employee      12   
  3.7         Inclusion of Ineligible Employee      12   
  Section 4.       Contributions and Credits      12   
  4.1         Discretionary Contributions      12   
  4.2         Contributions for Exempt Loans      12   
  4.3         Conditions as to Contributions      13   
  4.4         Rollover Contributions      13   
  Section 5.       Limitations on Contributions and Allocations      13   
  5.1         Limitation on Annual Additions      13   
  5.2         Effect of Limitations      15   
  5.3         Limitations as to Certain Participants      16   
  5.4         Erroneous Allocations      16   
  Section 6.       Trust Fund and Its Investment      16   
  6.1         Creation of Trust Fund      16   
  6.2         Stock Fund and Investment Fund      17   
  6.3         Acquisition of Stock      17   
  6.4         Participants’ Option to Diversify      18   
  Section 7.       Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock      19   
  7.1         Voting and Tendering of Stock      19   
  7.2         Application of Dividends      19   


  Section 8.       Adjustments to Accounts      21   
  8.1         ESOP Allocations      21   
  8.2         Charges to Accounts      22   
  8.3         Stock Fund Account      22   
  8.4         Investment Fund Account      22   
  8.5         Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund      23   
  8.6         Participant Statements      23   
  Section 9.       Vesting of Participants’ Interests      23   
  9.1         Vesting in Accounts      23   
  9.2         Computation of Vesting Years      23   
  9.3         Full Vesting Upon Certain Events      24   
  9.4         Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination      25   
  9.5         Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral      25   
  9.6         Accounting for Forfeitures      26   
  9.7         Vesting and Nonforfeitability      26   
  Section 10.       Payment of Benefits      26   
  10.1         Benefits for Participants      26   
  10.2         Time for Distribution      27   
  10.3         Marital Status      29   
  10.4         Delay in Benefit Determination      29   
  10.5         Accounting for Benefit Payments      29   
  10.6         Options to Receive Stock      29   
  10.7         Restrictions on Disposition of Stock      30   
  10.8         Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights      30   
  10.9         Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution      31   
  10.10       Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution      31   
  Section 11.       Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals      32   
  11.1         Claim for Benefits      32   
  11.2         Notification by Committee      32   
  11.3         Claims Review Procedure      32   
  Section 12.       The Committee and its Functions      33   
  12.1         Authority of Committee      33   
  12.2         Identity of Committee      33   
  12.3         Duties of Committee      33   
  12.4         Valuation of Stock      33   
  12.5         Compliance with ERISA      34   
  12.6         Action by Committee      34   
  12.7         Execution of Documents      34   
  12.8         Adoption of Rules      34   
  12.9         Responsibilities to Participants      34   
  12.10       Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity      34   
  12.11       Indemnification by Employers      34   
  12.12       Nonparticipation by Interested Member      35   

 

ii


  Section 13.       Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan      35   
  13.1         Adoption of Plan by Other Employers      35   
  13.2         Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification      35   
  13.3         Right to Amend or Terminate      35   
  Section 14.       Miscellaneous Provisions      36   
  14.1         Plan Creates No Employment Rights      36   
  14.2         Nonassignability of Benefits      36   
  14.3         Limit of Employer Liability      36   
  14.4         Treatment of Expenses      36   
  14.5         Number and Gender      36   
  14.6         Nondiversion of Assets      36   
  14.7         Separability of Provisions      37   
  14.8         Service of Process      37   
  14.9         Governing State Law      37   
  14.10       Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility      37   
  14.11       Unclaimed Accounts      37   
  14.12       Qualified Domestic Relations Order      38   
  14.13       Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections      38   
  14.14       Acquisition of Securities      38   
  Section 15.       Top-Heavy Provisions      39   
  15.1         Top-Heavy Plan      39   
  15.2         Definitions      39   
  15.3         Top-Heavy Rules of Application      40   
  15.4         Minimum Contributions      41   
  15.5         Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan      41   

 

iii


MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

Section 1. Plan Identity .

1.1 Name . The name of this Plan is “Melrose Cooperative Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan.”

1.2 Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to describe the terms and conditions under which contributions made pursuant to the Plan will be credited and paid to the Participants and their Beneficiaries.

1.3 Effective Date . The Effective Date of this Plan is January 1, 2014.

1.4 Fiscal Period . This Plan shall be operated on the basis of a January 1 to December 31 fiscal year for the purpose of keeping the Plan’s books and records and distributing or filing any reports or returns required by law.

1.5 Single Plan for All Employers . This Plan shall be treated as a single plan with respect to all participating Employers for the purpose of crediting contributions and forfeitures and distributing benefits, determining whether there has been any termination of Service, and applying the limitations set forth in Section 5.

1.6 Interpretation of Provisions . The Employers intend this Plan and the Trust Agreement to be a qualified stock bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA and Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code. The Plan is intended to have its assets invested primarily in qualifying employer securities of one or more Employers within the meaning of Section 407(d)(3) of ERISA, and to satisfy any requirement under ERISA or the Code applicable to such a plan.

Accordingly, the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with this intent and shall be administered at all times and in all respects in a nondiscriminatory manner.

Section 2. Definitions .

The following capitalized words and phrases shall have the meanings specified when used in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

“Account” means a Participant’s interest in the assets accumulated under this Plan as expressed in terms of a separate account balance which is periodically adjusted to reflect his Employer’s contributions, the Plan’s investment experience, and distributions and forfeitures.

“Active Participant” means a Participant who has satisfied the eligibility requirements under Section 3 and who has at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the current Plan Year. However, a Participant shall not qualify as an Active Participant unless (i) he is in active Service with an Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year, or (ii) he is on a Recognized Absence as of that date, or (iii) his Service terminated during the Plan Year by reason of Disability, death, or Normal Retirement.

 

1


“Bank” means Melrose Cooperative Bank and any entity which succeeds to the business of Melrose Cooperative Bank and adopts this Plan as its own pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Plan.

“Beneficiary” means the person or persons who are designated by a Participant to receive benefits payable under the Plan on the Participant’s death. In the absence of any designation or if all the designated Beneficiaries shall die before the Participant dies or shall die before all benefits have been paid, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his surviving Spouse, if any, or his estate if he is not survived by a Spouse. The Committee may rely upon the advice of the Participant’s executor or administrator as to the identity of the Participant’s Spouse.

“Break in Service” means any Plan Year, or, for the initial eligibility computation period under Section 3.2, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day of which an Employee has an Hour of Service, in which an Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service. Solely for this purpose, an Employee shall be considered employed for his normal hours of paid employment during a Recognized Absence (said Employee shall not be credited with more than 501 Hours of Service to avoid a Break in Service), unless he does not resume his Service at the end of the Recognized Absence. Further, if an Employee is absent for any period (i) by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, (ii) by reason of the birth of the Employee’s child, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the Employee’s adoption of the child, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately after such birth or placement, the Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which would normally have been credited but for such absence, up to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service. Hours of Service shall be credited only in the year in which the absence from work begins, if a Participant would be prevented from incurring a one-year Break in Service in such year solely because the period of absence is treated as Hours of Service, or in any other case, in the immediately following year.

Closing Date ” means the closing date of the stock offering of the Company.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Committee” means the committee responsible for the administration of this Plan in accordance with Section 12.

“Company” means Melrose Bancorp, Inc., the holding company of the Bank, and any successor entity which succeeds to the business of the Company.

“Compensation” shall mean:

(a) 415 Compensation.

 

2


(b) If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable compensation limit set forth under Section 5.1-2 multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the number of months in the short determination period, and the denominator of the fraction is 12.

(c) A Participant’s Compensation shall exclude any portion of the Plan Year in which the Participant had not yet entered the Plan (e.g., the period before the Participant’s Entry Date).

“Disability” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. An individual shall not be considered to be permanently and totally disabled unless he furnishes proof of the existence thereof in such form and manner, and at such times, as the Committee may require.

“Eligible Employee ” means an Employee, other than an Employee identified in Section 3.4, who has performed 1,000 Hours of Service in the applicable Eligibility Year in accordance with Section 3.2 and who has attained age 21.

“Employee” means any individual who is or has been employed or self-employed by an Employer. “Employee” also means an individual employed by a leasing organization who, pursuant to an agreement between an Employer and the leasing organization, has performed services for the Employer and any related persons (within the meaning of Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for more than one year, if such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer. However, such a “leased employee” shall not be considered an Employee if (i) he participates in a money purchase pension plan sponsored by the leasing organization which provides for immediate participation, immediate full vesting, and an annual contribution of at least 10 percent of the Employee’s 415 Compensation, and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employer’s total work force (including leased employees, but excluding Highly Compensated Employees and any other Employees who have not performed services for the Employer on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year).

“Employer” means the Bank, any subsidiary of the Bank and any other corporation, partnership, or proprietorship which adopts this Plan with the Bank’s consent pursuant to Section 13.1, and also any entity which succeeds to the business of any Employer and adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 13.

“Entry Date” means the Effective Date and each July 1 and January 1 of each Plan Year after such date.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-406, as amended).

 

3


“Exempt Loan” means an indebtedness arising from any extension of credit to the Plan or the Trust which satisfies the requirements set forth in Section 6.3 and which was obtained for any or all of the following purposes:

(i) to acquire qualifying Employer securities as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-12;

(ii) to repay such Exempt Loan; or

(iii) to repay a prior exempt loan.

“415 Compensation” shall mean:

(a) Wages (including overtime pay, bonuses and commissions), as defined in Code Section 3401(a) for purposes of income tax withholding at the source.

(b) Any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3) (any Employer contributions made on behalf of a Participant to the extent not includible in gross income and any Employer contributions to purchase an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) under a salary reduction agreement), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Section 125 (including any “deemed” Code Section 125 compensation) (Cafeteria Plan), Code Section 457, 132(f)(4) or because such amount was deferred in accordance with an Employer-provided deferred compensation plan, shall also be included in the definition of 415 Compensation.

(c) 415 Compensation shall also include the following types of compensation paid after a Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer, provided that amounts described in paragraphs (i) or (ii) below shall only be included in 415 Compensation to the extent such amounts are paid by the later of 2  1 2 months after severance from employment, or by the end of the limitation year that includes the date of such severance from employment.

(i) Regular Pay. 415 Compensation shall include regular pay after severance from employment if (a) the payment is for regular compensation for services during the Participant’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside of the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and (b) the payment would have been paid to the Participant prior to severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer.

(ii) Leave Cashouts. Leave cashouts shall be included in 415 Compensation if those amounts would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if they were paid prior to the Participant’s severance from employment, and the amounts are payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if his employment had continued.

(d) 415 Compensation includes differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)) paid by the Employer to a former Employee who is performing qualified military services (as defined in Code Section 414(u)(1)) but only to the extent that those differential wage payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.

 

4


(e) 415 Compensation in excess of $260,000 (as indexed) shall be disregarded for all Participants. For purposes of this sub-section, the $260,000 limit shall be referred to as the “applicable limit” for the Plan Year in question. The $260,000 limit shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code, effective for the Plan Year which begins within the applicable calendar year. For purposes of the applicable limit, 415 Compensation shall be prorated over short Plan Years and only compensation for the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual was a Participant shall be taken into account.

“Highly Compensated Employee” for any Plan Year means an Employee who, during either that or the immediately preceding Plan Year was at any time a five percent owner of the Employer (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)) or, during the immediately preceding Plan Year, had 415 Compensation exceeding $115,000 (as adjusted). For these purposes, “the most highly compensated one-fifth of all Employees” shall be determined by taking into account all individuals working for all related Employer entities described in the definition of “Service,” but excluding any individual who has not completed six months of Service, who normally works fewer than 17  1 2 hours per week or in fewer than six months per year, who has not reached age 21, whose employment is covered by a collective bargaining agreement, or who is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income from United States sources. The applicable year for which a determination is being made is called a “determination year” and the preceding 12-month period is called a look-back year.

“Hours of Service” means hours to be credited to an Employee under the following rules:

(a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid or is entitled to be paid for services to an Employer is an Hour of Service.

(b) Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or is entitled to be paid for a period of vacation, holidays, illness, disability, lay-off, jury duty, temporary military duty, or leave of absence is an Hour of Service. However, except as otherwise specifically provided, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period which an Employee performs no duties. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Further, no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments made solely under a plan maintained to comply with worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws, or to reimburse an Employee for medical expenses.

(c) Each hour for which back pay (ignoring any mitigation of damages) is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer is an Hour of Service. However, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period during which an Employee would not have performed any duties. The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under paragraph (a) or (b) as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These hours will be credited to the employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award agreement or payment is made.

 

5


(d) Hours of Service shall be credited in any one period only under one of the foregoing paragraphs (a), (b) and (c); an Employee may not get double credit for the same period.

(e) If an Employer finds it impractical to count the actual Hours of Service for any class or group of non-hourly Employees, each Employee in that class or group shall be credited with 90 Hours of Service for each bi-weekly pay period in which he has at least one Hour of Service. However, an Employee shall be credited only for his normal working hours during a paid absence.

(f) Hours of Service to be credited on account of a payment to an Employee (including back pay) shall be recorded in the period of Service for which the payment was made. If the period overlaps two or more Plan Years, the Hours of Service credit shall be allocated in proportion to the respective portions of the period included in the several Plan Years. However, in the case of periods of 31 days or less, the Committee may apply a uniform policy of crediting the Hours of Service to either the first Plan Year or the second.

(g) In all respects an Employee’s Hours of Service shall be counted as required by Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labor’s regulations under Title I of ERISA.

“Investment Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of assets other than Stock. Notwithstanding the above, assets from the Investment Fund may be used to purchase Stock in the open market or otherwise, or used to pay on the Exempt Loan, and shares so purchased will be allocated to a Participant’s Stock Fund.

“Normal Retirement” means retirement on or after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.

“Normal Retirement Date” means the Participant’s 65 th birthday.

“Participant” means any Eligible Employee who is an Active Participant participating in the Plan, or Eligible Employee or former Employee who was previously an Active Participant and still has a balance credited to his Account.

“Period of Uniformed Service” means the length of time that an Employee serves in the Uniformed Services.

“Plan Year” means the twelve-month period commencing January 1 and ending December 31 and each period of 12 consecutive months beginning on January 1 of each succeeding year.

 

6


“Recognized Absence” means a period for which -

(a) an Employer grants an Employee a leave of absence for a limited period, but only if an Employer grants such leave on a nondiscriminatory basis; or

(b) an Employee is temporarily laid off by an Employer because of a change in business conditions; or

(c) an Employee is on active military duty, but only to the extent that his employment rights are protected by the Military Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. Sec. 2021).

“Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service”

(a) “Reemployment (or Reemployed) After a Period of Uniformed Service” means that an Employee returned to employment with a Participating Employer, within the time frame set forth in subparagraph (b) below, after a Period of Uniformed Service in the Uniformed Services and the following rules corresponding to provisions of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”) apply: (i) he or she gives sufficient notice of leave to the Participating Employer prior to commencing a Period of Uniformed Service, or is excused from providing such notice; (ii) his or her employment with the Participating Employer prior to a Period of Uniformed Service was not of a brief, nonrecurrent nature that would preclude a reasonable expectation that such employment would continue indefinitely or for a significant period; (iii) the Participating Employer’s circumstances have not changed so that reemployment is unreasonable or an undue hardship to the Participating Employer; and (iv) the applicable cumulative Periods of Uniformed Service under USERRA equals five years or less, unless service in the Uniformed Services:

(1) in excess of five years is required to complete an initial Period of Uniformed Service;

(2) prevents the Participant from obtaining orders releasing him or her from such Period of Uniformed Service prior to the expiration of a five-year period (through no fault of the Participant);

(3) is required in the National Guard for drill and instruction, field exercises or active duty training, or to fulfill necessary additional training, or to fulfill necessary additional training requirements certified in writing by the Secretary of the branch of Uniformed Services concerned; or

(4) for a Participant is

(A) required other than for training under any provisions of law during a war or national agency declared by the President or Congress;

(B) required (other than for training) in support of an operational mission for which personnel have been ordered to active duty other than during war or national emergency;

 

7


(C) required in support of a critical mission or requirement of the Uniformed Services; or

(D) the result of being called into service as a member of the National Guard by the President in the case of rebellion or danger of rebellion against the authority of the United States Government or if the President is unable to execute the laws of the United States with the regular forces.

(b) The applicable statutory time frames within which an Employee must report to a Participating Employer after a Period of Uniformed Service are as follows:

(1) If the Period of Uniformed Service was less than 31 days,

(A) not later than the beginning of the first full regularly scheduled work period on the first full calendar day following the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service and the expiration of eight hours after a period of time allowing for the safe transportation of the Employee from the place of service in the Uniformed Services to the Employee’s residence; or

(B) as soon as possible after the expiration of the eight-hour period of time referred to in Clause (A), if reporting within the period referred to in such clause is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee.

(2) In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 30 days but less than 181 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 14 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service or, if submitting such application within such period is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee, the next first full calendar day when submission of such application becomes reasonable.

(3) In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 180 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 90 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service.

(4) In the case of an Employee who is hospitalized for, or convalescing from, an illness or injury related to the Period of Uniformed Service the Employee shall apply for reemployment with a Participating Employer at the end of the period that is necessary for the Employee to recover. Such period of recovery shall not exceed two years, unless circumstances beyond the Employee’s control make reporting as above unreasonable or impossible.

 

8


(c) Notwithstanding subparagraph (a), Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service terminates upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) a dishonorable or bad conduct discharge from the Uniformed Services;

(2) any other discharge from the Uniformed Services under circumstances other than an honorable condition;

(3) a discharge of a commissioned officer from the Uniformed Services by court martial, by commutation of sentence by court martial, or, in time of war, by the President; or

(4) a demotion of a commissioned officer in the Uniformed Services for absence without authorized leave of at least 3 months confinement under a sentence by court martial, or confinement in a federal or state penitentiary after being found guilty of a crime under a final sentence.

“Service” means an Employee’s period(s) of employment or self-employment with an Employer, excluding for initial eligibility purposes any period in which the individual was a nonresident alien and did not receive from an Employer any earned income which constituted income from sources within the United States. An Employee’s Service shall include any Service which constitutes Service with a predecessor Employer within the meaning of Section 414(a) of the Code, provided, however, that Service with an acquired entity shall not be considered Service under the Plan unless required by applicable law or agreed to by the parties to such transaction. An Employee’s Service shall also include any Service with an entity which is not an Employer, but only either (i) in which the other entity is a member of a controlled group of corporations or is under common control with other trades and businesses within the meaning of Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code, and a member of the controlled group or one of the trades and businesses is an Employer, (ii) in which the other entity is a member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, and a member of the affiliated service group is an Employer, or (iii) all Employers aggregated with the Employer under Section 414(o) of the Code (but not until the Proposed Regulations under Section 414(o) become effective). Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

“Spouse” means the individual, if any, to whom a Participant is lawfully married on the date benefit payments to the Participant are to begin, or on the date of the Participant’s death, if earlier. A former Spouse shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code.

“Stock” means common stock issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) which is readily tradable on an established securities market. In the event there is no common stock which meets the requirements of the preceding sentence, then “Stock” means common stock issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) having a combined voting power and dividend rights equal to or in excess of (A) that class of common stock of the Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest voting power; and (B) that class of common stock of the Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest dividend rights.

 

9


“Stock Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Stock. The Stock Fund is merely a recordkeeping mechanism used by the Trustee to track the Stock held by the Plan. The Stock Fund is neither a mutual fund nor a diversified or managed investment option.

“Trust” or “Trust Fund” means the trust fund created under this Plan.

“Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Bank and the Trustee concerning the Trust Fund. If any assets of the Trust Fund are held in a co-mingled trust fund with assets of other qualified retirement plans, “Trust Agreement” shall be deemed to include the trust agreement governing that co-mingled trust fund. With respect to the allocation of investment responsibility for the assets of the Trust Fund, the provisions of Article II of the Trust Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.

“Trustee” means one or more corporate persons or individuals selected from time to time by the Bank to serve as trustee or co-trustees of the Trust Fund.

“Unallocated Stock Fund” means that portion of the Stock Fund consisting of the Plan’s holding of Stock which have been acquired in exchange for one or more Exempt Loans and which have not yet been allocated to the Participant’s Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2.

“Uniformed Service” means the performance of duty on a voluntary or involuntary basis in the uniformed service of the United States, including the U.S. Public Health Services, under competent authority and includes active duty, active duty for training, initial activity duty for training, inactive duty training, full-time National Guard duty, and the period for which a person is absent from a position of employment for purposes of an examination to determine the fitness of the person to perform any such duty.

“Valuation Date” means for so long as there is a generally recognized market for the Stock each business day. If at any time there shall be no generally recognized market for the Stock, then “Valuation Date” shall mean the last day of the Plan Year and each other date as of which the Committee shall determine the investment experience of the Investment Fund and adjust the Participants’ Accounts accordingly.

“Valuation Period” means the period following a Valuation Date and ending with the next Valuation Date.

“Vesting Year” means a unit of Service credited to a Participant pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of determining his vested interest in his Account.

Section 3. Eligibility for Participation .

3.1 Initial Eligibility . An Eligible Employee shall enter the Plan as of the Entry Date coincident with or next following the last day of the Eligible Employee’s first Eligibility Year and attainment of age 21. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who is an Eligible Employee on or prior to the Closing Date shall enter the Plan, retroactively, on the Effective Date.

 

10


3.2 Definition of Eligibility Year . “Eligibility Year” means an applicable eligibility period (as defined below) in which the Eligible Employee has completed 1,000 Hours of Service for the Employer. For this purpose:

(i) an Eligible Employee’s first “eligibility period” is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day on which he has an Hour of Service, including any years before the Effective Date of the Plan, and

(ii) his subsequent eligibility periods will be 12-consecutive month periods beginning on each January 1 after that first day of Service.

3.3 Terminated Employees . No Employee shall have any interest or rights under this Plan if he is never in active Service with an Employer on or after the Effective Date.

3.4 Certain Employees Ineligible .

3.4-1. No Employee shall participate in the Plan while his Service is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an Employer and the Employee’s collective bargaining representative if (i) retirement benefits have been the subject of good faith bargaining between the Employer and the representative and (ii) the collective bargaining agreement does not provide for the Employee’s participation in the Plan.

3.4-2. Leased Employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan.

3.4-3. Employees who are nonresident aliens with no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).

3.4-4. An Eligible Employee may elect not to participate in the Plan, provided, however, such election is made solely to meet the requirements of Code Section 409(n). For an election to be effective for a particular Plan Year, the Eligible Employee or Participant must file the election in writing with the Committee no later than the last day of the Plan Year for which the election is to be effective. The Employer may not make a contribution under the Plan for the Eligible Employee or for the Participant for the Plan Year for which the election is effective, nor for any succeeding Plan Year, unless the Eligible Employee or Participant re-elects to participate in the Plan. The Eligible Employee or Participant may elect again not to participate, but not earlier than the first Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the re-election was first effective.

3.5 Participation and Reparticipation . Subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing requirements, an Eligible Employee shall participate in the Plan during each period of his Service from the date on which he first becomes eligible until his termination. For this purpose, an Eligible Employee who returns before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service who previously satisfied the initial eligibility requirements or who returns after five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service with a vested Account balance in the Plan shall re-enter the Plan as of the date of his return to Service with an Employer.

 

11


3.6 Omission of Eligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any Eligible Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made until after a contribution by his Employer for the year has been made, the Employer shall make a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted Eligible Employee in the amount which the said Employer would have contributed regardless of whether or not it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.

3.7 Inclusion of Ineligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to the ineligible person regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable with respect to such contribution. In such event, the amount contributed with respect to the ineligible person shall constitute a forfeiture for the fiscal year in which the discovery is made. Any person who, after the close of a Plan Year, is retroactively treated by the Company, an affiliated company or any other party as an Employee for such prior Plan Year shall not, for purposes of the Plan, be considered an Employee for such prior Plan Year unless expressly so treated as such by the Company.

Section 4. Contributions and Credits .

4.1 Discretionary Contributions .

4.1-1. The Employer shall from time to time contribute, with respect to a Plan Year, such amounts as it may determine from time to time. The Employer shall have no obligation to contribute any amount under this Plan except as so determined in its sole discretion. The Employer’s contributions and available forfeitures for a Plan Year shall be credited as of the last day of the year to the Accounts of the Active Participants in the manner set forth in Section 8.1-2.

4.1-2. Upon a Participant’s Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service, the Employer shall make an additional contribution on behalf of such Participant that would have been made on his or her behalf during the Plan Year or Years corresponding to the Participant’s Period of Uniformed Service.

4.2 Contributions for Exempt Loans . If the Trustee, upon instructions from the Committee, incurs any Exempt Loan upon the purchase of Stock, the Employer may contribute for each Plan Year an amount sufficient to cover all payments of principal and interest as they come due under the terms of the Exempt Loan. If there is more than one Exempt Loan, the Employer shall designate the one to which any contribution is to be applied. Investment earnings realized on Employer contributions and any dividends paid by the Employer on Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account, shall be applied to the Exempt Loan related to that Stock, subject to Section 7.2.

In each Plan Year in which Employer contributions, earnings on contributions, or dividends on Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund are used as payments under an Exempt Loan, a certain number of shares of the Stock acquired with that Exempt Loan which is then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be released for allocation among the Participants. The number of

 

12


shares released shall bear the same ratio to the total number of those shares then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund (prior to the release) as (i) the principal and interest payments made on the Exempt Loan in the current Plan Year bears to (ii) the sum of (i) above, and the remaining principal and interest payments required (or projected to be required on the basis of the interest rate in effect at the end of the Plan Year) to satisfy the Exempt Loan.

At the direction of the Committee, the current and projected payments of interest under an Exempt Loan may be ignored in calculating the number of shares to be released in each year if (i) the Exempt Loan provides for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years, (ii) the interest included in any payment is ignored only to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables, and (iii) the term of the Exempt Loan, by reason of renewal, extension, or refinancing, has not exceeded 10 years from the original acquisition of the Stock.

4.3 Conditions as to Contributions . Employers’ contributions shall in all events be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5. Contributions may be made in the form of cash, or securities and other property to the extent permissible under ERISA, including Stock, and shall be held by the Trustee in accordance with the Trust Agreement. In addition to the provisions of Section 13.2 for the return of an Employer’s contributions in connection with a failure of the Plan to qualify initially under the Code, any amount contributed by an Employer due to a good faith mistake of fact, or based upon a good faith but erroneous determination of its deductibility under Section 404 of the Code, shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the date on which the contribution was originally made, or within one year after its nondeductibility has been finally determined. However, the amount to be returned shall be reduced to take account of any adverse investment experience within the Trust Fund in order that the balance credited to each Participant’s Account is not less that it would have been if the contribution had never been made.

4.4 Rollover Contributions . This Plan shall not accept a direct rollover or rollover contribution of an “eligible rollover distribution” as such term is defined in Section 10.9-1 of the Plan.

Section 5. Limitations on Contributions and Allocations .

5.1 Limitation on Annual Additions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, allocation of Employer contributions for any Plan Year shall be subject to the following:

5.1-1 If allocation of Employer contributions in accordance with Section 4.1 will result in an allocation of more than one-third the total contributions for a Plan Year to the accounts of Highly Compensated Employees, and such allocation would cause any Highly Compensated Employee to exceed the limitations under Code Section 415(c) or the Employer to exceed the deduction limits under Code Section 404, then no more than one-third of the Employer contributions used for repayment of any Exempt Loan in accordance with Section 4.2 shall be allocated to the accounts of Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Code Section 414(q)), with the remaining Employer contributions to be made to non-Highly Compensated Employees in the manner specified under Section 8.1. Such adjustments shall be made before any allocations occur.

 

13


5.1-2 After adjustment, if any, required by the preceding paragraph, the annual additions during any Plan Year to any Participant’s Account under this and any other defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer or an affiliate (within the purview of Section 414(b), (c) and (m) and Section 415(h) of the Code, which affiliate shall be deemed the Employer for this purpose) shall not exceed the lesser of $50,000 (for 2012, or such other dollar amount which results from cost-of-living adjustments under Section 415(d) of the Code) (the “dollar limitation”) or 100 percent of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for such limitation year (the “percentage limitation”). In the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participant’s Account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the valuation as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Plan Year in respect of which the release and allocation are made) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of Employer contributions. The percentage limitation shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after severance from employment (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition. If, as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s annual compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any individual under the limits of Code Section 415, or under other limited facts and circumstances that the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service finds justify the availability of the rules set forth in this paragraph, the annual additions under the terms of the Plan for a particular Participant would cause the limitations of Code Section 415 applicable to that Participant for the limitation year to be exceeded, the Plan may only correct such excess in accordance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) as set forth in Revenue Procedure 2013-12 or any subsequent guidance.

5.1-3 For purposes of this Section 5.1, the “annual addition” to a Participant’s Accounts means the sum of (i) Employer contributions, (ii) Employee contributions, if any, and (iii) forfeitures. For these purposes, annual additions to a defined contribution plan shall not include the allocation of the excess amounts remaining in the Unallocated Stock Fund subsequent to a sale of stock from such fund in accordance with a transaction described in Section 8.1 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “annual additions” shall not include a restorative payment in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-1(b)(2)(C) that is made to restore losses to the Plan resulting from actions by a fiduciary for which there is a reasonable risk of liability for breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA or other applicable federal and state law.

In the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participant’s Account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the valuation as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Plan Year in respect of which the release and allocation are made) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of Employer contributions.

 

14


5.1-4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no more than one-third of the Employer contributions to the Plan for a year which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9) of the Code are allocated to Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code), the limitations imposed herein shall not apply to:

(i) forfeitures of Employer securities (within the meaning of Section 409 of the Code) under the Plan if such securities were acquired with the proceeds of a loan described in Section 404(a)(9)(A) of the Code), or

(ii) Employer contributions to the Plan which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9)(B) and charged against a Participant’s Account.

5.1-5 If the Employer contributes amounts, on behalf of Eligible Employees covered by this Plan, to other “defined contribution plans” as defined in Section 3(34) of ERISA, the limitation on annual additions provided in this Section shall be applied to annual additions in the aggregate to this Plan and to such other plans. Reduction of annual additions, where required, shall be accomplished first by reductions under such other plan pursuant to the directions of the named fiduciary for administration of such other plans or under priorities, if any, established under the terms of such other plans and then by allocating any remaining excess for this Plan in the manner and priority set out above with respect to this Plan.

5.1-6 A limitation year shall mean each 12 consecutive month period ending on December 31.

5.2 Effect of Limitations . The Committee shall take whatever action may be necessary from time to time to assure compliance with the limitations set forth in Section 5.1. Specifically, the Committee shall see that each Employer restrict its contributions for any Plan Year to an amount which, taking into account the amount of available forfeitures, may be completely allocated to the Participants consistent with those limitations. Where the limitations would otherwise be exceeded by any Participant, further allocations to the Participant shall be curtailed to the extent necessary to satisfy the limitations. Where an excessive amount is contributed on account of a mistake as to one or more Participants’ compensation, or there is an amount of forfeitures which may not be credited in the Plan Year in which it becomes available, the amount shall be corrected in accordance with Section 5.1-2 of the Plan. If it is determined at any time that the Committee and/or Trustee has erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating net gain or loss pursuant to Sections 8.2 and 8.3, then the Committee, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.

 

15


5.3 Limitations as to Certain Participants . Aside from the limitations set forth in Section 5.1, if the Plan acquires any Stock in a transaction as to which a selling shareholder or the estate of a deceased shareholder is claiming the benefit of Section 1042 of the Code, the Committee shall see that none of such Stock, and no other assets in lieu of such Stock, are allocated to the Accounts of certain Participants in order to comply with Section 409(n) of the Code.

This restriction shall apply at all times to a Participant who owns (taking into account the attribution rules under Section 318(a) of the Code, without regard to the exception for employee plan trusts in Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i) more than 25 percent of any class of stock of a corporation which issued the Stock acquired by the Plan, or another corporation within the same controlled group, as defined in Section 409(l)(4) of the Code (any such class of stock hereafter called a “Related Class”). For this purpose, a Participant who owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class at any time within the one year preceding the Plan’s purchase of the Stock shall be subject to the restriction as to all allocations of the Stock, but any other Participant shall be subject to the restriction only as to allocations which occur at a time when he owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class.

Further, this restriction shall apply to the selling shareholder claiming the benefit of Section 1042 and any other Participant who is related to such a shareholder within the meaning of Section 267(b) of the Code, during the period beginning on the date of sale and ending on the later of (1) the date that is ten years after the date of sale, or (2) the date of the Plan allocation attributable to the final payment of acquisition indebtedness incurred in connection with the sale.

This restriction shall not apply to any Participant who is a lineal descendant of a selling shareholder if the aggregate amounts allocated under the Plan for the benefit of all such descendants do not exceed five percent of the Stock acquired from the shareholder.

5.4 Erroneous Allocations . No Participant shall be entitled to any annual additions or other allocations to his Account in excess of those permitted under Section 5. If it is determined at any time that the administrator and/or Trustee have erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating investment adjustments, or in excluding or including any person as a Participant, then the administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected, after taking into consideration Sections 3.6 and 3.7 and any revenue procedure or other notice published by the Internal Revenue Service regarding permissible correction methods, if applicable, and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.

Section 6. Trust Fund and Its Investment .

6.1 Creation of Trust Fund . All amounts received under the Plan from Employers and investments shall be held as the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this Plan and of the Trust Agreement between the Bank and the Trustee. The benefits described in this Plan shall be payable only from the assets of the Trust Fund, and none of the Bank, any other Employer, its board of directors or trustees, its stockholders, its officers, its employees, the Committee, and the Trustee shall be liable for payment of any benefit under this Plan except from the Trust Fund.

 

16


6.2 Stock Fund and Investment Fund . The Trust Fund held by the Trustee shall be divided into the Stock Fund, consisting entirely of Stock, and the Investment Fund, consisting of all assets of the Trust other than Stock. The Trustee shall have no investment responsibility for the Stock Fund, but shall accept any Employer contributions made in the form of Stock, and shall acquire, sell, exchange, distribute, and otherwise deal with and dispose of Stock in accordance with the instructions of the Committee. As a directed Trustee, the Trustee shall have such responsibility for the investment of the Investment Fund as set forth in Section .05 of the Trust Agreement.

6.3 Acquisition of Stock . From time to time the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct the Trustee to acquire Stock from the issuing Employer or from shareholders, including shareholders who are or have been Employees, Participants, or fiduciaries with respect to the Plan. The Trustee shall pay for such Stock no more than its fair market value, which shall be determined conclusively by the Committee pursuant to Section 12.4. The Committee may direct the Trustee to finance the acquisition of Stock by incurring or assuming indebtedness to the seller or another party which indebtedness shall be called an “Exempt Loan.” The term “Exempt Loan” shall refer to a loan made to the Plan by a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code, or a loan to the Plan which is guaranteed by a disqualified person. An Exempt Loan includes a direct loan of cash, a purchase-money transaction, and an assumption of an obligation of a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code (“ESOP”). For these purposes, the term “guarantee” shall include an unsecured guarantee and the use of assets of a disqualified person as collateral for a loan, even though the use of assets may not be a guarantee under applicable state law. An amendment of an Exempt Loan in order to qualify as an “exempt loan” is not a refinancing of the Exempt Loan or the making of another Exempt Loan. The term “exempt loan” refers to a loan that is primarily for the benefit of the Plan participants and their beneficiaries and that satisfies the provisions of this paragraph. A “non-exempt loan” fails to satisfy this paragraph. Any Exempt Loan shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:

6.3-1 All Exempt Loans incurred by the Plan must be primarily for the benefit of Plan Participants and Beneficiaries, and an Exempt Loan shall be for a specific term, shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default, and shall bear a reasonable rate of interest, such that the interest rate and the price of the securities to be acquired with the Exempt Loan will not cause the Plan’s assets to be inappropriately impaired in violation of Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(3).

6.3-2 An Exempt Loan may, but need not, be secured by a collateral pledge of either the Stock acquired in exchange for the Exempt Loan, or the Stock previously pledged in connection with a prior Exempt Loan which is being repaid with the proceeds of the current Exempt Loan. No other assets of the Plan and Trust may be used as collateral for an Exempt Loan, and no creditor under an Exempt Loan shall have any right or recourse to any Plan and Trust assets other than Stock remaining subject to a collateral pledge.

 

17


6.3-3 Any pledge of Stock to secure an Exempt Loan must provide for the release of pledged Stock in connection with payments on the Exempt Loans in the ratio prescribed in Section 4.2.

6.3-4 Repayments of principal and interest on any Exempt Loan shall be made by the Trustee only from Employer cash contributions designated for such payments, from earnings on such contributions, and from cash dividends received on Stock, in the last case, however, subject to the further requirements of Section 7.2. The payment on the Exempt Loan during the Plan Year must not exceed an amount equal to the sum of contributions and earnings received during such year or prior to such year, less such payments in prior years. Such contributions and earnings must be accounted for separately in the books and accounts of the Plan until the Exempt Loan is fully repaid.

6.3-5 In the event of default of an Exempt Loan, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Exempt Loan must not exceed the amount of the default. If the lender is a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, an Exempt Loan must provide for a transfer of Plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the Plan to meet the payment schedule of said Exempt Loan. For purposes of this paragraph, the making of a guarantee does not make a person a lender.

6.4 Participants’ Option to Diversify . The Committee shall provide for a procedure under which each Participant may, during the qualified election period, elect to “diversify” a portion of the Employer Stock allocated to his Account, as provided in Section 401(a)(28)(B) of the Code. An election to diversify must be made on the prescribed form and filed with the Committee within the period specified herein. For each of the first five (5) Plan years in the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to diversify an amount which does not exceed 25 percent of the number of shares allocated to his Account since the inception of the Plan, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. For the last year of the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to have up to 50 percent of the value of his Account committed to other investments, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. The term “qualified election period” shall mean the six (6) Plan Year period beginning with the first Plan Year in which a Participant has both attained age 55 and completed 10 years of participation in the Plan. A Participant’s election to diversify his Account may be made within each year of the qualified election period and shall continue for the 90-day period immediately following the last day of each year in the qualified election period. Once a Participant makes such election, the Plan must complete diversification in accordance with such election within 90 days after the end of the period during which the election could be made for the Plan Year. In the discretion of the Committee, the Plan may satisfy the diversification requirement by any of the following methods:

6.4-1 The Plan may distribute all or part of the amount subject to the diversification election.

6.4-2 The Plan may offer the Participant at least three other distinct investment options, if available under the Plan. The other investment options shall satisfy the requirements of Regulations under Section 404(c) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).

 

18


6.4-3 The Plan may transfer the portion of the Participant’s Account subject to the diversification election to another qualified defined contribution plan of the Employer that offers at least three investment options satisfying the requirements of the Regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA.

Section 7. Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock .

7.1 Voting and Tendering of Stock .

7.1-1 The Trustee generally shall vote all shares of Stock held under the Plan in accordance with the written instructions of the Committee. However, if any Employer has a registration-type class of securities within the meaning of Section 409(e)(4) of the Code, or if a matter submitted to the holders of the Stock involves a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all assets of an entity, then (i) the shares of Stock which have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the Participants’ written instructions, and (ii) the Trustee shall vote any unallocated Stock, allocated Stock for which it has received no voting instructions, and Stock for which Participants vote to “abstain,” in the same proportions as it votes the allocated Stock for which it has received instructions from Participants. In the event no shares of Stock have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts at the time Stock is to be voted and any exempt loan which may be outstanding is not in default, each Participant shall be deemed to have one share of Stock allocated to his or her Account for the sole purpose of providing the Trustee with voting instructions.

Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, all unallocated shares of Stock must be voted by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries. Whenever such voting rights are to be exercised, the Employers shall provide the Trustee, in a timely manner, with the same notices and other materials as are provided to other holders of the Stock, which the Trustee shall distribute to the Participants. The Participants shall be provided with adequate opportunity to deliver their instructions to the Trustee regarding the voting of Stock allocated to their Accounts. The instructions of the Participants’ with respect to the voting of allocated shares hereunder shall be confidential.

7.1-2 In the event of a tender offer, Stock shall be tendered by the Trustee in the same manner as set forth above with respect to the voting of Stock. Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, Stock must be tendered by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries.

7.2 Application of Dividends .

7.2-1 Stock Dividends . Dividends on Stock which are received by the Trustee in the form of additional Stock shall be retained in the Stock Fund, and shall be allocated among the Participants’ Accounts and the Unallocated Stock Fund in accordance with their holdings of the Stock on which the dividends are paid.

 

19


7.2-2 Cash Dividends . The treatment of dividends paid in cash shall be determined after consideration to whether the cash dividends are paid on Stock held in Participants’ Accounts or the Unallocated Stock Fund.

(i) On Stock in Participants’ Accounts .

(A) Employer Exercises Discretion . Dividends on Stock credited to Participants’ Accounts which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall, at the direction of the Employer paying the dividends, either (I) be credited to the Accounts in accordance with Section 8.4(iii) and invested as part of the Investment Fund, (II) be distributed immediately to the Participants in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance (III) be distributed to the Participants within 90 days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance or (IV) be used to make payments on the Exempt Loan. If dividends on Stock allocated to a Participant’s Account are used to repay the Exempt Loan, Stock with a fair market value equal to the dividends so used must be allocated to such Participant’s Account in lieu of the dividends.

(B) Participant Exercises Discretion over Dividend . In addition, in the sole discretion of the Employer, the Employer may grant Participants the right to elect: (I) to have cash dividends paid on shares of Stock credited to such Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts distributed to the Participant, or (II) to leave the cash dividends allocated to the Participant’s Account in the Plan, to be credited to the Stock Fund Account and invested in shares of Stock. Dividends on which such election may be made will be fully vested in the Participant (even if not otherwise vested, absent the ability to make such election). Accordingly, the Employer may choose to offer this election only to Participants who are fully vested in their Account. In the event the Employer elects to give Participants the right to determine the treatment of such dividends, the Participant’s election shall be made by filing with the Committee the appropriate written direction as provided by the Committee at such time and in accordance with such procedures and limitations which the Committee may from time to time establish; provided, however, that the procedures established by the Committee shall provide a reasonable opportunity to change the election at least annually, may establish a default election if a Participant fails to make an affirmative election within the time established for making elections, may provide that the election is applicable for the Plan Year and cannot be revoked with respect to such Plan Year, shall otherwise be implemented in a manner such that the dividends paid or reinvested will constitute “applicable dividends” which may be deducted under Code Section 404(k), and are in accordance with applicable guidance issued or to be issued by the Secretary of the Treasury. If the Employer elects to give Participants the right to exercise the discretion in this Paragraph 7.2-2(i)(B), the ability to make such election shall be available to the Participant with respect to dividends paid for the entire Plan Year.

 

20


(ii) On Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund . Dividends received on shares of Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be applied to the repayment of principal and interest then due on the Exempt Loan used to acquire such shares. If the amount of dividends exceeds the amount needed to repay such principal and interest (including any prepayments of principal and interest deemed advisable by the Employer), then in the sole discretion of the Committee, the excess shall: (A) be allocated to Active Participants, pro rata, in proportion to the Compensation of each such person that was earned during that portion of the Plan Year that such person participated in the Plan compared to total Compensation of each Active Participant for such year, or (B) be deemed to be general earnings of the Trust Fund and used for paying appropriate Plan or Trust related expenditures for the Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends paid on a share of Stock may not be used to make payments on a particular Exempt Loan unless the share was acquired with the proceeds of such loan or a refinancing of such loan.

Section 8. Adjustments to Accounts .

8.1 ESOP Allocations . Amounts available for allocation for a particular Plan Year will be divided into two categories. The first category relates to shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund attributable to using cash dividends to make Exempt Loan payments. The second category relates to contributions made by the Employer, shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions (or on the basis of the complete repayment of the Exempt Loan through the sale or other disposition of Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund) and amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts pursuant to Section 9.5.

8.1-1 Shares of Stock attributable to the first category will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts of eligible Participants as follows:

(i) first, if dividends paid on shares of Stock held in Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts are used to make payments on an Exempt Loan, there shall be allocated to each such account a number of shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund with a fair market value (determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding the loan payment date) that at least equals the amount of dividends so used,

(ii) second, if necessary, any remaining shares of Stock shall be applied to reinstate amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts of former employees who are entitled to a reinstatement under Section 9.5, and

(iii) finally, any remaining shares of Stock shall be allocated as of the last Valuation Date of the Plan Year for which they are allocated in the same manner as described in Section 8.1-2.

 

21


8.1-2 Shares of Stock or cash attributable to the second category (i.e., Employer contributions, Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions, amounts forfeited, and, to the extent applicable, shares of Stock released in accordance with Section 8.1-1(iii)) will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts or Investment Fund Accounts, as the case may be, pro rata, in proportion to the Compensation of each Active Participant that was earned by such Participant during the period of the Plan Year in which such person participated in the Plan compared to total Compensation for all Active Participants.

8.1-3 Shares of Stock or cash attributable to contributions made under Section 4.1-2 shall be allocated specifically to the Participants on whose behalf such contributions were made.

8.2 Charges to Accounts . When a Valuation Date occurs, any distributions made to or on behalf of any Participant or Beneficiary since the last preceding Valuation Date shall be charged to the proper Accounts maintained for that Participant or Beneficiary.

8.3 Stock Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1, as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Stock Fund Account: (a) the Participant’s allocable share of Stock purchased by the Trustee or contributed by the Employer to the Trust Fund for that year; (b) the Participant’s allocable share of the Stock that is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund for that year; (c) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures of Stock arising under the Plan during that year; and (d) any stock dividends declared and paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account.

If, in any Plan Year during which an outstanding Exempt Loan exists, the Employer directs the Trustee to sell or otherwise dispose of a number of shares of Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund sufficient to repay, in its entirety, the Exempt Loans, and following such repayment, there remains Stock or other assets in the Unallocated Stock Fund, such Stock or other assets shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the repayment occurred as earnings of the Plan to Active Participants, in proportion to the number of shares held in Active Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts.

8.4 Investment Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1 as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Investment Fund Account: (i) the Participant’s allocable share of any contribution for that year made by the Employer in cash or in property other than Stock that is not used by the Trustee to purchase Employer Stock or to make payments due under an Exempt Loan; (ii) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures from the Investment Fund Accounts of other Participants arising under the Plan during that year; (iii) any cash dividends paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account, other than dividends which are paid directly to the Participant and other than dividends which are used to repay Exempt Loan; and (iv) the share of the net income or loss of the Trust Fund properly allocable to that Participant’s Investment Fund Account, as provided in Section 8.5.

 

22


8.5 Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund . As of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall determine: (i) the net worth of that portion of the Trust Fund which consists of properties other than Stock (the “Investment Fund”); and (ii) the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund since the last day of the preceding Plan Year. The net worth of the Investment Fund shall be the fair market value of all properties held by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement other than Stock, net of liabilities other than liabilities to Participants and their beneficiaries. The Trustee shall allocate to the Investment Fund Account of each Participant that percentage of the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund equal to the ratio which the balances credited to the Participant’s Investment Fund Account bear to the total amount credited to all Participants’ Investments Fund Accounts. This allocation shall be made after application of Section 7.2, but before application of Sections 8.1, 8.4 and 5.1.

8.6 Participant Statements . Each Plan Year, the Committee shall provide or shall cause to be provided to each Participant a statement of his or her Account balances, and the vested percentage thereof, as of the last day of the Plan Year.

Section 9. Vesting of Participants’ Interests .

9.1 Vesting in Accounts . A Participant’s vested interest in his Account shall be based on his Vesting Years in accordance with the following table, subject to the balance of this Section 9:

 

Vesting

Years

 

Percentage of

Interest Vested

Fewer than 1

  0%

1

  20%

2

  40%

3

  60%

4

  80%

5 or more

  100%

9.2 Computation of Vesting Years . For purposes of this Plan, a “Vesting Year” means generally a Plan Year in which an Eligible Employee has performed at least 1,000 Hours of Service, beginning with the first Plan Year in which the Eligible Employee has completed an Hour of Service with the Employer, and including Service with other Employers as provided in the definition of “Service.” Notwithstanding the above, an Eligible Employee who was employed with the Bank shall receive credit for vesting purposes for each calendar year of continuous employment with the Bank, prior to the adoption of the Plan, in which such Eligible Employee completed 1,000 Hours of Service (such years shall also be referred to as “Vesting Years”). However, a Participant’s Vesting Years shall be computed subject to the following conditions and qualifications:

9.2-1 A Participant’s Vesting Years shall not include any Service prior to the date on which an Employee attains age 18.

9.2-2 To the extent applicable, a Participant’s vested interest in his Account accumulated before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service shall be determined without regard to any Service after such five consecutive Breaks in Service. Further, if a Participant has five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service before his interest in his Account has become vested to some extent, pre-Break in Service years of Service shall not be required to be taken into account for purposes of determining his post-Break in Service vested percentage.

 

23


9.2-3 To the extent applicable, in the case of a Participant who has five (5) or more consecutive one year Breaks in Service, the Participant’s pre-Break in Service will count in vesting of the Employer-derived post-Break in Service accrued benefit only if either:

(i) such Participant has any nonforfeitable interest in the accrued benefit attributable to Employer contributions at the time of severance from employment, or

(ii) upon returning to Service the number of consecutive one year Breaks in Service is less than the number of years of Service.

9.2-4 Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, calculation of service for determining Vesting Years with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

9.2-5 To the extent applicable, if any amendment changes the vesting schedule, including an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, any Participant with three (3) or more Vesting Years may, by filing a written request with the Employer, elect to have his vested percentage computed under the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment. The election period must begin not later than the later of sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted, the amendment becomes effective, or the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or the Committee.

9.3 Full Vesting Upon Certain Events .

9.3-1 Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. The Participant’s interest shall also fully vest in the event that his Service is terminated by Disability or by death. For purposes of this Section 9.3-1, benefits payable in the event of a Participant’s death or Disability while performing qualified military service shall fully vest in accordance with Section 414(u)(9) of the Code.

9.3-2 The Participant’s interest in his Account shall also fully vest in the event of a “Change in Control” of the Bank, or the Company. For these purposes “Change in Control” means a change in control of a nature that: (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”); or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the

 

24


combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities, except for any securities purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan or trust; or (b) individuals who constitute the Board of the Directors on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company or similar transaction in which the Bank or Company is not the surviving institution occurs or is effected; or (d) a proxy statement soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Company is distributed, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or similar transaction with one or more business organizations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the plan are to be exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Company; or (e) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Company and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror.

9.4 Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination . Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest upon termination of this Plan or upon the permanent and complete discontinuance of contributions by his Employer. In the event of a partial termination, the interest of each affected Participant shall fully vest with respect to that part of the Plan which is terminated. A partial termination of the Plan shall be determined by the Internal Revenue Service Commissioner based on the facts and circumstances of the particular case in accordance with Code Section 411(d)(3) and the corresponding Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.

9.5 Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral . If a Participant’s Service terminates before his interest in his Account is fully vested, that portion which has not vested shall be forfeited after a one-year break in service. If a Participant’s Service terminates prior to having any portion of his Account become vested, such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest immediately upon his termination of Service.

If a Participant who has suffered a forfeiture of the nonvested portion of his Account returns to Service before he has five (5) consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, the nonvested portion shall be restored, provided that, if the Participant had received a distribution of his vested Account balance, the amount distributed shall be repaid prior to such restoral. The Participant may repay such amount at any time within five years after he has returned to Service. The amount repaid shall be credited to his Account at the time it is repaid; an additional amount equal to that portion of his Account which was previously forfeited shall be restored to his Account at the same time from other Employees’ forfeitures and, if such forfeitures are insufficient, then from amounts allocated in accordance with Section 8.1-1(ii), and if insufficient, then from a special contribution by his Employer for that year. A Participant who was deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest in the Plan shall have his Account restored as of the first day on which he performs an Hour of Service after his return.

 

25


In addition, if a Participant did not receive a distribution of his vested Account balance but his non-vested Account balance was forfeited after a one-year Break in Service, such nonvested Account balance shall be restored if the Plan terminates before the Participant has a five-year Break in Service. If the Participant did not receive a distribution of his vested Account balance, any forfeiture restored shall include earnings that would have been credited to the Account but for the forfeiture.

For purposes of this Section and Section 5.1 of the Plan, if a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, Stock allocated from an Exempt Loan will be forfeited only after other assets. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each such class.

9.6 Accounting for Forfeitures . If a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, Stock allocated to said Participant’s Account shall be forfeited only after other assets are forfeited. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each class of Stock. A forfeiture shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the first Valuation Period in which the forfeiture becomes certain pursuant to Section 9.5. Except as otherwise provided in that Section, a forfeiture shall be added to the contributions of the terminated Participant’s Employer which are to be credited to other Participants pursuant to Section 4.1 as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture becomes certain.

9.7 Vesting and Nonforfeitability . A Participant’s interest in his Account which has become vested shall be nonforfeitable for any reason.

Section 10. Payment of Benefits .

10.1 Benefits for Participants . For a Participant whose Service ends for any reason, distribution will be made to or for the benefit of the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, his Beneficiary, by payment in a lump sum, in accordance with Section 10.2. Prior to any such distribution, any Participant entitled to a distribution will receive a form upon which the Participant can elect the manner of such distribution (e.g., whether to receive the distribution directly or transfer such distribution to an individual retirement account or other tax-qualified plan), a special tax notice regarding the consequences of such distribution, and, if applicable, that the Participant has the right not to consent to a distribution at such time.

If a Participant so desires, he may direct how his benefits are to be paid to his Beneficiary. Notice to the Participant with regard to having the right to elect the manner in which his vested Account balance will be distributed to him may be given up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable. If a deceased Participant did not file a direction with the Committee, the Participant’s benefits shall be distributed to his Beneficiary in a lump sum. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance at the time of any distribution does not exceed $1,000, then

 

26


such Participant’s vested Account shall be distributed, without regard to whether the Participant consents, in a lump sum within 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in which employment terminates. If the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance is in excess of $5,000, then his benefits shall not be paid prior to his Normal Retirement Date unless he elects an early payment date in a written election filed with the Committee. A Participant may modify such an election at any time, provided any new benefit payment date is at least 30 days after a modified election is delivered to the Committee. The Committee shall provide the Participant with written notice designed to comply with the requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11), and shall provide the Participant with a general description of the material features of the optional forms of benefits under the Plan and the right to defer receipt of any distribution under the Plan. Such notice shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days before the date a distribution under the Plan commences. Notwithstanding the foregoing, failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution prior his Normal Retirement Date shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit under this section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless a Participant elects to receive a distribution, the Committee shall transfer accounts of $1,000 or more, but not exceeding $5,000, in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Committee in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(31)(B) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. All distributions of $5,000 or less that are made pursuant to this Section without the Participant’s consent shall be made in cash.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event the Participant dies while performing qualified military service (as defined Section 414(u) of the Code), the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to any additional benefit provided under the Plan had the Participant resumed and then severed from employment on account of death.

10.2 Time for Distribution .

10.2-1 If the Participant and, if applicable, with the consent of the Participant’s spouse, elects the distribution of the Participant’s Account balance in the Plan, distribution shall commence as soon as practicable following his termination of Service, but no later than one year after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant severs employment by reason of attainment of Normal Retirement Age under the Plan, Disability, or death, or which is the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant otherwise severs employment, except that this clause shall not apply if the Participant is reemployed by the Employer before distribution is required to begin.

10.2-2 Unless the Participant elects otherwise, the distribution of the balance of a Participant’s Account shall commence not later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which -

(i) the Participant attains the age of 65;

(ii) occurs the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or

(iii) the Participant terminates his Service with the Employer.

 

27


10.2-3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (1) with respect to a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416), distribution of a Participant’s Account shall commence (whether or not he remains in the employ of the Employer) not later than the April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 2 , and (2) with respect to all other Participants, payment of a Participant’s benefit will commence not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70  1 2 , or, if later, the year in which the Participant retires. A Participant’s benefit from that portion of his Account committed to the Investment Fund shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment.

10.2-4 Distribution of a Participant’s Account balance after his death shall comply with the following requirements:

(i) If a Participant dies before his distributions have commenced, distribution of his Account to his Beneficiary shall commence not later than one year after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant died; however, if the Participant’s Beneficiary is his surviving Spouse, distributions may commence on the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70  1 2 . In either case, distributions shall be completed within five years after they commence.

(ii) If the Participant dies after distribution has commenced pursuant to Section 10.1 but before his entire interest in the Plan has been distributed to him, then the remaining portion of that interest shall, in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used under Section 10.1 at the date of his death.

(iii) If a married Participant dies before his benefit payments begin, then the Committee shall cause the balance in his Account to be paid to his Beneficiary, provided, however, that no election by a married Participant of a different Beneficiary than his surviving Spouse shall be valid unless the election is accompanied by the Spouse’s written consent, which (A) must acknowledge the effect of the election, (B) must explicitly provide either that the designated Beneficiary may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without the Spouse’s further consent, or that it may be changed without such consent, and (C) must be witnessed by the Committee, its representative, or a notary public. This requirement shall not apply if the Participant establishes to the Committee’s satisfaction that the Spouse may not be located.

10.2-5 If a Participant or any other distributee’s distribution is rolled over to another eligible retirement plan following the Participant’s required beginning date (as determined in accordance with Section 10.2-3), only the amount that exceeds the required minimum distribution amount for the Plan Year (as determined in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9)) in which the rollover is completed is treated as an eligible rollover distribution for purposes of Section 10.9.

 

28


10.2-6 All distributions under this section shall be determined and made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and final Treasury Regulations Sections 1.401(a)(9)-1 through 1.401(a)(9)-9, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G). These provisions override any distribution options in the Plan inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).

10.3 Marital Status . The Committee, the Plan, the Trustee, and the Employers shall be fully protected and discharged from any liability to the extent of any benefit payments made as a result of the Committee’s good faith and reasonable reliance upon information obtained from a Participant and his Employer as to his marital status.

10.4 Delay in Benefit Determination . If the Committee is unable to determine the benefits payable to a Participant or Beneficiary on or before the latest date prescribed for payment pursuant to Section 10.1 or 10.2, the benefits shall in any event be paid within 60 days after they can first be determined, with whatever makeup payments may be appropriate in view of the delay.

10.5 Accounting for Benefit Payments . Any benefit payment shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period in which the payment is made.

10.6 Options to Receive Stock . Unless ownership of virtually all Stock is restricted to active Employees and qualified retirement plans for the benefit of Employees pursuant to the certificates of incorporation or by-laws of the Employers issuing Stock, a terminated Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may instruct the Committee to distribute the Participant’s entire vested interest in his Account in the form of Stock. In that event, the Committee shall apply the Participant’s vested interest in the Investment Fund to purchase sufficient Stock from the Stock Fund or from any owner of Stock to make the required distribution. In all other cases, other than as specifically set forth in Section 10.1, the Participant’s vested interest in the Stock Fund shall be distributed in shares of Stock, and his vested interest in the Investment Fund shall be distributed in cash. If Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan available for distribution consist of more than one class of Stock, the Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) must receive substantially the same proportion of each such class.

Any Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall have the right to require the Employer which issued the Stock to purchase the Stock for its current fair market value (hereinafter referred to as the “put right”). The put right shall be exercisable by written notice to the Committee during the first 60 days after the Stock is distributed by the Plan, and, if not exercised in that period, during the first 60 days in the following Plan Year after the Committee has communicated to the Participant its determination as to the Stock’s current fair market value. However, the put right shall not apply to the extent that the Stock, at the time the put right would otherwise be exercisable, may be sold on an established market in accordance with federal and state securities laws and regulations. Similarly, the put option shall not apply with respect to the portion of a Participant’s Account which the Employee elected to have reinvested under Code

 

29


Section 401(a)(28)(B). If the put right is exercised, the Trustee may, if so directed by the Committee in its sole discretion, assume the Employer’s rights and obligations with respect to purchasing the Stock. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the case of a plan established by a bank (as defined in Code Section 581), the put option shall not apply if prohibited by a federal or state law and Participants are entitled to elect their benefits be distributed in cash.

The Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, may elect to pay for the Stock in equal periodic installments, not less frequently than annually, over a period beginning not later than 30 days after the exercise of the put right and not exceeding five years, with adequate security and interest at a reasonable rate on the unpaid balance, all such terms to be set forth in a promissory note delivered to the seller with normal terms as to acceleration upon any uncured default.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to obligate any Employer to register any Stock under any federal or state securities law or to create or maintain a public market to facilitate the transfer or disposition of any Stock. The put right described herein may only be exercised by a person described in the second preceding paragraph, and may not be transferred with any Stock to any other person. As to all Stock purchased by the Plan in exchange for any Exempt Loan, the put right shall be nonterminable. The put right for Stock acquired through an Exempt Loan shall continue with respect to such Stock after the Exempt Loan is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if securities acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan available for distribution consist of more than one class, a distributee must receive substantially the same proportion of each such class, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(f)(2).

10.7 Restrictions on Disposition of Stock . Except in the case of Stock which is traded on an established market, a Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall, prior to any sale or other transfer of the Stock to any other person, first offer the Stock to the issuing Employer and to the Plan at the greater of (i) its current fair market value, or (ii) the purchase price offered in good faith by an independent third party purchaser. This restriction shall apply to any transfer, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether for consideration or gratuitous. Either the Employer or the Trustee may accept the offer within 14 days after it is delivered. Any Stock distributed by the Plan shall bear a conspicuous legend describing the right of first refusal under this Section 10.7, as well as any other restrictions upon the transfer of the Stock imposed by federal and state securities laws and regulations.

10.8 Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.6 and 10.7 and this Section, no shares of Employer Stock held or distributed by the Trustee may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell arrangement. The provisions of this Section shall continue to be applicable to such Stock even if the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.

 

30


10.9 Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution . A Participant or distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Trustee or the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant or distributee in a direct rollover.

10.9-1 An “eligible rollover” is any distribution that does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not included in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an “eligible rollover” shall include a distribution that is made to a “distributee” as defined under Section 10.9-4.

10.9-2 An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), a deemed individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(q), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), a Roth individual retirement account in accordance with Code Section 408A(e), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. An eligible retirement plan shall also include an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan.

10.9-3 A “direct rollover” is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

10.9-4 The term “distributee” shall refer to a deceased Participant’s Spouse or a Participant’s former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), and shall include non-Spouse Beneficiaries pursuant to Code Section 402(c)(11).

10.9-5 The Committee shall provide Participants or other distributes of eligible rollover distributions with a written notice designed to comply with the requirements of Code Section 402(f). Such notice shall be provided within a reasonable period of time before making an eligible rollover distribution. Such notice may be provided up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable.

10.10 Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution . If a distribution is one to which Sections 402(f) and 411(a)(11) of the Code apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Section 1.402(f)-1 or 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury Regulations is given, provided that:

(i) the Trustee or Committee, as applicable, clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect to make a tax-free rollover or receive a taxable distribution (and, if applicable, a particular form of distribution), and

(ii) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects to make a tax-free rollover or receive a taxable distribution.

 

31


Section 11. Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals .

11.1 Claim for Benefits . Any Participant or Beneficiary who qualifies for the payment of benefits shall file a claim for his benefits with the Committee on a form provided by the Committee. The claim, including any election of an alternative benefit form, shall be filed at least 30 days before the date on which the benefits are to begin. If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to file a claim by the day before the date on which benefits become payable, he shall be presumed to have filed a claim for payment for the Participant’s benefits in the standard form prescribed by Sections 10.1 or 10.2.

11.2 Notification by Committee . Within 90 days after receiving a claim for benefits (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary within 90 days after receiving the claim for benefits), the Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary whether the claim has been approved or denied. If the Committee denies a claim in any respect, the Committee shall set forth in a written notice to the Participant or Beneficiary:

(i) each specific reason for the denial;

(ii) specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(iii) a description of any additional material or information which could be submitted by the Participant or Beneficiary to support his claim, with an explanation of the relevance of such information; and

(iv) an explanation of the claims review procedures set forth in Section 11.3.

11.3 Claims Review Procedure . Within 60 days after a Participant or Beneficiary receives notice from the Committee that his claim for benefits has been denied in any respect, he may file with the Committee a written notice of appeal setting forth his reasons for disputing the Committee’s determination. In connection with his appeal the Participant or Beneficiary or his representative may inspect or purchase copies of pertinent documents and records to the extent not inconsistent with other Participants’ and Beneficiaries’ rights of privacy. Within 60 days after receiving a notice of appeal from a prior determination (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative within 60 days after receiving the notice of appeal), the Committee shall furnish to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative, if any, a written statement of the Committee’s final decision with respect to his claim, including the reasons for such decision and the particular Plan provisions upon which it is based.

 

32


Section 12. The Committee and its Functions .

12.1 Authority of Committee . The Committee shall be the “plan administrator” within the meaning of ERISA and shall have exclusive responsibility and authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, including the interpretation and application of its provisions, except to the extent such responsibility and authority are otherwise specifically (i) allocated to the Bank, the Employers, or the Trustee under the Plan and Trust Agreement, (ii) delegated in writing to other persons by the Bank, the Employers, the Committee, or the Trustee, or (iii) allocated to other parties by operation of law. The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility regarding decisions concerning the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall have no investment responsibility with respect to the Investment Fund except to the extent, if any, specifically provided in the Trust Agreement. In the discharge of its duties, the Committee may employ accountants, actuaries, legal counsel, and other agents (who also may be employed by an Employer or the Trustee in the same or some other capacity) and may pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.

12.2 Identity of Committee . The Committee shall consist of three or more individuals selected by the Bank. Any individual, including a director, trustee, shareholder, officer, or Employee of an Employer, shall be eligible to serve as a member of the Committee. The Bank shall have the power to remove any individual serving on the Committee at any time without cause upon 10 days written notice, and any individual may resign from the Committee at any time upon 10 days written notice to the Bank. The Bank shall notify the Trustee of any change in membership of the Committee.

12.3 Duties of Committee . The Committee shall keep whatever records may be necessary to implement the Plan and shall furnish whatever reports may be required from time to time by the Bank. The Committee shall furnish to the Trustee whatever information may be necessary to properly administer the Trust. The Committee shall see to the filing with the appropriate government agencies of all reports and returns required of the Plan under ERISA and other laws.

Further, the Committee shall have exclusive responsibility and authority with respect to the Plan’s holdings of Stock and shall direct the Trustee in all respects regarding the purchase, retention, sale, exchange, and pledge of Stock and the creation and satisfaction of Exempt Loans. The Committee shall at all times act consistently with the Bank’s long-term intention that the Plan, as an employee stock ownership plan, be invested primarily in Stock. In determining the proper extent of the Trust’s investment in Stock, the Committee shall be authorized to employ investment counsel, legal counsel, appraisers, and other agents and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.

12.4 Valuation of Stock . If the valuation of any Stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market, the valuation of such Stock shall be determined by an independent appraiser. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “independent appraiser” means any appraiser meeting requirements similar to the requirements of the regulations prescribed under Section 170(a)(1) of the Code. The Valuation Date for all Plan transactions, including transactions between the Plan and a disqualified person, shall be the date of the transaction, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(d)(5).

 

33


12.5 Compliance with ERISA . The Committee shall perform all acts necessary to comply with ERISA. Each individual member or employee of the Committee shall discharge his duties in good faith and in accordance with the applicable requirements of ERISA.

12.6 Action by Committee . All actions of the Committee shall be governed by the affirmative vote of a number of members which is a majority of the total number of members currently appointed, including vacancies.

12.7 Execution of Documents . Any instrument executed by the Committee shall be signed by any member or employee of the Committee.

12.8 Adoption of Rules . The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations of uniform applicability as it deems necessary or appropriate for the proper administration and interpretation of the Plan.

12.9 Responsibilities to Participants . The Committee shall determine which Employees qualify to enter the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each Eligible Employee whatever summary plan descriptions, summary annual reports, and other notices and information may be required under ERISA. The Committee also shall determine when a Participant or his Beneficiary qualifies for the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each such Participant or Beneficiary whatever information is required under ERISA (or is otherwise appropriate) to enable the Participant or Beneficiary to make whatever elections may be available pursuant to Sections 6 and 10, and the Committee shall provide for the payment of benefits in the proper form and amount from the assets of the Trust Fund. The Committee may decide in its sole discretion to permit modifications of elections and to defer or accelerate benefits to the extent such decision is consistent with applicable law and made in a non-discriminatory manner and in the best interests of all Participants and Beneficiaries.

12.10 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity . If the Committee finds at any time that an individual qualifying for benefits under this Plan is a minor or is incompetent, the Committee may direct the benefits to be paid, in the case of a minor, to his parents, his legal guardian, or a custodian for him under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, or, in the case of an incompetent, to his spouse, or his legal guardian, the payments to be used for the individual’s benefit. The Committee and the Trustee shall not be obligated to inquire as to the actual use of the funds by the person receiving them under this Section 12.10, and any such payment shall completely discharge the obligations of the Plan, the Trustee, the Committee, and the Employers to the extent of the payment.

12.11 Indemnification by Employers . Except as separately agreed in writing, the Committee, and any member or employee of the Committee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by ERISA, and subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 C.F.R. Section 545.121, to the extent applicable, against any and all costs, damages, expenses, and liabilities reasonably incurred by or imposed upon it or him in connection with any claim made against it or him or in which it or he may be involved by reason of its or his being, or having been, the Committee, or a member or employee of the Committee, to the extent such amounts are not paid by insurance.

 

34


12.12 Nonparticipation by Interested Member . Any member of the Committee who also is a Participant in the Plan shall take no part in any determination specifically relating to his own participation or benefits, unless his abstention would leave the Committee incapable of acting on the matter.

Section 13. Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan .

13.1 Adoption of Plan by Other Employers . With the consent of the Bank, any entity may become a participating Employer under the Plan by (i) taking such action as shall be necessary to adopt the Plan, (ii) becoming a party to the Trust Agreement establishing the Trust Fund, and (iii) executing and delivering such instruments and taking such other action as may be necessary or desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to the entity’s Employees.

13.2 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the adoption of the Plan and the execution of the Trust Agreement are conditioned upon their being determined initially by the Internal Revenue Service to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code, so that the Employers may deduct currently for federal income tax purposes their contributions to the Trust and so that the Participants may exclude the contributions from their gross income and recognize income only when they receive benefits. In the event that this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a), the Plan may be amended retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure qualification under Section 401(a). If this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a) either as originally adopted or as amended, each Employer’s contributions to the Trust under this Plan (including any earnings thereon) shall be returned to it and this Plan shall be terminated. In the event that this Plan is amended after its initial qualification and the Plan as amended is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify under Section 401(a), the amendment may be modified retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure approval of the amendment under Section 401(a). In addition, reversions of Employer contributions (including earnings or losses attributable thereto) are permitted within one year after the applicable determination date, if the reversion is due to a good faith mistake of fact.

13.3 Right to Amend or Terminate . The Bank intends to continue this Plan as a permanent program. However, each participating Employer separately reserves the right to suspend, supersede, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to that Employer’s Employees, and the Bank reserves the right to amend, suspend, supersede, merge, consolidate, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to the Employees of each Employer. No amendment, suspension, supersession, merger, consolidation, or termination of the Plan shall (i) reduce any Participant’s or Beneficiary’s proportionate interest in the Trust Fund, (ii) reduce or restrict, either directly or indirectly, the benefit provided any Participant prior to the amendment, or (iii) divert any portion of the Trust Fund to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan. Moreover, there shall not be any transfer of assets to a successor plan or merger or consolidation with another plan unless, in the event of the termination of the successor plan or the surviving plan immediately following such transfer, merger, or consolidation, each participant or beneficiary would be entitled to a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to if the plan in which he was previously a participant or beneficiary had terminated immediately prior to such transfer, merger, or consolidation. Following a termination of this Plan by the Bank, the Trustee shall continue to administer the Trust and pay benefits in accordance with the Plan as amended from time to time and the Committee’s instructions.

 

35


Section 14. Miscellaneous Provisions .

14.1 Plan Creates No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Plan shall be interpreted as giving any Employee the right to be retained as an Employee by an Employer, or as limiting or affecting the rights of an Employer to control its Employees or to terminate the Service of any Employee at any time and for any reason, subject to any applicable employment or collective bargaining agreements.

14.2 Nonassignability of Benefits . No assignment, pledge, or other anticipation of benefits from the Plan will be permitted or recognized by the Employer, the Committee, or the Trustee. Moreover, benefits from the Plan shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or other legal process for debts or liabilities of any Participant or Beneficiary, to the extent permitted by law. This prohibition on assignment or alienation shall apply to any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony, or property rights to a present or former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant pursuant to a state domestic relations or community property law, unless the judgment, decree, or order is determined by the Committee to be a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, as more fully set forth in Section 14.12 hereof.

14.3 Limit of Employer Liability . The liability of the Employer with respect to Participants under this Plan shall be limited to making contributions to the Trust from time to time, in accordance with Section 4.

14.4 Treatment of Expenses . All expenses incurred by the Committee and the Trustee in connection with administering this Plan and Trust Fund shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent the expenses have not been paid or assumed by the Employer or by the Trustee. The Committee may determine that, and shall inform the Trustee when, reasonable expenses may be charged directly to the Account or Accounts of a Participant or group of Participants to whom or for whose benefit such expenses are allocable, subject to the guidelines set forth in Field Assistance Bulletin 2003-03, to the extent not superseded, or any successor directive issued by the Department of Labor.

14.5 Number and Gender . Any use of the singular shall be interpreted to include the plural, and the plural the singular. Any use of the masculine, feminine, or neuter shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the context shall require.

14.6 Nondiversion of Assets . Except as provided in Sections 5.2 and 14.12, under no circumstances shall any portion of the Trust Fund be diverted to or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan.

 

36


14.7 Separability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.

14.8 Service of Process . The agent for the service of process upon the Plan shall be the president of the Bank, or such other person as may be designated from time to time by the Bank.

14.9 Governing State Law . This Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to the extent those laws are applicable under the provisions of ERISA.

14.10 Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility . Employer Contributions to the Plan are conditioned on deductibility under Code Section 404. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service shall determine that all or any portion of an Employer Contribution is not deductible under that Section, the nondeductible portion shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction. In addition, reversions of Employer contributions (including earnings or losses attributable thereto) are permitted within one year after the applicable determination date, if the reversion is due to a good faith mistake of fact. The maximum amount that may be returned to the Employer in the case of a mistake of fact or the disallowance of a deduction is the excess of (1) the amount contributed, over, as relevant, (2) (A) the amount that would have been contributed had no mistake of fact occurred, or (B) the amount that would have been contributed had the contribution been limited to the amount that is deductible after any disallowance by the Internal Revenue Service.

14.11 Unclaimed Accounts . Neither the Employer nor the Trustees shall be under any obligation to search for, or ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. The Employer or the Trustees, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the Employer, shall notify any Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan, and the notice shall quote the provisions of this Section. If the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim his benefits or make his whereabouts known in writing to the Employer or the Trustees within seven (7) calendar years after the date of notification, the benefits of the Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan will be disposed of as follows:

(i) If the whereabouts of the Participant is unknown but the whereabouts of the Participant’s Beneficiary is known to the Trustees, distribution will be made to the Beneficiary.

(ii) If the whereabouts of the Participant and his Beneficiary are unknown to the Trustees, the Plan will forfeit the benefit, provided that the benefit is subject to a claim for reinstatement if the Participant or Beneficiary make a claim for the forfeited benefit.

Any payment made pursuant to the power herein conferred upon the Trustees shall operate as a complete discharge of all obligations of the Trustees, to the extent of the distributions so made.

 

37


14.12 Qualified Domestic Relations Order . Section 14.2 shall not apply to a “qualified domestic relations order” defined in Code Section 414(p), and such other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. Further, to the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order,” a former Spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan.

In the case of any domestic relations order received by the Plan:

(i) The Employer or the Committee shall promptly notify the Participant and any other alternate payee of the receipt of such order and the Plan’s procedures for determining the qualified status of domestic relations orders, and

(ii) Within a reasonable period after receipt of such order, the Employer or the Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order and notify the Participant and each alternate payee of such determination. The Employer or the Committee shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders.

During any period in which the issue of whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being determined (by the Employer or Committee, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise), the Employer or the Committee shall segregate in a separate account in the Plan or in an escrow account the amounts which would have been payable to the alternate payee during such period if the order had been determined to be a qualified domestic relations order. If within eighteen (18) months the order (or modification thereof) is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons entitled thereto. If within eighteen (18) months it is determined that the order is not a qualified domestic relations order, or the issue as to whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order is not resolved, then the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order. Any determination that an order is a qualified domestic relations order which is made after the close of the eighteen (18) month period shall be applied prospectively only. The term “alternate payee” means any Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefit payable under a Plan with respect to such Participant.

14.13 Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections . Pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)-21, the Plan may elect to use electronic media to provide notices required to be provided to Participants under the Plan and will accept elections from Participants communicated to the Plan using such electronic media.

14.14 Acquisition of Securities . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, at no time shall the Plan be obligated to acquire securities from a particular security holder at an indefinite time determined upon the happening of an event such as the death of the security holder, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(a)(7)(i).

 

38


Section 15. Top-Heavy Provisions .

15.1 Top-Heavy Plan . This Plan is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:

(i) If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group;

(ii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group (but is not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the group of Plans exceeds sixty percent (60%); or

(iii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds sixty percent (60%).

15.2 Definitions . In making this determination, the Committee shall use the following definitions and principles:

15.2-1 The “Determination Date,” with respect to the first Plan Year of any plan, means the last day of that Plan Year, and with respect to each subsequent Plan Year, means the last day of the preceding Plan Year. If any other plan has a Determination Date which differs from this Plan’s Determination Date, the top-heaviness of this Plan shall be determined on the basis of the other plan’s Determination Date falling within the same calendar years as this Plan’s Determination Date.

15.2-2 A “Key Employee” means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the plan year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having annual compensation greater than $160,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code), a 5-percent owner of the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

15.2-3 A “Non-key Employee” means an Employee who at any time during the five years ending on the top-heavy Determination Date for the Plan Year has received compensation from an Employer and who has never been a Key Employee, and the Beneficiary of any such Employee.

15.2-4 A “required aggregation group” includes (a) each qualified Plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and (b) any other qualified Plan of the Employer which enables a Plan described in (a) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a qualified Plan of the Employer includes a terminated Plan maintained by the Employer within the period ending on the Determination Date. In the case of a required aggregation group, each Plan in the group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is a top-heavy

 

39


group. No Plan in the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. All Employers aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) or (m) or (o) (but only after the Code Section 414(o) regulations become effective) are considered a single Employer.

15.2-5 A “permissive aggregation group” includes the required aggregation group of Plans plus any other qualified Plan(s) of the Employer that are not required to be aggregated but which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 and are comparable to the Plans in the required aggregation group. No Plan in the permissive aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. Only a Plan that is part of the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is top-heavy.

15.3 Top-Heavy Rules of Application . For purposes of determining the value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits the following provisions shall apply:

15.3-1 The value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the twelve (12) month period ending on the Determination Date.

15.3-2 For purposes of testing whether this Plan is top-heavy, the present value of an individual’s accrued benefits and an individual’s Account balances is counted only once each year.

15.3-3 The Account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant who is not presently a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1984 will be disregarded.

15.3-4 Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction or similar arrangement will be taken into account. Employer matching contributions also shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan.

15.3-5 When aggregating Plans, the value of Account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.

15.3-6 The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five (5) year period” for “one (1) year period.”

 

40


15.3-7 Accrued benefits and Account balances of an individual shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the top-heavy ratios if the individual has performed no services for the Employer during the one (1) year period ending on the applicable Determination Date. Compensation for purposes of this subparagraph shall not include any payments made to an individual by the Employer pursuant to a qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan.

15.3-8 The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount of the Account balances of any Employee participating in this Plan shall not include any rollover contributions or other transfers voluntarily initiated by the Employee except as described below. If this Plan transfers or rolls over funds to another Plan in a transaction voluntarily initiated by the Employee, then this Plan shall count the distribution for purposes of determining Account balances or the present value of accrued benefits. A transfer incident to a merger or consolidation of two or more Plans of the Employer (including Plans of related Employers treated as a single Employer under Code Section 414), or a transfer or rollover between Plans of the Employer, shall not be considered as voluntarily initiated by the Employee.

15.4 Minimum Contributions . For any Top-Heavy Year, each Employer shall make a special contribution on behalf of each Participant to the extent that the total allocations to his Account pursuant to Section 4 is less than the lesser of:

(i) three percent of his 415 Compensation for that year, or

(ii) the highest ratio of such allocation to 415 Compensation received by any Key Employee for that year. For purposes of the special contribution of this Section 15.2, a Key Employee’s 415 Compensation shall include amounts the Key Employee elected to defer under a qualified 401(k) arrangement. Such a special contribution shall be made on behalf of each Participant who is employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, regardless of the number of his Hours of Service, and shall be allocated to his Account.

If the Employer maintains a qualified plan in addition to this Plan and more than one such plan is determined to be Top-Heavy, a minimum contribution or a minimum benefit shall be provided in this Plan rather than in such other plan or plans.

15.5 Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan . In the event this Plan becomes top-heavy and a conflict arises between the top-heavy provisions herein set forth and the remaining provisions set forth in this Plan, the top-heavy provisions shall control.

 

41

Exhibit 10.2

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made effective as of __________, 2014 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Melrose Cooperative Bank (the “Bank”) and Jeffrey Jones (“Executive”). Any reference to the “Company” shall mean Melrose Bancorp, Inc. the stock holding company of the Bank.

WHEREAS , the Bank wishes to assure itself of the continued services of Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , in order to induce Executive to remain in the employ of the Bank and to provide further incentive for Executive to achieve the financial and performance objectives of the Bank, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Bank desires to set forth the rights and responsibilities of Executive and the compensation payable to Executive, as modified from time to time.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

During the term of this Agreement, Executive agrees to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank (the “Executive Position”), and will perform the duties and will have all powers associated with such position as set forth in any job description provided to Executive by the Bank, and as may be set forth in the bylaws of the Bank. During the period provided in this Agreement, Executive also agrees to serve, if elected, as an officer of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank and in such capacity carry out such duties and responsibilities reasonably appropriate to that office.

2. TERM AND DUTIES.

(a) The term of this Agreement and the period of Executive’s employment hereunder shall begin as of the Effective Date and shall continue for thirty-six (36) full calendar months thereafter. Commencing on the first anniversary date following the Effective Date and continuing on each anniversary date thereafter (the “Anniversary Date”), this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term shall be thirty-six (36) months, provided, however, that in order for this Agreement to renew, the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) must take the following actions within the time frames set forth below prior to each Anniversary Date: (i) at least sixty (60) days prior to the Anniversary Date, conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Executive for purposes of determining whether to extend this Agreement; and (ii) affirmatively approve the renewal or non-renewal of this Agreement, which such decision shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting. If the decision of such disinterested members of the Board is not to renew this Agreement, then the Board shall provide Executive with a written notice of non-renewal (“Non-Renewal Notice”) at least thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to any Anniversary Date, such that this Agreement shall terminate at the end of thirty-six (36)


months following such Anniversary Date. The failure of the disinterested members of the Board to take the actions set forth herein before any Anniversary Date will result in the automatic non-renewal of this Agreement, even if the Board fails to affirmatively issue the Non-Renewal Notice to Executive. If the Board fails to inform Executive of its determination regarding the renewal or non-renewal of this Agreement, the Executive may request, in writing, the results of the Board’s action (or non-action) and the Board shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt of such request, provide a written response to Executive. Reference herein to the term of this Agreement shall refer to both such initial term and such extended terms.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Bank or the Company has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction which would be considered a Change in Control as defined under Section 5 hereof, then the term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for thirty-six (36) months following the date on which the Change in Control occurs.

(c) During the period of his employment hereunder, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence, Executive will devote all of his business time, attention, skill and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties under this Agreement, including activities and duties related to the Executive Position. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, subject to the approval of the Board, Executive may serve as a member of the board of directors of business, community and charitable organizations, provided that in each case such service shall not materially interfere with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, adversely affect the reputation of the Bank or any other affiliates of the Bank, or present any conflict of interest.

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Executive’s employment following the expiration of the term of this Agreement.

3. COMPENSATION, BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT.

(a) Base Salary . In consideration of Executive’s performance of the responsibilities and duties set forth in this Agreement, the Bank will provide Executive the compensation specified in this Agreement. The Bank will pay Executive a salary of $ 241,134 per year (“Base Salary”). Such Base Salary will be payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Bank. During the term of this Agreement, the Board may consider increasing, but not decreasing (other than a decrease which is applicable to all senior officers of the Bank and in a percentage not in excess of the percentage decrease for other senior officers), Executive’s Base Salary as the Board deems appropriate. Any change in Base Salary will become the “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Bonus . Executive shall be entitled to participate in any bonus plan or arrangements of the Bank in which the Executive is eligible to participate. Nothing paid to Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of the other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

(c) Benefit Plans . Executive will be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites offered to employees and officers of the Bank. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), Executive also will be

 

2


entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans including but not limited to retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident plans, or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank in the future to management employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements.

(d) Vacation . Executive will be entitled to paid vacation time each year during the term of this Agreement measured on a calendar year basis, in accordance with the Bank’s customary practices, as well as sick leave, holidays and other paid absences in accordance with the Bank’s policies and procedures for officers. Any unused paid time off during an annual period will be treated in accordance with the Bank’s personnel policies as in effect from time to time.

(e) Expense Reimbursements . The Bank will reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive during the course of performing his obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees for memberships in such organizations as Executive and the Board mutually agree are necessary and appropriate in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, upon substantiation of such expenses in accordance with applicable policies and procedures of the Bank. All reimbursements pursuant to this Section 3(e) shall be paid promptly by the Bank and in any event no later than thirty (30) days following the date on which the expense was incurred.

(f) To the extent not specifically set forth in this Section 3, any compensation payable or provided under this Section 3 shall be paid or provided no later than two and one-half (2.5) months after the calendar year in which such compensation is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(d).

4. TERMINATION AND TERMINATION PAY.

Subject to Section 5 of this Agreement which governs the occurrence of a Change in Control, Executive’s employment under this Agreement may be terminated in the following circumstances:

(a) Death . Executive’s employment under this Agreement will terminate upon his death during the term of this Agreement, in which event Executive’s estate or beneficiary shall be paid Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of Executive’s death for a period of one (1) year following Executive’s death (payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Bank). In addition, for the later of: (i) the remaining term of this Agreement or (ii) one (1) year following Executive’s death, the Bank will continue to provide non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive and his family immediately prior to Executive’s death. Such continued benefits will be fully paid for by the Bank.

(b) Disability . Termination of Executive’s employment based on “Disability” shall mean termination because of any permanent and totally physical or mental impairment that restricts Executive from performing all the essential functions of normal employment. In the event of Executive’s termination due to Disability, Executive will be entitled to disability benefits, if any, provided under a long term disability plan sponsored by the Bank, if applicable.

 

3


(c) Termination for Cause . The Board may immediately terminate his employment at any time for “Cause.” Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause, except for already vested benefits. Termination for “Cause” shall mean termination because of, in the good faith determination of the Board, Executive’s:

(i) material act of dishonesty or fraud in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

(ii) willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board will likely cause economic damage to the Bank or injury to the business reputation of the Bank;

(iii) incompetence (in determining incompetence, the acts or omissions shall be measured against standards generally prevailing in the savings institutions industry);

(iv) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

(v) intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;

(vi) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses which results only in a fine or other non-custodial penalty) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; any violation of the policies and procedures of the Bank as outlined in the Bank’s employee handbook, which would result in termination of the Bank employees, as from time to time amended and incorporated herein by reference, or

(vii) material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to Executive a notice of termination which shall include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the disinterested members of the Board that Executive was guilty of the conduct described above and specifying the particulars of such conduct.

(d) Voluntary Termination by Executive . In addition to his other rights to terminate his employment under this Agreement, Executive may voluntarily terminate employment during the term of this Agreement (other than “With Good Reason” as defined below) upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Board. Upon Executive’s voluntary termination, Executive will receive only his compensation and vested rights and benefits as of the date of his termination.

 

4


(e) Termination Without Cause or With Good Reason .

 

  (i) The Board may immediately terminate his employment at any time for a reason other than Cause (a termination “Without Cause”), and Executive may, by written notice to the Board, terminate this Agreement at any time within ninety (90) days following an event constituting “Good Reason,” as defined below (a termination “With Good Reason”); provided, however, that the Bank shall have thirty (30) days to cure the “Good Reason” condition, but the Bank may waive its right to cure. Any termination of Executive’s employment, other than Termination for Cause shall have no effect on or prejudice the vested rights of Executive under the Bank’s qualified or non-qualified retirement, pension, savings, thrift, profit-sharing or bonus plans, group life, health (including hospitalization, medical and major medical), dental, accident and long term disability insurance plans or other employee benefit plans or programs, or compensation plans or programs in which Executive was a participant.

 

  (ii) In the event of termination as described under Section 4(e)(i) and subject to the requirements of Section 4(e)(v), the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be, as severance pay, a cash lump sum payment equal to two (2) times his highest annual rate of Base Salary earned by Executive during the calendar year of Executive’s date of termination or either of the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding Executive’s date of termination. Such payment shall be made to Executive within thirty (30) days following Executive’s date of termination.

 

  (iii)

In addition, the Bank will continue to provide to Executive life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable (and on substantially the same terms and conditions) to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to his termination under the same cost-sharing arrangements that apply for active employees of the Bank as of Executive’s date of termination. Such continued coverage shall cease upon the earlier of: (A) the date which is two (2) years from Executive’s date of termination or (B) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to the benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Bank. The period of continued health coverage required by Section 4980B(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), shall run concurrently with the coverage period provided herein. If the Bank cannot provide one or more of the benefits set forth in this paragraph because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits or the payment of such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value

 

5


  of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the later of Executive’s date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties.

 

  (iv) “Good Reason” exists if, without Executive’s express written consent, any of the following occurs:

 

  (A) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or benefits provided in this Agreement (other than a reduction or elimination of Executive’s benefits under one or more benefit plans maintained by the Bank as part of a good faith, overall reduction or elimination of such plans or benefits applicable to all participants in a manner that does not discriminate against Executive (except as such discrimination may be necessary to comply with applicable law));

 

  (B) a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities from the position and attributes associated with the Executive Position;

 

  (C) a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than twenty-five (25) miles from the Bank’s main office location as of the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (D) a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

 

  (v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits under this Section 4(e) unless and until Executive executes a release of his claims against the Bank, the Company and any affiliate, and their officers, directors, successors and assigns, releasing said persons from any and all claims, rights, demands, causes of action, suits, arbitrations or grievances relating to the employment relationship, including claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”), but not including claims for benefits under tax-qualified plans or other benefit plans in which Executive is vested, claims for benefits required by applicable law or claims with respect to obligations set forth in this Agreement that survive the termination of this Agreement. In order to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the ADEA, the release shall be provided to Executive no later than the date of his Separation from Service and Executive shall have no fewer than twenty-one (21) days to consider the release, and following Executive’s execution of the release, Executive shall have seven (7) days to revoke said release.

5. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(a) Change in Control Defined . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

6


  (i) Merger : The Company or the Bank merges into or consolidates with another entity, or merges another bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation;

 

  (ii) Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership : There is filed, or is required to be filed, a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) required under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (ii) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities;

 

  (iii) Change in Board Composition : During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (iii), each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders or corporators) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or who is appointed to the Board as the result of a directive, supervisory agreement or order issued by the primary federal regulator of the Company or the Bank or by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

 

  (iv) Sale of Assets : The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

(b) Change in Control Benefits . Upon the occurrence of Executive’s termination Without Cause or With Good Reason on or after the effective time of a Change in Control, the Bank (or any successor) shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as severance pay, an amount equal to three (3) times his highest annual rate of Base Salary earned by Executive during the calendar year of Executive’s date of termination or either of the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding Executive’s date of termination. Such payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following Executive’s date of termination. In addition, the Bank will continue to provide Executive with life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to his date of termination at no cost to Executive. Such continued coverage shall cease

 

7


upon the earlier of: (i) the date which is three (3) years from Executive’s date of termination or (ii) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to the benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Bank. If the Bank cannot provide one or more of the benefits set forth in this paragraph because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits or the payment of such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the later of Executive’s date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payments and benefits provided in this Section 5(b) shall be payable to Executive in lieu of any payments or benefits that are payable under Section 4(e).

6. COVENANTS OF EXECUTIVE.

(a) Non-Solicitation/Non-Compete . Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one (1) year following his termination of employment with the Bank (other than a termination of employment following a Change in Control), Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly:

 

  (i) solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank, or any of its respective subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business whatsoever that competes with the business of the Bank, or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that has headquarters or offices within twenty-five (25) miles of any location(s) in which the Bank has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office (the “Restricted Territory”);

 

  (ii) become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, joint venturer, partner or trustee of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other entity that competes with the business of the Bank or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that: (i) has a headquarters within the Restricted Territory or (ii) has one or more offices, but is not headquartered, within the Restricted Territory, but in the latter case, only if Executive would be employed, conduct business or have other responsibilities or duties within the Restricted Territory; or

 

  (iii) solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any customer of the Bank to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Bank.

 

8


(b) Confidentiality . Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities, plans for business activities, and all other proprietary information of the Bank, as it may exist from time to time, are valuable, special and unique assets of the business of the Bank. Executive will not, during or after the term of his employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities or any other similar proprietary information of the Bank to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless expressly authorized by the Board or required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank. Further, Executive may disclose information regarding the business activities of the Bank to any bank regulator having regulatory jurisdiction over the activities of the Bank pursuant to a formal regulatory request. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section, the Bank will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or any other similar proprietary information, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

(c) Information/Cooperation . Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank as may be reasonably required by the Bank, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between Executive and the Bank or any other subsidiaries or affiliates.

(d) Reliance . Except as otherwise provided, all payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executive’s compliance with this Section 6, to the extent applicable. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executive’s breach of this Section 6, agree that, in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive and all persons acting for or with Executive. Executive represents and admits that Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines of business than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to them for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.

7. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid by check or direct deposit from the general funds of the Bank (or any successor of the Bank).

 

9


8. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind expressly provided elsewhere.

9. NO ATTACHMENT; BINDING ON SUCCESSORS.

(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

(b) The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

10. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

11. REQUIRED PROVISIONS.

Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) The Board may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank’s Board other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after his termination for Cause.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

 

10


(c) Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary (with the exception of Section 4(c)(i)), Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to have been terminated unless and until Executive has a Separation from Service within the meaning of Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by Executive after the date of termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than fifty (50) percent of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 11(b) is not applicable in the event of the Executive’s termination for Cause.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Executive is a “specified employee” (i.e., a “key employee” of a publicly traded company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations issued thereunder) and any payment under this Agreement is triggered due to Executive’s Separation from Service (other than due to Disability or death), then solely to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Code, no payment shall be made during the first six (6) months following Executive’s Separation from Service. Rather, any payment which would otherwise be paid to Executive during such period shall be accumulated and paid to Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service. All subsequent payments shall be paid in the manner specified in this Agreement.

12. SEVERABILITY.

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

13. GOVERNING LAW.

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.

14. ARBITRATION.

Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator mutually acceptable to the Bank and Executive, sitting in a location selected by the Bank within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

 

11


15. PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES.

To the extent that such payment(s) may be made without triggering penalty under Code Section 409A, all reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank, provided that the dispute is resolved in Executive’s favor, and such reimbursement shall occur no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in Executive’s favor.

16. INDEMNIFICATION.

The Bank shall provide Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense, and shall indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) for the term of the Agreement and for a period of six (6) years thereafter to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank or the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank or the Company (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements (such settlements must be approved by the Board or the board of directors of the Company, as appropriate); provided, however, neither the Bank nor Company shall be required to indemnify or reimburse Executive for legal expenses or liabilities incurred in connection with an action, suit or proceeding arising from any illegal or fraudulent act committed by Executive.

17. NOTICE.

For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

To the Bank   

Melrose Cooperative Bank

638 Main Street

Melrose, MA 02176

To Executive:   

 

Most recent address on file with the Bank

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK
By:    
Name:
Title:
EXECUTIVE
 
Jeffrey Jones

 

13

Exhibit 10.3

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Change in Control Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of              , 2014 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Melrose Cooperative Bank (the “Bank”) and Diane Indorato (“Executive”). Any reference to the “Company” shall mean Melrose Bancorp, Inc., the stock holding company of the Bank.

WHEREAS , the Bank wishes to assure itself of the continued services of Executive as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Bank (the “Executive Position”) for the period provided in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce Executive to continue employment with the Bank and to provide further incentive to achieve the financial and performance objectives of the Bank, the parties desire to specify the benefits which shall be due to Executive in the event of a Change in Control (as defined below).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement . The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue thereafter for a period of two (2) years. Commencing on the first anniversary date of this Agreement (the “Anniversary Date”) and continuing on each Anniversary Date thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term of this Agreement is always two (2) years provided, however, that in order for this Agreement to renew, the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) must take the following actions within the time frames set forth below prior to each Anniversary Date: (i) at least sixty (60) days prior to the Anniversary Date, conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Executive for purposes of determining whether to extend this Agreement; and (ii) affirmatively approve the renewal or non-renewal of this Agreement, which decision shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting. If the decision of such disinterested members of the Board is not to renew this Agreement, then the Board shall provide Executive with a written notice of non-renewal (“Non-Renewal Notice”) at least thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to any Anniversary Date, such that this Agreement shall terminate at the end of twenty-four (24) months following such Anniversary Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company or the Bank has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction which would be considered a Change in Control as defined below, then the term of this Agreement shall be extended and shall terminate twenty-four (24) months following the date on which the Change in Control occurs.

2. Definitions . The following words and terms shall have the meanings set forth below for purposes of this Agreement.

(a) Base Salary . Executive’s “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement shall mean the annual rate of base salary paid to Executive by the Bank.


(b) Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Merger : The Company or the Bank merges into or consolidates with another entity, or merges another bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation;

(ii) Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership : There is filed, or is required to be filed, a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) required under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (ii) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities ;

(iii) Change in Board Composition : During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (iii), each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders or corporators) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or who is appointed to the board as the result of a directive, supervisory agreement or order issued by the primary federal regulator of the Company or the Bank or by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

( iv) Sale of Assets : The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

(c) Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean a termination by Executive, without Executive’s express written consent, any of the following occurs:

(i) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or benefits provided to Executive (other than a reduction or elimination of Executive’s benefits under one or more benefit plans maintained by the Bank as part of a good faith, overall reduction or elimination of such plans or benefits applicable to all participants in a manner that does not discriminate against Executive (except as such discrimination may be necessary to comply with applicable law));

(ii) a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities from the position and attributes associated with the Executive Position;

 

2


(iii) a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than twenty-five (25) miles from the Bank’s main office location as of the date of this Agreement; or

(iv) a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to any termination of employment for Good Reason, Executive must first provide written notice to the Board within ninety (90) days following the initial existence of the condition, describing the existence of such condition, and the Bank shall thereafter have the right to remedy the condition within thirty (30) days of the date the Board received the written notice from Executive, but the Bank may waive its right to cure. If the Bank remedies the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then no Good Reason shall be deemed to exist with respect to such condition. If the Bank does not remedy the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then Executive may deliver a notice of termination for Good Reason at any time within sixty (60) days following the expiration of such cure period.

(d) Termination for Cause . Termination for Cause shall mean termination because of, in the good faith determination of the Board, Executive’s:

(i) material act of dishonesty or fraud in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

(ii) willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board will likely cause economic damage to the Bank or injury to the business reputation of the Bank;

(iii) incompetence (in determining incompetence, the acts or omissions shall be measured against standards generally prevailing in the savings institutions industry);

(iv) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

(v) intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;

(vi) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses which results only in a fine or other non-custodial penalty) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; any violation of the policies and procedures of the Bank as outlined in the Bank’s employee handbook, which would result in termination of the Bank employees, as from time to time amended and incorporated herein by reference, or

(vii) material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to Executive a notice of termination which shall include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the disinterested members of the Board that Executive was guilty of the conduct described above and specifying the particulars of such conduct.

 

3


3. Benefits upon Termination in Connection with a Change in Control . In the event of Executive’s involuntary termination of employment by the Bank for reasons other than Termination for Cause, or a voluntary termination of employment by Executive for Good Reason occurring on or after a Change in Control, the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be, as severance pay, a cash lump sum payment equal to two (2) times Executive’s highest rate of Base Salary paid to Executive during the current calendar year of Executive’s date of termination or either of the two (2) calendar years immediately preceding Executive’s date of termination. Such payment shall be payable within thirty (30) days following Executive’s date of termination, and will be subject to applicable withholding taxes.

In addition, the Bank will continue to provide to Executive with life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable (and on substantially the same terms and conditions) to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to Executive’s termination under the same cost-sharing arrangements that apply for active employees of the Bank as of Executive’s date of termination. Such continued coverage shall cease upon the earlier of: (i) the date which is two (2) years from Executive’s date of termination or (ii) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to the benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Bank. If the Bank cannot provide one or more of the benefits set forth in this paragraph because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits or the payment of such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the later of Executive’s date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties.

4. 280G Cutback . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under this Agreement , either as a stand-alone benefit or when aggregated with other payments to, or for the benefit of, Executive (collectively referred to as the “Change in Control Benefits”) that are contingent on a change in control (as defined under Code Section 280G), constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Code Section 280G or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, Executive’s benefits payable under this Agreement shall be reduced by the minimum amount necessary so that the Change in Control Benefits that are payable to Executive are not subject to penalties under Code Sections 280G and 4999.

5. Source of Payments . All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid by check or direct deposit from the general funds of the Bank (or any successor to the Bank).

 

4


6. Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement between the Bank and Executive with respect to the matters agreed to herein. All prior agreements between the Bank and Executive with respect to the matters agreed to herein are hereby superseded and shall have no force or effect, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to Executive without reference to this Agreement.

7. No Attachment . Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

8. Binding on Successors . The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

9. Modification and Waiver .

(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

10. Required Provisions .

(a) The Board may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank’s Board other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Executive’s termination for Cause.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Bank or the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

(c) Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to have been terminated unless and until Executive has a Separation from Service within the meaning of Code Section 409A. For purposes of this

 

5


Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by Executive after the date of termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than fifty (50) percent of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii).

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Executive is a Specified Employee (as defined herein), then, solely, to the extent required to avoid penalties under Code Section 409A, Executive’s payments shall be delayed until the first day of the seventh month following Executive’s Separation from Service. A “Specified Employee” shall be interpreted to comply with Code Section 409A and shall mean a key employee within the meaning of Code Section 416(i) (without regard to paragraph 5 thereof), but an individual shall be a “Specified Employee” only if the Bank or Company is or becomes a publicly traded company.

11. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.

12. Arbitration . Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator mutually acceptable to the Bank and Executive, sitting in a location selected by the Bank within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

13. Notice . For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

To the Bank

  

Melrose Cooperative Bank

638 Main Street

Melrose, MA 02176

To Executive:

   Most recent address on file with the Bank

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement is entered into as of the date first above written.

 

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

EXECUTIVE
 
Diane Indorato

 

7

Exhibit 10.4

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Change in Control Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of              , 2014 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Melrose Cooperative Bank (the “Bank”) and James Oosterman (“Executive”). Any reference to the “Company” shall mean Melrose Bancorp, Inc., the stock holding company of the Bank.

WHEREAS , the Bank wishes to assure itself of the continued services of Executive as Vice President—Lending of the Bank (the “Executive Position”) for the period provided in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce Executive to continue employment with the Bank and to provide further incentive to achieve the financial and performance objectives of the Bank, the parties desire to specify the benefits which shall be due to Executive in the event of a Change in Control (as defined below).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement . The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue thereafter for a period of two (2) years. Commencing on the first anniversary date of this Agreement (the “Anniversary Date”) and continuing on each Anniversary Date thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term of this Agreement is always two (2) years provided, however, that in order for this Agreement to renew, the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) must take the following actions within the time frames set forth below prior to each Anniversary Date: (i) at least sixty (60) days prior to the Anniversary Date, conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Executive for purposes of determining whether to extend this Agreement; and (ii) affirmatively approve the renewal or non-renewal of this Agreement, which decision shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting. If the decision of such disinterested members of the Board is not to renew this Agreement, then the Board shall provide Executive with a written notice of non-renewal (“Non-Renewal Notice”) at least thirty (30) days and not more than sixty (60) days prior to any Anniversary Date, such that this Agreement shall terminate at the end of twenty-four (24) months following such Anniversary Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company or the Bank has entered into an agreement to effect a transaction which would be considered a Change in Control as defined below, then the term of this Agreement shall be extended and shall terminate twenty-four (24) months following the date on which the Change in Control occurs.

2. Definitions . The following words and terms shall have the meanings set forth below for purposes of this Agreement.

(a) Base Salary . Executive’s “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement shall mean the annual rate of base salary paid to Executive by the Bank.


(b) Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Merger : The Company or the Bank merges into or consolidates with another entity, or merges another bank or corporation into the Bank or the Company, and as a result, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the resulting corporation immediately after the merger or consolidation is held by persons who were stockholders of the Company or the Bank immediately before the merger or consolidation;

(ii) Acquisition of Significant Share Ownership : There is filed, or is required to be filed, a report on Schedule 13D or another form or schedule (other than Schedule 13G) required under Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if the schedule discloses that the filing person or persons acting in concert has or have become the beneficial owner of 25% or more of a class of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting securities; provided, however, this clause (ii) shall not apply to beneficial ownership of the Company’s or the Bank’s voting shares held in a fiduciary capacity by an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly beneficially owns 50% or more of its outstanding voting securities ;

(iii) Change in Board Composition : During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who constitute the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors at the beginning of the two-year period cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Company’s or the Bank’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for purposes of this clause (iii), each director who is first elected by the board (or first nominated by the board for election by the stockholders or corporators) by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or who is appointed to the board as the result of a directive, supervisory agreement or order issued by the primary federal regulator of the Company or the Bank or by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) shall be deemed to have also been a director at the beginning of such period; or

( iv) Sale of Assets : The Company or the Bank sells to a third party all or substantially all of its assets.

(c) Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean a termination by Executive, without Executive’s express written consent, any of the following occurs:

(i) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or benefits provided to Executive (other than a reduction or elimination of Executive’s benefits under one or more benefit plans maintained by the Bank as part of a good faith, overall reduction or elimination of such plans or benefits applicable to all participants in a manner that does not discriminate against Executive (except as such discrimination may be necessary to comply with applicable law));

(ii) a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities from the position and attributes associated with the Executive Position;

 

2


(iii) a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than twenty-five (25) miles from the Bank’s main office location as of the date of this Agreement; or

(iv) a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to any termination of employment for Good Reason, Executive must first provide written notice to the Board within ninety (90) days following the initial existence of the condition, describing the existence of such condition, and the Bank shall thereafter have the right to remedy the condition within thirty (30) days of the date the Board received the written notice from Executive, but the Bank may waive its right to cure. If the Bank remedies the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then no Good Reason shall be deemed to exist with respect to such condition. If the Bank does not remedy the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then Executive may deliver a notice of termination for Good Reason at any time within sixty (60) days following the expiration of such cure period.

(d) Termination for Cause . Termination for Cause shall mean termination because of, in the good faith determination of the Board, Executive’s:

(i) material act of dishonesty or fraud in performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Bank;

(ii) willful misconduct that in the judgment of the Board will likely cause economic damage to the Bank or injury to the business reputation of the Bank;

(iii) incompetence (in determining incompetence, the acts or omissions shall be measured against standards generally prevailing in the savings institutions industry);

(iv) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;

(v) intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;

(vi) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses which results only in a fine or other non-custodial penalty) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; any violation of the policies and procedures of the Bank as outlined in the Bank’s employee handbook, which would result in termination of the Bank employees, as from time to time amended and incorporated herein by reference, or

(vii) material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to Executive a notice of termination which shall include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the disinterested members of the Board that Executive was guilty of the conduct described above and specifying the particulars of such conduct.

 

3


3. Benefits upon Termination in Connection with a Change in Control . In the event of Executive’s involuntary termination of employment by the Bank for reasons other than Termination for Cause, or a voluntary termination of employment by Executive for Good Reason occurring on or after a Change in Control, the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the event of Executive’s subsequent death, Executive’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be, as severance pay, a cash lump sum payment equal to two (2) times Executive’s highest rate of Base Salary paid to Executive during the current calendar year of Executive’s date of termination or either of the two (2) calendar years immediately preceding Executive’s date of termination. Such payment shall be payable within thirty (30) days following Executive’s date of termination, and will be subject to applicable withholding taxes.

In addition, the Bank will continue to provide to Executive with life insurance coverage and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable (and on substantially the same terms and conditions) to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to Executive’s termination under the same cost-sharing arrangements that apply for active employees of the Bank as of Executive’s date of termination. Such continued coverage shall cease upon the earlier of: (i) the date which is two (2) years from Executive’s date of termination or (ii) the date on which Executive becomes a full-time employee of another employer, provided Executive is entitled to the benefits that are substantially similar to the health and welfare benefits provided by the Bank. If the Bank cannot provide one or more of the benefits set forth in this paragraph because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits or the payment of such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the later of Executive’s date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties.

4. 280G Cutback . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under this Agreement , either as a stand-alone benefit or when aggregated with other payments to, or for the benefit of, Executive (collectively referred to as the “Change in Control Benefits”) that are contingent on a change in control (as defined under Code Section 280G), constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Code Section 280G or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, Executive’s benefits payable under this Agreement shall be reduced by the minimum amount necessary so that the Change in Control Benefits that are payable to Executive are not subject to penalties under Code Sections 280G and 4999.

5. Source of Payments . All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid by check or direct deposit from the general funds of the Bank (or any successor to the Bank).

 

4


6. Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement between the Bank and Executive with respect to the matters agreed to herein. All prior agreements between the Bank and Executive with respect to the matters agreed to herein are hereby superseded and shall have no force or effect, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to Executive without reference to this Agreement.

7. No Attachment . Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.

8. Binding on Successors . The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

9. Modification and Waiver .

(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.

10. Required Provisions .

(a) The Board may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank’s Board other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Executive’s termination for Cause.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Bank or the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

(c) Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to have been terminated unless and until Executive has a Separation from Service within the meaning of Code Section 409A. For purposes of this

 

5


Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by Executive after the date of termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed is less than fifty (50) percent of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii).

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Executive is a Specified Employee (as defined herein), then, solely, to the extent required to avoid penalties under Code Section 409A, Executive’s payments shall be delayed until the first day of the seventh month following Executive’s Separation from Service. A “Specified Employee” shall be interpreted to comply with Code Section 409A and shall mean a key employee within the meaning of Code Section 416(i) (without regard to paragraph 5 thereof), but an individual shall be a “Specified Employee” only if the Bank or Company is or becomes a publicly traded company.

11. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.

12. Arbitration . Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator mutually acceptable to the Bank and Executive, sitting in a location selected by the Bank within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

13. Notice . For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:

 

To the Bank

  

Melrose Cooperative Bank

638 Main Street

Melrose, MA 02176

To Executive:

   Most recent address on file with the Bank

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement is entered into as of the date first above written.

 

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

EXECUTIVE
 
James Oosterman

 

7

Exhibit 10.5

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE

The purpose of this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) is for Melrose Cooperative Bank (the “Bank”) to provide current tax planning opportunities as well as supplemental funds for retirement for certain key members of its management with deferred compensation. The Plan shall be effective January 1, 2014. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. The Plan is also intended to qualify as a “top hat” plan for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms may have the meanings indicated, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

2.1 Annual Contribution . “Annual Contribution” means the amount required to be credited to the Participant’s SERP Account pursuant to Section 5.1 below.

2.2 Bank . “Bank” means Melrose Cooperative Bank or any successor to the business thereof, and any affiliated or subsidiary corporations designated by the Board.

2.3 Beneficiary . “Beneficiary” means the person or persons (and their heirs) designated as Beneficiary by the Participant to whom the deceased Participant’s benefits are payable. If no Beneficiary is so designated, then the Participant’s spouse, if living, will be deemed the Beneficiary. If the Participant’s spouse is not living, then the children of the Participant will be deemed the Beneficiaries and will take on a per stirpes basis. If there are no living children, then the estate of the Participant will be deemed the Beneficiary.

2.4 Benefit Age . “Benefit Age” means the date set forth in the Participant’s Participation Agreement.

2.5 Board . “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Bank.

2.6 Cause . “Cause” shall have the same meaning as set forth in any employment agreement or change in control agreement between the Bank or the Company and the Participant. If the Participant is not a party to an employment agreement or change in control agreement with the Bank or the Company, then Cause means a good faith determination of the Board of the Participant’s: (i) personal dishonesty; (ii) incompetence; (iii) willful misconduct; (iv) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit; (v) intentional failure to perform stated duties; or (vi) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease and desist order.

2.7 Change in Control . “Change in Control” shall mean: (a) a change in the ownership of the Bank; (b) a change in the effective control of the Bank; or (c) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank as defined in accordance with Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Section 2.7, the term “Bank” shall be defined to include the Company or any successor thereto.


(a) A change in the ownership of a corporation occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the Bank that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation.

(b) A change in the effective control of the Bank occurs on the date that either (i) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)(D)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Bank possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Bank, or (ii) a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this subsection “(ii)” is inapplicable where a majority shareholder of the Bank is another corporation.

(c) A change in a substantial portion of the Bank’s assets occurs on the date that any one person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Bank that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of (i) all of the assets of the Bank, or (ii) the value of the assets being disposed of, either of which is determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5), except to the extent that such regulations are superseded by subsequent guidance.

2.8 Code . “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.9 Committee . “Committee” means the Committee appointed to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 7.1 below.

2.10 Company . “Company” means Melrose Bancorp, Inc., the stock holding company of the Bank.

2.11 Disability . “Disability” means the Participant:

(a) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or

(b) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Participant’s employer.

(c) is determined to be disabled by the Social Security Administration.

2.12 Discretionary Contribution . “Discretionary Contribution” means discretionary contributions made by the Bank that are credited to the Participant’s SERP Account pursuant to Section 5.2 below.

 

2


2.13 Good Reason . “Good Reason” shall have the same meaning as set forth in any employment agreement or change in control agreement between the Bank or the Company and the Participant. If the Participant is not a party to an employment agreement or change in control agreement with the Bank or the Company, then Good Reason shall constitute any of the following circumstances if they occur without the Participant’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction in the Participant’s base salary and/or benefits not warranted by general across the board reductions due to economic necessity; (ii) a material reduction in the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities such that the Participant no longer holds a position with executive level responsibilities consistent with the Participant’s training and experience; or (iii) the permanent relocation of the Participant’s principal place of business to a location that is more than 30 miles from the Participant’s workplace at his initial participation in this Plan; provided that for a termination to be deemed for Good Reason, the Participant must give, within the 90 day period commencing on the initial existence of the condition(s) constituting Good Reason, written notice of the intention to terminate for Good Reason, and, upon receipt of such notice, the Bank shall have a 30 day period within which to cure such condition(s); and provided further that the Bank may waive such right to notice and opportunity to cure. In no event may facts or circumstances constituting “Good Reason” arise after the occurrence of facts or circumstances that the Bank relies upon, in whole or in material part, in terminating the Participant for Cause.

2.14 Participant . “Participant” means an executive officer who is designated by the Board to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 3.1 below.

2.15 Participation Agreement . “Participation Agreement” means a written agreement between the Bank and the Participant, pursuant to which the Bank agrees to provide the Participant with benefits described in the Plan and the Participation Agreement. Each Participation Agreement shall contain such information, terms and conditions as the Committee in its discretion may specify, including without limitation the following: (i) the effective date of the Participant’s participation in the Plan; (ii) the benefits in which the Participant is entitled to under the Plan and the form in which such benefits are to be paid; and (iii) any other provisions which supplement the terms and conditions contained in the Plan and which are not inconsistent with the terms and conditions of the Plan. Each Participant shall be required to enter into a Participation Agreement within 30 days of becoming eligible to participate. The Participation Agreement is attached to the Plan as Exhibit A.

2.16 Plan Year . “Plan Year” means the period from January 1 to December 31.

2.17 Separation from Service . “Separation from Service” or “Separates from Service” means the Participant’s retirement or other termination of employment with the Bank within the meaning of Code Section 409A. No Separation from Service shall be deemed to occur due to military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six (6) months or, if longer, so long as the Participant’s right to reemployment is provided by law or contract. If the leave exceeds six (6) months and the Participant’s right to reemployment is not provided by law or by contract, then the Participant shall have a Separation from Service on the first date immediately following such six-month period.

Whether a Separation from Service has occurred is determined based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Bank and the Participant reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the employee would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to an amount less than 50% of the average level of bona fide services performed over the immediately preceding 36 months (or such lesser period of time in which the Participant performed services for the Bank). The determination of whether a Participant has had a Separation from Service shall be made by applying the presumptions set forth in the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A.

 

3


2.18 SERP Account . “SERP Account” means an account to which the Bank shall credit all contributions allocated thereto. Each Participant’s SERP Account shall be utilized solely as a device for the determination and measurement of the amounts to be paid to the Participant pursuant to the Plan. A Participant’s SERP Account shall not constitute or be treated as a trust fund of any kind.

2.19 SERP Account Balance . “SERP Account Balance” means the balance of the Participant’s SERP Account as of the applicable distribution date.

2.20 Specified Employee . “Specified Employee” means, in the event the Bank or any corporate parent is or becomes publicly traded, a “Key Employee” as such term is defined in Code Section 416(i) without regard to paragraph 5 thereof.

ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY AND VESTING

3.1 Eligibility . The Plan is available to a select group of management and/or highly compensated employees of the Bank, determined from time to time by the Committee. Each employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan shall enroll in the Plan by entering into a Participation Agreement and completing all election forms and other forms as the Committee may request. An eligible employee’s participation in the Plan shall commence as of the date specified in the Participation Agreement.

3.2 Vesting . The Participant’s SERP Account Balance shall be subject to the vesting schedule set forth in his or her Participation Agreement. Notwithstanding the vesting schedule, the Participant’s SERP Account Balance shall automatically become 100% vested upon the Participant’s: (i) attainment of the Benefit Age, (ii) involuntary termination without Cause, (iii) death; (iv) Disability; or (v) involuntary termination without Cause or voluntary resignation for Good Reason within two years of a Change in Control.

ARTICLE IV

ACCOUNT

4.1 SERP Account . The Bank shall maintain for each Participant a SERP Account to which it shall credit all amounts allocated thereto in accordance with Article V of the Plan. Each Participant’s SERP Account shall be adjusted no less often than annually to reflect the credits made to the SERP Account and the earnings thereon pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Plan. Such adjustments shall be made as long any amount remains credited to the Participant’s SERP Account. The amounts allocated and adjustments made shall comprise of the SERP Account at any time.

4.2 Unsecured Creditor . The Participant’s interest in his or her SERP Account is limited to the right to receive payments under the Plan, and the Participant’s position is that of a general unsecured creditor of the Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its discretion, may elect to establish a fund containing assets equal to the amounts credited to the Participant’s SERP Account, and may elect in its discretion to designate a trustee and/or custodian to hold the fund in trust, provided, however that the fund shall remain a general asset of the Bank, subject to the rights of creditors of the Bank.

 

4


ARTICLE V

CONTRIBUTIONS

5.1 Annual Contributions . On the last day of each Plan Year, the Bank shall credit the Participant’s SERP Account with the Annual Contribution that is specified in the Participant’s Participation Agreement. Such Annual Contribution shall only be made if the Participant is employed with the Bank as of the last day of the Plan Year.

5.2 Discretionary Contributions . The Bank may, but is not obligated to, make Discretionary Contributions to the Participant’s SERP Account from time to time. Discretionary Contributions shall be credited at such times and in such amounts as recommended by the Committee and approved by the Board in its sole discretion.

5.3 Earnings . As of the last day of each Plan Year, the Bank shall credit each Participant’s SERP Account (and shall credit the SERP Account of any Participant with interest equal to a rate established by the Committee on the first day of the calendar year, compounded annually. The interest rate for the initial Plan Year shall be based on the Five Year Treasury Note (as reported by the U.S. Department of the Treasury), plus 100 basis points, and shall adjust annually as of the first business day of each Plan Year thereafter.

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

6.1 Attainment of Benefit Age . When the Participant attains the Benefit Age set forth in the Participant’s Participation Agreement, the Participant shall be entitled to receive his or her entire SERP Account Balance. The Participant’s SERP Account Balance, determined as of the date of the Participant’s Benefit Age, shall be paid to the Participant in a cash lump sum unless the Participant has elected another form of benefit in the Participation Agreement. Such payment shall commence no later than 30 days after the Participant attains his or her Benefit Age.

6.2 Separation of Service Prior to Attaining the Benefit Age . If the Participant has a Separation from Service other than due to: (i) death; (ii) Disability; (iii) Cause; or (iv) a Change in Control pursuant to Section 6.5 below prior to attaining the Participant’s Benefit Age, the Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to his or her vested SERP Account Balance. Such amount shall be paid no later than 30 days after the Participant’s Separation from Service date, subject to Section 6.7 below. The vested SERP Account Balance shall be determined as of the Participant’s Separation from Service date and shall be payable in a cash lump sum unless the Participant elects another form of payment in his Participation Agreement.

6.3 Death . Upon the death of a Participant, the Bank shall pay to the Participant’s Beneficiary an amount determined as follows:

(a) If the Participant dies while employed with the Bank, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to his or her entire SERP Account Balance. The SERP Account Balance shall be determined as of the Participant’s date of death and shall be paid in a cash lump sum to the Participant’s Beneficiary no later than 30 days after the Participant’s date of death.

(b) If the Participant dies following his or her Separation from Service, but prior to receiving his or her entire SERP Account Balance, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be paid the outstanding SERP Account Balance in a cash lump sum within 30 days after the Participant’s date of death.

 

5


6.4 Disability . In the event of the Participant’s Separation from Service with the Bank due to Disability, the Bank shall pay the Participant his or her entire SERP Account Balance. The vested SERP Account Balance shall be determined at the time of the Disability determination and shall be payable in a cash lump sum within 30 days after the Participant’s Separation from Service due to Disability.

6.5 Change in Control . In the event the Participant has an involuntary termination without Cause or resigns for Good Reason (provided such event constitutes a Separation from Service) within 24 months following a Change in Control, the Participant shall be entitled to a payment of his or her vested SERP Account Balance, which shall become fully vested (if not already fully vested). In addition, the Participant’s SERP Account Balance shall be increased by three (3) additional Annual Contributions (or the number of additional Annual Contributions that would have been made prior to the attainment of the Participant’s Benefit Age, if less). Any payment under this Section 6.5 will be paid in a cash lump sum no later than 30 days after the Participant’s Separation from Service date, subject to Section 6.7 below.

6.6 Termination for Cause . If the Participant is terminated for Cause, all benefits under the Plan shall be forfeited (even if vested) and the Participant’s participation in this Plan shall become null and void.

6.7 Delayed Distributions for Specified Employees . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant is a Specified Employee and payment of his or her SERP Account Balance is triggered due to Separation from Service (other than due to Disability or death), then solely to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Code Section 409A, no payment shall be made during the first six (6) months following the Participant’s Separation from Service. Rather, any payment which would otherwise be paid to the Participant during such period shall be accumulated and paid to the Participant in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following such Separation from Service. All subsequent payments of the Participant’s SERP Account Balance shall be paid in the manner specified in the Plan.

6.8 Modification of Time and Form of Payment . In the event a Participant desires to modify the time or form of payment of his or her SERP Account Balance, the Participant may do so on a written form provided by the Bank, provided that:

(a) the subsequent election shall not be effective for at least 12 months after the date on which the subsequent election is made;

(b) except for payments upon the Participant’s death, Disability, the first of a stream of payments for which the subsequent election is made shall be deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date on which such payment would otherwise have been made; and

(c) for payments scheduled to be made on a specified date or to commence under a fixed schedule, the subsequent election must be made at least 12 months before the date of the first scheduled payment.

6.9 Code Section 409A . The Plan shall be interpreted to comply with or be exempt from Code Section 409A, and all provisions of the Plan shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Code Section 409A. Each payment that is payable pursuant to this Plan is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(ii).

 

6


ARTICLE VII

ADMINISTRATION

7.1 Committee; Duties . This Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have the authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan. A majority vote of the Committee members shall control any decision.

7.2 Agents . The Committee may, from time to time, employ other agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Bank.

7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Committee in respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules of regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

7.4 Indemnity of Committee . The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense or liability arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct.

ARTICLE VIII

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

8.1 Claim . Any person claiming a benefit, requesting an interpretation or ruling under the Plan, or requesting information under the Plan shall present the request in writing to the Committee, which shall respond in writing within 30 days.

8.2 Denial of Claim . If the claim or request is denied, the written notice of denial shall state:

(a) The reasons for denial, with specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based.

(b) A description of any additional material or information required and an explanation of why it is necessary.

(c) An explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure.

8.3 Review of Claim . Any person whose claim or request is denied or who has not received a response within 30 days may request review by notice given in writing to the Committee. The claim or request shall be reviewed by the Committee who may, but shall not be required to, grant the claimant a hearing. On review, the claimant may have representation, examine pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing.

8.4 Final Decision . The decision on review shall normally be made within 60 days. If an extension of time is required for a hearing or other special circumstances, the claimant shall be notified and the time limit shall be 120 days. The decision shall be in writing and shall state the reasons and the relevant Plan provisions.

 

7


8.5 Arbitration . If a claimant continues to dispute the benefit denial based upon completed performance of this Plan and the Participation Agreement or the meaning and effect of the terms and conditions thereof, then the claimant may submit the dispute to mediation, administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) (or a mediator selected by the parties) in accordance with the AAA’s Commercial Mediation Rules. If mediation is not successful in resolving the dispute, it shall be settled by arbitration administered by the AAA under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

9.1 Amendment . Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, the Board reserves the exclusive right to freeze or to amend the Plan at any time, provided that no amendment to the Plan shall be effective to decrease or to restrict the amount accrued to the date of such amendment.

9.2 Complete Termination . Subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A, in the event of complete termination of the Plan, the Plan shall cease to operate and the Bank shall pay out to the Participant his or her vested SERP Account Balance (including the unvested portion) as of the date of termination of the Plan. Such complete termination of the Plan shall occur only under the following circumstances and conditions:

(a) The Board may terminate the Plan within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code Section 331, or with approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that the amounts deferred under the Plan are included in the Participant’s gross income in the latest of: (i) the calendar year in which the Plan terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

(b) The Board may terminate the Plan by irrevocable action within the 30 days preceding, or 12 months following, a Change in Control, provided that the Plan shall only be treated as terminated if all substantially similar arrangements sponsored by the Bank are terminated so that the Participant and all participants under substantially similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within 12 months of the date of the irrevocable termination of the arrangements. For these purposes, “Change in Control” shall be defined in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A.

(c) The Board may terminate the Plan provided that: (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank; (ii) all arrangements sponsored by the Bank that would be aggregated with this Plan under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Participant covered by this Plan was also covered by any of those other arrangements are also terminated; (iii) no payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the arrangement if the termination had not occurred are made within 12 months of the termination of the arrangement; (iv) all payments are made within 24 months of the termination of the arrangements; and (v) the Bank does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangement under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Participant participated in both arrangements, at any time within three years following the date of termination of the arrangement.

 

8


ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Unfunded Plan . This Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees. This Plan is not intended to create an investment contract, but to provide tax planning opportunities and retirement benefits to eligible individuals who have elected to participate in the Plan. Participants are select members of management who, by virtue of their position with the Bank, are uniquely informed as to the Bank’s operations and have the ability to materially affect the Bank’s profitability and operations.

10.2 Trust Fund . The Bank shall be responsible for the payment of all benefits provided under the Plan. At its discretion, the Bank may establish one or more rabbi trusts, with such trustees as the Board may approve, for the purpose of providing for the payment of such benefits. Such rabbi trust or trusts may be irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Bank’s creditors. To the extent any benefits provided under the Plan are actually paid from any such trust, the Bank shall have no further obligation with respect thereto, but to the extent not so paid, such benefits shall remain the obligation of, and shall be paid by, the Bank.

10.3 Payment to Participant, Legal Representative or Beneficiary . Any payment to any Participant or the legal representative, Beneficiary, or to any guardian or committee appointed for such Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Bank, which may require the Participant, legal representative, Beneficiary, guardian or committee, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release thereof in such form as shall be determined by the Bank.

10.4 Nonassignability . Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be unassignable and nontransferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.

10.5 Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

10.6 Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to any member of the Committee or the Secretary of the Bank. Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

10.7 Successors . The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns. The term “successors” as used herein shall include any corporate or other business entity which shall, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Bank, and successors of any such corporation or other business entity.

 

9


10.8 Payment of Employment and Code Section 409A Taxes . Any distribution under this Plan shall be reduced by the amount of any taxes required to be withheld from such distribution. This Plan shall permit the acceleration of the time or schedule of a payment to pay employment related taxes as permitted under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j) or to pay any taxes that may become due at any time that the arrangement fails to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder. In the latter case, such payments shall not exceed the amount required to be included in income as the result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

10.9 Acceleration of Payments . Except as specifically permitted herein or in other sections of this Plan, no acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment may be made hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments may be accelerated hereunder by the Bank, in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4) and any subsequent guidance issued by the United States Department of the Treasury. Accordingly, payments may be accelerated, in accordance with requirements and conditions of the Treasury Regulations (or subsequent guidance) in the following circumstances: (i) as a result of certain domestic relations orders; (ii) in compliance with ethics agreements with the federal government; (iii) in compliance with ethics laws or conflicts of interest laws; (iv) in limited cash-outs (but not in excess of the limit under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B)); (v) to apply certain offsets in satisfaction of a debt of the Participant to the Bank; (vi) in satisfaction of certain bona fide disputes between the Participant and the Bank; or (vii) for any other purpose set forth in the Treasury Regulations and subsequent guidance.

10.10 12 U.S.C. § 1828(k ). Any payments made to the Participant pursuant to this Plan or otherwise are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 U.S.C. § 1828(k) and 12 C.F.R. Part 359 Golden Parachute and Indemnification Payments or any other rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

10.11 Governing Law . The Plan is established under, and will be construed according to, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, to the extent such laws are not preempted by the ERISA or the Code and regulations published thereunder.

10.12 Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . In the event the Participant has a vested SERP Account Balance under this Plan, the benefits provided to the Participant under this Plan are specifically conditioned on the Participant’s covenant that, for a period of one (1) year following the Participant’s Separation from Service with the Bank, the Participant will not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly:

(a) solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank, or any of its respective subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business whatsoever that competes with the business of the Bank, or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that has headquarters or offices within 25 miles of any location(s) in which the Bank has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office (the “Restricted Territory”);

(b) become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, joint venturer, partner or trustee of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other entity that competes with the business of the Bank or any of

 

10


their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates, that: (i) has headquarters within the Restricted Territory or (ii) has one or more offices, but is not headquartered, within the Restricted Territory, but in the latter case, only if Participant would be employed, conduct business or have other responsibilities or duties within the Restricted Territory; or

(c) solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any customer of the Bank to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Bank.

In the event that the Participant violates any provision of this Section 10.12, all benefits payable to the Participant hereunder shall cease and any benefits previously paid shall be reimbursed to the Bank within 30 days of Bank’s notification to the Participant that this provision has been violated. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.12 to the contrary, in the event of the Participant’s termination of employment following a Change in Control, the Participant shall not be subject to the requirements of Sections 10.12(a), (b) or (c) above.

ARTICLE XI

EXECUTION

This Plan sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the supplemental executive retirement benefits to be provided by the Bank, and any previous agreements or understandings between the parties hereto regarding the subject matter hereof are superseded by this Plan.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank, acting through its authorized officer, has adopted this Plan.

 

    MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK
_______________________     By:    
Date      

 

12


Exhibit A

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

Participation Agreement

January 1, 2014

I, ____________ , and Melrose Cooperative Bank hereby agree, for good and valuable consideration, the value of which is hereby acknowledged, that I shall participate in the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“Plan”) established as of January 1, 2014, by Melrose Cooperative Bank, as such Plan may now exist or hereafter be modified, and do further agree to the terms and conditions thereof.

I understand that I must execute this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Participation Agreement (“Participation Agreement”) as well as notify the Committee of such execution in order to participate in the Plan. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of an inconsistency between the terms of this Participation Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control. Any elections that I may make in this Participation Agreement must be made on my initial entry into the Plan.

The following provisions relate to a determination of my Account Balance under the Plan.

Benefit Age . My Benefit Age is age__.

Annual Contribution . A fixed ___ percent of my annual rate Base Salary (in effect as of the last day of the Plan Year) will be contributed by the Bank to my SERP Account.

Discretionary Contribution . In the sole discretion of the Board, a Discretionary Contribution may be allocated to my SERP Account from time to time.

Vesting Rate . At the completion of ______ Years of Service from the beginning of the Plan Year in which I am eligible to participate, I will be 100% vested in my SERP Account Balance.

Distribution Upon Attainment of Benefit Age . I understand that within 30 days after attainment of my Benefit Age, I shall be entitled to my SERP Account Balance, calculated in accordance with all relevant provisions of the Plan. My SERP Account Balance will be paid in a cash lump sum payment unless I elect otherwise by checking the box below.

 

  q In lieu of a lump sum payment, I elect Annual Installments for _____Years (not to exceed 10 years)

Separation from Service Prior to Benefit Age . If I have a vested SERP Account Balance at the time of my voluntary or involuntary Separation from Service without Cause (as defined in the Plan) prior to attainment of my Benefit Age (other than due to Death or Disability or a Change in Control pursuant to Section 6.5 of the Plan), I shall be entitled to the vested portion of my SERP Account Balance, calculated in accordance with all relevant provisions of the Plan. My SERP Account Balance will be paid within 30 days after my Separation from Service in a cash lump sum payment unless I elect otherwise by checking the box below.


  q In lieu of a lump sum payment, I elect Annual Installments for _____Years (not to exceed 10 years)

Termination for Cause . I understand that if I have a Termination for Cause, my entire SERP Account Balance under this Plan shall be forfeited.

Death Benefit . In the event of my death prior to Separation from Service with the Bank, my Beneficiary shall be entitled to my entire SERP Account Balance, calculated in accordance with the Plan and payable in a lump sum payment within 30 days after my death.

Change in Control Occurs Before Separation from Service . I understand that if there is a Change in Control and within 24 months thereafter I have an involuntary Separation from Service or resign for Good Reason, I will be entitled to my entire SERP Account Balance. In addition, my SERP Account Balance will be increased by three (3) additional Annual Contributions (or the number of additional Annual Contributions that would have been made prior to the attainment of my Benefit Age, if less). My SERP Account Balance will be paid within 30 days after my Separation from Service in a cash lump sum payment. I understand that if there is a Change in Control and I voluntarily terminate employment (other than for Good Reason), I will be entitled only to the vested portion of my SERP Account Balance, calculated without regard to the Change in Control.

Disability While Employed . I understand that in the event of my Disability while employed with the Bank, I will be entitled my entire SERP Account Balance calculated as set forth in the Plan. My Disability Benefit will be paid in a cash lump sum payment within 30 days after my Separation from Service due to Disability.

Notwithstanding anything in this Participation Agreement to the contrary, if I am a “Specified Employee” (as defined in the Plan) at the time of my Separation from Service (for reasons other than death or Disability), my SERP Account Balance hereunder shall be held by the Bank and distributed to me commencing on the first day of the seventh month following my Separation from Service pursuant to Section 6.7 of the Plan.

This Participation Agreement shall become effective upon execution below by me as the Participant and by a duly authorized officer of the Bank

Dated this ______ day of _____________________, 2014.

 

EXECUTIVE     MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK
      By:    
      Duly Authorized Officer of the Bank

 

2


PART II: BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

In accordance with the terms of the Plan, I hereby designate the following Beneficiary(ies) to receive any death benefits under the Agreement:

 

 

PRIMARY BENEFICIARY:    
Name:         % of Benefit:    
Name:         % of Benefit:    
Name:         % of Benefit:    

 

SECONDARY BENEFICIARY (if all Primary Beneficiaries pre-decease the Participant):
Name:         % of Benefit:    
Name:         % of Benefit:    
Name:         % of Benefit:    

This Beneficiary Designation hereby revokes any prior Beneficiary Designation which may have been in effect and this Beneficiary Designation is revocable.

 

 

 

     

 

Date     Participant’s Signature

 

3

Exhibit 10.6

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK

EXECUTIVE ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE I

Establishment, Purpose and Duration

1.1 Establishment. This Executive Annual Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is adopted by Melrose Cooperative Bank (the “Bank”), effective as of January 1, 2014.

1.2 Purpose. The objectives of the Plan are to optimize the profitability and growth of the Bank (including its affiliates) through incentives consistent with the Bank’s goals in order to link and align the personal interests of the Participants with the incentive for individual and overall Bank performance. This Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Bank in its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of Participants who make significant contributions to the Bank’s success and to allow Participants to share in the success of the Bank.

1.3 Duration of this Plan . This Plan shall commence on the Effective Date, and shall remain in effect until terminated, modified or amended in accordance with Section 3.1 of the Plan.

ARTICLE II

Definitions

Definitions . Whenever used in this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1 Base Salary ” means the Participant’s annual rate of base salary paid during each calendar year, excluding bonuses and other forms of variable income, fringe benefits, reimbursements, etc.

 

1.2 Bonus Award ” means an annual bonus paid as a cash lump sum under the Plan.

 

1.3 Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors.

1.4 “Eligible Employee” means employees of the Bank who are selected by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to participate in this Plan. Being selected to participate in this Plan for one Plan Year does not guarantee selection for participation in the Plan for any other Plan Year.

 

1.5 Plan Year ” means the Bank’s fiscal year, which is the calendar year.

1.6 Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who has been notified by the Committee that he or she has been selected to participate in this Plan for the current Plan Year.

ARTICLE II

Annual Cash Bonuses

2.1 Bonus Award


(a) No later than 90 days after the commencement of each Plan Year, the Committee shall set performance objectives pursuant to Section 2.2 for each Participant in writing in an Award Agreement, which shall be provided to each Participant and included as an exhibit to the Plan. If the performance objectives for the Participant are accomplished, the Participant shall receive a Bonus Award under the Plan equal to a designated percentage of the Participant’s Base Salary, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion and set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement.

(b) In addition to the attainment of the performance objectives set forth by the Committee for the Participant in the Award Agreement, payment of the Bonus Award is also contingent on the Participant’s overall performance level being “at expectation” as determined by the Committee. The Committee shall have the final authority to determine whether any Participant has satisfied these requirements.

(c) If an Eligible Employee becomes a Participant at any time after the beginning of a Plan Year, the Bonus Award payable to that Participant shall be pro-rated, such that, the percentage of Base Salary that constitutes the Bonus Award for that Plan Year shall be multiplied by a fraction, where the numerator is the number of full calendar months that the individual was a Participant during the Plan Year and the denominator is 12.

2.2 Performance Objectives .

(a) Payment of Bonus Awards in any Plan Year is contingent upon the performance objectives specified by the Committee for any Participant being met by the Bank and/or Participant. The specific performance objectives are determined annually by the Committee and are subject to change by the Committee, but generally include objective performance targets focused on financial performance, growth, asset quality, and risk management, including, but not limited to, return on average assets, net income margin, return on equity, loan production, asset quality and subjective, discretionary performance targets, such as particular qualitative factors for each Participant, based on his or her duties for the Bank.

(b) Each performance objective shall specify levels of achievement of goals ranging as follows:

 

  (i) Threshold Level: The level for minimum performance deemed worthy of a Bonus Award.

 

  (ii) Target Level: The level for typical, expected performance.

 

  (iii) Maximum Level. The level for outstanding performance.

(c) Each objective will be weighted based on priority as a percentage of the total Bonus Award payable to the Participant. The weight of each performance objective attributable to a Participant shall be set forth in his or her Award Agreement.

2.3 Termination of Employment. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, a Participant who is not employed as of the payout date for his or her Bonus Award shall forfeit the Bonus Award.

 

2


2.4 Time of Payout. No later than two and one half (2  1 2 ) months after the close of the Plan Year (i.e., by the March 15 that immediately follows the end of the Plan Year for which the performance is measured), the Bonus Award will be paid to the Participant in a cash lump sum, through regular payroll practices, including all applicable withholdings. Bonus Awards under the Plan are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code under the “short term deferral rule” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4).

ARTICLE III

Amendments and Termination

3.1 Right to Amend or Terminate . The Committee may amend or terminate this Plan at any time without the consent of any Participants, provided, however, that the Committee may not reduce the amount of the Bonus Award already earned by any Participant in any Plan Year without the Participant’s consent.

ARTICLE IV

Miscellaneous

4.1 Binding Effect. This Plan shall be binding on the Participants, the Bank, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

4.2 No Guarantee of Employment . This Plan is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give any Participant the right to remain an employee of the Bank, nor does it interfere with the Bank’s right to discharge the Participant. It also does not interfere with the Participant’s right to terminate employment at any time.

4.3 Non-Transferability . Bonus Awards under this Plan cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered in any manner.

4.4 Applicable Law . The Plan and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

4.5 Entire Agreement. This Plan constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and each Participant as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Participant by virtue of this Plan other than those specifically set forth herein.

4.6 Administration. The Committee shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Plan, including but not limited to:

(a) Interpreting the provisions of the Plan;

(b) Determine the persons eligible to participate in the Plan;

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

 

3


(d) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Plan.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank has executed this Plan on the date set forth below.

 

      MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK
______________________     By:    
Date      

 

5


MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK

EXECUTIVE ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN

AWARD AGREEMENT

 

Name:

      

Plan Year:

      

Plan Year Base Salary:

      

 

          Award as a % Base Salary

Performance
Objective

 

Weight

   

Below

Threshold

 

Threshold

 

Target

 

Maximum &
Above

    0%      
    0%      
    0%      
    0%      
    0%      
Totals     100   0%      

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name

  

State of Incorporation

    
Melrose Cooperative Bank    Massachusetts (direct)   
MCBSC, Inc.    Massachusetts (indirect)   

Exhibit 23.2

 

LOGO

March 7, 2014

Board of Directors

Melrose Cooperative Bank

638 Main Street

Melrose, Massachusetts 02176

Members of the Board of Directors:

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Application for Conversion, and any amendments thereto to be filed with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the Federal Reserve Board, and in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Valuation Appraisal Report and any Valuation Appraisal Report Updates and in such filings including the prospectus of Melrose Bancorp, Inc. and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

Sincerely,
LOGO
RP FINANCIAL, LC.

 

 

Washington Headquarters   
Three Ballston Plaza    Telephone: (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600    Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22201    Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com    E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

Exhibit 23.3

 

LOGO

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 and in the regulatory applications filed by Melrose Cooperative Bank (the “Bank”) with the Massachusetts Commissioner of Bank and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in connection with the Bank’s proposed mutual to stock conversion, and the holding company application filed with the Federal Reserve Board by Melrose Bancorp, Inc. (collectively, the “Regulatory Applications”), of our report dated March 4, 2014, on the consolidated financial statements of Melrose Cooperative Bank and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for the years then ended, appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement on Form S-l and the Regulatory Applications. We further consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

LOGO
SHATSWELL, MacLEOD & COMPANY, P.C.

West Peabody, Massachusetts

March 7, 2014

 

LOGO

Exhibit 99.1

RP ® FINANCIAL , LC .

 

Advisory | Planning | Valuation

November 7, 2013

Jeffrey D. Jones

President and CEO

Melrose Co-operative Bank

638 Main Street

Melrose, MA 02176

Dear Mr. Jones:

This letter sets forth the agreement between Melrose Co-operative Bank, Melrose, Massachusetts (the “Bank”), and RP ® Financial, LC (“RP Financial”) for independent conversion appraisal services in conjunction with the stock to be issued concurrent with the Bank’s proposed mutual-to-stock conversion transaction. The specific appraisal services to be rendered by RP Financial are described below.

Description of Appraisal Services

RP Financial will conduct financial due diligence, including on-site interviews of senior management and reviews of historical and pro forma financial information and other documents and records, to gain insight into the operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and various internal and external factors which will be considered in estimating the pro forma market value of the Bank in accordance with the applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines.

RP Financial will prepare a detailed written valuation report of the Bank that will be fully consistent with applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices. The appraisal report will include an analysis of the Bank’s financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the Bank’s interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The appraisal report will incorporate an evaluation of the Bank’s business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds both in the short term and over the longer term. A peer group analysis relative to certain relatively comparable publicly-traded banking companies will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments for the Bank relative to the peer group’s pricing ratios.

We will review pertinent sections of the applications and offering documents and conduct discussions with representatives of the Bank to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal, including the impact of key deal elements on the appraised value, such as dividend policy, use of proceeds and reinvestment rate, tax rate, offering expenses, characteristics of stock plans and charitable foundation contribution (if applicable).

The original appraisal report will establish a midpoint pro forma market value in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements. The appraisal report may be periodically updated throughout the conversion process, and there will be at least one updated appraisal that would be prepared at the time of the closing of the stock offering to determine the number of shares to be issued in accordance with the conversion regulations.

 

Washington Headquarters

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Arlington, VA 22201

www.rpfinancial.com

E-Mail: mfaust@rpfinancial.com

 

Direct: (703) 647-6553

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594


Melrose Co-operative Bank

November 7, 2013

Page 2

 

RP Financial agrees to deliver the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Bank at the above address in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory application. Subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such valuation updates. Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation appraisal and subsequent updates. RP Financial will also prepare the pro forma presentations for inclusion in the prospectus, reflecting the original appraisal and subsequent updates, as appropriate.

RP Financial expects to formally present the appraisal report, including the appraisal methodology, peer group selection and assumptions, to the Board of Directors for review and consideration. If appropriate, RP Financial will present subsequent updates to the Board. It is understood that this appraisal may be presented either in person or telephonically.

Fee Structure and Payment Schedule

The Bank agrees to pay RP Financial a fixed fee of $40,000 for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report and $5,000 for each subsequent update, plus reimbursable expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:

 

    $10,000 upon execution of this letter of agreement engaging RP Financial’s appraisal services;

 

    $30,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and,

 

    $ 5,000 for each valuation update that may be required, provided that the transaction is not delayed for reasons described below.

The Bank will reimburse RP Financial for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the original appraisal and subsequent updates. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, printing, telephone, facsimile, shipping, reasonable counsel fees, computer and data services, and will not exceed $5,000 in the aggregate, without the Bank’s authorization to exceed this level.

In the event the Bank shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed stock offering prior to delivery of the completed documents set forth above and payment of the respective progress payment fees, the Bank agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financial’s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after giving full credit to the initial retainer fee. RP Financial’s standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for research associates to $450 per hour for managing directors.

If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Bank and RP Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, major changes in the conversion regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to appraisals, major changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of applications by the regulators such that completion of the transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal.


Melrose Co-operative Bank

November 7, 2013

Page 3

 

Covenants, Representations and Warranties

The Bank and RP Financial agree to the following:

1. The Bank agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation. Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include: annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records. All information provided by the Bank to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the conversion is not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall promptly return to the Bank the original and any copies of such information.

2. The Bank represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Bank’s knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or in response to informational requests by RP Financial fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

3. (a) The Bank agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective members, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as “RP Financial”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees, and all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Bank to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Bank to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Bank, or the Bank’s respective officers, directors, employees or agents, which action or omission is undertaken in bad faith or is negligent. The Bank will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder. Reasonable time devoted by RP Financial to situations for which RP Financial is deemed entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Bank at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.

(b) RP Financial shall give written notice to the Bank of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder, including the name of counsel that RP Financial intends to engage in connection with any indemnification related matter. In the event the Bank elects, within seven days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such


Melrose Co-operative Bank

November 7, 2013

Page 4

 

claim by written notice to RP Financial, the Bank shall not be obligated to make payments under Section 3(c), but RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Bank hereunder within five days after the final non-appealable determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Bank or a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction or alternative adjudication forum, unless it is determined in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof that RP Financial is not entitled to indemnity hereunder. If the Bank does not so elect to contest a claim for indemnification by RP Financial hereunder, RP Financial shall (subject to the Bank’s receipt of the written statement and undertaking under Section 3(c) hereof) be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Bank of detailed billing statements or invoices for which RP Financial is entitled to reimbursement under Section 3(c) hereof.

(c) Subject to the Bank’s right to contest under Section 3(b) hereof, the Bank shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Bank: (1) a written statement of RP Financial’s good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final, non-appealable adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification; and (3) a detailed invoice of the expenses for which reimbursement is sought.

(d) In the event the Bank does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.

This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Bank and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Commonwealth of Virginia. This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.

The Bank and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Bank nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other. RP Financial represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or circumstance that would cause it not to be “independent” within the meaning of the conversion regulations of the federal banking agencies or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway RP Financial from serving in the role of independent appraiser for the Bank.

* * * * * * * * * * *


Melrose Co-operative Bank

November 7, 2013

Page 5

 

Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter, together with the initial retainer fee of $10,000.

 

  

Sincerely,

  
  

LOGO

  
  

Marcus Faust

  
  

Managing Director

  

Agreed To and Accepted By:

   /s/ Jeffrey D. Jones                          
   Jeffrey D. Jones   
  

President and CEO

  

Upon Authorization by the Board of Directors For:

  

Melrose Co-operative Bank

Melrose, Massachusetts

  

Date Executed:    November 15, 2013

Exhibit 99.2

 

LOGO

March 7, 2014

Board of Directors

Melrose Cooperative Bank

638 Main Street

Melrose, Massachusetts 02176

 

Re: Plan of Conversion
   Melrose Bancorp, Inc.
   Melrose Cooperative Bank

Members of the Board of Directors:

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Directors of Melrose Cooperative Bank (the “Bank”). Pursuant to the Plan, the Bank will convert from a Massachusetts mutual cooperative bank to a Massachusetts stock cooperative bank and become the wholly-owned subsidiary of Melrose Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), a newly formed Maryland corporation, which will sell shares of common stock in a public offering. When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of the Bank will be owned by the Company and all of the common stock of the Company will be owned by public stockholders.

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company are to be issued to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and, (3) Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans. Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community and/or syndicated community offerings, but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:

 

  (1) the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and,

 

  (2) the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.

Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Company’s value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.

 

Sincerely,
LOGO
RP Financial, LC.

 

 

Washington Headquarters   
Three Ballston Plaza    Telephone: (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600    Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22201    Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com    E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

Exhibit 99.3

PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT

STANDARD CONVERSION

Melrose Bancorp, Inc. | Melrose, Massachusetts

PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR:

Melrose Cooperative Bank | Melrose, Massachusetts

Dated as of February 14, 2014

 

LOGO

1100 North Glebe Road Suite 600

Arlington, Virginia 22201

703.528.1700

rpfinancial.com


 

LOGO

February 14, 2014

Board of Directors

Melrose Cooperative Bank

638 Main Street

Melrose, Massachusetts 02176

Members of the Boards of Directors:

At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal (“Appraisal”) of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock which is to be issued in connection with the plan of conversion described below.

This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the requirements stipulated in the Code of Federal Regulations and has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings Institutions Converting from the Mutual to the Stock Form of Organization” (the “Valuation Guidelines”) of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) and accepted by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”) and applicable regulatory interpretations thereof.

Description of Plan of Conversion

The Board of Directors of Melrose Cooperative Bank, Melrose, Massachusetts (“Melrose” or the “Bank”) adopted a plan of conversion on February 27, 2014. Pursuant to the plan of conversion, the Bank will convert from the mutual form of organization to the fully stock form of organization and become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Melrose Bancorp, Inc. (“Melrose Bancorp” or the “Company”), a newly formed Maryland corporation. As part of the Conversion, Melrose Bancorp will offer for sale shares of its common stock in a public offering (the “Offering”). Upon completion of the Conversion and Offering, all of the capital stock of the Bank will be owned by Melrose Bancorp and all of the common stock of Melrose Bancorp will be owned by public shareholders. Furthermore, Melrose Bancorp will be a bank holding company and its primary regulator will be the FRB.

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, the Company will offer its stock in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale in a community offering and/or a syndicated community offering. A portion of the net proceeds received from the sale of the common stock will be used to purchase all of the then to be issued and outstanding capital stock of Melrose and the balance of the net proceeds will be retained by the Company.

 

 

 

Washington Headquarters   
Three Ballston Plaza    Telephone:  (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600    Fax No.:  (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22201    Toll-Free No.:  (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com    E-Mail:  mail@rpfinancial.com


Board of Directors

February 14, 2014

Page 2

 

At this time, no other activities are contemplated for Melrose Bancorp other than the ownership of the Bank, a loan to the newly-formed employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company. In the future, Melrose Bancorp may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends to shareholders and/or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.

The plan of conversion provides for the establishment of a new charitable foundation, Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation (the “Foundation”). The Foundation will be funded with $300,000 in cash and the remainder in shares of common stock so that the total amount contributed is equal to 5.0% of the gross offering proceeds received in the Offering. The purpose of the Foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which Melrose operates and to enable those communities to share in the Company’s long-term growth. The Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes.

RP ® Financial, LC.

RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form. The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1. For its appraisal services, RP Financial is being compensated on a fixed fee basis for the original appraisal and for any subsequent updates, and such fees are payable regardless of the valuation conclusion or the completion of the conversion offering transaction. We believe that we are independent of the Company, the Bank, and the other parties engaged by the Bank or the Company to assist in the stock conversion process.

Valuation Methodology

In preparing the Appraisal, we have reviewed Melrose Bancorp’s and the Bank’s regulatory applications, including the prospectus as filed with the FRB, the Commissioner, the FDIC and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We have conducted a financial analysis of the Bank that has included due diligence related discussions with Melrose’s management; Shatswell, MacLeod & Company, P.C., Melrose’s independent auditor; Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Melrose’s conversion counsel; and, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., which has been retained as the financial and marketing advisor in connection with the stock offering. All conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions. In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable. While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.

We have investigated the competitive environment within which Melrose operates and have assessed the Bank’s relative strengths and weaknesses. We have monitored all material regulatory and legislative actions affecting financial institutions, generally, and analyzed the potential impact of such developments on Melrose and the industry as a whole; to the extent we were aware of such matters. We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock conversion on


Board of Directors

February 14, 2014

Page 3

 

the Bank’s operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value of Melrose Bancorp. We have reviewed the economy and demographic characteristics of the primary market area in which the Bank currently operates. We have compared Melrose’s financial performance and condition with publicly-traded thrift institutions evaluated and selected in accordance with the Valuation Guidelines, as well as all publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies. We have reviewed conditions in the securities markets in general and the market for thrifts and thrift holding companies, including the market for new issues. We have excluded from such analyses thrifts subject to announced or rumored acquisition, and/or institutions that exhibit other unusual characteristics.

The Appraisal is based on Melrose’s representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by the Bank and its independent auditors, legal counsel, investment bankers and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate and complete. We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by the Bank, or its independent auditors, legal counsel, investment bankers and other authorized agents nor did we independently value the assets or liabilities of the Bank. The valuation considers Melrose only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the Bank’s liquidation or control value.

Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for the Bank and the Company and for all thrifts and their holding companies. Changes in the local, state and national economy, the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability, and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Bank’s value alone. It is our understanding that Melrose intends to remain an independent institution and there are no current plans for selling control as a converted institution. To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.

The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which the Company’s stock, immediately upon completion of the offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.

Valuation Conclusion

It is our opinion that, as of February 14, 2014, the estimated aggregate pro forma valuation of the shares of the Company to be issued and outstanding at the end of the conversion offering and including the contribution to the Foundation is $27,000,000 at the midpoint, equal to 2,700,000 shares at $10.00 per share. The resulting range of value and pro forma shares are based on $10.00 per share and includes the contribution to the Foundation, which is set forth in the table on the following page. The Foundation will be funded with $300,000 in cash and the remainder in shares of common stock so that the total amount contributed is equal to 5.0% of the gross offering proceeds received in the Offering.

Based on the pro forma valuation, the number of shares of common stock offered for sale will range from a minimum of 2,210,000 shares to a maximum of 2,990,000 shares, with a midpoint offering of 2,600,000 shares. Based on an offering price of $10.00 per share, the amount of the offering will range from a minimum of $22,100,000 to a maximum of $29,900,000 with a midpoint of $26,000,000. If market conditions warrant, the number of shares offered can be increased to an adjusted maximum of 3,438,500 shares (the “supermaximum”) equal to an offering of $34,385,000 at the offering price of $10.00 per share.


Board of Directors

February 14, 2014

Page 4

 

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Standard Conversion Offering @ $26.0 Million Midpoint

 

     Total Shares     Offering
Shares
    Foundation
Shares
 

Shares

      

Supermaximum

     3,580,425        3,438,500        141,925   

Maximum

     3,109,500        2,990,000        119,500   

Midpoint

     2,700,000        2,600,000        100,000   

Minimum

     2,290,500        2,210,000        80,500   

Distribution of Shares

      

Supermaximum

     100.00     96.04     3.96

Maximum

     100.00     96.16     3.84

Midpoint

     100.00     96.30     3.70

Minimum

     100.00     96.49     3.51

Aggregate Market Value(1)

      

Supermaximum

   $ 35,804,250      $ 34,385,000      $ 1,419,250   

Maximum

     31,095,000        29,900,000        1,195,000   

Midpoint

     27,000,000        26,000,000        1,000,000   

Minimum

     22,905,000        22,100,000        805,000   

 

(1) Based on offering price of $10.00 per share.

Limiting Factors and Considerations

The valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock. Moreover, because such valuation is determined in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines and is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the conversion will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof. The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of Melrose Bancorp immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with respect to the purchase and sale of common stock in the secondary market on the date of issuance of such securities or at anytime thereafter following the completion of the public stock offering.

The valuation prepared by RP Financial in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines was based on the consolidated financial condition and operations of Melrose as of or for the periods ended December 31, 2013, the date of the financial data included in the prospectus.


Board of Directors

February 14, 2014

Page 5

 

RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities. RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its financial institution clients.

The valuation will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines. These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the financial performance and condition of Melrose Bancorp, management policies, and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift stocks, both existing issues and new issues. These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to: various changes in the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions, the stock market and the market for thrift stocks, and interest rates. Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made. The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update. The valuation will also be updated at the completion of Melrose Bancorp’s stock offering.

 

Respectfully submitted,
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.

LOGO

William E. Pommerening

Managing Director

LOGO

Marcus Faust

Managing Director


RP ® Financial, LC.   

TABLE OF CONTENTS

i

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MELROSE BANCORP, INC.

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK

Melrose, Massachusetts

 

DESCRIPTION

       PAGE
NUMBER
 

CHAPTER ONE

  OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS   

Introduction

     I.1   

Plan of Conversion

     I.2   

Strategic Overview

     I.3   

Balance Sheet Trends

     I.5   

Income and Expense Trends

     I.9   

Interest Rate Risk Management

     I.14   

Lending Activities and Strategy

     I.15   

Loan Originations and Sales

     I.17   

Asset Quality

     I.18   

Funding Composition and Strategy

     I.18   

Subsidiaries

     I.19   

Legal Proceedings

     I.19   

CHAPTER TWO

  MARKET AREA ANALYSIS   

Introduction

     II.1   

National Economic Factors

     II.2   

Interest Rate Environment

     II.4   

Market Area Demographic and Economic Characteristics

     II.5   

Regional/Local Economy

     II.7   

Unemployment Trends

     II.10   

Real Estate Trends

     II.10   

Market Area Deposit Characteristics

     II.11   

Deposit Competition

     II.12   

CHAPTER THREE

  PEER GROUP ANALYSIS   

Peer Group Selection

     III.1   

Financial Condition

     III.7   

Income and Expense Components

     III.11   

Loan Composition

     III.13   

Credit Risk

     III.14   

Interest Rate Risk

     III.15   

Summary

     III.17   


RP ® Financial, LC.   

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ii

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MELROSE BANCORP, INC.

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK

Melrose, Massachusetts

(continued)

 

DESCRIPTION

       PAGE
NUMBER
 

CHAPTER FOUR

  VALUATION ANALYSIS   

Introduction

     IV.1   

Appraisal Guidelines

     IV.1   

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

     IV.1   

Valuation Analysis

     IV.2   

1.      Financial Condition

     IV.2   

2.      Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

     IV.4   

3.      Asset Growth

     IV.6   

4.      Primary Market Area

     IV.6   

5.      Dividends

     IV.7   

6.      Liquidity of the Shares

     IV.7   

7.      Marketing of the Issue

     IV.8   

A.     The Public Market

     IV.8   

B.     The New Issue Market

     IV.12   

C.     The Acquisition Market

     IV.14   

8.      Management

     IV.16   

9.      Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

     IV.17   

Summary of Adjustments

     IV.17   

Valuation Approaches

     IV.17   

1.      Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”)

     IV.19   

2.      Price-to-Book (“P/B”)

     IV.19   

3.      Price-to-Assets (“P/A”)

     IV.21   

Comparison to Recent Offerings

     IV.21   

Valuation Conclusion

     IV.22   


RP ® Financial, LC.   

LIST OF TABLES

iii

 

LIST OF TABLES

MELROSE BANCORP, INC.

MELROSE COOPERATIVE BANK

Melrose, Massachusetts

 

TABLE
NUMBER

    

DESCRIPTION

   PAGE  
1.1     

Historical Balance Sheets

     I.6   
1.2     

Historical Income Statements

     I.10   
2.1     

Summary Demographic Data

     II.6   
2.2     

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors

     II.8   
2.3     

Middlesex County Largest Employers

     II.9   
2.4     

Unemployment Trends

     II.10   
2.5     

Deposit Summary

     II.12   
2.6     

Deposit Market Share

     II.13   
3.1     

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

     III.3   
3.2     

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

     III.8   
3.3     

Income as a % of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

     III.12   
3.4     

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information

     III.14   
3.5     

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

     III.15   
3.6     

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

     III.16   
4.1     

Conversions Completed in Last Three Months

     IV.13   
4.2     

Market Pricing Comparatives

     IV.15   
4.3     

Valuation Adjustments

     IV.17   
4.4     

Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

     IV.20   


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.1

 

I. OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

Introduction

Melrose Cooperative Bank (“Melrose” or “the Bank”) is a Massachusetts-chartered co-operative bank primarily serving the City of Melrose and surrounding towns, all of which are within Middlesex County, Massachusetts. The Bank conducts business through its single headquarters office location in Melrose, Massachusetts, which is located in northeast Middlesex County, within the Boston metropolitan statistical area (“MSA”). The City of Melrose is a suburb located approximately seven miles north of Boston.

In addition to the single traditional retail office, the Bank delivers its banking products and services through alternative delivery methods including online banking and bill pay, mobile banking, telephone banking, and participation in a nationwide ATM network (SUM), thereby providing its customers multiple channels to access their accounts. The Bank has served customers in the City of Melrose and surrounding towns since its founding in 1890. Melrose has one wholly-owned subsidiary, MCBSC, Inc. (“MCBSC”), which was established on November 19, 1999 under Massachusetts law to primarily hold investments. At December 31, 2013, MCBSC had total assets of $30.8 million.

The Bank’s primary business activity consists of accepting deposit accounts from the general public and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations primarily in 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, and to a lesser extent in home equity loans and lines of credit, residential construction, CRE loans, and consumer loans, consisting primarily of passbook and automobile loans. The Bank also invests in securities, primarily corporate debt securities, U.S. government and agency obligations, preferred stock, and marketable equity securities. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system and its deposits are insured up to the regulatory maximums by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Bank is subject to regulatory oversight and examination by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, as its chartering agency, and the FDIC, as its primary federal regulator and primary insurer of accounts.

At December 31, 2013, the Bank had $196.7 million of total assets, $132.0 million of net loans, $175.5 million of total deposits, and total equity of $20.6 million, equal to 10.5% of total assets. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, the Bank reported net income equal to $729,000, or 0.37% of average assets. The Bank’s audited financial statements are included by reference as Exhibit I-1 and key operating ratios are shown in Exhibit I-2.


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.2

 

Plan of Conversion

The Board of Directors of the Bank adopted a plan of conversion (the “Plan of Conversion”) on February 27, 2014. Pursuant to the Plan of Conversion, the Bank will convert from the mutual form of organization to the fully stock form of organization and become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Melrose Bancorp, Inc. (“Melrose Bancorp” or the “Company”), a newly formed Maryland corporation. As part of the Conversion, Melrose Bancorp will offer for sale shares of its common stock in a public offering (the “Offering”). Upon completion of the Conversion and Offering, all of the capital stock of the Bank will be owned by Melrose Bancorp and all of the common stock of Melrose Bancorp will be owned by public shareholders. Furthermore, Melrose Bancorp will be a bank holding company and its primary regulator will be the Federal Reserve.

The Plan of Conversion provides that the Company will sell shares of its common stock in a subscription offering in descending order of priority to the Bank’s members and other stakeholders as follows: eligible account holders; supplemental eligible account holders; and, tax-qualified employee benefit plans. If all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, the Bank intends to offer common stock for sale to certain members of the public through a community offering. Shares not purchased in the subscription and community offerings may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering.

The Plan of Conversion provides for the Company to contribute common stock and cash to the Melrose Cooperative Bank Foundation (the “Foundation”), a charitable foundation to be established as part of the Conversion and Offering. The Company will fund the Foundation with $300,000 in cash and the remainder in shares of common stock so that the total amount contributed is equal to 5% of the gross proceeds received in the Offering. The purpose of the Foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which the Company operates and also enable these communities to share in Melrose’s long term growth. The Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes and may be able to support such activities in ways that are not presently available to the Bank.

At this time, no other activities are contemplated for Melrose Bancorp other than the ownership of the Bank, a loan to the newly-formed employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company. In the future, Melrose Bancorp may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends to shareholders and/or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.3

 

Strategic Overview

Melrose has been serving the City of Melrose and surrounding communities since its founding in 1890. The Bank’s strategic focus has been that of a community-oriented financial institution meeting the borrowing, savings, and other financial needs of its local customer base. The Bank has pursued a traditional thrift business model in which the origination of 1-4 family mortgage loans has been emphasized, funded principally by retail deposits. Diversification into other types of lending has been minimal as reflected in the Bank’s loan portfolio concentration of 1-4 family mortgage and home equity loans of approximately 97% of total loans as of December 31, 2013. The Bank has followed conservative underwriting guidelines which has limited its exposure to problem assets as reflected in its low level of loan charges offs, historically, and in its current asset quality. However, this lending strategy combined with the low interest rate environment has limited the Bank’s net interest income growth due to the high level of lower interest earning 1-4 family residential real estate loans. At December 31, 2013, $62.4 million, or 52.7% of the Bank’s 1-4 family residential real estate loans are adjustable rate loans, while the remainder of the portfolio consist of fixed rate loans. In order to mitigate interest rate risk, Melrose generally sells conforming fixed rate 1-4 family residential real estate loans that are originated with terms of greater than 15 years and retains all of the adjustable rate 1-4 family residential real estate loans that the Bank originates. Funding composition is primarily from retail deposits as the Bank has not historically utilized FHLB advances. As of December 31, 2013, the Bank reported $175.5 million of deposits, which consisted of approximately 48% certificates of deposit (“CDs”), 23% money market accounts, 17% savings accounts, and 12% NOW and demand deposit accounts. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 48% of total CDs or 22% of total deposits consist of CDs greater than $100,000. The Bank has no internet listing deposits (i.e. QwikRate, CDARs) or borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2013.

Going forward, the Bank plans to continue to emphasize 1-4 family residential lending, and also intends to establish a commercial lending department to more actively originate commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans, including multifamily loans, in order to diversify the loan portfolio and improve profitability. Loan growth is expected to continue to be funded primarily by deposit growth. The Bank’s new commercial loan department will also focus on growth in commercial deposits and related services through relationship banking. Further, the Bank is planning to expand its branch office network by opening a school branch inside of Melrose High


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.4

 

School in 2015. Management and the Board intend to open a school branch mainly for service and relationship building. Melrose High School is located approximately a mile away from the headquarters office location. The school branch will be a limited service branch, focused on building banking relationships with high school students and serving as a source for future bank branch employees, but which will operate with limited hours and is not expected to generate significant new deposits as it will not be accessible to the general public. The Bank also intends to open a full-service traditional branch in 2016, which is expected to be located within five miles from the Bank’s current headquarters location.

Key elements of the post-Conversion business plan include the following:

 

    Continuing to focus on 1-4 family residential real estate lending;

 

    Increasing CRE lending, including multi-family lending;

 

    Maintaining strong asset quality through conservative loan underwriting;

 

    Continuing to attract and retain customers in the market area and build “core” deposits consisting of demand, NOW, savings, and money market accounts;

 

    Remaining a community-oriented institution and relying on high quality service to maintain and build a loyal local customer base; and,

 

    Expanding the banking franchise as opportunities arise through de novo branching and/or branch acquisitions.

The additional equity obtained from the Offering will increase the Bank’s liquidity, leverage and growth capacity and overall financial strength. Melrose’s higher capital position resulting from the infusion of stock proceeds is anticipated to reduce interest rate risk through enhancing the interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities (“IEA/IBL”) ratio. The increased equity is expected to reduce funding costs and better position the Bank to pursue growth and revenue diversification. The projected use of proceeds is highlighted below.

 

    The Company. The Company is expected to retain up to 50% of the net conversion proceeds. At present, funds at the holding company level, net of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) are expected to be initially invested primarily into short-term investment grade securities. Over time, the funds may be utilized for various corporate purposes, possibly including acquisitions, infusing additional equity into the Bank, repurchases of common stock, and the payment of cash dividends.

 

   

The Bank. At least 50% of the net conversion proceeds will be infused into the Bank as cash/tier 1 capital. Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.5

 

 

deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into the Bank are anticipated to become part of general operating funds, pending deployment into loans and investment securities.

Balance Sheet Trends

Growth Trends

Table 1.1 presents the Bank’s historical balance sheet data for the most recent five fiscal years ending December 31, 2013. Over this period, the Bank’s total assets have increased at an annual rate of 8.0%, while total loans (representing the majority of the asset base at 67% as of December 31, 2013) grew by a slightly higher 8.6% over the same time period. On the other hand, investment securities represent approximately 20% of total assets as of December 31, 2013 and grew at a higher rate annual rate of 20% over the five year period. Asset growth was funded primarily by deposit growth of 8.2%, but also by growth of the Bank’s equity base, which grew by 6.1% from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2013, mainly reflecting the Bank’s net profits over the five year period. As of December 31, 2013, equity totaled $20.6 million or 10.5% of assets.

Assets increased steadily from fiscal 2009 through fiscal 2013 as a result of the Bank’s efforts to achieve balance sheet growth and to maintain a leveraged equity base. For fiscal 2013, in particular, assets increased by $11.1 million, or by 6.0%. The increase was primarily the result of increases in investment securities and loans, offset in part by a decline in cash and cash equivalents. The increase in securities during fiscal 2013 was a result of management’s decision to deploy cash and cash equivalents into securities rather than fund loans in the continuing low interest rate environment. Asset growth over the past year was primarily funded through deposit growth of $10.3 million (6.2%), as equity increased by only $737,000, or by 3.7%.

Deposits as of December 31, 2013 totaled $175.5 million, or 89.2% of assets. Deposit growth over the past five years has been steady, growing at a rate of 8.2% from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2013. Specifically in 2011, the Bank experienced in influx of deposits due to local merger activity, which contributed to an increase in checking and savings deposit accounts. More recently, the Bank focused on increasing CD accounts through promotional campaigns that ran during the first quarter of 2013, which supported an approximate $11.8 million increase in CDs over fiscal 2013.


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.6

 

Table 1.1

Melrose Cooperative Bank

Historical Balance Sheets

 

                                                                     12/31/2009-
12/31/2013
Annual.
Growth Rate
 
     As of December 31,    
     2009     2010     2011     2012     2013    
     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount      Pct(1)     Amount      Pct(1)     Amount      Pct(1)     Amount      Pct(1)     Pct  
     ($000)     (%)     ($000)      (%)     ($000)      (%)     ($000)      (%)     ($000)      (%)     (%)  

Total Amount of:

                          

Assets

   $ 144,452        100.00   $ 165,305         100.00   $ 179,278         100.00   $ 185,563         100.00   $ 196,675         100.00     8.02

Cash and Equivalents

   $ 22,522        15.59   $ 24,160         14.62   $ 21,865         12.20   $ 23,052         12.42   $ 16,995         8.64     -6.80

Investments (AFS)

     19,161        13.26     22,966         13.89     34,438         19.21     28,326         15.26     39,694         20.18     19.97

FHLB Stock

     289        0.20     323         0.20     363         0.20     390         0.21     409         0.21     9.04

Loans Originated for Investment, Net

   $ 94,792        65.62   $ 109,946         66.51   $ 114,635         63.94   $ 125,749         67.77   $ 131,995         67.11     8.63

Loans Held for Sale

     0        0.00     211         0.13     280         0.16     219         0.12     0         0.00     NM   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Loans Receivable (net)

   $ 94,792        65.62   $ 110,157         66.64   $ 114,915         64.10   $ 125,968         67.88   $ 131,995         67.11     8.63

Fixed Assets

   $ 1,293        0.90   $ 1,300         0.79   $ 1,270         0.71   $ 1,258         0.68   $ 1,247         0.63     -0.90

Bank Owned Life Insurance

     4,193        2.90     4,329         2.62     4,485         2.50     4,665         2.51     4,847         2.46     3.69

Other Real Estate Owned

     205        0.14     280         0.17     205         0.11     205         0.11     0         0.00     -100.00

Other Assets

     1,997        1.38     1,790         1.08     1,737         0.97     1,699         0.92     1,489         0.76     -7.08

Deposits

   $ 128,030        88.63   $ 147,592         89.28   $ 160,814         89.70   $ 165,201         89.03   $ 175,510         89.24     8.21

FHLB Advances, Other Borrowed Funds

     0        0.00     0         0.00     0         0.00     0         0.00     0         0.00     NA   

Other Liabilities

     195        0.13     437         0.26     322         0.18     522         0.28     588         0.30     31.78

Equity

   $ 16,227        11.23   $ 17,276         10.45   $ 18,142         10.12   $ 19,840         10.69   $ 20,577         10.46     6.12

AOCI Adjustment

   ($ 69     -0.05   $ 179         0.11   $ 61         0.03   $ 565         0.30   $ 573         0.29     —     

Offices Open

     1          1           1           1           1           —     

 

(1) Ratios are as a percent of ending assets.

Source: Audited and unaudited financial statements and RP Financial calculations.


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.7

 

Loans Receivable

The Bank’s lending focus has long been the origination of long-term loans secured by mortgages on owner-occupied 1-4 family residences, as well as home equity loans and lines of credit. To a much lesser extent, the Bank also originates CRE and multifamily loans, construction loans, and consumer loans. Loans are originated by the Bank through relationships with current customers, walk-in traffic, and also relationships with local realtors and other referral sources. Loan applications are accepted from prospective borrowers within the Bank’s lending territory, both by Bank personnel and more recently, through the Bank’s website. The majority of the 1-4 family residential real estate loans that Melrose originates are secured by properties located in the Bank’s primary lending area of Melrose and surrounding towns.

The Bank retains all adjustable rate loans it originates in portfolio, as well as fixed rate 1-4 family residential mortgage loans with terms of less than 15 years. In order to mitigate interest rate risk, the Bank currently sells fixed rate conforming 1-4 family residential mortgage loans it originates with terms of 15 years or greater on a servicing released basis.

Cash, Investments and Mortgage-Backed Securities

Melrose also maintains a substantial investment portfolio, which over the past three years has represented between 15% and 20% of the Bank’s total assets as indicated in Table 1.1. The Bank’s investments serve as a supplement to the Bank’s lending activities and consist primarily of investment grade corporate debt and investments in money market and mutual funds to provide additional asset diversification out of 1-4 family residential lending. As shown in Exhibit I-3, as of December 31, 2013, the Bank held $16.3 million in corporate bonds and notes, $16.0 million in mutual funds and other equity securities, $5.0 million in US Government and agency securities, and the remaining balance of investment securities of $2.5 million in preferred stock. The Bank does not hold any mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) in portfolio as of December 31, 2013.

The Bank’s cash and cash equivalents totaled $17.0 million, or 8.6% of total assets as of December 31, 2013. The intent of the Bank’s cash and investment policy is to provide adequate liquidity and to generate a favorable return consistent with Melrose’s credit and interest rate risk objectives. Historically, the level of cash and equivalents has remained in the range of 12% to 16% of assets, which has been sufficient for daily operational needs. The ratio decreased as of December 31, 2013 to 8.6% as the balance of cash and cash equivalents decreased as management determined to deploy these funds into additional investment securities and the origination of loans.


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.8

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance

As of December 31, 2013, the balance of bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) totaled $4.8 million, or 2.5% of total assets, which reflects a modest increase over the last five fiscal years owing to increases in the cash surrender value of the policies. The balance of the BOLI reflected the value of life insurance contracts on selected members of the Bank’s management and has been purchased with the intent to offset various benefit program expenses on a tax advantaged basis. The increase in the cash surrender value of the BOLI is recognized as an addition to non-interest income on an annual basis.

Other Assets

With only one location, the Bank’s investment in fixed assets represents less than 1% of total assets. Melrose owns its headquarters building, which includes its only branch location as well as an adjacent building that contains additional office space and is expected to eventually house the new commercial lending department. As part of its growth-oriented business strategy, the Bank plans to open two new banking locations within the next several years.

Reflecting the Bank’s strong asset quality, there was a zero balance of other real estate owned (“OREO”) as of December 31, 2013. The OREO balance declined over the past year from a modest $205,000, or 0.1% of total assets as of December 31, 2012. Owing to Melrose’s strong asset quality and conservative lending practices, the Bank has only had very modest amounts of OREO over the past five years.

Funding Structure

Retail deposits have consistently met the funding needs of the Bank. Historically, Melrose has not utilized supplemental funding, such as borrowings from the FHLB or other wholesale funding sources. Similar to the trend in assets, the Bank’s deposits have increased steadily since 2009, reaching a high of $175.5 million, or 89.2% of total assets as of December 31, 2013. The growth in deposits has been achieved through increases in all account types, as the Bank offers a competitive community-based product line of retail deposits. The Bank’s deposit composition has also remained relatively consistent over the past five years and as of December 31, 2013 almost half of deposits were in CD accounts, with the remaining half of deposits in core deposit accounts. The Bank has not in the past used, and currently do not hold, any brokered deposits.


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.9

 

While the Bank has not historically relied on borrowings as a funding source, the Bank is a member of the FHLB of Boston and is, therefore, eligible to obtain advances. As of December 31, 2013, Melrose had the ability to borrow $85.5 million from the FHLB of Boston. Additionally, as of the same date, the Bank had the ability to borrow up to $5.0 million on a Fed Funds line of credit with the Co-Operative Central Bank.

Equity

As of December 31, 2013, Melrose’s equity totaled $20.6 million, or 10.5% of total assets. Since fiscal 2009, the Bank’s equity base has increased consistently at a modest pace through the retention of earnings through profitable operations. Reflecting the combination of growth in equity and assets over the five year time period, the equity-to-assets ratio (although maintained between 10% and 11%) has fluctuated from a high of 11.2% in fiscal 2009 to a low of 10.1% in fiscal 2011 and equaled 10.5% for fiscal 2013. As of December 31, 2013, the Bank does not have any intangible assets, therefore, all of the Bank’s equity is tangible.

Melrose maintained surpluses relative to its regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2013, and was qualified as a “well-capitalized” institution. The Offering proceeds will serve to further strengthen the Bank’s regulatory capital position as well as support Melrose’s strategies going forward. At the same time, pro forma return on average equity (“ROAE”) is expected to initially decline following the Conversion, given the increased equity position.

Income and Expense Trends

Table 1.2 presents the Bank’s historical income statements for the past five fiscal years. Over this time period, the Bank has consistently maintained profitable operations, experiencing a favorable earnings trend for the fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2012 period, while the Bank’s earnings declined over the most recent fiscal year. The foregoing earnings pattern was largely the result of underlying changes in net interest income, which increased through fiscal 2012, while subsequently trending downward in fiscal 2013. Over the most recent fiscal year, margin compression was the primary factor for a decline in earnings, but slightly higher operating expenses were a contributing factor.

Overall, net income ranged from a low of $406,000 (0.30% of average assets) in fiscal 2009 to a high of $1.2 million (0.66% of average assets) in fiscal 2012 and equaled $729,000


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.10

 

Table 1.2

Melrose Cooperative Bank

Historical Income Statements

 

     For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
     2009     2010     2011     2012     2013  
     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)  
     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)  

Interest Income

   $ 5,017        3.71   $ 5,505        3.71   $ 5,701        3.30   $ 5,725        3.16   $ 5,494        2.79

Interest Expense

     (2,232     -1.65     (1,801     -1.21     (1,732     -1.00     (1,377     -0.76     (1,547     -0.79
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

   $ 2,785        2.06   $ 3,704        2.50   $ 3,969        2.30   $ 4,348        2.40   $ 3,947        2.00

Provision for Loan Losses

     (35     -0.03     (149     -0.10     (1     0.00     (36     -0.02     (37     -0.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income after Provisions

   $ 2,750        2.03   $ 3,555        2.40   $ 3,968        2.30   $ 4,312        2.38   $ 3,910        1.99

Other Income

   $ 322        0.24   $ 331        0.22   $ 326        0.19   $ 287        0.16   $ 254        0.13

Operating Expense

     (2,549     -1.88     (2,704     -1.82     (2,810     -1.63     (2,924     -1.62     (3,231     -1.64
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Operating Income

   $ 523        0.39   $ 1,182        0.80   $ 1,484        0.86   $ 1,675        0.93   $ 932        0.47

Gains on Sale of Loans

   $ 19        0.01   $ 21        0.01   $ 13        0.01   $ 83        0.05   $ 105        0.05

Non-Operating Income/(Expense):

                    

Gain on Sale of Investments AFS

   $ 0        0.00   $ 0        0.00   $ 0        0.00   $ 36        0.02   $ 0        0.00

Net Income Before Tax

   $ 542        0.40   $ 1,203        0.81   $ 1,497        0.87   $ 1,794        0.99   $ 1,038        0.53

Income Taxes

     (136     -0.10     (402     -0.27     (513     -0.30     (600     -0.33     (309     -0.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

   $ 406        0.30   $ 801        0.54   $ 984        0.57   $ 1,194        0.66   $ 729        0.37

Adjusted Earnings:

                    

Net Income

   $ 406        0.30   $ 801        0.54   $ 984        0.57   $ 1,194        0.66   $ 729        0.37

Add(Deduct): Non-Operating (Inc)/Exp

     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     (36     -0.02     0        0.00

Tax Effect (2)

     0        0.00     0        0.00     0        0.00     12        0.01     0        0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Earnings:

   $ 406        0.30   $ 801        0.54   $ 984        0.57   $ 1,170        0.65   $ 729        0.37

Expense Coverage Ratio

     122.6       150.0       153.3       161.4       133.3  

Efficiency Ratio

     81.5       66.7       65.2       62.0       75.0  

Effective Tax Rate (Benefit)

     25.1       33.4       34.3       33.4       29.8  

Return on Avg. Equity

     2.57       4.78       5.56       6.29       3.61  

 

(1) Ratios are as a percent of average assets.
(2) Reflects a tax effect at an estimated 34% effective tax rate.

 

Source: Audited financial statements and RP Financial calculations.


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.11

 

(0.37% of average assets) in fiscal 2013. Melrose’s core earnings, i.e., net income excluding net non-operating items on a tax effected basis, reflects the same trends as the Bank only reported a non-operating item in fiscal 2012, reporting a gain on sale of securities of $36,000.

Net Interest Income

The Bank’s net interest income to average assets ratio fluctuated over the fiscal 2009 to 2013 period, ranging from a high of 2.50% for fiscal 2010 to the current low of 2.00% for fiscal 2013, reflecting market trends in interest rates over that time period, along with the impact of the Bank’s operating strategies. Over the period from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010, net interest income increased as the Bank’s spreads improved as funding costs diminished while asset yields stayed consistent. From fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011, net interest income continued to increase, notwithstanding margin compression, due to an increase in interest-earning assets. Net interest income continued to increase during fiscal 2012, which was then supported by an improving spread. Conversely, over fiscal 2013, Melrose’s net interest income diminished as asset yields declined and funding costs slightly increased resulting in a yield-cost spread of 2.05% in fiscal 2013, a reduction from 2.52% in fiscal 2012. Specifically, the Bank’s yield on average interest-earnings assets for fiscal 2013 decreased by 43 basis points to 3.00% compared to 3.43% reported for fiscal 2012 and the Bank’s cost of funds for fiscal 2013 showed a modest increase of 4 basis points to equal 0.95%, as compared to 0.91% in fiscal 2012. The Bank’s interest rate spreads and yields and costs for the past two years are set forth in Exhibit I-4.

Several factors may impact the Bank’s future spreads and net interest income. First, the benefit of declining funding costs appears to be diminishing as interest expense as a percent of average assets equaled 0.79% for fiscal 2013 and the potential for further improvement is limited, particularly as the cost of funds modestly increased over the past year after declining over the fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2012 period. At the same time, the planned diversification of the loan portfolio into CRE lending, inclusive of multi-family lending, should serve to increase average loan yields. Lastly, the completion of the Conversion will have the dual benefit of providing Melrose with additional interest-free funds to reinvest, while over the longer-term, the Bank has indicated the intent to use additional equity to support modest balance sheet growth, including expansion of interest-earning assets at a positive spread.

Loan Loss Provisions

Loan loss provisions have typically been limited, reflecting the Bank’s strong asset quality historically and the secured nature of the loan portfolio. The majority of the loan portfolio


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.12

 

is secured by real estate collateral in the Bank’s local market area. Consistent with the Bank’s strong asset quality, provisions for loan losses has been mostly insignificant over the past five years with the highest amount of $149,000 (0.10% of average assets) recorded during fiscal 2010. For fiscal 2013, loan loss provisions have decreased to a modest amount of $37,000 (0.02% of average assets). Moreover, the Bank’s loan charge offs over the past five years have been nominal. Going forward, Melrose will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the level of the allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL”) on a regular basis and maintain the ALLL in accordance with the Bank’s asset classification and loan loss reserve policies. Exhibit I-5 sets forth the Bank’s loan loss allowance activity during the review period.

Non-Interest Income

Consistent with the Bank’s adherence to a traditional thrift operating strategy and resulting limited diversification, sources of non-interest operating income have been a minor contributor to earnings. Throughout the period shown in Table 1.2, non-interest operating income has been maintained at relatively low levels, ranging from a high of $331,000 (0.22% of average assets) in fiscal 2010 to a low of $254,000 (0.13% of average assets) in fiscal 2013. Sources of non-interest operating income consist substantially of fees and service charges generated from the Bank’s retail banking activities and through the BOLI investment. The Bank also sells a portion of conforming long term fixed rate mortgage loans it originates into the secondary market on a best efforts and servicing released basis. Therefore, Melrose has recorded modest gains on the sale of loans over the past five fiscal years.

Operating Expenses

The Bank’s operations are characterized by a low operating expense ratio mainly due to operating only one office location and with relatively limited loan products. Over the past five years, total operating expenses have ranged from a low of $2.5 million (1.88% of average assets) for fiscal 2009 to a high of $3.2 million (1.64% of average assets) for fiscal 2013. The gradual increase in operating expenses over the past five fiscal years reflects general inflation and the overall increasing cost of operations to support the Bank’s asset growth. As reflected in the overall declining ratio of operating expenses to average assets, the Bank gained significant operating efficiencies over the four year period from 2009 through 2012 as the Bank’s balance sheet was further leveraged, while operating expenses only modestly increased.

Operating expenses are expected to increase on a post-Offering basis as a result of the expenses associated with operating as a publicly-traded company, including expenses related


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.13

 

to the stock-related benefit plans, as well as the establishment of the CRE lending function and related staff additions. At the same time, the Bank will seek to offset anticipated growth in expenses from a profitability standpoint through balance sheet growth and by reinvestment of the Offering proceeds into investment securities over the near term (following the Conversion) and into loans over the longer term.

The trends in income and operating expense ratios since fiscal 2009 have caused the expense coverage ratio (net interest income plus non-interest income divided by operating expenses) to increase from a low of 122.6% in fiscal 2009 to a high of 161.4% for fiscal 2012. However, due to the decline in net interest income and an increase in operating expenses over the most recent fiscal year, the expense coverage ratio declined to 133.3% for fiscal 2013. Also reflecting a favorable trend, the Bank’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income) has decreased from a high of 81.5% in fiscal 2009 to a low of 62.0% for fiscal 2012, which subsequently increased to 75.0% for the most recent fiscal year. The Bank’s efficiency ratio increased over fiscal 2013 largely owing to reduction of the net interest margin, which is attributable to both continued spread compression and increasing operating expenses. On a post-Offering basis, the efficiency ratio may show some improvement from the benefit of reinvesting the proceeds from the Offering, partially offset by the expenses associated with operating as a publicly-traded company, including expenses related to the stock-related benefit plans.

Non-Operating Income/Expense

Non-operating income and expenses have generally had a minimal impact on earnings over the past five years. The Bank reported $36,000 of non-operating income during fiscal 2012, consisting of gains on the sale of investment securities, which was the only non-operating item reported over the five year period.

Taxes

The Bank’s effective tax rates has been generally consistent over the last five fiscal years in a range of 25.1% to 34.3% and equaled 29.8% for fiscal 2013. The Bank is subject primarily to federal taxation. While the State of Massachusetts does impose a corporate income tax, Melrose created a wholly-owned subsidiary, MCBSC under Massachusetts law to primarily hold investments, which has also reduced the Bank’s state corporate income tax liability. The Bank’s marginal effective statutory tax rate approximates 34%, and this is the rate utilized to calculate the net reinvestment benefit from the Offering proceeds.


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.14

 

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Bank’s balance sheet is liability-sensitive and, thus, the net interest margin will typically be unfavorably affected during periods of rising and higher interest rates, as well as in the interest rate environment that prevailed during 2013, in which interest rates began to rise after a prolonged period of low interest rates since 2008. The Bank measures its interest rate risk exposure by utilizing the economic value of equity at risk (“EVE”) methodologies. The EVE provides an analysis of estimated changes in the Bank’s EVE that would result under the assumed instantaneous changes in the U.S. Treasury yield curve. Utilizing figures as of December 31, 2013, based on a 200 basis point instantaneous and sustained increase in interest rates, the interest rate risk model indicates the Bank’s EVE would decrease by 19.3%. Further, based on a 100 basis point instantaneous and sustained decrease in interest rates, the interest rate risk model indicates the Bank’s EVE would increase by 8.5% (see Exhibit I-6).

The Bank pursues a number of strategies to manage interest rate risk, particularly with respect to seeking to limit the repricing mismatch between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The Bank manages interest rate risk from the asset side of the balance sheet through retaining all of the adjustable rate residential real estate loans that are originated and selling the fixed rate residential real estate loans that are originated with terms of greater than 15 years. At the same time, the Bank has approximately 20% of its assets in money market and other mutual funds and debt securities. The mutual funds are liquid assets and the debt securities have a weighted average remaining maturity of approximately five years. On the liability side of the balance sheet, management of interest rate risk has been pursued through maintaining a concentration of deposits in lower cost transaction and savings accounts, and reducing dependence on certificates of deposits. Core deposits, which consist of transaction and savings accounts, comprised approximately 52.4% of the Bank’s deposits at December 31, 2013. The infusion of stock proceeds will serve to further limit the Bank’s interest rate risk exposure, as most of the net proceeds will be redeployed into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Bank’s capital position will lessen the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding assets.

There are numerous limitations inherent in interest rate risk analyses such as the credit risk of Bank’s loans pursuant to changing interest rates. Additionally, such analyses do not


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.15

 

measure the impact of changing spread relationships, as interest rates among various asset and liability accounts rarely move in tandem, as the shape of the yield curve for various types of assets and liabilities is constantly changing in response to investor perceptions and economic events and circumstances.

Lending Activities and Strategy

The Bank’s primary lending activity is the origination of 1-4 family residential first mortgage loans, including home equity loans and lines of credit. To a much lesser extent, the Bank also originates CRE loans (inclusive of multifamily loans), construction loans, and consumer loans. Going forward, the Bank will continue to focus on residential loans; however, over time, the loan portfolio is expected to become more diversified with the increased emphasis on origination of CRE loans. Details of the Bank’s loan portfolio composition are shown in Exhibit I-7 and I-8, while Exhibit I-9 provides details of the Bank’s loan portfolio by contractual maturity date.

Residential Real Estate First Mortgage Loans

The Bank originates both fixed rate and adjustable rate 1-4 family residential real estate loans secured by traditional 1-4 family residential real estate property. The Bank generally sells its fixed rate 1-4 family residential loans with terms of greater than 15 years, while retaining shorter-term fixed rate and all adjustable rate 1-4 family residential loans in order to manage the duration and time to repricing of the loan portfolio. The Bank currently sells the majority of its loans to the Massachusetts Housing Finance Agency and Northeast Home Loans on a servicing released basis. As of December 31, 2013, 1-4 family residential real estate loans equaled $118.3 million, or 89.4% of total loans, with adjustable rate loans totaling $62.4 million, or 52.7% of total 1-4 family residential mortgage loans. The majority of the 1-4 family residential real estate loans that Melrose originates are secured by properties located in the Bank’s primary lending area of Melrose and the surrounding towns.

The Bank’s residential mortgage loans are generally underwritten according to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac guidelines. Melrose offers fixed and adjustable rate loans originated with terms of up to 30 years. Prior to January 2014, the Bank offered a 40 year adjustable rate loan. The Bank originates adjustable rate 1-4 family residential real estate loans tied to a designated market index with initial interest rate adjustment periods of 3, 5, 7, and 10 years. These loans are subject to a 2% adjustment cap for the first adjustment period, a 2% adjustment cap annually thereafter, and a lifetime interest rate cap of 6% above the initial interest rate of the


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.16

 

loan. Loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans are generally limited to 80% without private mortgage insurance (“PMI”), but Melrose will originate loans with LTV ratios of up to 97% with PMI and where the borrower’s debt does not exceed 43% of the borrower’s monthly cash-flow.

Melrose offers 1-4 family residential real estate loans for the purchase of residential condominiums, but will not finance more than 15% of the units in any condominium project. In addition, and consistent with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines, generally the Bank will not make a loan for the purchase of a condominium in a new condominium project unless at least 60% of the total units in the project are sold or under a sales agreement prior to the loan closing.

On a limited basis, the Bank also offers 1-4 family residential real estate loans secured by non-owner occupied properties. Generally Melrose requires personal guarantees from the borrowers on these properties, and will not make loans in excess of 80% LTV on non-owner occupied properties.

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit

Home equity loans and lines of credit are offered by Melrose as part of the residential lending activities and provide interest rate risk and yield enhancement benefits. Home equity loans and lines of credit loans totaled $10.0 million, or 7.6% of total loans as of December 31, 2013, a slight increase from $9.9 million, or 7.9% of loans as of December 31, 2012.

Home equity loans and lines of credit are secured by the borrower’s primary or secondary residence and are generally underwritten using the same criteria used to underwrite 1-4 family residential real estate loans. These loans may be underwritten with a LTV of up to 80% when combined with the principal balance of the existing first mortgage loan. Home equity loans are primarily originated as fixed rate loans with terms of up to 20 years, while home equity lines of credit are originated with adjustable rates based on the prime rate of interest plus an applicable margin with a floor rate and require interest paid monthly.

Construction Loans

Melrose originates construction loans for 1-4 family residential real estate properties, as well as commercial properties, located within the primary market area. As of December 31, 2013, construction loans totaled $1.9 million, or 1.4% of the loan portfolio, with all of the loans secured by 1-4 family residential real estate. Construction loans are generally originated with


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.17

 

adjustable rates and a maximum LTV of 80% for 1-4 family residential real estate, or a maximum LTV of 75% for CRE. The Bank generally does not originate speculative construction loans to contractors and builders to finance the construction and rehabilitation of residential or commercial properties.

Commercial Real Estate Loans

As of December 31, 2013, CRE loans equaled $2.1 million (1.5% of loans) and were secured by multifamily residential real estate, office buildings, or mixed-use properties located in Middlesex County, Massachusetts. CRE loans are originated for terms and amortization periods of up to 30 years and a debt service coverage ratio of at least 1.00. These loans generally have adjustable rates of interest tied to the U.S. Treasury index.

As previously mentioned, following the Conversion, the Bank intends to establish a commercial loan department. In this regard, Melrose will seek to increase originations, purchases, or participations of CRE loans in an effort to enhance the yield and reduce the term to maturity of the loan portfolio. Moreover, the additional capital raised in the Offering will further increase Melrose’s commercial lending capacity by enabling the Bank to originate more loans, as well as loans with larger balances.

Consumer Loans

To a much lesser extent, Melrose offers a variety of consumer loans to individuals who reside or work in the primary market area, including new and used automobile loans, unsecured overdraft lines of credit, and loans secured by passbook accounts. These loans generally have shorter terms to maturity and are generally offered as a convenience to the Bank’s existing customer base. At December 31, 2013, consumer loans totaled $121,000, or 0.1% of the loan portfolio.

Loan Originations and Sales

Exhibit I-10 provides a summary of the Bank’s lending activities over the past two years, illustrating only origination and selling activity, as the Bank did not purchase any loans over that time period. Annual lending origination volume was $25.3 million for 2013, a decline from $35.3 million in 2012. Within the specific loan categories, 1-4 family residential first mortgage loan originations totaled $23.6 million for the most recent fiscal year, or 93% of total originations over the past year. Other loan originations were nominal, but were within the construction, home equity loans and lines of credit, and consumer loan portfolios.


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.18

 

For fiscal 2013, the Bank sold $5.0 million of 1-4 family residential real estate loans for interest rate risk purposes. In addition, as of December 31, 2013, the Bank had three loans for $1.3 million in which they were not the lead lender. From time to time, the Bank may purchase loan participations secured by properties within and outside of the primary market area, for which Melrose is not the lead lender, however the Bank generally do not purchase whole loans.

Asset Quality

The Bank has maintained strong asset quality even through the latest financial and real estate crisis. Total non-performing assets (“NPAs”) equaled $336,000 as of December 31, 2013 and consisted solely of nonaccrual loans, as the Bank had zero balances of performing troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) and OREO, as shown in Exhibit I-11. Nonaccrual loans were comprised of three 1-4 family residential real estate loans.

The Bank establishes additional valuation allowances to cover anticipated losses in classified or non-classified assets. As of December 31, 2013, the Bank maintained an ALLL of $510,000, equal to 0.39% of total loans and 151.79% of nonaccrual loans.

Funding Composition and Strategy

Deposits have traditionally accounted for all of the Bank’s interest-bearing liabilities, as the Bank, historically, has not relied on FHLB advances or other borrowings as a funding source. At December 31, 2013, deposits equaled $175.5 million, or 89.2% of assets, and the Bank had no borrowings outstanding. Exhibit I-12 sets forth the Bank’s deposit composition for the past two years and Exhibit I-13 provides the interest rate and maturity composition of the certificates of deposit portfolio at December 31, 2013. CDs constitute the largest portion of the Bank’s deposit base, totaling $82.8 million, or 47.6% of deposits at December 31, 2013, which was slightly higher than the prior year, but which has generally remained below 50% of total deposits. All types of core deposit accounts (except for money market accounts), including NOW/demand and savings accounts, increased over the past year. As of December 31, 2013, core deposits equaled approximately $91.3 million, or 52.4% of total deposits, and consisted of $40.3 million (23.1% of total deposits) of money market accounts, $29.8 million (17.1% of total deposits) of savings accounts, and $21.2 million (12.2% of total deposits) of NOW/demand accounts.

The bank’s current CD composition reflects a concentration of short-term CDs (maturities of one year or less), as approximately 47% of CDs were scheduled to mature in one


RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
  I.19

 

year or less as of December 31, 2013. As of the same date, jumbo CDs (balances exceeding $100,000) amounted to $38.4 million, or 46% of total CDs. There were no brokered CDs in portfolio as of December 31, 2013. As noted above, the increase in CDs in recent years has been affected by offering rates, which increases the attractiveness of those deposits relative to lower yielding transaction and savings account deposits

Subsidiaries

Melrose has one wholly-owned subsidiary, MCBSC, which was established on November 19, 1999 under Massachusetts law to primarily hold investments. At December 31, 2013, MCBSC had total assets of $30.8 million. Additionally, upon completion of the Conversion, the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

Legal Proceedings

As of December 31, 2013, the Bank is not involved in any pending legal proceedings other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business, which, in the aggregate, are believed by management to be immaterial to the financial condition of the Bank.


RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
  II.1

 

II. MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

Introduction

Established in 1890, Melrose conducts operations through its single office location in Melrose, Massachusetts where the Bank currently serves the City of Melrose and surrounding towns within Middlesex County. Melrose is situated in eastern Middlesex County and is within the greater Boston metropolitan area, as it is located approximately seven miles to the north of Boston. In addition to the single traditional retail office, the Bank delivers its banking products and services through alternative delivery methods including online banking and bill pay, mobile banking, telephone banking, and participation in a nationwide ATM network (SUM), thereby providing its customers multiple channels to access their accounts. A map showing the Bank’s office coverage is set forth below and details regarding the Bank’s offices are set forth in Exhibit II-1.

 

 

LOGO

Middlesex County is the most populous county in New England, with a population of 1.5 million as of 2013. The regional economy has a robust history of employment in government,


RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
  II.2

 

healthcare, education and financial services. Middlesex County is home to a number of large educational institutions, which contribute significantly to the local population and economy. The regional banking environment is highly competitive, and includes a wide range of thrifts, commercial banks, credit unions and other financial services companies, some of which have a national presence.

Melrose borders five cities and towns consisting of Malden, Revere, Saugus, Stoneham, and Wakefield. The City of Melrose hosts a strong education system with the Melrose school district, and is home to many healthcare facilities, such as Melrose-Wakefield Hospital, which is the city’s largest employer. Due to its proximity to Boston, the regional economy of Middlesex County is considerably dependent on the economy of Boston, which relies on education, financial services, and technology.

Future business and growth opportunities will be partially influenced by economic and demographic characteristics of the market served by the Bank, particularly the future growth and stability of the regional economy, demographic growth trends, and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment for financial institutions. These factors have been examined to help determine the growth potential that exists for Melrose, the relative economic health of the Bank’s market area, and the impact on market value.

National Economic Factors

The business potential of a financial institution is partially dependent on the future operating environment and growth opportunities for the banking industry and the economy as a whole. The national economy experienced a severe downturn during 2008 and 2009, as the fallout of the housing crisis caused the wider economy to falter, with most significant indicators of economic activity declining by substantial amounts. The overall economic recession was the worst since the great depression of the 1930s. Approximately 8 million jobs were lost during the recession, as consumers cut back on spending, causing a reduction in the need for many products and services. Total personal wealth declined notably due to the housing crisis and the drop in real estate values. As measured by the nation’s gross domestic product (“GDP”), the recession officially ended in the fourth quarter of 2009, after the national GDP expanded for two consecutive quarters (1.7% annualized growth in the third quarter of 2009 and 3.8% annualized growth in fourth quarter of 2009). The economic expansion has continued since that date, with GDP growth ranging from 1.8% (2011) to 2.8% (2012) since the end of 2009, with GDP growth of 1.9% recorded for the most recent calendar year of 2013. Notably, a large portion of GDP growth during 2009 through 2013 was generated through federal stimulus programs, bringing into question the sustainability of the recovery without government support.


RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
  II.3

 

For 2012, the national inflation rate averaged an annual rate of 2.07% and for 2013, averaged an even lower rate of 1.47%. Indicating a level of improvement, the national unemployment rate equaled 6.7% as of December 2013, a moderate decline from 7.9% as of December 2012, but still high compared to recent historical levels. There remains uncertainty about the near term future, particularly in terms of the speed at which the economy will recover, the impact of the housing crisis on longer term economic growth, and the near-term future performance of the real estate industry, including both residential and commercial real estate prices, all of which have the potential to impact future economic growth. The current and projected size of government spending and deficits also has the ability to impact the longer-term economic performance of the country.

The major stock exchange indices have reflected improvement over the last 12 months. As an indication of the changes in the nation’s stock markets over the last 12 months, as of February 14, 2014, the Dow Jones Industrial Average closed at 16,154.39, an increase of 15.6% from February 14, 2013, while the NASDAQ Composite Index stood at 4,244.03, an increase of 32.7% over the same time period. The Standard & Poors 500 Index totaled 1,838.63 as of February 14, 2014, an increase of 20.9% from February 14, 2013.

Based on the consensus outlook of 48 economists surveyed by The Wall Street Journal in January 2014, economic growth is expected to improve from a forecasted growth rate of 2.5% in 2013 to 2.9% in 2016. Most of the economists expect that the unemployment rate will continue to steadily decline at a modest pace from 6.7% in December 2013 to 6.3% in December 2014, and is forecasted to fall below 6% by the end of 2015. On average, the economists expect that the unemployment rate will be 6.3% by the end of 2014, with the economy adding around 200,000 jobs a month over the next year. On average, the economists did not expect the Federal Reserve to begin raising its target rate until mid-2015 at the very earliest, and the yield on the 10-year Treasury would increase to over 4% by the end of 2015. Inflation pressures were forecasted to remain below 2.5% through the end of 2015, and that the price of oil was expected to decline to approximately $95 a barrel through the end of 2014. The Federal Housing Finance Agency house price index was projected to rise by 5% in 2014, while projections for housing starts were mostly steady.

The January 2014 housing forecast from the Mortgage Bankers Association (the “MBA”) was for existing home sales to increase by approximately 3.9% from 2013 levels and new home


RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
  II.4

 

sales were expected to increase by 9.1% in 2014. Furthermore, the MBA forecasts a slightly larger increase in existing home sales of 4.4% and slower growth in new home sales of approximately 4.1% during 2015. The MBA forecast showed increases in the median sale price for new and existing homes in 2014 and 2015. Total mortgage production is forecasted to be down in 2014 to $1.1 trillion compared to $1.8 trillion in 2013. The reduction in 2014 originations is largely due to a 60% reduction in refinancing volume, with refinancing volume forecasted to total only $440 billion in 2014. Comparatively, home purchase mortgage originations are predicted to increase by 3.8% in 2014, with purchase lending forecasted to total $677 billion in 2014. For 2015, refinancing volume is projected to continue to decline, at a modest pace, while house purchase mortgage originations are projected to increase by a larger 17.6%.

Interest Rate Environment

Reflecting a strengthening economy which could lead to inflation, the Federal Reserve increased interest rates a total of 17 times from 2004 to 2006, with the Federal Funds rate and discount rate peaking at 5.25% and 6.25% in 2006. The Federal Reserve then held these two interest rates steady until mid-2007, at which time the downturn in the economy was evident, and the Federal Reserve began reacting to the increasingly negative economic news. Beginning in August 2007 and through December 2008, the Federal Reserve decreased market interest rates a total of 12 times in an effort to stimulate the economy.

As of January 2009, the Discount Rate had been lowered to 0.50%, and the Federal Funds rate target was 0.00% to 0.25%. These historically low rates were intended to enable a faster recovery of the housing industry, while at the same time lower business borrowing costs, and such rates remained in effect through early 2010. In February 2010, the Fed increased the discount rate to 0.75%, reflecting a slight change to monetary strategy. The effect of the interest rate decreases since mid-2008 has been most evident in short term rates, which decreased more than longer term rates, increasing the slope of the yield curve. This low interest rate environment has been maintained as part of a strategy to stimulate the economy by keeping both personal and business borrowing costs as low as possible. The strategy has achieved its goals, as borrowing costs for residential housing have been at or near historical lows for an extended period of time, and the prime rate of interest remains at a low level. Longer-term interest rates (10-year treasury) increased somewhat in mid-2013 in response to the expectation that the Federal Reserve will cease its treasury buying efforts to keep longer term rates low. The Federal Reserve’s mid-December announcement that it would begin to


RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
  II.5

 

taper its stimulus program provided for a general upward trend in interest rates throughout December, with the 10-year Treasury yield edging above 3.0% in late-December, but interest rates eased lower at the start of 2014, with the 10-year Treasury yield dipping below 3.0%. The downward trend in long-term Treasury yields continued through the balance of January, as investors sought the safe haven of Treasury bonds amid turmoil in emerging markets and soft jobs data. The Federal Reserve concluded its late-January meeting by voting to scale back its bond buying program by another $10 billion. As of February 14, 2014, one- and ten-year U.S. government bonds were yielding 0.11% and 2.75%, respectively, compared to 0.16% and 2.00%, as of February 14, 2013. This has had a mixed impact on the net interest margins of many financial institutions, as they rely on a spread between the yields on longer term assets and the costs of shorter term funding sources. However, institutions who originate substantial volumes of prime-based loans have given up some of this pickup in yield as the prime rate declined from 5.00% as of June 30, 2008 to 3.25% as of December 31, 2008, and has remained at that level since that date. Data on historical interest rate trends is presented in Exhibit II-2.

Market Area Demographic and Economic Characteristics

Table 2.1 presents information regarding the demographic and economic trends for the Bank’s market area from 2010 to 2013 and projected through 2018, with additional detail presented in Exhibit II-3. Data for the nation, the state of Massachusetts, and Middlesex County is included for comparative purposes.

From 2010 to 2013, Middlesex County’s population increased at a 0.3% annual rate, which was equal to the comparable growth rate of Massachusetts and the City of Melrose, but fell below the United States, which grew at a 0.6% growth rate over the same time period. Household growth reflected a similar trend to population growth. These trends reflect a tendency of people to move to suburban markets for job opportunities, a lower cost of living, more affordable housing and more available space for development of new housing. The City of Melrose and Middlesex County are projected to experience population growth exceeding recent historical trends over the next five years, which are higher than projected statewide and nationwide growth rates.

Income levels in the market area tend to reflect the nature of the markets served, with higher income levels in the faster growing suburban markets. The greater wealth of the suburban markets is consistent with national trends, in which the white collar professionals who work in the cities generally reside in the surrounding suburbs. The median household income in


RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
  II.6

 

Table 2.1

Melrose Cooperative Bank

Summary Demographic Data

 

     Year      Growth Rate  
     2010      2013      2018      2010-2013     2013-2018  
                          (%)     (%)  

Population (000)

                                 

United States

     308,746         314,468         323,986         0.6     0.6

Massachusetts

     6,548         6,611         6,757         0.3     0.4

Middlesex County

     1,503         1,518         1,569         0.3     0.7

City of Melrose

     27         27         29         0.3     0.9

Households (000)

                                 

United States

     116,716         118,979         122,665         0.6     0.6

Massachusetts

     2,547         2,580         2,637         0.4     0.4

Middlesex County

     581         588         607         0.4     0.6

City of Melrose

     11         11         12         0.5     0.8

Median Household Income ($)

                                 

United States

     NA         51,314         56,895         NA        2.1

Massachusetts

     NA         62,676         73,930         NA        3.4

Middlesex County

     NA         77,351         85,661         NA        2.1

City of Melrose

     NA         78,641         85,795         NA        1.8

Per Capita Income ($)

                                 

United States

     NA         27,567         29,882         NA        1.6

Massachusetts

     NA         35,234         38,312         NA        1.7

Middlesex County

     NA         41,557         44,872         NA        1.5

City of Melrose

     NA         42,197         44,901         NA        1.2

2013 Age Distribution (%)

   0-14 Yrs.      15-34 Yrs.      35-54 Yrs.      55-69 Yrs.     70+ Yrs.  

United States

     19.4         27.5         26.7         17.1        9.4   

Massachusetts

     17.2         27.4         27.5         17.7        10.2   

Middlesex County

     17.3         27.6         28.5         17.0        9.7   

City of Melrose

     18.1         21.0         30.2         18.9        11.8   

2013 HH Income Dist. (%)

   Less Than
25,000
     $25,000 to
50,000
     $50,000 to
100,000
     $100,000+        

United States

     24.0         24.6         30.2         21.2     

Massachusetts

     19.2         21.1         28.4         31.3     

Middlesex County

     15.2         18.4         27.4         39.1     

City of Melrose

     16.5         17.2         28.4         37.9     

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
  II.7

 

Middlesex County and particularly in the City of Melrose were well above both the statewide and national averages, but are projected to grow at a lower rate than the state and national level over the next five years. Per capita income levels reveal the same trends, where Middlesex County and the City of Melrose were also well above both statewide and national measures of per capita income, with slightly higher projected growth rates compared to the state and national aggregates.

In addition, household income distribution measures show relative affluence in the City of Melrose and Middlesex County, as both areas recorded a higher distribution of households with income above $50,000, in comparison to state and nationwide aggregates. Age distribution figures reveal that the City of Melrose have a slightly older population distribution than county, state, and nationwide levels, as well.

Regional/Local Economy

As the City of Melrose is only approximately seven miles from the City of Boston, the Bank’s market area consists of many local citizens that commute to Boston for work. Specifically, the City of Melrose is an approximate 20 minute commute to Boston and there are three stops located in Melrose on the commuter rail line to Boston, supporting the many Melrose citizens that commute to the City of Boston given the array of employment opportunities in the city. The Greater Boston area’s economy is concentrated into several industry segments of interrelated companies and institutions including the following:

 

    Financial Services : Both new and established businesses in Greater Boston benefit from Boston’s expertise in the venture capital industry, mutual fund business, and institutional investing.

 

    Information Technology : The region benefits from a strong presence of company headquarters, research, and manufacturing facilities in a diverse group of industries including computers, software, peripherals, information services, communications, and electronics.

 

    Health Care : Greater Boston is the nation’s largest center of health research and is one of the premier patient-care centers in the world. Teaching hospitals, such as Brigham & Women’s Hospital, Children’s Hospital, Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, and Massachusetts General Hospital serve as training grounds, research centers, and important sources of innovative technologies.


RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
  II.8

 

    Manufacturing : The manufacturing base in Greater Boston is concentrated in instruments, industrial machinery, electronics, and printing and publishing.

 

    Tourism : Greater Boston is host to conventioneers, business travelers, and vacationers, who are attracted by the region’s business opportunities, scenery and rich history.

Within Middlesex County, the area is based on a variety of employment sectors with notable diversification, much like the Greater Boston area, as described above. The primary employment sectors in Middlesex County and the state of Massachusetts are shown below in Table 2.2.

Table 2.2

Melrose Cooperative Bank

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors

(Percent of Labor Force)

 

Employment Sector

   Massachusetts     Middlesex
County
 
     (% of Total Employment)  

Services

     33.3     38.3

Wholesale/Retail Trade

     24.5     24.1

Healthcare

     10.7     8.5

Manufacturing

     8.5     9.7

Finance/Insurance/Real Estate

     8.2     6.3

Government

     4.7     3.2

Construction

     4.2     4.4

Transportation/Utility

     3.3     2.8

Information

     0.9     1.2

Agriculture

     0.9     0.9

Other

     0.8     0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0

Source: SNL Financial, LC.

Employment data presented in Table 2.2 indicates that similar to many areas of the country and the state of Massachusetts, services and wholesale/retail trade are the two most prominent sectors in Middlesex County. Middlesex County maintained a higher level of employment in services and manufacturing and a lower level of employment in wholesale/retail trade, healthcare, financial services, and government, as compared to the state of Massachusetts. Overall, the distribution of employment exhibited in the primary market area is indicative of a diverse economic environment.


RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
  II.9

 

Furthermore, Table 2.3 below presents a list of private and public sector employers in Middlesex County. Middlesex County contains a diverse cross section of employment sectors, with a mix of the largest employers in the industries of services, education, technology, government, and health care, which partially mitigates the risk associated with a decline in any particular economic sector or industry. Middlesex County is home to a number of large renowned universities, such as Harvard University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology and Boston College and the county also hosts various information and technology institutions and companies, which are located around the Greater Boston area.

Table 2.3

Melrose Cooperative Bank

Middlesex County Largest Employers

 

Company/Institution

  

Industry

  

Employees

 

Harvard University

   Education      10,000   

EMC Corp.

   Technology        9,000   

Laboratory for Nuclear Science

   Technology        7,500   

MA Institute of Technology

   Education        6,000   

MIT-Reseach Lab-Electronics

   Research/Education        5,000   

ABM Industries

   Facility Services        4,500   

ABT Associates Inc

   Consulting        4,200   

Analog Devices Inc

   Technology        4,000   

Anti Phishing Working Group

   Government        3,950   

Bentley University

   Education        3,920   

Bose Corp

   Technology        3,800   

Boston College

   Education        3,000   

Boston Scientific Corp

   Healthcare        2,500   

Brandeis University

   Education        2,300   

Center for Astrophysics

   Research/Education        2,000   

Source: Middlesex Local Government Website

Within the City of Melrose, the largest employment sector is within the health care industry, as the largest employer of the city is the area hospital, the Melrose-Wakefield Hospital. Melrose-Wakefield Hospital was the location of the world’s first laser surgery and one of the first hospitals to offer same day surgery, this hospital has served the community for over a century. It is among the top ten percent of hospitals in the nation for stroke care and the top fifteen percent in the nation for heart attack treatment. In addition to the hospital, there are numerous other healthcare facilities located in the City of Melrose, from pediatricians and specialists to dentists and dermatologists. Moreover, Melrose is also a city committed to taking care of its elders, which, as mentioned previously, are a slightly larger portion of the population, as compared to state and nationwide levels.


RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
  II.10

 

Unemployment Trends

Comparative unemployment rates for the City of Melrose and Middlesex County, as well as the United States and Massachusetts are shown in Table 2.4. As of December 2013, the City of Melrose reported a 4.9% unemployment rate, which fell below Middlesex County’s unemployment rate of 5.2%, as well as the state and national aggregates of 7.0% and 6.7%. Similar to statewide unemployment trends, the December 2013 unemployment rate was higher in Middlesex County and the City of Melrose compared to a year ago, which contrasts with national unemployment trends which have declined over the past year. This unfavorable trend indicates a slow economic recovery in the market area and a lack of employment growth. However, compared to the national aggregate, the unemployment rate in Middlesex County and within the City of Melrose, remain relatively low and is indicative of certain consistent economic strength within the Bank’s markets.

Table 2.4

Melrose Cooperative Bank

Unemployment Trends

 

Region

   December 2012
Unemployment
    December 2013
Unemployment
 

United States

     7.9     6.7

Massachusetts

     6.7     7.0

Middlesex County

     5.1     5.2

City of Melrose

     4.7     4.9

Source: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Real Estate Trends

Home Sales

Home sales activity across Massachusetts during the month of December 2013 surpassed the mark posted during December 2012, a positive indicator for an industry that has been impacted by the recession that commenced in 2008. According to statistics provided by the Massachusetts Association of Realtors (“MAR”), single-family home sales during the twelve months ended December 2013 totaled 49,459, a 7.1% increase from the same period posted in


RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
  II.11

 

2012 (when the market recorded 46,200 sales). In addition, the median sales price increased by 9.2% (to $325,000) for the twelve months ended December 2013, from the level for the same time period ended December 2012 ($297,750). Locally, according to statistics provided by the Warren Group, home sales in the Bank’s market area reflected a declining trend, as within the City of Melrose, for the month of December 2013, single-family home sales were down 26% compared with the month of December in 2012 (14 home sales in December 2013 versus 19 home sales in December 2012). On the other hand, the average sales price of a single-family home increased by 9.3% to equal $476,742 in December 2013 as compared to the month of December in 2012 ($436,336).

Foreclosure Trends

Single family foreclosures statewide trended generally downward over the twelve months ended December 2013, according to RealtyTrac, a company specializing in real estate foreclosure data. In December 2013, the number of properties that received a foreclosure filing in Massachusetts was 41% lower than the previous month and 54% lower than the same time last year. Specifically, one in every 5,017 housing units in Massachusetts received a foreclosure filing for December 2013. At the same time, Middlesex County reported a slightly lower foreclosure rate of one in every 5,716 housing units with a foreclosure filing. Furthermore, for December 2013, the City of Melrose reported a foreclosure rate lower than both the state and county measures, reporting one in every 11,406 housing units with a foreclosure filing.

Market Area Deposit Characteristics

The Bank’s retail deposit base is closely tied to the economic fortunes of Middlesex County and, in particular, the City of Melrose. Table 2.5, on the following page, displays deposit market trends from June 30, 2009 through June 30, 2013 for Middlesex County and the state of Massachusetts. Massachusetts bank and thrift deposits increased at an 11.0% annual rate during the four year period, with savings institutions declining by 4.0% and commercial banks reporting annual deposit growth of 18.1%. The decline in savings institution deposits over the four year time period was largely due to thrifts converting to commercial banks, as well as a result of mergers involving the sale of thrifts to commercial banks. Overall, savings institutions held a market share of 21.8% of total deposits statewide as of June 30, 2013, indicating a relatively strong market position. Middlesex County, on the other hand, experienced an annual deposit decline of 16.7% over the four year period, reporting declines in deposits in both commercial banks and savings institutions of 20.0% and 5.3%, respectively. Importantly, however, the market share for savings institutions in Middlesex County was 30.5% of total deposits as of June 30, 2013, which was higher than the statewide aggregate of 21.8%.


RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
  II.12

 

Table 2.5

Melrose Cooperative Bank

Deposit Summary

 

     As of June 30,         
     2009      2013      Deposit
Growth Rate
2009-2013
 
     Deposits      Market
Share
    No. of
Branches
     Deposits      Market
Share
    No. of
Branches
    
     (Dollars in Thousands)      (%)  

Massachusetts

   $ 189,870,183         100.0     2,245       $ 288,381,314         100.0     2,218         11.0

Commercial Banks

     115,811,378         61.0     1,046         225,589,069         78.2     1,320         18.1

Savings Institutions

     74,058,805         39.0     1,199         62,792,245         21.8     898         -4.0

Middlesex County

   $ 97,781,775         100.0     510       $ 47,153,133         100.0     512         -16.7

Commercial Banks

     79,867,519         81.7     254         32,768,200         69.5     341         -20.0

Savings Institutions

     17,914,256         18.3     256         14,384,933         30.5     171         -5.3

Melrose Cooperative Bank

     120,620         0.1     1         175,730         0.4     1         9.9

Source: FDIC.

Melrose maintains a relatively small share of county deposits, with its branch network consisting of only one branch. The Bank reported $175.7 million of deposits, representing 0.4% market share of bank and thrift deposits at June 30, 2013. Over the past four years, however, the Bank experienced a 9.9% annual increase of deposits, while Middlesex County reported a 16.7% decline in total deposits. Notwithstanding the relatively strong growth in deposits over the last four years, the Bank’s deposit market share only grew to 0.4% for June 30, 2013, as compared to 0.1% at June 30, 2009, indicating potential additional deposit growth and increases in market share.

Deposit Competition

The competitive environment for financial institution products and services on a national, regional and local level can be expected to become even more competitive in the future. Consolidation in the banking and thrift industries provides economies of scale to the larger institutions, while the increased presence of investment options provides consumers with attractive investment alternatives to financial institutions. Melrose faces notable competition in both deposit gathering and lending activities, including direct competition with financial institutions that primarily have a local, regional or national presence. Securities firms and mutual funds also represent major sources of competition in raising deposits. In many cases, these competitors are also seeking to provide some or all of the community-oriented services as


RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
  II.13

 

the Bank. With regard to lending competition, Melrose encounters the most significant competition from the same institutions providing deposit services. In addition, the Bank competes with mortgage companies, independent mortgage brokers, and credit unions.

From a competitive standpoint, the Bank benefits from its status of a locally-owned financial institution, longstanding customer relationships, and continued efforts to offer competitive products and services. However, competitive pressures will also likely continue to build as the financial services industry continues to consolidate and as additional non-bank investment options for consumers become available. Some of the larger commercial banks and thrifts operating in the Bank’s market include RBS, Bank of America, and TD Bank. The significant level of competition is demonstrated numerically in Table 2.6 below, which reflects that the three largest competitors for the Bank (as defined by financial institutions with branches within a 10 mile radius of the Bank’s branch office) have over two-thirds of the deposit market share. Importantly, there are many other competitors, in terms of thrifts, commercial banks, and credit unions in the market, as well. These numbers do not include competition from mortgage banking companies, investment houses, mutual funds and other sources.

Table 2.6

Melrose Cooperative Bank

Deposit Market Share

 

Company

  

Headquarters

   Branches      Deposits in Competing
Branches (1)
 
                      ($000)      (%)  

Melrose Cooperative Bank

   Melrose    MA      1       $ 175,730         0.2

Deposit Competitors (2)

              

RBS

   Edinburgh    United Kingdom      81       $ 18,574,082         20.3

Bank of America Corp.

   Charlotte    NC      70         41,644,161         45.5

Santander

   Boadilla del Monte    Spain      62         10,459,475         11.4

Eastern Bank Corp.

   Boston    MA      43         4,402,880         4.8

Toronto-Dominion Bank

   Toronto    Canada      25         2,157,720         2.4

Meridian Interstate Bncp (MHC)

   East Boston    MA      23         1,892,148         2.1

Salem Five Bancorp

   Salem    MA      21         2,008,090         2.2

People’s United Financial Inc.

   Bridgeport    CT      21         1,279,214         1.4

Century Bancorp Inc.

   Medford    MA      18         2,296,751         2.5

Citigroup Inc.

   New York    NY      18         1,348,534         1.5

Brookline Bancorp Inc.

   Boston    MA      14         1,412,364         1.5

Independent Bank Corp.

   Rockland    MA      11         355,374         0.4

Metro Credit Union

   Chelsea    MA      11         976,666         1.1

Cambridge Financial Group Inc.

   Cambridge    MA      11         1,757,792         1.9

East Cambridge SB

   Cambridge    MA      9         737,888         0.8
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total for All Competitors

           438       $ 91,478,869         100.0
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Deposits as of June 30, 2013.
(2) Defined as institutions maintaining a branch office within 10 miles of the Melrose headquarters.

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.1

 

III. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

This chapter presents an analysis of Melrose’s operations versus a group of comparable savings institutions (the “Peer Group”) selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions in a manner consistent with the regulatory valuation guidelines. The basis of the pro forma market valuation of Melrose is derived from the pricing ratios of the Peer Group institutions, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences in relation to the Peer Group. Since no Peer Group can be exactly comparable to Melrose, individually or as a whole, key areas examined for differences to determine if valuation adjustments are appropriate were in the following areas: financial condition; profitability, growth and viability of earnings; asset growth; primary market area; dividends; liquidity of the shares; marketing of the issue; management; and, effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.

Peer Group Selection

The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines. Accordingly, the Peer Group is comprised of only those publicly-traded savings institutions whose common stock is either listed on a national exchange (NYSE), or is NASDAQ listed, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than “non-listed institutions” (i.e., those listed on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board or Pink Sheets), as well as those that are non-publicly traded and closely-held. Institutions that are not listed on the NYSE or NASDAQ are inappropriate, since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks is typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value. We have also excluded from the Peer Group those companies under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition, mutual holding companies (“MHCs”) and recent conversions (companies converted less than one year ago), since their pricing ratios are subject to unusual distortion, their financial results do not reflect a full year of reinvestments, and the stock trading activity is not seasoned. A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions is included as Exhibit III-1.

Ideally, the Peer Group, which must have at least 10 members to comply with the regulatory valuation guidelines, should be comprised of locally- or regionally-based institutions with comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics. There are approximately 119 publicly-traded thrift institutions nationally, which includes 15 publicly traded MHCs. Given the limited number of public full stock thrifts, it is typically the case that the Peer Group will be comprised of institutions which are not directly comparable, but the overall group will still be the


RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.2

 

“best fit” peer group. To the extent that key differences exist between the converting institution and the Peer Group, valuation adjustments will be applied to account for such key differences. Since Melrose will be a full stock public company upon completion of the offering, we considered only full stock public companies to be viable candidates for inclusion in the Peer Group, excluding those in MHC form.

Based on the foregoing and from the universe of publicly-traded thrifts, we selected 10 institutions with characteristics similar to those of the Bank. The Peer Group selection process focused on companies operating in similar markets with comparable asset sizes, strong asset quality, and, positive core earnings over the last twelve month period. We believe these characteristics are given significant weight by investors in evaluating Melrose and similarly situated institutions. Accordingly, the institutions selected for inclusion in the Peer Group were headquartered in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States, with total assets of less than $1.0 billion, non-performing assets of less than 2.0% of total assets, and positive core earnings on a trailing twelve month basis. Eleven companies met the criteria and one company (Prudential Bancorp, Inc. of Pennsylvania) was excluded because it had completed its second-step conversion within the last twelve months.

Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the 10 Peer Group companies and Exhibit III-2 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served by each of the Peer Group companies. While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and Melrose, we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for the valuation, subject to valuation adjustments. The following sections present a comparison of the Bank’s financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, credit risk, and interest rate risk as of or for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 versus the Peer Group as of or for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013.

In addition to the selection criteria used to identify the Peer Group companies, a summary description of the key comparable characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies in relation to Melrose, is detailed in the following pages.


RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.3

 

Table 3.1

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

 

                                                      As of
February 14, 2014
 

Ticker

  

Financial Institution

   Exchange    Region    City    State    Total
Assets (1)
     Offices      Fiscal
Mth End
   Conv.
Date
   Stock
Price
     Market
Value
 
                              ($Mil)                       ($)      ($Mil)  

THRD

  

TF Financial Corp.

   NASDAQ    MA    Newtown    PA    $ 833         19       Dec    7/13/94    $ 29.99       $ 94   

ONFC

  

Oneida Financial Corp.

   NASDAQ    MA    Oneida    NY      714         13       Dec    7/7/10      12.34         87   

HBNK

  

Hampden Bancorp Inc.

   NASDAQ    NE    Springfield    MA      696         10       Jun    1/17/07      15.96         90   

CBNK

  

Chicopee Bancorp Inc.

   NASDAQ    NE    Chicopee    MA      605         9       Dec    7/20/06      17.37         94   

PEOP

  

Peoples Federal Bancshares Inc

   NASDAQ    NE    Brighton    MA      585         8       Sep    7/7/10      18.08         116   

WEBK

  

Wellesley Bancorp

   NASDAQ    NE    Wellesley    MA      421         4       Dec    1/26/12      18.50         45   

OBAF

  

OBA Financial Services Inc

   NASDAQ    MA    Germantown    MD      390         7       Jun    1/22/10      19.00         77   

FFCO

  

FedFirst Financial Corp.

   NASDAQ    MA    Monessen    PA      323         7       Dec    9/21/10      20.06         47   

WVFC

  

WVS Financial Corp.

   NASDAQ    MA    Pittsburgh    PA      296         6       Jun    11/29/93      12.00         25   

GTWN

  

Georgetown Bancorp Inc.

   NASDAQ    NE    Georgetown    MA      247         3       Dec    7/12/12      14.75         27   

 

(1) As of September 30, 2013.

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.4

 

  TF Financial Corp (“THRD”) of Newtown, PA operates 19 branches within Pennsylvania and New Jersey along the I-95 corridor between Philadelphia and Newark. THRD is comparable to the Bank, as they both are headquartered in a suburb of a major metropolitan area and they both maintain similar levels of 1-4 family mortgage loans (inclusive of MBS) funded primarily by deposits. THRD also had a meaningful level of CRE loans and had less favorable asset quality than the Bank with measurably higher charge-offs. THRD’s funding included borrowings and deposits were lower than the Bank’s as a percent of average assets. Both the Bank and THRD maintained similar regulatory capital ratios. THRD’s net interest income to average assets was higher due to higher asset yields and lower cost of funds. Overall, THRD’s net income to average assets was considerably higher due to its more favorable net interest income to average assets, higher non-operating income, and lower effective tax rate. At September 30, 2013, THRD had total assets of $833 million and as of February 14, 2014, THRD’s market capitalization was $94 million.

 

  Oneida Financial Corp (“ONFC”) of Oneida, NY operates 13 branches within the suburbs of Syracuse, New York, which is comparable to the Bank who also operates in the suburbs of a major metropolitan area. ONFC is a more diversified financial services company, with multiple subsidiary companies outside of the traditional community banking structure. ONFC had significantly higher investments, as well as a more diversified loan portfolio, with higher concentrations in CRE and commercial business lending, which did not negatively impact ONFC’s strong asset quality and reserve coverage. ONFC had similar funding composition to the Bank, with the vast majority made up of deposits. As ONFC’s revenue sources are more diversified than the Bank’s, ONFC had significantly higher non-interest income and non-interest expense than not only the Bank, but all of the Peer Group companies, which resulted in the highest net income reported by a Peer Group company. At September 30, 2013, ONFC had total assets of $714 million and as of February 14, 2014, OCFC’s market capitalization was $87 million.

 

  Hampden Bancorp Inc. (“HBNK”) of Springfield, MA is headquartered in Massachusetts and operates 10 branches in and around Springfield, comparable to the Bank as both operate in suburbs of a metropolitan market within Massachusetts. HBNK maintained a similar asset mix, but a more diversified loan portfolio, which included a significant level of CRE loans, as well as meaningful levels of commercial business, construction and consumer loans, albeit 1-4 family mortgage loans (inclusive of MBS) represented the largest loan concentration. HBNK utilized borrowings as a funding source and therefore, has a lower deposits to assets ratio. HBNK’s asset quality was less favorable, with higher NPAs and lower reserve coverage in terms of NPAs and NPLs. Net income to average assets was slightly higher as HBNK reported higher ratios of net interest income and non-interest income to average assets, which were only partially offset by higher operating expenses. At September 30, 2013, HBNK had total assets of $696 million and as of February 14, 2014, HBNK’s market capitalization was $90 million.

 

 

Chicopee Bancorp Inc. (“CBNK”) of Chicopee, MA is headquartered in Massachusetts, with 9 branches located in the suburbs of Springfield, comparable to the Bank as both operate in suburbs of a metropolitan market within Massachusetts. CBNK’s balance sheet composition reflected a higher level of loans and a lower level of investments than the Bank. CBNK’s loan portfolio was more diversified with significantly less 1-4 residential loans to assets and a significantly higher level of CRE loans, as well as meaningful levels of commercial business and construction and land loans. Asset quality measures were inferior overall. CBNK maintained a higher level of tangible equity than the Bank, however the regulatory capital (risk weighted) ratio was more similar to the Bank as CBNK’s risk weighted assets to assets ratio was significantly higher due to the loan portfolio composition.


RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.5

 

 

CBNK’s net interest income and non-interest income as a percent of average assets were considerably higher than the Bank’s. CBNK’s higher non-interest expense ratio, which was only partially offset by a more favorable effective tax rate resulted in a net income to average assets ratio, that was relatively similar to the Bank. As of September 30, 2013, CBNK had total assets of $605 million and as of February 14, 2014, CBNK has a market capitalization of $94 million.

 

  Peoples Federal Bancshares Inc. (“PEOP”) of Brighton, MA is headquartered in Massachusetts and operates 7 branches just south of the Bank’s main office; thus PEOP and the Bank operate in markets surrounding the city of Boston. In terms of asset composition, PEOP had a significantly lower level of cash and investments, which resulted in a higher level of loans than the Bank. PEOP’s loan portfolio included a similar 1-4 family loan and MBS concentration, but higher levels of multi-family and CRE loans. PEOP’s deposits to assets ratio was lower as borrowings were used as a supplemental source for funding, while PEOP also maintained significantly higher levels of tangible equity and regulatory capital ratios. PEOP’s asset quality ratios were similar to the Bank, while reserve coverage ratios were relatively stronger. PEOP and the Bank had similar net income ratios, notwithstanding PEOP’s more favorable net interest income and non-interest income ratios and less favorable non-interest expense ratio. PEOP also operated with a significantly higher effective tax rate than the Bank and all of the Peer Group companies. As of September 30, 2013, PEOP had total assets of $585 million and as of February 14, 2014, CBNK has a market capitalization of $116 million.

 

  Wellesley Bancorp (“WEBK”) of Wellesley, MA is headquartered in Massachusetts and operates 4 branches, one of which is located in the financial district in Boston and the other three southwest of Boston; thus also operating in the greater Boston metropolitan area. WEBK’s balance sheet composition consisted of a higher level of loans and lower level of cash investments funded by a lower level of deposits as WEBK also utilizes borrowings as a funding source. WEBK’s loan portfolio was more diversified with moderately less 1-4 family residential loans (inclusive of MBS) and meaningful exposure to CRE loans and construction and land loans. WEBK’s tangible equity ratio was similar to the Bank, however, WEBK’s regulatory (risk weighted) capital ratio was considerably lower due to a higher level of risk weighted assets. WEBK’s asset quality was less favorable in terms of higher NPAs and NPLs and lower reserve coverage of those. Net interest income to average assets was considerably higher than the Bank, primarily due to more favorable asset yields, which resulted in a higher net income to average assets ratio, despite a higher effective tax rate and operating expenses. As of September 30, 2013, WEBK had total assets of $421 million and as of February 14, 2014, WEBK has a market capitalization of $45 million.

 

 

OBA Financial Services, Inc. (“OBAF”) of Germantown, MD operates 7 banking offices that are primarily located in the outer suburbs of Baltimore, Maryland and Washington, D.C., which are comparable to the Bank as both operate in suburbs of a metropolitan market. OBAF’s balance sheet reflected a higher level of loans and a lower level of MBS and investments, which were funded by a lower level of deposits, as OBAF also utilizes borrowings for funding purposes. OBAF had a more diversified loan portfolio, as OBAF had a significant concentration in CRE loans, and meaningful exposure to commercial business and construction and land loans. Asset quality was less favorable in terms of NPAs and NPLs with lower reserves to NPAs and NPLs. OBAF had a significantly higher tangible equity to assets ratio than the Bank and reported significantly higher regulatory capital ratios. OBAF had significantly higher net interest income to average assets due to higher asset yields and a lower cost of funds, which was mostly offset by a considerably higher level of non-interest expenses, a higher effective tax rate and, higher level of provisions for


RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.6

 

 

loan losses, which contributed to a slightly lower net income to average assets ratio. As of September 30, 2013, OBAF had total assets of $390 million and as of February 14, 2014, OBAF has a market capitalization of $77 million.

 

  FedFirst Financial Corp (“FFCO”) of Monessen, PA operates 7 banking offices in the outer suburbs of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, comparable to the Bank as both operate in suburbs of a metropolitan market. FFCO operated with a significantly higher level of loans than the Bank, with a comparable level of 1-4 family loans (inclusive of MBS) to assets, but with more lending diversification into CRE, construction and land and commercial business loans. In terms of balance sheet composition, deposits were lower as FFCO also utilized borrowings as a funding source and maintained a higher level of tangible equity. FFCO’s asset quality was less favorable, as NPAs were higher and reserve coverage was lower than the Bank. Net income to average assets was higher due to higher net interest income, as a result of higher asset yields and higher non-interest income, which was partially offset by higher operating expenses and higher provision for loan losses. FFCO’s higher non-interest income was driven by its commercial and personal insurance business operated through its majority owned insurance subsidiary. As of September 30, 2013, FFCO had total assets of $323 million and as of February 14, 2014, FFCO has a market capitalization of $47 million.

 

  WVS Financial Corp. (“WVFC”) of Pittsburgh, PA operates 7 banking offices in Pennsylvania within the Pittsburgh metropolitan area, comparable to the Bank as both operate in suburbs of a metropolitan market. WVFC’s asset composition was heavily weighted in MBS and investments, resulting in a significantly lower loans to assets ratio, which were funded with roughly balanced levels of deposits and borrowings. Net income to average assets was slightly less than the Bank primarily due to lower net interest income and a higher effective tax rate, which were only partially offset by lower non-interest expenses. In addition, WVFC’s subsidiary bank recently received a needs improvement for its Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) rating. As of September 30, 2013, WVFC had total assets of $296 million and as of February 14, 2014, WVFC has a market capitalization of $25 million.

 

  Georgetown Bancorp Inc. (“GTWN”) of Georgetown, MA is comparable to the Bank as GTWN is headquartered in Massachusetts and operates 3 banking offices just north of the Bank; thus operating in the Boston metropolitan area. GTWN’s asset composition reflected a lower level of cash and investments and a higher level of loans funded by a lower level of deposits and higher level of borrowed funds. Tangible equity to assets was slightly higher than the Bank, as well. GTWN had a comparable level of residential mortgage loans (inclusive of MBS), meaningful level of CRE, and construction and land loans and maintained a level of commercial business loans. Asset quality was less favorable than the Bank, as GTWN reported higher ratios of NPAs and NPLs and lower reserve coverage ratios. Overall, net income to average assets was similar to the Bank, supported by a higher level of net interest income and non-interest income, partially offset by higher provisions and non-interest expenses. As of September 30, 2013, GTWN had total assets of $247 million and as of February 14, 2014, GTWN has a market capitalization of $27 million.

In the aggregate, the Peer Group companies maintained a slightly higher level of tangible equity than the thrift industry median and recorded a lower level of core earnings. Asset quality for the Peer Group was somewhat more favorable than the thrift industry median, as a result of the Peer Group selection criteria, which included only companies with NPAs of less than 2.0% of assets.


RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.7

 

The table below compares key financial characteristics and pricing ratios of the Peer Group to all fully-converted, non-MHC, publicly traded thrifts. The Peer Group’s median price/core earnings (“P/Core”) and price/tangible book (“P/TB”) ratios were at only modest premiums to the non-MHC publicly traded thrifts medians, while the Peer Group’s price/assets (“P/A”) ratio was similar to the fully converted publically traded thrifts median.

 

     Fully-Conv. Publicly
Traded Thrifts (1)
    Peer Group (1)  

Financial Characteristics (Medians)

    

Assets ($Mil)

   $ 771      $ 523   

Market Capitalization ($Mil)

   $ 95      $ 82   

Tangible Equity/Tangible Assets (%)

     11.57     11.59

Core Return on Average Assets (%)

     0.60     0.49

Core Return on Average Equity (%)

     4.34     3.55

Pricing Ratios (Medians)

    

Price/Core Earnings (x)

     17.20     22.47

Price/Tangible Book (%)

     102.39     104.40

Price/Assets (%)

     12.34     12.33

 

(1) Based on market prices and data available as of February 14, 2014 per Table 4.4.

The thrifts selected for the Peer Group were relatively comparable to the Bank in terms of the overall selection criteria and are considered the “best fit” group. While there are many similarities between Melrose and the Peer Group on average, there are some notable differences that lead to the valuation adjustments discussed herein. The following comparative analysis highlights key similarities and differences between the Bank and the Peer Group.

Financial Condition

Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for the Bank as of December 31, 2013, while the Peer Group reflects balances as of September 30, 2013. As shown in Table 3.2, the Bank’s equity-to-assets ratio of 10.46% was lower than the Peer Group’s average and median equity ratios of 13.77% and 12.31%, respectively. Tangible equity-to-assets ratios for the Bank equaled 10.46%, below the Peer Group average and median of 13.30% and 12.00%, with the Peer Group reporting a limited intangible assets balance, while Melrose did not have any intangible assets.


RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.8

 

Table 3.2

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of September 30, 2013

 

    Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets     Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates     Regulatory Capital  
    Cash &
Equivalents
    MBS &
Invest
    BOLI     Net
Loans
(1)
    Deposits     Borrowed
Funds
    Sub.
Debt
    Total
Equity
    Goodwill
& Intang
    Tangible
Equity
    Assets     MBS,
Cash &
Investments
    Loans     Deposits     Borrow s.
&Subdebt
    Total
Equity
    Tangible
Equity
    Tangible
Capital
(2)
    Tier 1
Risk-
Based
    Risk-
Based
Capital
 

Melrose Cooperative Bank

                                       

December 31, 2013

    8.64     20.39     2.46     67.11     89.24     0.00     0.00     10.46     0.00     10.46     5.99     10.30     4.78     6.24     NA        3.71     3.71     10.09     16.91     17.95

All Public Companies

                                       

Averages

    6.03     20.83     1.86     66.92     74.39     10.80     0.38     13.23     0.71     12.52     3.34     4.23     5.06     3.80     1.71     4.67     3.78     12.60     19.42     20.52

Medians

    3.76     16.71     1.94     69.25     75.80     8.67     0.00     12.35     0.02     11.33     1.01     -0.58     3.31     1.18     -2.09     -0.76     -0.59     12.30     18.11     19.32

State of MA

                                       

Averages

    5.34     14.79     2.03     75.07     72.31     14.38     0.16     12.25     0.55     11.70     11.17     1.62     15.18     10.97     29.26     -0.09     -0.04     12.61     16.16     17.23

Medians

    4.95     9.57     1.70     77.75     71.15     14.33     0.00     12.20     0.00     12.00     13.00     -3.35     14.64     8.37     27.09     0.09     0.09     12.60     16.16     17.10

Comparable Group

                                       

Averages

    5.01     21.42     2.20     68.41     72.54     12.81     0.00     13.77     0.47     13.30     6.97     -3.91     9.65     7.90     4.00     -0.21     -0.57     13.67     18.96     20.01

Medians

    4.58     9.79     2.35     76.30     73.47     9.16     0.00     12.31     0.00     12.00     3.99     -1.39     9.65     6.37     4.80     -1.55     -2.77     14.53     18.36     19.26

Comparable Group

                                       

CBNK

  Chicopee Bancorp Inc.   MA     8.86     9.89     2.33     76.29     80.10     4.65     0.00     15.09     0.00     15.09     -0.51     4.20     -1.50     1.98     -34.32     2.22     2.22     NA        18.36     19.26

FFCO

  FedFirst Financial Corp.   PA     4.37     9.68     2.64     81.16     69.72     13.18     0.00     16.52     0.35     16.16     0.28     -28.58     8.34     2.20     12.34     -9.51     -9.69     14.53     22.15     23.40

GTWN

  Georgetown Bancorp Inc.   MA     3.36     9.24     1.16     83.71     65.54     21.31     0.00     11.93     0.00     11.93     16.72     -18.47     25.74     5.96     114.13     -2.04     -2.04     10.16     14.37     15.57

HBNK

  Hampden Bancorp Inc.   MA     5.12     20.95     2.45     69.25     69.76     17.29     0.00     12.06     0.00     12.06     7.74     -6.07     14.49     7.23     20.86     -3.50     -3.50     NA        16.90     18.00

OBAF

  OBA Financial Services Inc   MD     9.37     9.51     2.37     76.32     74.30     6.71     0.00     18.39     0.00     18.39     0.43     -1.94     1.06     6.78     -32.57     -5.16     -5.16     18.38     24.63     25.83

ONFC

  Oneida Financial Corp.   NY     4.80     36.06     2.52     46.82     85.29     0.14     0.00     12.55     3.74     8.81     5.46     -0.84     10.96     6.77     -83.33     -1.06     -4.49     NA        NA        NA   

PEOP

  Peoples Federal Bancshares Inc   MA     6.35     8.73     3.42     79.63     72.63     7.52     0.00     18.17     0.00     18.17     2.53     -0.64     3.33     2.00     33.33     -3.79     -3.79     15.08     23.74     24.83

THRD

  TF Financial Corp.   PA     3.72     16.09     2.21     74.76     81.82     6.12     0.00     11.14     0.58     10.56     19.55     38.69     16.49     27.86     -32.15     13.23     13.29     10.21     16.39     17.64

WEBK

  Wellesley Bancorp   MA     3.07     9.03     1.55     84.60     77.76     10.81     0.00     11.01     0.00     11.01     17.85     -25.65     29.02     16.93     44.44     4.41     4.41     NA        11.42     12.64

WVFC

  WVS Financial Corp.   PA     1.04     85.02     1.36     11.59     48.47     40.40     0.00     10.84     0.00     10.84     -0.30     0.18     -11.39     1.25     -2.74     3.09     3.09     NA        22.70     22.90

 

(1) Includes loans held for sale.
(2) The tangible capital ratio as defined under the latest OTS guidelines at period-end. For holding companies this represents the value for the company’s largest subsidiary.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.9

 

Melrose’s pro forma capital position will increase with the addition of stock proceeds resulting from the Conversion, providing the Company with an equity and tangible equity ratio (the Bank has no intangible assets and the ratios are therefore the same) that is expected to exceed the Peer Group’s ratios (i.e., in a range of 18% to 22%). As a result of the Conversion, the increase in Melrose’s pro forma capital position will be favorable from a risk perspective and in terms of future earnings potential that could be realized through leverage and lower overall funding costs. At the same time, the Bank’s higher pro forma capitalization will initially depress return on equity and the ability to leverage the increased equity to improve the ROAE will be dependent upon the Company’s ability to execute a business plan focused on balance sheet and earnings growth. Both the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s capital ratios reflect capital surpluses with respect to the regulatory capital requirements, with the Bank’s ratios currently measurably lower than the Peer Group’s. On a pro forma basis, the Company’s capital surpluses will become more significant and will exceed the Peer Group’s regulatory capital ratios.

The interest-earning asset (“IEA”) composition for the Bank and the Peer Group reflects differences in terms of proportion of loans, as Melrose’s ratio of loans to assets of 67.11% is lower than the Peer Group median ratio of 76.30%. Conversely, the Bank’s level of cash and investments equal to 29.03% of assets was much higher than the Peer Group median of 14.37% (primarily debt securities and marketable equity securities as the Bank does not hold MBS). The Bank’s asset strategy revolves around two asset classes: investment securities and mortgage loans, with mortgage loans primarily consisting of 1-4 family mortgages secured by properties within the local market area. While Melrose has indicated the intent to expand the CRE and multi-family loan portfolios, loan portfolio diversification is expected to occur gradually over time. Overall, the Bank’s IEAs amounted to 96.14%, which slightly exceeded the Peer Group’s median ratio of 90.67%. Both the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s IEA ratios exclude BOLI as an interest-earning asset. However, the Bank and the Peer Group reported similar levels of BOLI as a percent of assets at 2.46% and 2.35%. On a pro forma basis, immediately following the Conversion, a portion of the Offering proceeds will initially be invested into shorter term investment securities, further increasing the relative proportion of cash and investments for Melrose in comparison to the Peer Group over the short term, pending longer term deployment into higher yielding loans. Furthermore, the IEA advantage for the Bank will strengthen.

The Bank’s funding liabilities reflected a funding strategy that relied more on deposits than the Peer Group. The Bank’s deposits equaled 89.24% of assets, which exceeded the Peer


RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.10

 

Group’s median ratio of 73.47%. Furthermore, the Bank maintained a zero balance of borrowings, while the Peer Group reported borrowings of 9.16% of assets, based on the median. Overall, total interest-bearing liabilities (“IBL”) as a percent of assets equaled 89.24% and 82.63% for the Bank and the Peer Group, respectively, with the Bank’s higher ratio resulting from a lower capital position. The ratio of IBL will be reduced on a post-Offering basis as the Bank funds a greater portion of its operations with equity.

A key measure of balance sheet strength for a financial institution is the IEA/IBL ratio. Presently, the Bank’s IEA/IBL ratio is modestly lower than the Peer Group’s ratio, based on IEA/IBL ratios of 107.7% and 109.7%, respectively. The additional equity realized from stock proceeds will serve to strengthen the Bank’s IEA/IBL ratio relative to the Peer Group, as the increase in equity provided by the infusion of stock proceeds will lower the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets and will be primarily deployed into interest-earning assets.

The growth rate section of Table 3.2 shows annual growth rates for key balance sheet items. During this period, the Bank recorded asset growth of 5.99% versus 3.99% of assets growth for the Peer Group based on the median. Melrose’s asset growth was supported largely by growth in cash and investments of 10.30%, as loans increased at a lower 4.78% rate. Conversely, the Peer Group’s asset growth was primarily the result of loan growth of 9.65%, which was partially funded through redeployment of funds from cash and investments, which decreased by 1.39%.

Asset growth for the Bank was funded with deposits, which increased by 6.24%, while the Peer Group’s asset growth was funded through deposit and borrowings growth of 6.37% and 4.80% over the corresponding timeframe. Reflecting recent levels of net income, the Bank’s equity increased at a 3.71% annual rate, versus the Peer Group’s equity shrinkage of 1.55%, which was likely the result of dividend payments and share repurchases that largely offset earnings for the period. As a mutual, the Bank does not pay dividends while eight of the ten Peer Group companies currently pay dividends. Although, subject to regulatory limitations, any future dividend payments and stock repurchases by the Company could also potentially slow the Company’s equity growth rate in the longer term following the Offering. Melrose’s post-Offering equity growth rate will initially be constrained by maintenance of a comparatively higher pro forma equity position in comparison to the Peer Group.


RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.11

 

Income and Expense Components

Table 3.3 shows comparative income statement measures for the Bank and the Peer Group, reflecting earnings for the fiscal year 2013 for Melrose and for the twelve months ended September 30, 2013 for the Peer Group. As shown in Table 3.3, the Bank reported net income of 0.37% of average assets, which fell slightly below the Peer Group’s net income of 0.50% of average assets, based on the median. The Bank’s lower return was the result of a lower level of net interest income and non-interest income, which was partially offset by lower loan loss provisions, and significantly lower operating expenses, in comparison to the Peer Group. The Bank and the Peer Group reported the same level of gains on sale of loans and while the Bank reported a zero balance of non-operating items, the Peer Group only reported a minimal 0.01% of average assets.

The Bank’s interest income to average assets fell below the Peer Group’s average and median, while the ratio of interest expense to average assets was above the Peer Group’s average and median. Overall, Melrose’s ratio of net interest income to average assets of 2.00% was lower than the Peer Group’s average and median ratios of 3.07% and 3.20%, respectively. The Bank’s lower interest income ratio is primarily due to the lower yield on interest-earning assets of 3.00%, as compared to the Peer Group’s yield on interest-earning assets of 4.26% based on the median. The Bank’s lower yield on interest-earning assets is a result of the Bank’s higher concentration in lower interest-earning 1-4 family residential loans versus the Peer Group’s more diversified loan portfolio. The higher ratio of interest expense to average assets reflects the Bank’s higher cost of interest-bearing liabilities (0.95% versus 0.78% for the Peer Group), with almost half of the Bank’s deposits consisting of higher costing CDs. Accordingly, the Bank’s yield-cost spread of 2.05% fell below the Peer Group’s average and median spreads of 3.12% and 3.23%.

Sources of non-interest operating income provided a larger contribution to the Peer Group’s earnings than the Bank’s, with such income amounting to 0.18% and 0.40%, respectively. Historically, Melrose has had relatively modest levels of fee generating activities, primarily due to a high concentration of CDs in the deposit portfolio that do not generate notable levels of fee income. Melrose’s non-interest operating income consists substantially of fees and service charges generated from the Bank’s retail banking activities, limited income from the sale of loans in the secondary market, and from the cash surrender value of BOLI.

The Bank reported a significantly lower ratio of non-interest expenses, 1.64% of average assets versus the Peer Group median of 2.83% of average assets. Melrose has been effective


RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.12

 

Table 3.3

Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

Comparable Institution Analysis

For the 12 Months Ended September 30, 2013

 

          Net Interest Income           Non-Interest
Income
          Non-Op. Items           Yields, Costs, and
Spreads
             
    Net
Income
    Income     Expense     NII     Loss
Provis.
on IEA
    NII
After
Provis.
    Gain on
Sale of
Loans
    Other
Non-Int
Income
    Total
Non-Int
Expense
    Net
Gains/
Losses (1)
    Extrao.
Items
    Provision
for Taxes
    Yield
On
IEA
    Cost
Of
IBL
    Yld-Cost
Spread
    MEMO:
Assets/
FTE
Emp.
    MEMO:
Effective
Tax Rate
 

Melrose Cooperative Bank

                                 

December 31, 2013

    0.37     2.79     0.79     2.00     0.02     1.99     0.05     0.13     1.64     0.00     0.00     0.16     3.00     0.95     2.05   $ 8,195        29.78

All Public Companies

                                 

Averages

    0.52     3.75     0.75     3.01     0.22     2.79     0.45     0.56     3.04     0.12     0.00     0.28     4.04     0.96     3.10   $ 5,542        29.28

Medians

    0.60     3.75     0.70     3.06     0.15     2.87     0.10     0.46     2.84     0.04     0.00     0.27     4.08     0.93     3.12   $ 4,989        31.73

State of MA

                                 

Averages

    0.56     3.78     0.71     3.07     0.13     2.94     0.12     0.36     2.61     0.13     0.00     0.30     4.02     0.94     3.08   $ 6,880        33.86

Medians

    0.51     3.90     0.74     3.08     0.12     2.96     0.05     0.30     2.63     0.03     0.00     0.29     4.13     0.97     3.10   $ 6,523        36.77

Comparable Group

                                 

Averages

    0.57     3.69     0.62     3.07     0.11     2.96     0.11     0.83     3.07     0.09     0.00     0.27     3.95     0.83     3.12   $ 5,436        33.53

Medians

    0.50     3.92     0.56     3.20     0.11     3.10     0.05     0.35     2.83     0.01     0.00     0.27     4.26     0.78     3.23   $ 5,437        36.94

Comparable Group

                                 

CBNK

 

Chicopee Bancorp Inc.

  MA     0.49     3.96     0.78     3.18     0.08     3.10     0.04     0.56     3.03     0.05     0.00     0.13     4.30     1.09     3.21   $ 4,513        20.86

FFCO

 

FedFirst Financial Corp.

  PA     0.78     4.10     0.89     3.22     0.11     3.10     0.00     1.35     3.28     0.00     0.00     0.40     4.36     1.23     3.13   $ 3,881        34.02

GTWN

 

Georgetown Bancorp Inc.

  MA     0.43     4.24     0.56     3.67     0.20     3.47     0.64     0.31     3.73     0.00     0.00     0.26     4.43     0.75     3.68   $ 5,047        37.41

HBNK

 

Hampden Bancorp Inc.

  MA     0.52     3.70     0.81     2.89     0.11     2.78     0.12     0.52     2.62     0.02     0.00     0.30     3.95     1.13     2.82   $ 6,267        36.47

OBAF

 

OBA Financial Services Inc

  MD     0.31     4.16     0.55     3.61     0.10     3.51     0.02     0.19     3.22     0.00     0.00     0.20     4.54     0.81     3.73   $ 5,827        39.41

ONFC

 

Oneida Financial Corp.

  NY     0.91     3.22     0.39     2.83     0.09     2.74     0.06     4.31     5.93     0.15     0.00     0.33     3.74     0.48     3.26   $ 2,069        26.65

PEOP

 

Peoples Federal Bancshares Inc

  MA     0.40     3.37     0.48     2.90     0.03     2.86     0.03     0.29     2.50     0.00     0.00     0.29     3.60     0.68     2.92   $ 7,137        42.24

THRD

 

TF Financial Corp.

  PA     0.88     3.88     0.54     3.34     0.20     3.14     0.14     0.39     2.63     0.65     0.00     0.23     4.25     0.62     3.63   $ 4,063        20.95

WEBK

 

Wellesley Bancorp

  MA     0.64     4.15     0.70     3.44     0.13     3.31     0.06     0.18     2.56     0.04     0.00     0.40     4.27     0.91     3.36   $ 7,774        38.46

WVFC

 

WVS Financial Corp.

  PA     0.33     2.07     0.50     1.58     -0.01     1.59     0.00     0.16     1.23     0.01     0.00     0.21     2.11     0.60     1.51   $ 7,786        38.85

 

(1) Net gains/losses includes gain/loss on sale of securities and nonrecurring income and expense.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.13

 

in limiting operating expenses, primarily due to the Bank’s efficiency in operating with a single banking office and focusing on a limited menu of loan products, which is also reflected by the Bank’s higher assets per full time equivalent (“FTE”) employee balance of $8.2 million versus the Peer Group median of $5.4 million. On a post-Offering basis, the Company’s non-interest expenses can be expected to increase with the addition of the stock-related benefit plans and certain other expenses associated with operating as a publicly-traded company. The Company will seek to offset these additional expenses through balance sheet growth and reinvestment of the Offering proceeds.

The Bank’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income) of 75.2% is slightly more favorable than the Peer Group’s ratio of 78.6%, as the Bank’s lower net interest income and lower non-interest income were offset by lower operating expenses.

Loan loss provisions were lower for the Bank as compared to the Peer Group median, with loan loss provisions equaling 0.02% and 0.11% of average assets, respectively. The low levels of the loan provisions established by the Bank and the Peer Group was supported by their relatively favorable credit quality measures.

Taxes had slightly less of an impact on the Bank’s earnings in comparison to the Peer Group’s, as the Bank reported a 29.78% tax rate relative to the Peer Group median of 36.94%. As indicated in the prospectus, the Bank’s effective marginal tax rate is equal to 34%.

Loan Composition

Table 3.4 presents data related to the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s loan portfolio compositions (including any investment in MBS). The Bank’s loan portfolio composition reflects a significantly higher concentration of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and MBS relative to the Peer Group median (65.27% of assets versus 43.60% of assets for the Peer Group), reflective of the Bank’s traditional thrift business model. The Bank did not report an investment in MBS, while the Peer Group reported MBS of 6.52% of assets, based on the median. Additionally, the Bank did not report a balance of loans serviced for others or servicing assets, while seven of the ten Peer Group companies reported a balance of loans serviced for others and six of the ten Peer Group companies maintained relatively modest balances of loan servicing intangibles.

Diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of lending was more significant for the Peer Group compared to the Bank as total loans outside of 1-4 family residential


RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.14

 

mortgage loans equaled 28.03% of assets for the Peer Group versus 2.05% for Melrose. This is also reflected in the Bank’s lower risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio of 60.15% versus the Peer Group’s median ratio of 68.06%. The majority of the Bank’s higher risk lending is in construction loans and CRE lending, while CRE, commercial business, and construction loans make up the majority of the Peer Group’s higher risk loans. The Bank expects to maintain its concentration in 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, but has indicated an intent to more actively diversify the loan portfolio into CRE lending (inclusive of multi-family lending) to enhance overall yields and profitability.

Table 3.4

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of September 30, 2013

 

    Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets                    
    MBS     1-4
Family(1)
    Constr.
& Land
    Multi-
Family
    Comm
RE
    Commerc.
Business
    Consumer     RWA/
Assets
    Serviced
For Others
    Servicing
Assets
 
    (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($000)     ($000)  

Melrose Cooperative Bank

                   

December 31, 2013

    0.00     65.27     0.95     0.47     0.57     0.00     0.06     60.15   $ 0      $ 0   

All Public Companies

                   

Averages

    12.38     33.17     2.92     7.27     17.31     4.13     1.86     64.71   $ 1,583,919      $ 15,855   

Medians

    10.41     32.22     2.00     2.48     17.76     2.87     0.32     65.36   $ 30,304      $ 275   

State of MA

                   

Averages

    8.73     35.80     5.72     5.24     21.02     5.57     2.18     71.42   $ 117,830      $ 699   

Medians

    6.44     34.70     4.60     2.35     18.85     4.06     0.33     71.56   $ 66,178      $ 258   

Comparable Group

                   

Averages

    12.39     36.95     5.30     2.56     17.46     5.41     1.16     67.36   $ 56,874      $ 352   

Medians

    6.52     37.08     4.12     1.61     17.77     4.22     0.31     68.06   $ 48,246      $ 82   

Comparable Group

                   

CBNK

 

Chicopee Bancorp Inc.

  MA     0.12     27.61     7.45     1.32     25.48     14.76     0.40     81.38   $ 98,168      $ 422   

FFCO

 

FedFirst Financial Corp.

  PA     5.40     51.97     3.74     1.33     17.85     3.83     0.51     65.28   $ 0      $ 0   

GTWN

 

Georgetown Bancorp Inc.

  MA     7.20     50.03     8.05     2.32     19.38     4.62     0.17     70.84   $ 114,410      $ 1,033   

HBNK

 

Hampden Bancorp Inc.

  MA     18.89     26.92     4.51     1.71     25.14     6.59     5.16     71.56   $ 69,056      $ 0   

OBAF

 

OBA Financial Services Inc

  MD     9.19     26.90     5.24     1.72     32.65     10.71     0.00     NA      $ 0      $ 27   

ONFC

 

Oneida Financial Corp.

  NY     12.87     23.44     1.52     1.51     9.64     7.11     4.04     NA      $ 109,321      $ 426   

PEOP

 

Peoples Federal Bancshares Inc

  MA     5.69     52.91     2.93     11.62     10.33     1.61     0.92     63.42   $ 27,435      $ 137   

THRD

 

TF Financial Corp.

  PA     5.85     56.66     1.07     2.20     14.72     0.70     0.22     62.95   $ 150,298      $ 1,471   

WEBK

 

Wellesley Bancorp

  MA     4.46     46.55     16.88     0.95     17.69     3.51     0.07     74.75   $ 51      $ 0   

WVFC

 

WVS Financial Corp.

  PA     54.24     6.52     1.65     0.91     1.75     0.62     0.08     48.76   $ 0      $ 0   

 

(1) Loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties, including first and second mortgages and home equity/HELOCs.

Source: SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ® Financial, LC.

Credit Risk

Overall, based on a comparison of credit quality measures, the Bank’s credit risk exposure was considered to be more favorable in comparison to the Peer Group, mainly due to Melrose’s low credit risk lending and conservative underwriting strategies. As shown in Table 3.5, the Bank’s NPAs (and accruing loans 90 days or more delinquent) as a percent of assets and NPLs as a percent of total loans equaled 0.17% and 0.25%, respectively, versus comparable median measures of 1.22% and 1.46% for the Peer Group.


RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.15

 

Table 3.5

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of September 30, 2013

 

    REO/
Assets
    NPAs &
90+Del/
Assets (1)
    Adj
NPAs &
90+Del/
Assets (2)
    NPLs/
Loans (3)
    Rsrves/
Loans HFI
    Rsrves/
NPLs (3)
    Rsrves/
NPAs &
90+Del (1)
    Net Loan
Chargeoffs (4)
    NLCs/
Loans
 
    (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($000)     (%)  

Melrose Cooperative Bank

                 

December 31, 2013

    0.00     0.17     0.17     0.25     0.39     151.79     151.79   $ 1        0.00

All Public Companies

                 

Averages

    0.41     2.67     1.72     3.29     1.43     68.48     55.00   $ 6,321        0.43

Medians

    0.16     1.74     1.28     2.32     1.25     52.57     44.95   $ 1,219        0.23

State of MA

                 

Averages

    0.05     1.15     0.64     1.53     0.99     82.61     77.06   $ 1,498        0.08

Medians

    0.04     1.22     0.37     1.51     0.98     61.57     59.56   $ 318        0.07

Comparable Group

                 

Averages

    0.13     1.09     0.67     1.58     1.04     88.00     75.98   $ 315        0.08

Medians

    0.05     1.22     0.57     1.46     1.04     71.95     66.82   $ 155        0.06

Comparable Group

                 

CBNK

 

Chicopee Bancorp Inc.

  MA     0.08     1.27     1.27     1.54     0.95     61.76     57.74   $ 433        0.09

FFCO

 

FedFirst Financial Corp.

  PA     0.16     1.56     1.03     1.71     1.21     70.50     63.43   $ 263        0.10

GTWN

 

Georgetown Bancorp Inc.

  MA     0.01     1.16     0.17     1.37     1.01     73.39     72.88   $ 100        0.05

HBNK

 

Hampden Bancorp Inc.

  MA     0.17     1.63     0.69     2.08     1.13     54.09     48.34   $ 420        0.09

OBAF

 

OBA Financial Services Inc

  MD     0.00     1.05     0.18     1.36     1.15     85.10     85.10   $ 57        0.02

ONFC

 

Oneida Financial Corp.

  NY     0.17     0.43     0.29     0.55     0.91     166.76     100.75   $ 210        0.07

PEOP

 

Peoples Federal Bancshares Inc

  MA     0.00     0.37     0.32     0.46     0.86     187.85     187.85   $ 54        0.01

THRD

 

TF Financial Corp.

  PA     0.69     1.62     1.52     1.23     1.06     86.30     49.42   $ 1,570        0.29

WEBK

 

Wellesley Bancorp

  MA     0.00     1.41     0.79     1.64     1.15     70.21     70.21   $ 36        0.01

WVFC

 

WVS Financial Corp.

  PA     0.00     0.45     0.45     3.83     0.92     24.04     24.04   $ 10        0.03

 

(1) NPAs are defined as nonaccrual loans, performing TDRs, and OREO.
(2) Adjusted NPAs are defined as nonaccrual loans and OREO (performing TDRs are excluded).
(3) NPLs are defined as nonaccrual loans and performing TDRs.
(4) Net loan chargeoffs are shown on a last twelve month basis.

Source: SNL Financial, LC and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ® Financial, LC.

Reserve coverage in relation to NPAs (and accruing loans 90 days or more delinquent) and NPLs were more favorable for the Bank (151.79% for both ratios) than the Peer Group (66.82% and 71.95% based on the medians), however reserve coverage as a percent of loans was lower for Melrose at 0.39% relative to the Peer Group median of 1.04%. Net loan charge-offs were minimal for both the Bank ($1,000 or 0.00% of loans) and the Peer Group ($155,000 or 0.06% of loans).

Interest Rate Risk

Table 3.6 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Bank versus the Peer Group. In terms of balance sheet composition, the Bank’s interest


RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.16

 

rate risk characteristics were considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group. Most notably, the Bank’s tangible equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios were lower than the comparable Peer Group ratios, thereby implying a greater dependence on the yield-cost spread to sustain the net interest margin for the Bank. The Bank also reported a lower non-interest earnings assets ratio than the Peer Group average and median. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to provide the Bank with more favorable balance sheet interest rate risk characteristics than currently maintained by the Peer Group, particularly with respect to the increases that will be realized in the Bank’s equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios.

Table 3.6

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of September 30, 2013

 

    Balance Sheet Measures        
   

Tangible

Equity/

   

Avg

IEA/

   

Non-Earn.

Assets/

    Quarterly Change in Net Interest Income  
    Assets     Avg IBL     Assets     9/30/2013     6/30/2013     3/31/2013     12/31/2012     9/30/2012     6/30/2012  
    (%)     (%)     (%)     (change in net interest income is annualized in basis points)  

Melrose Cooperative Bank

                   

December 31, 2013

    10.5     111.8     6.2     1        -13        -30        4        -7        -6   

All Public Companies

    12.6     121.2     7.6     2        -2        -7        -2        -1        -1   

State of MA

    11.7     125.4     7.7     5        -1        -2        -1        -3        -5   

Comparable Group

                   

Average

    13.3     127.5     7.6     -4        2        -5        0        1        -3   

Median

    12.0     127.4     7.1     -1        -1        -5        -2        4        -4   

Comparable Group

                   

CBNK

 

Chicopee Bancorp Inc.

  MA     15.1     136.7     4.9     -1        -7        3        2        11        3   

FFCO

 

FedFirst Financial Corp.

  PA     16.2     130.0     6.7     -11        7        -2        4        19        -3   

GTWN

 

Georgetown Bancorp Inc.

  MA     11.9     125.4     8.0     -2        2        3        20        -12        -6   

HBNK

 

Hampden Bancorp Inc.

  MA     12.1     124.0     9.4     1        6        -9        -20        -5        -16   

OBAF

 

OBA Financial Services Inc

  MD     18.4     129.3     10.2     -37        24        9        17        11        -1   

ONFC

 

Oneida Financial Corp.

  NY     9.2     116.8     15.5     6        -6        -7        -2        6        -5   

PEOP

 

Peoples Federal Bancshares Inc

  MA     18.2     133.8     7.5     -2        8        -16        -6        3        -8   

THRD

 

TF Financial Corp.

  PA     10.6     NA        4.6     0        -8        -23        -5        6        17   

WEBK

 

Wellesley Bancorp

  MA     11.0     124.3     6.3     12        -7        10        -9        -9        -10   

WVFC

 

WVS Financial Corp.

  PA     10.8     NA        3.3     -10        -4        -14        -2        -20        0   

NA=Change is greater than 100 basis points during the quarter.

Source: SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ® Financial, LC.

To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for the Bank and the Peer Group. The relative fluctuations in the Bank’s net interest income to average assets ratio were considered to be higher than the Peer Group and, thus, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period analyzed in Table 3.6, the Bank was viewed as maintaining a higher degree of interest rate risk exposure in the net interest margin. The


RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
  III.17

 

stability of Melrose’s net interest margin should be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, as the increase in capital will reduce the level of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding the Bank’s assets and the proceeds will be substantially deployed into interest-earning assets.

Summary

Based on the above analysis and the criteria employed in the selection of the companies for the Peer Group, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of Melrose. In those areas where notable differences exist, we will apply appropriate valuation adjustments in the next section.


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.1

 

IV. VALUATION ANALYSIS

Introduction

This chapter presents the valuation analysis and methodology, prepared pursuant to the regulatory valuation guidelines, and valuation adjustments and assumptions used to determine the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the Bank’s conversion transaction.

Appraisal Guidelines

The written regulatory appraisal guidelines required by the Federal bank regulatory agencies and relied upon by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, specify the market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of a converting thrift. Pursuant to this methodology: (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded thrifts is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the converting thrift relative to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences, leading to valuation adjustments; and, (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the converting thrift is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of the valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences. In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered.

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory appraisal guidelines. Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Chapter III, which constitutes “fundamental analysis” techniques. Additionally, the valuation incorporates a “technical analysis” of recently completed stock conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings. It should be noted that no valuation analyses can possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a particular stock on a given day.

The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for Melrose Bancorp’s to-be-issued stock. Throughout the conversion process, RP Financial will: (1) review changes in the Company’s operations and financial condition; (2) monitor the Company’s operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental changes; (3) monitor the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.2

 

national economic conditions, interest rates, and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift stocks; and, (4) monitor pending conversion offerings (including those in the offering phase), both regionally and nationally. If material changes should occur during the conversion process, RP Financial will evaluate whether updated valuation reports should be prepared reflecting such changes and their related impact on value, if any. RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the Offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.

The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for Melrose and for all thrifts. Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including Melrose Bancorp’s value, or Melrose Bancorp’s value alone. To the extent a change in factors impacting the Company’s value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into the analysis.

Valuation Analysis

A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III. The following sections summarize the key differences between the Bank and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation. Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Bank relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform. We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on value of Melrose Bancorp coming to market at this time.

 

1. Financial Condition

The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition and quality, and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness. The similarities and differences in the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s financial strengths are noted as follows:

 

   

Overall Asset/Liability Composition . In comparison to the Peer Group, the Bank’s IEA composition reflected a lower concentration of loans and higher concentration of


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.3

 

 

cash and investments. Lending diversification into higher risk and higher yielding loans was more significant for the Peer Group, as the Bank reported a higher percentage of its loan portfolio in 1-4 family mortgage loans. Due to the lower investment in loans and greater concentration in residential loans, Melrose reported a slightly lower RWA ratio in comparison to the Peer Group. The Bank’s IEA composition results in a lower comparative yield, as well. While the Bank has indicated the intent to expand the higher yielding CRE loan portfolio, loan portfolio diversification is expected to occur gradually over time. Also, the Bank’s IBL cost was higher than the Peer Group’s cost of funds. Overall, the Bank maintained a higher level of IEA and IBL compared to the Peer Group’s ratios, which resulted in a lower, less favorable IEA/IBL ratio for the Bank of 107.7% versus 109.7% for the Peer Group. After factoring in the impact of the net stock proceeds, the Bank’s IEA/IBL ratio should exceed the Peer Group’s ratio. On balance, RP Financial concluded that asset/liability composition was a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

    Credit Quality. Overall, key credit quality measures for the Bank were more favorable than the Peer Group, due to Melrose’s low credit risk lending strategy and conservative underwriting. Specifically, the ratio of OREO/assets, NPAs/assets, and NPLs/loans were lower than the comparable Peer Group ratios. Reserve coverage ratios in terms of NPAs and NPLs were more favorable than the Peer Group, while reserves as a percent of loans fell below the Peer Group average and median ratios, consistent with the Bank’s lower historical loan charge-offs. The Bank and the Peer Group recorded minimal loan charge-offs over the last twelve month period. As noted above, the Bank’s RWA ratio was slightly lower than the Peer Group average and median ratios, as well. Given these factors and ratios, combined with minimal exposure to higher risk loans, the perceived credit risk exposure of the Bank was deemed to be lower than the Peer Group’s. Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit quality was a positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

    Balance Sheet Liquidity . The Bank maintained a higher level of cash and equivalents and investment securities relative to the Peer Group. Following the infusion of stock proceeds, the Company’s cash and investments ratio will increase as the proceeds retained at the holding company level will be initially deployed into shorter-term investment securities, while the Bank’s portion of the proceeds will also be deployed into investment securities pending the longer-term deployment into loans. The Bank’s future borrowing capacity is considered to be greater than the Peer Group, given that no borrowings are currently utilized by Melrose in funding the asset base. Overall, RP Financial concluded that balance sheet liquidity was a positive factor for financial condition.

 

    Funding Liabilities . The Bank’s IBL composition reflected a higher concentration of deposits and no wholesale funding, whereas the Peer Group had a moderate level of borrowings. Notwithstanding this funding structure, Melrose’s cost of funds was higher than the Peer Group average and median, as approximately half of the Bank’s deposits are CDs and the Bank’s CD rates have been ranked at or near the high in relation to its local competitors. Overall, RP Financial concluded that funding liabilities were a neutral factor for financial condition.

 

   

Equity . The Bank currently operates with a lower equity-to-assets ratio than the Peer Group. Following the stock offering, the Company’s pro forma equity position is expected to exceed the Peer Group, resulting in greater leverage capacity, lower dependence on IBL to fund assets, and a greater capacity to absorb unanticipated


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.4

 

 

losses for the Company. At the same time, this greater capital surplus will make it relatively more difficult to achieve a competitive ROE unless the Company’s projected loan growth and diversification into higher yielding loans are achieved without disproportional expense growth. On balance, RP Financial concluded that equity strength was a neutral factor for financial condition.

On balance, the Bank’s pro forma financial condition was considered to be more favorable than for the Peer Group; therefore, we have applied a slight upward adjustment for the Bank’s financial condition relative to the Peer Group.

 

2. Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of an institution’s earnings stream and the prospects and ability to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings. The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.

 

    Earnings . For fiscal 2013, the Bank recorded net income of 0.37% of average assets, which fell below the Peer Group’s median net income of 0.50% of average assets, and there was limited difference between reporting and estimated core earnings for the Peer Group and no difference for the Bank, as the Bank didn’t report any non-operating items over the year. In comparison to the Peer Group, the Bank recorded significantly lower levels of net interest income, noninterest income, loan loss provisions, and operating expenses. The Bank reported a significantly lower yield on earning assets and higher funding costs than the Peer Group, which, therefore, resulted in a lower spread. Non-operating items had only a minimal impact on both the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s earnings.

Reinvestment and leveraging of the pro forma equity position will serve to increase the Bank’s earnings, although the expense of the stock benefit plans and expenses associated with operating as a publicly-traded company, will limit the initial earnings increase. However, Melrose is also planning to undertake loan growth and diversify lending into higher yielding CRE loans, which will help mitigate the effect of the higher expenses. On balance, RP Financial concluded that the Bank’s earnings were somewhat less favorable than the Peer Group’s earnings, resulting in a negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

    Interest Rate Risk . Quarterly changes in the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s net interest income to average assets ratios indicated that a higher degree of volatility was associated with the Bank’s net interest income ratios. Other measures of interest rate risk, such as the equity ratio and IEA/IBL ratio were less favorable for Melrose compared to the Peer Group, thereby indicating a higher dependence on the yield-cost spread to sustain net interest income. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to provide the Company with more favorable interest rate risk characteristics than currently maintained by the Peer Group, particularly with respect to the increases that should be realized in the Company’s equity-to-assets and IEA/ILB ratios, which should enhance the stability of the Bank’s net interest income ratio through the reinvestment of stock proceeds into IEA. On balance, RP Financial concluded that interest rate risk was a slightly negative factor for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.5

 

    Credit Risk . Loan loss provision expense was lower than the Peer Group’s. In terms of future exposure to credit quality related losses, the Bank maintained a lower concentration of assets in loans and less lending diversification into higher credit risk loans, which resulted in a lower RWA ratio than the Peer Group. Overall, credit quality measures were more favorable for the Bank as NPAs and NPLs as a percent of assets were lower for the Bank, while reserve coverage in relation to NPAs and NPLs was higher and more favorable. Reserve coverage in terms of loans was lower than the Peer Group, consistent with the lower historical net charge-offs, however. Taking these factors into consideration, RP Financial concluded that credit risk was a positive factor for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

    Earnings Growth Potential . Several factors were considered in assessing earnings growth potential. First, the Bank maintained a less favorable yield-cost spread than the Peer Group (resulting in a lower level of net interest income), which suggests a stronger net interest margin for the Peer Group going forward. Second, the infusion of stock proceeds and planned diversification into higher yielding CRE loans will increase Melrose’s earnings growth potential with respect to increasing earnings through leverage. Importantly, the success of diversification of the loan portfolio is largely dependent on the Bank’s ability to form a commercial lending department headed by a senior commercial lender with additional lenders to be hired subsequently. The Bank also plans to develop the appropriate credit administration infrastructure to support the planned expanded commercial lending activities. Simultaneously, the Bank plans to open branches as part of its post-Conversion growth initiative.

While the implementation of the strategic business plan is projected to result in earnings growth supported by the higher capital levels stemming from the Offering proceeds, there will be execution risk, particularly as it relates to 1-4 family residential mortgage loan volume and lending diversification, opening new branches and attracting more relatively lower cost core deposits. The Bank also intends to change its current general ledger system to its current core processor and offer alternate delivery channels (e.g. remote deposit capture and commercial cash management). These technology and delivery channel initiatives, while designed to support the Company’s planned strategies, entail operational and compliance risk in implementation and execution. Overall, earnings growth potential was considered to be a slightly negative factor for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

    Return on Equity . Melrose’s pro-forma ROAE falls below the average and median of the Peer Group ROAE. An increase in earnings will be limited post-Conversion because equity will increase considerably, thus resulting in a less favorable pro forma ROAE relative to the Peer Group. Accordingly, this was a moderately negative factor for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

On balance, the Company’s pro forma earnings strength was considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group’s and, thus, a moderate downward valuation adjustment was applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.6

 

3. Asset Growth

The Bank’s assets increased at an annual rate of 5.99% during the most recent twelve month period, above the Peer Group’s annual asset growth of 3.99%, based on the median. Eight of the ten Peer Group companies reported asset growth over the most recent twelve month period, as well. The Bank’s asset growth was primarily attributable to investment growth and to a lesser degree to loan portfolio growth, while the Peer Group reported a lower increase in assets over the last twelve months, with loans receivable increasing at a higher rate than that of the Bank, and cash and investments declining. On a pro forma basis, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio will exceed the Peer Group’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio, indicating greater leverage capacity for the Company, however. The Company’s pro-forma capital position relative to the Peer Group, coupled with recent initiatives to expand the loan portfolio and branch network are reflective of a business plan oriented toward growth, which led us to apply a slight upward adjustment for asset growth.

 

4. Primary Market Area

The general condition of an institution’s market area has an impact on value as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local markets served. The Bank’s primary market area for loans and deposits is considered to be the City of Melrose, where Melrose maintains its single office location, and surrounding towns within Middlesex County, Massachusetts. Within this market, the Bank faces significant competition for loans and deposits from other financial institutions, including similarly sized community banks and larger institutions, which provide a broader array of services and have significantly larger branch networks. However, the Peer Group companies also face numerous and/or larger competitors.

Demographic and economic trends and characteristics in Middlesex County, within which the Bank’s primary market area lies, compares favorably to the primary market areas served by the Peer Group companies (see Exhibit III-2). In this regard, the total population for Middlesex County is significantly higher than the median and average of the Peer Group’s primary markets. The 2010-2013 population growth rate for Middlesex County was higher than the average and median of the Peer Group markets, while projections for the 2013-2018 period continue to be more favorable in comparison to the Peer Group. Per capita income levels in Middlesex County were measurably higher than the Peer Group market average and median. However, the deposit market share exhibited by the Bank in Middlesex County was below the


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.7

 

Peer Group average and median, which is indicative of the large and highly competitive market within which Melrose operates and the fact that the Bank operates from a single office location, while all of the Peer Group institutions have multiple office locations. The unemployment rate for Middlesex County of 5.2% was significantly lower than the 6.4% and 6.1% average and median for the Peer Group markets.

On balance, we concluded that a slight upward adjustment was appropriate for the Bank’s market area.

 

5. Dividends

At this time, the Bank has not established a formal Board approved dividend policy. Future declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors will depend upon a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth objectives, financial condition, profitability, tax considerations, minimum capital requirements, regulatory limitations, stock market characteristics and general economic conditions.

Eight of the ten Peer Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 0.88% to 3.89%. The median dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions equaled 1.26% as of February 14, 2014, representing a median payout ratio of 43.05% of earnings. As of February 14, 2014, 71% of all fully-converted publicly-traded thrifts had adopted cash dividend policies (see Exhibit IV-1), exhibiting a median yield of 1.48%. The dividend paying thrifts generally maintain higher than average profitability ratios, facilitating their ability to pay cash dividends.

The Company will have the capacity to pay a dividend comparable to the Peer Group’s average dividend yield based on pro forma capitalization. On balance, we concluded that no adjustment was warranted for this factor.

 

6. Liquidity of the Shares

The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets. All ten of the Peer Group companies trade on NASDAQ. Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock. The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies ranged from $24.70 million to $115.83 million as of February 14, 2014, with average and median market values of $70.27 million and $81.71 million, respectively. The shares issued and outstanding to the public shareholders of the Peer Group members ranged from 1.8 million to 7.0 million, with


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.8

 

average and median shares outstanding of 4.0 million and 3.6 million. Melrose’s Conversion is expected to provide for pro forma shares outstanding that will be in the range of the shares outstanding indicated for the Peer Group companies, but will fall below the average and median values. Likewise, the market capitalization of the Company at the midpoint of the Offering range will be lower than the Peer Group average and median values. Like all of the Peer Group companies, the Company’s stock is expected to be quoted on NASDAQ following the conversion offering. Overall, based on the lower pro forma market capitalization and shares outstanding relative to the Peer Group and the comparability of the anticipated trading market on NASDAQ, we have applied a slight downward adjustment for this factor.

 

7. Marketing of the Issue

We believe that three separate markets exist for thrift stocks, including those coming to market such as the Company (1) the after-market for public companies, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (2) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors, but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a fully-converted publicly-held company and stock trading history; and (3) the acquisition market for thrift franchises in Massachusetts. All three of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Company’s to-be-issued stock.

 

  A. The Public Market

The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations. Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts. In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues, and stock market conditions in general. Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks. Exhibit IV-3 displays various stock price indices for thrifts only.

In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the overall stock market has generally trended higher in recent quarters, although there has been some pullback in the market year-to-date. The rally in the broader stock market that started at the end of the second quarter of 2013 continued during the first half of July 2013, as the Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) closed at multiple new highs in mid-July. Some favorable economic data and assurances from the Federal Reserve that it would continue its easy monetary policies were


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.9

 

noteworthy factors that fueled the gains in the broader stock market. The broader stock market traded in a narrow range during the second half of July, as investors digested some mixed second quarter earnings reports and awaited fresh data on the economy. Economic data showing a pick-up in manufacturing activity and new unemployment claims hitting a five-year low propelled the DJIA to a new record high at the beginning of August. Following sluggish job growth reflected in the July employment report and lowered sales forecast by some retailers, stocks retreated heading into mid-August. The downward trend in stocks continued through the second half of August, with the DJIA hitting a two-month low in late-August. Ongoing worries about the tapering of economic stimulus by the Federal Reserve and the prospect of a military strike on Syria were noteworthy factors that contributed to the downturn. Some favorable economic reports as well as subsiding investor concerns about Syria and the Federal Reserve scaling back its easy monetary policies helped stocks to regain some upward momentum during the first half of September. Stocks reversed course and traded down to close out the third quarter, which was attributed to renewed fears over the Federal Reserve scaling back its financial stimulus program and mounting concerns over the budget standoff in Washington.

Stocks fell broadly at the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2013, as investors weighed the consequences of the budget impasse in Washington and the possibility of an extended shutdown of the U.S. Government. Indications that lawmakers were nearing a deal to raise the federal debt ceiling and end the shutdown of the U.S. Government fueled a stock market rally heading into mid-October. A last minute comprise to raise the debt ceiling, which averted a default on the national debt and allowed for the re-opening of the U.S. Government sustained the positive trend in stocks through late-October. The DJIA closed at a record high in late-October, as weaker-than-expected job growth reflected in the September employment data and subdued inflation readings raised expectations that the Federal Reserve would stay the course on its easy money policies at its end of October meeting. An overall strong month for stocks closed with consecutive losses at the end of October, as investors who were expecting the Federal Reserve to downgrade its economic outlook were surprised that the Federal Reserve’s assessment of the economy was unchanged and, thereby, raised expectations that it could taper its stimulus efforts as early as its next policy meeting in December. Favorable reports on manufacturing and nonmanufacturing activity in October, along with comments from a Federal Reserve President suggesting that the Federal Reserve should wait for stronger evidence of economic momentum before tapering its bond-buying program, contributed to a rebound in stocks at the start of November. The DJIA closed at multiple record highs through


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.10

 

mid-November, with a better-than-expected employment report for October and comments made by Federal Reserve Chairman nominee Janet Yellen during confirmation hearings that the Federal Reserve’s economic stimulus efforts would continue under her leadership contributed to the rally that included the DJIA closing above 16,000 for the first time. Stocks edged higher in the final week of November, as positive macroeconomic news contributed to the gains. Stocks traded lower at the start of December 2013, as a number of favorable economic reports stoked concerns that the Federal Reserve would start to wind down its stimulus efforts in the near future. After five consecutive losses in the DJIA, the stock market rebounded on news of the strong employment report for November. The rebound was temporary, as stocks eased lower ahead of the Federal Reserve’s mid-December meeting. Stocks surged at the conclusion of the Federal Reserve’s meeting, as investors approved of the Federal Reserve’s action to begin measured paring of its $85 billion a-month bond buying program. The DJIA moved to record highs in late-December, as more favorable economic reports helped to sustain the stock market rally through the end of 2013. Overall, the DJIA was up 30% during 2013, which was its strongest performance in 18 years.

Stocks retreated at the start of 2014, as profit taking and a disappointing employment report for December weighed on the broader stock market. Mixed fourth quarter earnings reports translated into an up and down stock market in mid-January. Concerns about weakening economies in emerging market countries precipitated a global stock market selloff heading into the second half of January, as the DJIA posted five consecutive losses. News that the Federal Reserve voted again to scale back its monthly bond buying program by another $10 billion, despite recent turmoil in emerging markets and soft jobs data, added to the selloff to close out January. A significant decline in January manufacturing activity drove stocks sharply lower at the start of February. Stocks rebounded heading into mid-February, as disappointing job growth reflected in the January employment report and congressional testimony by the new Federal Reserve Chairwoman eased investor concerns that the Federal Reserve would not continue on its current course of easy monetary policies. On February 14, 2014, the DJIA closed at 16,154.39, an increase of 15.5% from one year ago and a decrease of 2.5% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ closed at 4,244.03, an increase of 33.0% from one year ago and an increase of 1.6% year-to-date. The Standard & Poor’s 500 Index closed at 1,838.63 on February 14, 2014, an increase of 21.0% from one year ago and a decrease of 0.5% year-to-date.


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.11

 

The market for thrift stocks has also generally shown a positive trend in recent quarters, while pulling back in January 2014. The rally in thrift stocks started at the end of the second quarter of 2013 gained momentum early in the third quarter of 2013, as June employment data showed job growth beating expectations. Financial shares led the broader stock market higher heading into the second half of July, as some large banks beat second quarter earnings estimates. Thrift stocks edged lower at the end of July, as investors took some profit following the extended run-up in thrift prices. Some favorable economic data boosted thrift shares at the beginning of August, which was followed by a downturn amid indications from the Federal Reserve that tapering of quantitative easing was becoming more likely. After trading in a narrow range through mid-August, financial shares sold-off in late-August on the threat of a military strike on Syria and a weak report on consumer spending. Thrift stocks rebounded along with the broader stock market during the first half of September, which was followed by a slight downturn on expectations that the Federal Reserve could begin tapering its monthly asset purchases at its next meeting and the looming threat of the budget impasse shutting down the U.S. government.

Thrift issues stabilized at the start of the fourth quarter of 2013 and then traded lower as the budget impasse in Washington continued into a second week. A deal to raise the federal debt ceiling and re-open the U.S. Government lifted thrift stocks and the broader stock market to healthy gains in mid-October. Third quarter earnings reports and signs of merger activity picking in the thrift sector boosted thrift shares in late-October, which was followed by a slight downturn at the end of October and into early-November as the Federal Reserve concluded its two day meeting by staying the course on quantitative easing and the benchmark interest rate. Thrift shares followed the broader stock market higher through mid-November, as the financial sector benefited from the better-than-expected employment report for October and a continuation of low interest rates. A larger-than-expected increase in a November consumer sentiment index and a decline in weekly jobless claims supported a modest gain for the thrift sector in late-November. Thrift issues generally followed trends in the broader stock market throughout December 2013, declining in early-December on the uncertain outlook for the Federal Reserve’s stimulus efforts and then rallying higher on the stronger-than-expected job growth reflected in the November employment data. After trading in a narrow range into mid-December, the rally in thrift issues resumed following the Federal Reserve’s mid-December meeting and announcement that it will begin to taper its bond buying. Thrift stocks participated in the broader stock market rally to close out 2013, with the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts posting a gain of 25% for all of 2013.


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.12

 

Shares of thrift issues traded down at the start of 2014, as the 10-year Treasury yield approached 3.0% in early-January. Thrift stocks were also hurt by the disappointing employment report for December and then traded in a narrow range in mid-January, as investors reacted to mixed fourth quarter earnings reports coming out the banking sector at the start of the fourth quarter earnings season. Financial shares participated in the selloff experienced in the broader stock market during the second half of January and the first trading day of February. Janet Yellen’s debut congressional testimony as Federal Reserve Chairwoman helped to spark a rally in thrift stocks heading into mid-February, as she indicated that there no plans to change course from the Federal Reserve’s current monetary policies. On February 14, 2014, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 685.1, an increase of 16.1% from one year ago and a decrease of 3.0% year-to-date.

 

  B. The New Issue Market

In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Company’s pro forma market value. The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically: (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials. The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the P/B ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio may reflect a premium to book value. Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.

Table 4.1, reflects two standard conversions and one second step conversion that have been completed during the past three months. The two standard conversion offerings are considered to be more relevant for the Company’s pro forma pricing. Both offerings were completed in January 2014, closing at an average of 109% of the midpoint valuation range,


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.13

 

Table 4.1

Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends

Conversions Completed in the Last Three Months

 

Institutional Information                Pre-Conversion
Data
    Offering
Information
    Contribution to
Char. Found.
    Insider
Purchases
 
                 Financial
Info
    Asset
Quality
        % Off Incl.
Fdn. +Merger Shares
 
                                         Excluding
Foundation
          % of     Benefit Plans        

Institution

   Conversion
Date
     Ticker    Assets     Equity/
Assets
    NPAs/
Assets
    Res
Cov.
    Gross
Proc.
    %
Offer
    % of
Mid.
    Exp./
Roc
    Form     Public Off.
Excl. Fdn.
    ESOP     Recog.
Plans
    Stk
Option
    Mgmt.
& Dirs.
 
                 ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil.)     (%)     (%)     (%)           (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)(1)  

Standard Conversions

                            

Edgewater Bancorp, - Inc. MI

     1/17/14       EGDW-OTCBB    $ 120        8.15     3.84     33   $ 6.7        100     86     19.5     N.A.        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     13.5

Coastway Bancorp, - Inc. RI*

     1/15/14       CWAY-NASDAQ    $ 381        7.24     2.16     25   $ 49.5        100     132     3.2     C/S      $ 300K/2.5     8.0     4.0     10.0     1.8

Averages - Standard Conversions:

   $ 250        7.70     3.00     29   $ 28.1        100     109     11.3     N.A.        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     7.6

Medians - Standard Conversions:

   $ 250        7.70     3.00     29   $ 28.1        100     109     11.3     N.A.        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     7.6

Second Step Conversions

                            

Waterstone Financial, - Inc. WI*

     1/23/14       WSBF-NASDAQ    $ 1,598        13.32     5.04     43   $ 253.0        74     115     3.4     N.A.        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     0.8

Averages - Second Step Conversions:

   $ 1,598        13.32     5.04     43   $ 253.0        74     115     3.4     N.A.        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     0.8

Medians - Second Step Conversions:

   $ 1,598        13.32     5.04     43   $ 253.0        74     115     3.4     N.A.        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     0.8

Averages - All Conversions:

   $ 699        9.57     3.68     34   $ 103.1        91     111     8.7     N.A.        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     5.4

Medians - All Conversions:

   $ 381        8.15     3.84     33   $ 49.5        100     115     3.4     N.A.        N.A.        8.0     4.0     10.0     1.8

 

Institutional Information                      Pro
Forma Data
          Post-IPO
Pricing Trends
 
                       Pricing
Ratios(2)(5)
    Financial
Charac.
          Closing Price:  
                 Initial                                               First           After           After                    

Institution

   Conversion
Date
     Ticker    Div.
Yield
    P/TB     Core
P/E
    P/A     Core
ROA
    TE/A     Core
ROE
    IPO
Price
    Trading
Day
    %
Chge
    First
Week(3)
    %
Chge
    First
Month(4)
    %
Chge
    Thru
2/14/14
    Chge  
                 (%)     (%)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($)     ($)     (%)     ($)     (%)     ($)     (%)     ($)     (%)  

Standard Conversions

                                

Edgewater Bancorp, - Inc. MI

     1/17/14       EGDW-OTCBB      0.00     55.0     NM        5.5     -1.4     10.0     -13.1   $ 10.00      $ 10.00        0.0   $ 10 25        2.5   $ 10.25        2.5   $ 10.25        2.5

Coastway Bancorp, - Inc. RI*

     1/15/14       CWAY-NASDAQ      0.00     72.1     114.2x        11.7     0.1     16.3     0.6   $ 10.00      $ 10.92        9.2   $ 10.75        7.5   $ 10.19        1.9   $ 10.19        1.9

Averages - Standard Conversions:

     0.00     63.6     114.2x        8.6     -0.6     13.1     -6.2   $ 10.00      $ 10.46        4.6   $ 10.50        5.0   $ 10.22        2.2   $ 10.22        2.2

Medians - Standard Conversions:

     0.00     63.6     114.2x        8.6     -0.6     13.1     -6.2   $ 10.00      $ 10.46        4.6   $ 10.50        5.0   $ 10.22        2.2   $ 10.22        2.2

Second Step Conversions

                                

Waterstone Financial, - Inc. WI*

     1/23/14       WSBF-NASDAQ      0.00     80.7     23.05        19.0     0.8     23.5     3.5   $ 10.00      $ 10.66        6.6   $ 10.58        5.8   $ 10.60        6.0   $ 10.60        6.0

Averages - Second Step Conversions:

     0.00     80.7     23.1x        19.0     0.8     23.5     3.5   $ 10.00      $ 10.66        6.6   $ 10.58        5.8   $ 10.60        6.0   $ 10.60        6.0

Medians - Second Step Conversions:

     0.00     80.7     23.1x        19.0     0.8     23.5     3.5   $ 10.00      $ 10.66        6.6   $ 10.58        5.8   $ 10.60        6.0   $ 10.60        6.0

Averages - All Conversions:

     0.00     69.3     68.6x        12.1     -0.1     16.6     -3.0   $ 10.00      $ 10.53        5.3   $ 10.53        5.3   $ 10.35        3.5   $ 10.35        3.5

Medians - All Conversions:

     0.00     72.1     68.6x        11.7     0.1     16.3     0.6   $ 10.00      $ 10.66        6.6   $ 10.58        5.8   $ 10.25        2.5   $ 10.25        2.5

Note: * - Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD = RP Fin. Did the business plan, “NT” - Not Traded; “NA” - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.

 

(1)    As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.

  

(5)    Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.

  

(2)    Does not take into account the adoption of SOP93-6.

  

(6)    Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.

  

(3)    Latest price if offering is less than one week old.

  

(7)    Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.

  

(4)    Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.

  

(8)    Former credit union.

   February 14, 2014


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.14

 

raising an average of $28.1 million of gross proceeds. These two offerings closed at an average pro forma P/TB ratio of 63.6% and reflected average price appreciation of 5.0% after the first week of trading. Through February 14, 2014, these two standard conversion stocks were trading at an average of 2.2% above the offering price.

Shown in Table 4.2 are the current pricing ratios for the offerings completed during the past three months that trade on NASDAQ. Coastway Bancorp, the company that completed a standard conversion during that timeframe is considered to be more relevant. The current P/TB ratio of Coastway Bancorp equaled 73.47% as of February 14, 2014.

 

  C. The Acquisition Market

Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on the Company’s stock price of recently completed and pending acquisitions of other thrift institutions operating in Massachusetts. As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there were 13 Massachusetts thrift acquisitions announced from the beginning of 2012 through February 14, 2014. There are currently three under a definite agreement and therefore, pending acquisitions, while the remaining acquisitions have been completed. Additionally, there were six acquisitions of commercial banks in Massachusetts over the corresponding timeframe. The recent acquisition activity may imply a certain degree of speculation for the Company’s stock. To the extent that acquisition speculation may impact the Offering, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group which operate in markets that have experienced a comparable level of acquisition activity as Melrose’s market and, thus, are subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence the Company’s stock. However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation in Melrose’s stock would tend to be less, compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies.

In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the new issue market for standard conversions and the acquisition market. Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that no adjustment was necessary in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.15

 

Table 4.2

Market Pricing Comparatives

Prices As of February 14, 2014

 

    Market     Per Share Data                    
    Capitalization     Core     Book           Dividends(3)     Financial Characteristics(5)  
    Price/     Market     12 Month     Value/     Pricing Ratios(2)     Amount/           Payout     Total     Equity/     Tang Eq/     NPAs/     Reported     Core  

Financial Institution

  Share     Value     EPS(1)     Share     P/E     P/B     P/A     P/TB     P/Core     Share     Yield     Ratio(4)     Assets     Assets     Assets     Assets     ROA     ROE     ROA     ROE  
    ($)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)  

All Non-MHC Public Companies

  $ 16.51      $ 344.10      $ 0.82      $ 15.47        17.42     104.92     13.36     113.87     18.14   $ 0.29        1.72     47.73   $ 2,478        13.23     12.34     3.00     0.55     4.13     0.51     4.01

Converted Last 3 Months (no MHC)

  $ 10.40      $ 207.57      $ 0.49      $ 10.03        11.75     122.40     17.39     122.64     11.82   $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 989        10.28     10.26     5.27     1.00     8.41     1.04     8.90

Converted Last 3 Months (no MHC)

                                       

CWAY

  Coastway Bancorp, Inc. of RI   $ 10.19      $ 50.43      $ 0.09      $ 13.87        NM        73.47     11.96     73.47     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 381        7.24     7.24     3.90     0.13     1.74     0.20     2.80

WSBF

  Waterstone Financial, Inc. of WI   $ 10.60      $ 364.71      $ 0.90      $ 6.19        11.75     171.32     22.82     171.81     11.82   $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 1,598        13.32     13.29     6.63     1.88     15.08     1.87     14.99

 

(1) Core income, on a diluted per-share basis. Core income is net income after taxes and before extraordinary items, less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, gain on the sale of securities, amortization of intangibles, goodwill and nonrecurring items. Assumed tax rate is 35%.
(2) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. P/E and P/Core = NM if the ratio is negative or above 35x.
(3) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(4) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.
(5) ROAA (return on average assets) and ROAE (return on average equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month earnings and average equity and assets balances.
(6) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.16

 

8. Management

The Bank’s management team is stable and appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Bank’s operations. The CEO has been with the Bank since 1989, serving in various operational positions including retail banking and information technology positions prior to assuming his current position in 2002. Likewise, the CFO and Chief Lending Officer have been employed by the Bank since 1980 and 1998, respectively. Exhibit IV-5 provides summary resumes of the Bank’s Board of Directors and senior management. The Bank currently does not have any senior management positions that are vacant, except that it is looking to employ a senior commercial lender to lead the charge in executing on its commercial real estate lending strategy.

Overall, the Bank’s operations on a historical basis have been effectively managed with the management depth and expertise appropriate for the size and complexity of Melrose’s operations, which has included one banking facility and a relatively limited array of loan products. In this fashion, the Bank was managed effectively as reflected in its historical profitability and growth of capital to the current level. Similarly, the returns, equity positions, and other operating measures of the Peer Group companies are indicative of satisfactorily managed financial institutions, which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in implementing sound operating strategies.

In conjunction with the Conversion, the Company plans to form a commercial lending department headed by a senior commercial lender with additional lenders to be hired in coming years to achieve loan portfolio diversification. The Bank also plans to develop the appropriate credit administration infrastructure to support the expanded commercial real estate lending activities. Simultaneously, the Bank plans to open its first branches as part of its post-Conversion growth initiative. While the planned diversification and expansion will require the employment of additional management and staff, the stability of management, its track record in growing the Bank profitably, while minimizing exposure to a variety of risk factors, are indicative of a competent management infrastructure similar to the Peer Group. Moreover, the conversion to a stock company, including the adoption of the stock-related benefit plans, coupled with the incremental capital should facilitate the ability to attract and retain qualified management. Based on the foregoing, no adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.17

 

9. Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

In summary, as a fully-converted regulated institution, the Company will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members, all of which are adequately capitalized institutions and are operating with no apparent restrictions. Exhibit IV-6 reflects the Company’s pro forma regulatory capital ratios. On balance, no adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.

Summary of Adjustments

Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that Melrose Bancorp’s pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group, as shown below in Table 4.3.

Table 4.3

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Valuation Adjustments

 

Key Valuation Parameters:

  

Valuation Adjustment

Financial Condition    Slight Upward
Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings    Moderate Downward
Asset Growth    Slight Upward
Primary Market Area    Slight Upward
Dividends    No Adjustment
Liquidity of the Shares    Slight Downward
Marketing of the Issue    No Adjustment
Management    No Adjustment
Effect of Govt. Regulations and Regulatory Reform    No Adjustment

Valuation Approaches

In applying the accepted valuation methodology originally promulgated by the OCC and adopted by the FRB, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Bank’s to-be-issued stock — price/earnings (“P/E”), price/book (“P/B”), and price/assets (“P/A”) approaches — all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds. In computing the pro forma impact of the Conversion and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Company’s prospectus for reinvestment rate, effective tax rate, stock benefit plan assumptions, establishment of the foundation, insider purchases, and offering expenses (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8).


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.18

 

In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group and recent conversion offerings.

RP Financial’s valuation placed an emphasis on the following:

 

    P/E Approach . The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock. Given certain similarities between the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s earnings composition and overall financial condition, the P/E approach was carefully considered in this valuation. At the same time, recognizing that (1) the earnings multiples will be evaluated on a pro forma basis for Melrose; and (2) the Peer Group Companies have had the opportunity to realize the benefit of reinvesting and leveraging the offering proceeds, we also gave weight to the other valuation approaches.

 

    P/B Approach . P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of a conversion offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds. RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a valuable indicator of pro forma value, taking into account the pricing ratios under the P/E and P/A approaches. We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or “P/TB”), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach.

 

    P/A Approach . P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings. Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio. At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, in the case of highly capitalized institutions, high P/A ratios may limit the investment community’s willingness to pay market multiples for earnings or book value when ROE is expected to be low.

Melrose will adopt “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”) which will cause earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding excluding unreleased ESOP shares. For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the Offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends, and can be voted. However, we did consider the impact of the adoption of ASC 718-40 in the valuation.

Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed previously and the dilutive impact of the cash and stock contribution to the Foundation, RP Financial concluded that as of February 14, 2014, the pro forma market value of Melrose Bancorp’s conversion stock, including the shares sold in the Offering and issued to the Foundation, equaled $27,000,000 at the midpoint, equal to 2,700,000 shares at $10.00 per share.


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.19

 

1. Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”) . The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple to the pro forma earnings base. In applying this technique, we considered both reported earnings and a recurring earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds. The Bank reported net income of $729,000 for fiscal 2013. In deriving core earnings, adjustments made to reported earnings are to eliminate non-operating items, such as gains on the sale of securities. However, Melrose did not report any non-operating items over the most recent fiscal year and, therefore, the Bank’s reported earnings and core earnings are the same at $729,000. Based on Melrose’s reported and estimated core earnings, and incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the $27.0 million midpoint value both equaled 43.69 times, respectively, indicating premiums of 92.8% and 102.7% relative to the Peer Group’s average reported and core P/E multiples of 22.66 times and 21.55 times, respectively (see Table 4.4). In comparison to the Peer Group’s median reported and core earnings multiples which equaled 22.04 times and 22.47 times, the Company’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the midpoint value indicated premiums of 98.2% and 94.4%. At the supermaximum value, the Company’s reported and core P/E multiples both equaled 61.08 times, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Group’s average reported and core P/E multiples, the Company’s P/E multiples at the supermaximum value reflected premiums of 169.6% and 183.4%. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median reported and core P/E multiples, the Company’s P/E multiples at the supermaximum value reflected premiums of 177.1% and 171.8%.

2. Price-to-Book (“P/B”). The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, as derived from the Peer Group’s P/B ratio, to the Company’s pro forma book value. Based on the $27.0 million midpoint valuation, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 64.14% (see Table 4.4). In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios for the Peer Group of 98.10% and 102.82%, the Company’s ratios reflected a discount of 34.6% on a P/B basis and a discount of 37.6% on a P/TB basis. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios of 99.00% and 104.40%, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios at the midpoint value reflected discounts of 35.2% and 38.6%, respectively. At the supermaximum value, the


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.20

 

Table 4.4

Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

As of February 14, 2014

 

      Market     Per Share
Data
                   
      Capitalization     Core                 Dividends(3)     Financial Characteristics(5)  
      Price/     Market     12
Month
   

Book

Value/

    Pricing Ratios(2)     Amount/           Payout     Total     Equity/     Tang.
Eq./
    NPAs/     Reported     Core  
      Share     Value     EPS(1)     Share     P/E     P/B     P/A     P/TB     P/Core     Share     Yield     Ratio(4)     Assets     Assets     T. Assets     Assets     ROAA     ROAE     ROAA     ROAE  
      ($)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)     ($Mil)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)  

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

  

                                       

Supermaximum

  

  $ 10.00      $ 35.80      $ 0.16      $ 13.83        61.08     72.31     15.87     72.31     61.08   $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 226        21.95     21.95     0.15     0.26     1.18     0.26     1.18

Maximum

  

  $ 10.00      $ 31.10      $ 0.19      $ 14.65        51.55     68.26     14.03     68.26     51.55   $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 222        20.55     20.55     0.15     0.27     1.32     0.27     1.32

Midpoint

  

  $ 10.00      $ 27.00      $ 0.23      $ 15.59        43.69     64.14     12.37     64.14     43.69   $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 218        19.30     19.30     0.15     0.28     1.47     0.28     1.47

Minimum

  

  $ 10.00      $ 22.91      $ 0.28      $ 16.88        36.19     59.24     10.66     59.24     36.19   $ 0.00        0.00     0.00   $ 215        18.01     18.01     0.16     0.29     1.64     0.29     1.64

All Non-MHC Public Companies(6)

  

                                   

Averages

  

  $ 16.51      $ 344.10      $ 0.82      $ 15.47        17.42     104.92     13.36     113.87     18.14   $ 0.29        1.72     47.73   $ 2,478        13.23     12.34     3.00     0.55     4.13     0.51     4.01

Median

  

  $ 15.05      $ 94.66      $ 0.67      $ 14.91        16.28     96.11     12.34     102.39     17.20   $ 0.24        1.48     42.53   $ 771        12.29     11.57     2.26     0.63     4.68     0.60     4.34

All Non-MHC State of MA(6)

  

                                   

Averages

  

  $ 23.35      $ 162.21      $ 1.29      $ 20.09        21.21     107.74     13.07     114.57     22.77   $ 0.32        1.39     54.97   $ 1,328        12.33     11.84     1.08     0.53     4.65     0.53     4.63

Medians

  

  $ 17.37      $ 115.83      $ 0.52      $ 16.35        20.61     102.38     12.09     106.55     21.98   $ 0.24        1.40     43.64   $ 694        12.07     12.07     1.17     0.53     4.04     0.45     2.88

Comparable Group

  

                                       

Averages

  

  $ 17.81      $ 70.27      $ 0.77      $ 18.12        22.66     98.10     13.43     102.82     21.55   $ 0.22        1.31     49.97   $ 519        13.53     13.13     1.07     0.53     3.91     0.52     3.89

Medians

  

  $ 17.73      $ 81.71      $ 0.59      $ 16.66        22.04     99.00     12.33     104.40     22.47   $ 0.20        1.26     43.05   $ 523        12.20     11.59     1.20     0.49     3.54     0.49     3.55

State of MA(6)

  

                                       

BHLB

 

Berkshire Hills Bancorp Inc.

    MA      $ 25.09      $ 628.15      $ 2.03      $ 27.08        15.21     92.64     11.07     154.19     12.36   $ 0.72        2.87     43.64   $ 5,673        11.95     7.54     0.96     0.78     6.10     0.95     7.50

BLMT

 

BSB Bancorp Inc.

    MA      $ 15.82      $ 143.26      $ 0.22      $ 14.40        NM        109.85     13.58     109.85     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     NM      $ 1,055        12.37     12.37     1.17     0.21     1.51     0.21     1.49

CBNK

 

Chicopee Bancorp Inc.

    MA      $ 17.37      $ 94.42      $ 0.52      $ 16.97        34.74     102.38     16.07     102.38     33.70   $ 0.28        1.61     44.00   $ 588        15.69     15.69     1.23     0.43     2.79     0.45     2.88

GTWN

 

Georgetown Bancorp Inc.

    MA      $ 14.75      $ 27.01      $ 0.41      $ 15.80        NM        93.34     10.27     93.34     NM      $ 0.16        1.08     39.02   $ 263        11.00     11.00     1.16     0.32     2.47     0.32     2.47

HBNK

 

Hampden Bancorp Inc.

    MA      $ 15.96      $ 90.18      $ 0.66      $ 14.98        23.82     106.55     12.98     106.55     24.31   $ 0.24        1.50     34.33   $ 694        12.19     12.19     1.32     0.55     4.31     0.54     4.23

HIFS

 

Hingham Instit. for Savings

    MA      $ 77.01      $ 163.94      $ 6.28      $ 48.49        12.26     158.83     12.09     158.83     12.26   $ 1.08        1.40     21.34   $ 1,356        7.61     7.61     0.60     1.07     13.52     1.07     13.52

PEOP

 

Peoples Federal Bancshares Inc

    MA      $ 18.08      $ 115.83      $ 0.35      $ 16.35        NM        110.55     19.76     110.55     NM      $ 0.16        0.88     117.14   $ 588        17.88     17.88     0.47     0.37     2.01     0.37     2.01

WEBK

 

Wellesley Bancorp

    MA      $ 18.50      $ 45.41      $ 0.94      $ 19.06        19.07     97.06     9.90     97.06     19.66   $ 0.00        0.00     NM      $ 459        10.20     10.20     1.41     0.55     5.09     0.54     4.94

WFD

 

Westfield Financial Inc.

    MA      $ 7.53      $ 151.73      $ 0.22      $ 7.65        22.15     98.43     11.88     98.43     34.33   $ 0.24        3.19     85.29   $ 1,277        12.07     12.07     1.37     0.53     4.04     0.34     2.60

Comparable Group

  

                                       

CBNK

 

Chicopee Bancorp Inc.

    MA      $ 17.37      $ 94.42      $ 0.52      $ 16.97        34.74     102.38     16.07     102.38     33.70   $ 0.28        1.61     44.00   $ 588        15.69     15.69     1.23     0.43     2.79     0.45     2.88

FFCO

 

FedFirst Financial Corp.

    PA      $ 20.06      $ 47.29      $ 0.89      $ 22.00        22.04     91.18     14.82     93.22     22.47   $ 0.24        1.20     51.65   $ 319        16.25     15.96     1.56     0.73     4.29     0.71     4.21

GTWN

 

Georgetown Bancorp Inc.

    MA      $ 14.75      $ 27.01      $ 0.41      $ 15.80        NM        93.34     10.27     93.34     NM      $ 0.16        1.08     39.02   $ 263        11.00     11.00     1.16     0.32     2.47     0.32     2.47

HBNK

 

Hampden Bancorp Inc.

    MA      $ 15.96      $ 90.18      $ 0.66      $ 14.98        23.82     106.55     12.98     106.55     24.31   $ 0.24        1.50     34.33   $ 694        12.19     12.19     1.32     0.55     4.31     0.54     4.23

OBAF

 

OBA Financial Services Inc

    MD      $ 19.00      $ 76.72      $ 0.30      $ 17.78        NM        106.84     19.65     106.84     NM      $ 0.00        0.00     NM      $ 390        18.39     18.39     1.05     0.31     1.58     0.31     1.58

ONFC

 

Oneida Financial Corp.

    NY      $ 12.34      $ 86.70      $ 0.92      $ 12.90        14.18     95.67     11.68     135.36     13.38   $ 0.48        3.89     55.17   $ 742        12.22     8.96     0.43     0.86     6.59     0.91     7.05

PEOP

 

Peoples Federal Bancshares Inc

    MA      $ 18.08      $ 115.83      $ 0.35      $ 16.35        NM        110.55     19.76     110.55     NM      $ 0.16        0.88     117.14   $ 588        17.88     17.88     0.47     0.37     2.01     0.37     2.01

THRD

 

TF Financial Corp.

    PA      $ 29.99      $ 94.44      $ 2.17      $ 29.71        13.21     100.93     11.33     106.42     13.82   $ 0.48        1.60     16.30   $ 834        11.22     10.76     1.62     0.85     7.40     0.81     7.07

WEBK

 

Wellesley Bancorp

    MA      $ 18.50      $ 45.41      $ 0.94      $ 19.06        19.07     97.06     9.90     97.06     19.66   $ 0.00        0.00     NM      $ 459        10.20     10.20     1.41     0.55     5.09     0.54     4.94

WVFC

 

WVS Financial Corp.

    PA      $ 12.00      $ 24.70      $ 0.51      $ 15.69        31.58     76.48     7.86     76.48     23.53   $ 0.16        1.33     42.11   $ 314        10.28     10.28     0.45     0.29     2.55     0.28     2.50

 

(1) Core income, on a diluted per-share basis. Core income is net income after taxes and before extraordinary items, less net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, gain on the sale of securities, amortization of intangibles, goodwill and nonrecurring items. Assumed tax rate is 35%.
(2) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. P/E and P/Core = NM if the ratio is negative or above 35x.
(3) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(4) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.
(5) ROAA (return on average assets) and ROAE (return on average equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month earnings and average equity and assets balances.
(6) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.21

 

Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 72.31%. In comparison to the Peer Group’s average P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the supermaximum value reflected discounts of 26.3% and 29.7%. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios, the Company’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the supermaximum value reflect discounts of 27.0% and 30.7%, respectively. RP Financial considered the discounts under the P/B approach to be reasonable, given the Company’s pro forma P/E multiples are at significant premiums to the Peer Group’s P/E multiples.

3. Price-to-Assets (“P/A”) . The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio to the Company’s pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases. In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio, which is computed herein. At the $27.0 million midpoint of the valuation range, the Company’s value equaled 12.37% of pro forma assets. Comparatively, the Peer Companies exhibited an average P/A ratio of 13.43%, which implies a discount of 7.9% has been applied to the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 12.33%, the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio at the midpoint value reflects a premium of 0.3%.

Comparison to Recent Offerings

As indicated at the beginning of this chapter, RP Financial’s analysis of recent conversion offering pricing characteristics at closing and in the aftermarket has been limited to a “technical” analysis and, thus, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings can not be a primary determinant of value. Particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds vs. deposit withdrawals). As discussed previously, two standard conversions have been completed within the past three months and closed at an average pro forma P/TB ratio of 63.6% (see Table 4.1) and, on average, increased 5.0% from their IPO prices during the first week of trading. In comparison, the Company’s pro forma P/TB ratio at the appraised midpoint value reflects a premium of 0.9%. The current P/TB ratio of the only recent standard conversion that trades on NASDAQ (Coastway Bancorp, Inc, of RI) based on pricing as of February 14, 2014, equaled 73.47%. In comparison to the current P/TB ratio of this recent standard conversion, the Company’s P/TB ratio at the midpoint value reflects an implied discount of 12.7% and at the supermaximum value, the Company’s P/TB ratio reflects an implied discount of 1.6%.


RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
  IV.22

 

Valuation Conclusion

Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of February 14, 2014, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion, including shares to be issued to the Foundation, equaled $27,000,000 at the midpoint, equal to 2,700,000 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00. Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% valuation range indicates a minimum value of $22,905,000 and a maximum value of $31,095,000. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 2,290,500 at the minimum and 3,109,500 at the maximum. In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a supermaximum value of $35,804,250 without a resolicitation. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the supermaximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 3,580,425.

Based on this valuation range, the conversion stock offering (excluding the shares issued to the Foundation) will be as follows: 2,210,000 shares at the minimum, 2,600,000 shares at the midpoint, 2,990,000 shares at the maximum and 3,438,500 shares at the supermaximum of the offering range. These figures translate to offering values as follows: $22,100,000 at the minimum, $26,000,000 at the midpoint, $29,900,000 at the maximum, and $34,385,000 at the supermaximum of the offering range. The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 4.4 and are detailed in Exhibit IV-7 and Exhibit IV-8.


EXHIBITS


RP ® Financial, LC.

LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

I-1    Audited Financial Statements
I-2    Key Operating Ratios
I-3    Investment Portfolio Composition
I-4    Yields and Costs
I-5    Loan Loss Allowance Activity
I-6    Interest Rate Risk Analysis
I-7    Fixed Rate and Adjustable Rate Loans
I-8    Loan Portfolio Composition
I-9    Contractual Maturity By Loan Type
I-10    Loan Originations, Purchases and Sales
I-11    Non-Performing Assets
I-12    Deposit Composition
I-13    CDs by Rate and Maturity
II-1    Description of Office Facilities
II-2    Historical Interest Rates
II-3    Market Area Demographic/Economic Information


LIST OF EXHIBITS (continued)

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

III-1    General Characteristics of Publicly-Traded Institutions
III-2    Peer Group Summary Demographic and Deposit Market Share Data
IV-1    Stock Prices: As of February 14, 2014
IV-2    Historical Stock Price Indices
IV-3    Historical Thrift Stock Indices
IV-4    Market Area Acquisition Activity
IV-5    Director and Senior Management Summary Resumes
IV-6    Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios
IV-7    Pro Forma Analysis Sheet
IV-8    Pro Forma Effect of Conversion Proceeds
V-1    Firm Qualifications Statement


EXHIBIT I-1

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Audited Financial Statements

[Incorporated by Reference]


Exhibit I-2

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Key Operating Ratios

 

     At or For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012  

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

    

Performance Ratios:

    

Return on average assets (ratio of net income to average total assets)

     0.37     0.66

Return on average equity (ratio of net income to average equity)

     3.61     6.23

Interest rate spread (1)

     2.05     2.52

Net interest margin (2)

     2.16     2.61

Efficiency ratio (3)

     75.03     61.51

Noninterest expense to average total assets

     1.66     1.63

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

     111.77     110.36

Average equity to average total assets

     10.37     10.66

Asset Quality Ratios:

    

Non-performing assets to total assets

     0.17     0.32

Non-performing loans to total loans

     0.25     0.30

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

     151.79     123.76

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     0.39     0.38

Capital Ratios:

    

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

     17.95     17.75

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

     16.91     17.00

Tier 1 capital to average assets

     10.09     10.56

Other Data:

    

Number of full service offices

     1        1   

Full time equivalent employees

     24        23   

 

(1) The average interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
(2) The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period.
(3) The efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.

Source: Melrose Bancorp, Inc.’s Preliminary Prospectus.


Exhibit I-3

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Investment Portfolio Composition

 

     At December 31,  
     2013      2012  
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value      Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  
     (In thousands)  

Securities available-for-sale:

           

Debt securities:

           

U.S. Government and federal agency obligations

   $ 4,992       $ 4,961       $ 1,998       $ 2,007   

Corporate bonds and notes

     16,250         16,252         10,271         10,352   

Preferred stock

     3,000         2,477         1,088         1,101   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     24,242         23,690         13,357         13,460   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

           

Mutual funds:

           

GNMA funds

     4,214         3,875         4,089         3,990   

Corporate bonds

     3,105         3,036         3,018         3,010   

Global bonds

     875         840         841         822   

Short-term bonds

     3,411         3,362         3,357         3,365   

Stock market index funds

     2,807         4,891         2,720         3,679   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

     14,412         16,004         14,025         14,866   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

   $ 38,654       $ 39,694       $ 27,382       $ 28,326   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Source: Melrose Bancorp Inc.’s Preliminary Prospectus.


Exhibit I-4

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Yields and Costs

 

          For the Years Ended December 31,  
          2013     2012  
    At              
    December 31, 2013                                      
    Yield/Rate     Average Outstanding Balance     Interest     Yield/Rate     Average Outstanding Balance     Interest     Yield/Rate  
          (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-earning assets:

             

Loans

    3.46   $ 129,783      $ 4,718        3.64   $ 120,595      $ 4,821        4.00

Securities

    2.22        34,328        753        2.19        31,387        890        2.84   

Other interest-earning assets (1)

    0.12        18,719        23        0.12        14,695        14        0.10   
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-earning assets

    2.94        182,830        5,494        3.00        166,677        5,725        3.43   
     

 

 

       

 

 

   

Noninterest-earning assets

    —          12,047            13,016       
   

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

    $ 194,877          $ 179,693       
   

 

 

       

 

 

     

Interest-bearing liabilities:

             

Deposits:

             

Savings accounts

    0.20      $ 29,803        99        0.33      $ 26,076        106        0.41   

Certificates of deposit

    1.46        82,753        1,252        1.51        70,972        1,059        1.49   

Money market accounts

    0.38        40,291        184        0.46        43,145        202        0.47   

NOW accounts

    0.10        10,727        12        0.11        10,842        10        0.09   
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing deposits

    0.85        163,574        1,547        0.95        151,035        1,377        0.91   

Borrowings

    —          —          —            —          —       
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    0.85        163,574        1,547          151,035        1,377     
           

 

 

   

Demand deposit accounts

      10,444            8,957       

Other noninterest-bearing liabilities

      656            546       
   

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities

      174,674            160,538       

Equity

      20,203            19,155       
   

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and equity

    $ 194,877          $ 179,693       
   

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income

      $ 3,947          $ 4,348     
     

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest rate spread (2)

          2.05         2.52

Net interest-earning assets (3)

    $ 19,256          $ 15,642       
   

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest margin (4)

          2.16         2.61

Average of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

      111.77         110.36    

 

(1) Includes Federal Home Loan Bank stock, correspondent bank accounts, federal funds sold, money market funds and Co-operative Central Bank deposits.
(2) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest bearing liabilities.
(3) Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

Source: Melrose Bancorp, Inc.’s Preliminary Prospectus.


Exhibit I-5

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Loan Loss Allowance Activity

 

     At or For the Years Ended  
     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 474      $ 439   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs:

    

Real estate loans:

    

One- to four-family residential

     —          —     

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     (1     —     

Commercial

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer loans

     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (2     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

    

Real estate loans:

     —          —     

One- to four-family residential

     —          —     

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —          —     

Commercial

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer loans

     1        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     1        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

     (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

     37        36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 510      $ 474   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

    

Net (charge-offs) recoveries as a percentage of average loans outstanding

     —       —  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans at year end

     151.79     123.76

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans receivable at year end (1)

     0.39     0.38

 

(1) Total loans does not include net deferred loan costs.

Source: Melrose Bancorp, Inc.’s Preliminary Prospectus.


Exhibit I-6

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Interest Rate Risk Analysis

 

     Economic Value of Equity     EVE as a % of Economic Value of  
            Amount of           Assets (3)  

Change in Interest Rates (Basis Points) (1)

   Estimated EVE (2)      Change     Percent     EVE Ratio     Change (1)  
     (Dollars in thousands)                    

+300

   $ 28,147       $ (11,200     (28.5 )%      14.0     (4.30 )% 

+200

     31,771         (7,576     (19.3     15.5     (2.80 )% 

+100

     35,571         (3,776     (9.6     16.9     (1.40 )% 

0

     39,347         —          —          18.3     —  

-100

     42,696         3,349        8.5        19.5     1.20

 

(1) Assumes instantaneous parallel changes in interest rates.
(2) EVE or Economic Value of Equity at Risk measures Melrose Cooperative Bank’s exposure to equity due to changes in a forecast interest rate environment.
(3) EVE ratio represents Economic Value of Equity divided by the economic value of assets which should measure stability for future earnings.

Source: Melrose Bancorp, Inc,’s Preliminary Prospectus


Exhibit I-7

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Fixed Rate and Adjustable Rate Loans

 

     Due After December 31, 2014  
     Fixed      Adjustable      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Real estate loans:

        

One- to four-family residential

   $ 56,353       $ 61,953       $ 118,306   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     192         9,845         10,037   

Commercial

     172         1,880         2,052   

Construction

     440         1,431         1,871   

Consumer loans

     89         32         121   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 57,246       $ 75,141       $ 132,387   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Source: Melrose Bancorp, Inc.’s Preliminary Prospectus.


Exhibit I-8

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Loan Portfolio Composition

 

     At December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Real estate loans:

        

One- to four-family residential

   $ 118,328        89.4   $ 112,914        89.5

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     10,037        7.6        9,906        7.9   

Commercial

     2,052        1.5        1,918        1.6   

Construction (1)

     1,871        1.4        1,189        0.9   

Consumer loans

     121        0.1        192        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     132,409        100.0     126,119        100.0
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other items:

        

Allowance for loan losses

     (510       (474  

Deferred loan costs, net

     96          104     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loans receivable, net

   $ 131,995        $ 125,749     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1) Net of undisbursed proceeds on loans-in-process.

Source: Melrose Bancorp, Inc.’s Preliminary Prospectus.


Exhibit I-9

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Contractual Maturity by Loan Type

 

     One- to four-family
residential loans
    Home equity loans and
lines of credit
    Commercial
real estate loans
    Construction  
     Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Due During the Years Ending December 31,

                    

2014

   $ 22         3.46   $ —           —     $ —           —     $ —           —  

2015

     34         3.38        18         3.25        —           —          —           —     

2016

     147         6.06        3         3.25        —           —          —           —     

2017 to 2018

     653         4.54        460         3.38        —           —          —           —     

2019 to 2023

     9,641         3.37        3,762         3.38        272         4.44        —           —     

2024 to 2028

     27,934         3.18        5,794         4.13        33         5.00        440         2.88   

2029 and beyond

     79,897         3.50        —           —          1,747         4.37        1,431         2.93   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 118,328         3.42   $ 10,037         3.81   $ 2,052         4.39   $ 1,871         2.92
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

     Consumer loans     Total  
     Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Due During the Years Ending December 31,

          

2014

   $ —           —     $ 22         3.47

2015

     16         5.46        68         3.84   

2016

     38         4.99        188         5.79   

2017 to 2018

     34         4.99        1,147         4.09   

2019 to 2023

     22         6.35        13,697         3.40   

2024 to 2028

     —           —          34,201         3.34   

2029 and beyond

     11         18.00        83,086         3.51   
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 121         6.47   $ 132,409         3.46
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Source: Melrose Bancorp, Inc.’s Preliminary Prospectus


Exhibit I-10

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Loan Originations, Purchases, and Sales

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Total loans at beginning of year

   $ 126,119      $ 114,979   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans originated:

    

Real estate loans:

    

One- to four-family residential

     23,616        33,084   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     392        681   

Commercial

     —          —     

Construction

     1,308        1,390   

Consumer loans

     17        108   

Total loans originated

     25,333        35,263   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans purchased:

    

Real estate loans:

    

One- to four-family residential

     —          —     

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —          —     

Commercial

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer loans

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans purchased

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans sold:

    

Real estate loans:

    

One- to four-family residential

     —          —     

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —          —     

Commercial

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer loans

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans sold

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other:

    

Principal repayments

     (26,932     (31,369

Advances on construction loans and home equity lines-of-credit

     7,889        7,246   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loan activity

     6,290        11,140   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans at end of year

   $ 132,409      $ 126,119   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Source: Melrose Bancorp, Inc.’s Preliminary Prospectus.


Exhibit I-11

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Non-Performing Assets

 

     At December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Non-accrual loans:

    

Real estate loans:

    

One- to four-family residential

   $ 336      $ 383   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —          —     

Commercial

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer loans

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans

     336        383   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans delinquent 90 days or greater and still accruing:

    

Real estate loans:

    

One- to four-family residential

     —          —     

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —          —     

Commercial

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer loans

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans delinquent 90 days or greater and still accruing

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

     336        383   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other real estate owned and foreclosed assets:

    

Real estate loans:

    

One- to four-family residential

     —          205   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     —          —     

Commercial

     —          —     

Construction

     —          —     

Consumer loans

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other real estate owned and foreclosed assets

     —          205   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

     336        588   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Performing troubled debt restructurings

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets and performing troubled debt restructurings

   $ 336      $ 588   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

    

Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans

     0.25     0.30

Non-performing assets as a percentage of to total assets

     0.17     0.32

Source: Melrose Bancorp, Inc.’s Preliminary Prospectus.


Exhibit I-12

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Deposit Composition

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012  
     Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposit type:

              

Demand deposits

   $ 10,444         6.0     —     $ 8,957         5.6     —  

Savings accounts

     29,803         17.1        0.33        26,076         16.3        0.41   

Certificates of deposit

     82,753         47.6        1.51        70,972         44.3        1.49   

Money market accounts

     40,291         23.1        0.46        43,145         27.0        0.47   

NOW

     10,727         6.2        0.11        10,842         6.8        0.09   
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total deposits

   $ 174,018         100.0     0.95   $ 159,992         100.0     0.91
  

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

    

 

 

   

Source: Melrose Bancorp, Inc.’s Preliminary Prospectus.


Exhibit I-13

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

CDs by Rate and Maturity

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     Period to Maturity  
     Less Than
or Equal to
One Year
     More Than
One to
Two Years
     More Than
Two to
Three Years
     More Than
Three Years
     Total      Percent of
Total
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest Rate Range:

                 

2.99% and below

   $ 37,565       $ 15,965       $ 14,545       $ 12,035       $ 80,110         99.3

3.00% to 3.99%

     525         —           —           —           525         0.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 38,090       $ 15,965       $ 14,545       $ 12,035       $ 80,635         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, the aggregate amount of outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was approximately $38.4 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of these certificates as of December 31, 2013.

 

     At December 31, 2013  
     (In thousands)  

Three months or less

   $ 6,282   

Over three months through six months

     2,958   

Over six months through one year

     7,408   

Over one year to three years

     14,729   

Over three years

     7,016   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 38,393   
  

 

 

 

Source: Melrose Bancorp, Inc.’s Preliminary Prospectus.


EXHIBIT II-1

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Description of Office Facilities


Exhibit II-1

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Description of Office Facilities

 

Location

   Leased or
Owned
   Year Acquired
or Leased
   Net Book Value of
Real Property
 
               (In thousands)  

Main Office:

   Owned    1934    $ 680   

 

638 Main Street

        

Melrose, Massachusetts 02176

        

Other Properties:

   Owned    1999    $ 403   

630 Main Street

        

Melrose, Massachusetts 02176

        

Source: Melrose Bancorp, Inc.’s Preliminary Prospectus.


EXHIBIT II-2

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Historical Interest Rates


Exhibit II-2

Historical Interest Rates(1)

 

Year/Qtr. Ended

   Prime
Rate
    90 Day
T-Bill
    One Year
T-Bill
    10 Year
T-Bond
 

2003:

   Quarter 1      4.25     1.14     1.19     3.83
   Quarter 2      4.00     0.90     1.09     3.54
   Quarter 3      4.00     0.95     1.15     3.96
   Quarter 4      4.00     0.95     1.26     4.27

2004:

   Quarter 1      4.00     0.95     1.20     3.86
   Quarter 2      4.00     1.33     2.09     4.62
   Quarter 3      4.75     1.70     2.16     4.12
   Quarter 4      5.25     2.22     2.75     4.24

2005:

   Quarter 1      5.75     2.80     3.43     4.51
   Quarter 2      6.00     3.12     3.51     3.98
   Quarter 3      6.75     3.55     4.01     4.34
   Quarter 4      7.25     4.08     4.38     4.39

2006:

   Quarter 1      7.75     4.63     4.82     4.86
   Quarter 2      8.25     5.01     5.21     5.15
   Quarter 3      8.25     4.88     4.91     4.64
   Quarter 4      8.25     5.02     5.00     4.71

2007:

   Quarter 1      8.25     5.04     4.90     4.65
   Quarter 2      8.25     4.82     4.91     5.03
   Quarter 3      7.75     3.82     4.05     4.59
   Quarter 4      7.25     3.36     3.34     3.91

2008:

   Quarter 1      5.25     1.38     1.55     3.45
   Quarter 2      5.00     1.90     2.36     3.99
   Quarter 3      5.00     0.92     1.78     3.85
   Quarter 4      3.25     0.11     0.37     2.25

2009:

   Quarter 1      3.25     0.21     0.57     2.71
   Quarter 2      3.25     0.19     0.56     3.53
   Quarter 3      3.25     0.14     0.40     3.31
   Quarter 4      3.25     0.06     0.47     3.85

2010:

   Quarter 1      3.25     0.16     0.41     3.84
   Quarter 2      3.25     0.18     0.32     2.97
   Quarter 3      3.25     0.18     0.32     2.97
   Quarter 4      3.25     0.12     0.29     3.30

2011:

   Quarter 1      3.25     0.09     0.30     3.47
   Quarter 2      3.25     0.03     0.19     3.18
   Quarter 3      3.25     0.02     0.13     1.92
   Quarter 4      3.25     0.02     0.12     1.89

2012:

   Quarter 1      3.25     0.07     0.19     2.23
   Quarter 2      3.25     0.09     0.21     1.67
   Quarter 3      3.25     0.10     0.17     1.65
   Quarter 4      3.25     0.05     0.16     1.78

2013:

   Quarter 1      3.25     0.07     0.14     1.87
   Quarter 2      3.25     0.04     0.15     2.52
   Quarter 3      3.25     0.02     0.10     2.64
   Quarter 4      3.25     0.07     0.13     3.04

As of February 14, 2014

     3.25     0.02     0.11     2.75

 

(1) End of period data.

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


EXHIBIT II-3

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Market Area Demographic/Economic Information


Demographic Detail: US

 

    

Base

2010

    

Current

2013

     Projected
2018
     % Change
2010 - 2013
    % Change
2013 - 2018
 

Total Population (actual)

     308,745,538         314,467,933         325,843,774         1.85        3.62   

0-14 Age Group (%)

     19.83         19.36         19.13         (0.58     2.40   

15-34 Age Group (%)

     27.43         27.47         26.76         2.00        0.94   

35-54 Age Group (%)

     27.88         26.67         25.32         (2.58     (1.60

55-69 Age Group (%)

     15.84         17.10         18.24         9.95        10.53   

70+ Age Group (%)

     9.01         9.40         10.54         6.23        16.17   

Median Age (actual)

     37.10         37.60         38.10         1.35        1.33   

Female Population (actual)

     156,964,212         159,655,996         165,145,451         1.71        3.44   

Male Population (actual)

     151,781,326         154,811,937         160,698,323         2.00        3.80   

Population Density (#/ sq miles)

     87.40         89.00         92.30         1.85        3.62   

Diversity Index (actual)

     60.60         62.10         64.80         2.48        4.35   

Black (%)

     12.61         12.69         12.90         2.52        5.33   

Asian (%)

     4.75         4.90         5.24         4.97        10.80   

White (%)

     72.41         71.59         70.09         0.71        1.44   

Hispanic (%)

     16.35         17.36         19.22         8.15        14.74   

Pacific Islander (%)

     0.17         0.18         0.19         3.91        9.60   

American Indian/Alaska Native (%)

     0.95         0.96         0.99         3.40        6.30   

Multiple races (%)

     2.92         3.10         3.40         8.28        13.62   

Other (%)

     6.19         6.57         7.20         8.20        13.40   

Total Households (actual)

     116,716,292         118,979,182         123,464,895         1.94        3.77   

< $25K Households (%)

     NA         23.98         20.51         NA        (11.27

$25-49K Households (%)

     NA         24.58         21.15         NA        (10.72

$50-99K Households (%)

     NA         30.18         32.50         NA        11.73   

$100-$199K Households (%)

     NA         17.10         21.08         NA        27.93   

$200K+ Households (%)

     NA         4.15         4.77         NA        19.10   

Average Household Income ($)

     NA         71,842         83,667         NA        16.46   

Median Household Income ($)

     NA         51,314         59,580         NA        16.11   

Per Capita Income ($)

     NA         27,567         32,073         NA        16.35   

Total Owner Occupied Housing Units (actual)

     75,986,074         75,657,200         79,274,885         (0.43     4.78   

Renter Occupied Housing Units (actual)

     40,730,218         43,321,982         44,190,010         6.36        2.00   

Vacant Occupied Housing Units (actual)

     14,988,438         15,229,050         15,380,054         1.61        0.99   

Source: ESRI

Demographic data is provided by ESRI based primarily on US Census data. For non-census year data, ESRI uses samples and projections to estimate the demographic data. SNL performs calculations on the underlying data provided by ESRI for some of the data presented on this page.

 

% Change values are calculated using the underlying actual data.

 

   Copyright 2013, SNL Financial LC    1


Demographic Detail: Massachusetts

 

    

Base

2010

     Current
2013
     Projected
2018
     % Change
2010 - 2013
    % Change
2013 - 2018
 

Total Population (actual)

     6,547,629         6,611,122         6,767,829         0.97        2.37   

0-14 Age Group (%)

     17.69         17.22         16.87         (1.73     0.28   

15-34 Age Group (%)

     27.24         27.38         26.81         1.51        0.24   

35-54 Age Group (%)

     29.01         27.52         25.83         (4.21     (3.92

55-69 Age Group (%)

     16.31         17.72         19.20         9.72        10.91   

70+ Age Group (%)

     9.75         10.15         11.29         5.16        13.82   

Median Age (actual)

     39.00         39.60         40.00         1.54        1.01   

Female Population (actual)

     3,381,001         3,407,672         3,478,927         0.79        2.09   

Male Population (actual)

     3,166,628         3,203,450         3,288,902         1.16        2.67   

Population Density (#/ sq miles)

     839.40         847.60         867.70         0.97        2.37   

Diversity Index (actual)

     45.90         47.90         51.30         4.36        7.10   

Black (%)

     6.63         6.79         7.15         3.28        7.79   

Asian (%)

     5.34         5.63         6.20         6.33        12.85   

White (%)

     80.41         79.51         77.80         (0.16     0.16   

Hispanic (%)

     9.59         10.36         11.78         9.17        16.36   

Pacific Islander (%)

     0.03         0.04         0.04         13.36        17.66   

American Indian/Alaska Native (%)

     0.29         0.29         0.31         3.42        8.38   

Multiple races (%)

     2.63         2.81         3.09         8.12        12.55   

Other (%)

     4.66         4.93         5.41         6.83        12.24   

Total Households (actual)

     2,547,075         2,580,011         2,649,204         1.29        2.68   

< $25K Households (%)

     NA         19.22         17.07         NA        (8.79

$25-49K Households (%)

     NA         21.09         17.90         NA        (12.84

$50-99K Households (%)

     NA         28.41         29.84         NA        7.85   

$100-$199K Households (%)

     NA         24.26         27.04         NA        14.43   

$200K+ Households (%)

     NA         7.02         8.15         NA        19.22   

Average Household Income ($)

     NA         88,678         103,737         NA        16.98   

Median Household Income ($)

     NA         62,676         74,252         NA        18.47   

Per Capita Income ($)

     NA         35,234         41,220         NA        16.99   

Total Owner Occupied Housing Units (actual)

     1,587,158         1,615,081         1,678,072         1.76        3.90   

Renter Occupied Housing Units (actual)

     959,917         964,930         971,132         0.52        0.64   

Vacant Occupied Housing Units (actual)

     261,179         269,969         262,663         3.37        (2.71

Source: ESRI

Demographic data is provided by ESRI based primarily on US Census data. For non-census year data, ESRI uses samples and projections to estimate the demographic data. SNL performs calculations on the underlying data provided by ESRI for some of the data presented on this page.

 

% Change values are calculated using the underlying actual data.

 

   Copyright 2013, SNL Financial LC    2


Demographic Detail: Middlesex, MA

 

    

Base

2010

     Current
2013
     Projected
2018
     % Change
2010 - 2013
    % Change
2013 - 2018
 

Total Population (actual)

     1,503,085         1,518,120         1,565,615         1.00        3.13   

0-14 Age Group (%)

     17.54         17.27         17.13         (0.56     2.31   

15-34 Age Group (%)

     27.84         27.59         26.55         0.11        (0.79

35-54 Age Group (%)

     29.67         28.46         27.11         (3.14     (1.76

55-69 Age Group (%)

     15.64         17.02         18.58         9.93        12.61   

70+ Age Group (%)

     9.31         9.67         10.63         4.81        13.46   

Median Age (actual)

     38.40         39.00         39.60         1.56        1.54   

Female Population (actual)

     772,221         778,321         799,933         0.79        2.78   

Male Population (actual)

     730,864         739,799         765,682         1.22        3.50   

Population Density (#/ sq miles)

     1,837.90         1,856.30         1,914.40         1.00        3.13   

Diversity Index (actual)

     42.90         44.90         48.60         4.66        8.24   

Black (%)

     4.66         4.87         5.29         5.68        12.00   

Asian (%)

     9.31         9.84         10.90         6.76        14.18   

White (%)

     80.00         78.90         76.77         (0.38     0.35   

Hispanic (%)

     6.54         7.12         8.14         9.91        17.85   

Pacific Islander (%)

     0.03         0.04         0.05         23.41        30.12   

American Indian/Alaska Native (%)

     0.17         0.18         0.20         7.90        13.45   

Multiple races (%)

     2.54         2.69         2.91         6.95        11.52   

Other (%)

     3.29         3.47         3.87         6.58        15.14   

Total Households (actual)

     580,688         588,487         608,498         1.34        3.40   

< $25K Households (%)

     NA         15.16         13.03         NA        (11.15

$25-49K Households (%)

     NA         18.36         15.29         NA        (13.87

$50-99K Households (%)

     NA         27.35         28.23         NA        6.71   

$100-$199K Households (%)

     NA         28.53         31.36         NA        13.67   

$200K+ Households (%)

     NA         10.60         12.09         NA        17.95   

Average Household Income ($)

     NA         105,567         124,724         NA        18.15   

Median Household Income ($)

     NA         77,351         86,856         NA        12.29   

Per Capita Income ($)

     NA         41,557         49,091         NA        18.13   

Total Owner Occupied Housing Units (actual)

     361,089         368,379         386,288         2.02        4.86   

Renter Occupied Housing Units (actual)

     219,599         220,108         222,210         0.23        0.95   

Vacant Occupied Housing Units (actual)

     31,316         33,292         29,190         6.31        (12.32

Source: ESRI

Demographic data is provided by ESRI based primarily on US Census data. For non-census year data, ESRI uses samples and projections to estimate the demographic data. SNL performs calculations on the underlying data provided by ESRI for some of the data presented on this page.

 

% Change values are calculated using the underlying actual data.

 

   Copyright 2013, SNL Financial LC    3


Demographic Detail: Melrose city

 

    

Base

2010

     Current
2013
     Projected
2018
     % Change
2010 - 2013
    % Change
2013 - 2018
 

Total Population (actual)

     26,983         27,252         28,088         1.00        3.07   

0-14 Age Group (%)

     18.37         18.09         17.57         (0.56     0.12   

15-34 Age Group (%)

     21.23         20.97         20.60         (0.24     1.28   

35-54 Age Group (%)

     31.32         30.23         28.22         (2.51     (3.80

55-69 Age Group (%)

     17.86         18.89         20.07         6.85        9.50   

70+ Age Group (%)

     11.22         11.82         13.54         6.37        18.04   

Median Age (actual)

     41.90         42.80         44.10         2.15        3.04   

Female Population (actual)

     14,291         14,391         14,771         0.70        2.64   

Male Population (actual)

     12,692         12,861         13,317         1.33        3.55   

Population Density (#/ sq miles)

     5,767.20         5,824.70         6,003.40         1.00        3.07   

Diversity Index (actual)

     20.70         22.20         25.20         7.25        13.51   

Black (%)

     2.43         2.59         2.95         7.77        17.11   

Asian (%)

     3.79         4.11         4.74         9.59        18.93   

White (%)

     91.15         90.48         89.14         0.26        1.55   

Hispanic (%)

     2.46         2.72         3.24         11.76        22.94   

Pacific Islander (%)

     0.02         0.02         0.02         0.00        0.00   

American Indian/Alaska Native (%)

     0.08         0.08         0.09         0.00        18.18   

Multiple races (%)

     1.66         1.79         1.98         8.46        14.17   

Other (%)

     0.87         0.93         1.08         8.09        18.90   

Total Households (actual)

     11,213         11,370         11,749         1.40        3.33   

< $25K Households (%)

     NA         16.53         14.17         NA        (11.39

$25-49K Households (%)

     NA         17.20         14.40         NA        (13.50

$50-99K Households (%)

     NA         28.39         28.85         NA        4.99   

$100-$199K Households (%)

     NA         29.63         33.18         NA        15.70   

$200K+ Households (%)

     NA         8.25         9.41         NA        17.80   

Average Household Income ($)

     NA         100,729         117,714         NA        16.86   

Median Household Income ($)

     NA         78,641         87,129         NA        10.79   

Per Capita Income ($)

     NA         42,197         49,404         NA        17.08   

Total Owner Occupied Housing Units (actual)

     7,472         7,626         8,000         2.06        4.90   

Renter Occupied Housing Units (actual)

     3,741         3,744         3,749         0.08        0.13   

Vacant Occupied Housing Units (actual)

     538         565         427         5.02        (24.42

Source: ESRI

Demographic data is provided by ESRI based primarily on US Census data. For non-census year data, ESRI uses samples and projections to estimate the demographic data. SNL performs calculations on the underlying data provided by ESRI for some of the data presented on this page.

 

% Change values are calculated using the underlying actual data.


EXHIBIT III-1

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

General Characteristics of Publicly-Traded Institutions


Exhibit III-1

Characteristics of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

February 14, 2014

 

                                            As of
February 14, 2014
 

Ticker

 

Financial Institution

 

Exchange

 

Region

 

City

  State   Total
Assets (1)
    Offices     Fiscal
Mth End
  Conv.
Date
  Stock
Price
    Market
Value
 
                        ($Mil)                   ($)     ($Mil)  

ALLB

 

Alliance Bancorp of Penn

  NASDAQ   MA   Broomall   PA   $ 436        8      Dec   1/18/11   $ 15.30      $ 68   

ANCB

 

Anchor Bancorp

  NASDAQ   WE   Lacey   WA     403        11      Jun   1/26/11     18.25        47   

ASBB

 

ASB Bncp Inc

  NASDAQ   SE   Asheville   NC     751        13      Dec   10/12/11     17.45        88   

AF

 

Astoria Financial Corp.

  NYSE   MA   Lake Success   NY     16,022        85      Dec   11/18/93     13.12        1,297   

AFCB

 

Athens Bancshares Corporation

  NASDAQ   SE   Athens   TN     296        7      Dec   1/7/10     19.98        42   

ACFC

 

Atlantic Coast Financial Corp.

  NASDAQ   SE   Jacksonville   FL     714        12      Dec   2/4/11     3.99        62   

BKMU

 

Bank Mutual Corp.

  NASDAQ   MW   Brown Deer   WI     2,333        77      Dec   10/30/03     6.26        291   

BFIN

 

BankFinancial Corp

  NASDAQ   MW   Burr Ridge   IL     1,442        20      Dec   6/24/05     9.71        205   

BNCL

 

Beneficial Mutual Bncp (MHC)

  NASDAQ   MA   Philadelphia   PA     4,685        60      Dec   7/16/07     11.69        912   

BHLB

 

Berkshire Hills Bancorp Inc.

  NYSE   NE   Pittsfield   MA     5,450        97      Dec   6/28/00     25.09        628   

BOFI

 

BofI Holding Inc.

  NASDAQ   WE   San Diego   CA     3,284        1      Jun   3/14/05     83.20        1,174   

BYFC

 

Broadway Financial Corp.

  NASDAQ   WE   Los Angeles   CA     346        4      Dec   1/9/96     1.10        21   

BLMT

 

BSB Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   NE   Belmont   MA     1,023        6      Dec   10/5/11     15.82        143   

CBNJ

 

Cape Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   MA   Cape May Court House   NJ     1,074        15      Dec   2/1/08     10.58        128   

CFFN

 

Capitol Federal Financial Inc

  NASDAQ   MW   Topeka   KS     9,186        47      Sep   12/22/10     12.08        1,754   

CARV

 

Carver Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   MA   New York   NY     635        10      Mar   10/25/94     15.00        55   

CFBK

 

Central Federal Corp.

  NASDAQ   MW   Fairlawn   OH     250        5      Dec   12/30/98     1.42        22   

CHFN

 

Charter Financial Corp.

  NASDAQ   SE   West Point   GA     1,089        17      Sep   4/9/13     10.60        242   

CHEV

 

Cheviot Financial

  NASDAQ   MW   Cheviot   OH     592        12      Dec   1/18/12     10.45        71   

CBNK

 

Chicopee Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   NE   Chicopee   MA     605        9      Dec   7/20/06     17.37        94   

CZWI

 

Citizens Community Bncp

  NASDAQ   MW   Eau Claire   WI     555        24      Sep   11/1/06     8.33        43   

CSBK

 

Clifton Svgs Bncp Inc. (MHC)

  NASDAQ   MA   Clifton   NJ     1,083        12      Mar   3/4/04     13.04        345   

CMSB

 

CMS Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   MA   White Plains   NY     258        6      Sep   4/4/07     9.30        17   

CWAY

 

Coastway Bncp, Inc.

  NASDAQ   NE   Cranston   RI     381        11      Dec   1/15/14     10.19        50   

COBK

 

Colonial Financial Services

  NASDAQ   MA   Vineland   NJ     598        9      Dec   7/13/10     12.00        46   

DCOM

 

Dime Community Bancshares Inc.

  NASDAQ   MA   Brooklyn   NY     4,015        25      Dec   6/26/96     16.14        593   

EBMT

 

Eagle Bancorp Montana, Inc.

  NASDAQ   WE   Helena   MT     514        13      Jun   4/5/10     10.65        42   

ESBF

 

ESB Financial Corp.

  NASDAQ   MA   Ellwood City   PA     1,899        23      Dec   6/13/90     12.74        226   

ESSA

 

ESSA Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   MA   Stroudsburg   PA     1,372        26      Sep   4/4/07     10.85        129   

EVER

 

EverBank Financial

  NYSE   SE   Jacksonville   FL     17,612        17      Dec   5/2/12     17.29        2,120   

FFCO

 

FedFirst Financial Corp.

  NASDAQ   MA   Monessen   PA     323        7      Dec   9/21/10     20.06        47   

FCAP

 

First Capital Inc.

  NASDAQ   MW   Corydon   IN     448        13      Dec   1/4/99     20.50        57   

FCLF

 

First Clover Leaf Fin Corp.

  NASDAQ   MW   Edwardsville   IL     647        5      Dec   7/11/06     9.09        64   

FBNK

 

First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc

  NASDAQ   NE   Farmington   CT     1,992        25      Dec   6/30/11     15.60        257   

FDEF

 

First Defiance Financial

  NASDAQ   MW   Defiance   OH     2,058        32      Dec   10/2/95     26.65        259   

FFNM

 

First Fed of Northern MI Bncp

  NASDAQ   MW   Alpena   MI     214        8      Dec   4/4/05     5.06        15   

FFBH

 

First Federal Bancshares of AR

  NASDAQ   SE   Harrison   AR     530        13      Dec   5/3/96     8.17        164   

FFNW

 

First Financial Northwest Inc

  NASDAQ   WE   Renton   WA     892        1      Dec   10/10/07     10.36        170   

FSFG

 

First Savings Financial Group

  NASDAQ   MW   Clarksville   IN     660        16      Sep   10/7/08     23.25        53   

FBC

 

Flagstar Bancorp Inc.

  NYSE   MW   Troy   MI     11,808        111      Dec   4/30/97     21.25        1,193   

FXCB

 

Fox Chase Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   MA   Hatboro   PA     1,107        11      Dec   6/29/10     17.06        207   

FRNK

 

Franklin Financial Corp.

  NASDAQ   SE   Glen Allen   VA     1,059        8      Sep   4/28/11     19.11        231   

FSBW

 

FS Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   WE   Mountlake Terrace   WA     396        8      Dec   7/10/12     16.86        55   

GTWN

 

Georgetown Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   NE   Georgetown   MA     247        3      Dec   7/12/12     14.75        27   

GCBC

 

Greene County Bncp Inc. (MHC)

  NASDAQ   MA   Catskill   NY     650        14      Jun   12/30/98     25.53        107   

HBK

 

Hamilton Bancorp Inc

  NASDAQ   MA   Towson   MD     314        5      Mar   10/10/12     13.85        49   

HBNK

 

Hampden Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   NE   Springfield   MA     696        10      Jun   1/17/07     15.96        90   

HBOS

 

Heritage Financial Group Inc.

  NASDAQ   SE   Albany   GA     1,322        27      Dec   11/30/10     18.87        148   

HFFC

 

HF Financial Corp.

  NASDAQ   MW   Sioux Falls   SD     1,251        27      Jun   4/8/92     13.45        95   

HIFS

 

Hingham Instit. for Savings

  NASDAQ   NE   Hingham   MA     1,304        12      Dec   12/20/88     77.01        164   

HMNF

 

HMN Financial Inc.

  NASDAQ   MW   Rochester   MN     563        11      Dec   6/30/94     11.93        53   

HBCP

 

Home Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   SW   Lafayette   LA     962        30      Dec   10/3/08     20.17        143   

HFBL

 

Home Fedl Bncp Inc. LA

  NASDAQ   SW   Shreveport   LA     293        4      Jun   12/22/10     17.86        40   

HMST

 

HomeStreet Inc.

  NASDAQ   WE   Seattle   WA     2,854        33      Dec   2/10/12     18.39        272   


Exhibit III-1

Characteristics of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

February 14, 2014

 

                                            As of
February 14, 2014
 

Ticker

 

Financial Institution

  Exchange   Region  

City

  State   Total
Assets (1)
    Offices     Fiscal
Mth End
  Conv.
Date
  Stock
Price
    Market
Value
 
                        ($Mil)                   ($)     ($Mil)  

HTBI

 

HomeTrust Bancshares Inc.

  NASDAQ   SE   Asheville   NC     1,674        21      Jun   7/11/12     15.55        308   

IROQ

 

IF Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   MW   Watseka   IL     540        5      Jun   7/8/11     16.40        73   

ISBC

 

Investors Bancorp Inc. (MHC)

  NASDAQ   MA   Short Hills   NJ     13,807        136      Dec   10/12/05     25.88        3,606   

JXSB

 

Jacksonville Bancorp

  NASDAQ   MW   Jacksonville   IL     321        7      Dec   7/15/10     21.90        40   

KRNY

 

Kearny Financial Corp. (MHC)

  NASDAQ   MA   Fairfield   NJ     3,238        41      Jun   2/24/05     11.72        775   

KFFB

 

Kentucky First Federal (MHC)

  NASDAQ   MW   Frankfort   KY     315        7      Jun   3/3/05     8.75        75   

LSBK

 

Lake Shore Bancorp Inc. (MHC)

  NASDAQ   MA   Dunkirk   NY     485        11      Dec   4/4/06     12.49        74   

LPSB

 

LaPorte Bancorp Inc

  NASDAQ   MW   La Porte   IN     500        8      Dec   10/5/12     10.93        65   

LABC

 

Louisiana Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   SW   Metairie   LA     318        4      Dec   7/10/07     18.45        53   

LSBI

 

LSB Financial Corp.

  NASDAQ   MW   Lafayette   IN     355        5      Dec   2/3/95     29.27        46   

MCBK

 

Madison County Financial Inc.

  NASDAQ   MW   Madison   NE     277        5      Dec   10/4/12     17.10        52   

MGYR

 

Magyar Bancorp Inc. (MHC)

  NASDAQ   MA   New Brunswick   NJ     538        6      Sep   1/24/06     7.66        45   

MLVF

 

Malvern Bancorp Inc

  NASDAQ   MA   Paoli   PA     602        9      Sep   10/12/12     10.64        70   

EBSB

 

Meridian Interstate Bncp (MHC)

  NASDAQ   NE   East Boston   MA     2,655        27      Dec   1/23/08     23.66        527   

CASH

 

Meta Financial Group Inc.

  NASDAQ   MW   Sioux Falls   SD     1,692        13      Sep   9/20/93     40.05        245   

MSBF

 

MSB Financial Corp. (MHC)

  NASDAQ   MA   Millington   NJ     347        5      Jun   1/5/07     8.00        40   

NASB

 

NASB Financial Inc.

  NASDAQ   MW   Grandview   MO     1,144        9      Sep   9/27/85     25.46        200   

NVSL

 

Naugatuck Valley Finl

  NASDAQ   NE   Naugatuck   CT     487        10      Dec   6/30/11     7.25        51   

NHTB

 

New Hampshire Thrift Bncshrs

  NASDAQ   NE   Newport   NH     1,240        38      Dec   5/27/86     15.10        124   

NYCB

 

New York Community Bancorp

  NYSE   MA   Westbury   NY     45,764        277      Dec   11/23/93     15.75        6,943   

NECB

 

NorthEast Community Bncp (MHC)

  NASDAQ   MA   White Plains   NY     433        9      Dec   7/6/06     7.28        92   

NFBK

 

Northfield Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   MA   Woodbridge   NJ     2,727        30      Dec   1/25/13     12.51        725   

NWBI

 

Northwest Bancshares, Inc.

  NASDAQ   MA   Warren   PA     7,908        167      Dec   12/18/09     14.27        1,345   

OBAF

 

OBA Financial Services Inc

  NASDAQ   MA   Germantown   MD     390        7      Jun   1/22/10     19.00        77   

OSHC

 

Ocean Shore Holding Co.

  NASDAQ   MA   Ocean City   NJ     1,043        12      Dec   12/21/09     13.95        96   

OCFC

 

OceanFirst Financial Corp.

  NASDAQ   MA   Toms River   NJ     2,286        24      Dec   7/3/96     17.39        302   

OFED

 

Oconee Federal Financial Corp.

  NASDAQ   SE   Seneca   SC     366        4      Jun   1/14/11     17.44        102   

OABC

 

OmniAmerican Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   SW   Fort Worth   TX     1,448        14      Dec   1/21/10     22.21        254   

ONFC

 

Oneida Financial Corp.

  NASDAQ   MA   Oneida   NY     714        13      Dec   7/7/10     12.34        87   

ORIT

 

Oritani Financial Corp.

  NASDAQ   MA   Township of Washington   NJ     2,824        26      Jun   6/24/10     15.64        715   

PBHC

 

Pathfinder Bancorp Inc. (MHC)

  NASDAQ   MA   Oswego   NY     493        16      Dec   11/16/95     14.41        38   

PEOP

 

Peoples Federal Bancshares Inc

  NASDAQ   NE   Brighton   MA     585        8      Sep   7/7/10     18.08        116   

PBCT

 

People’s United Financial Inc.

  NASDAQ   NE   Bridgeport   CT     31,511        416      Dec   4/16/07     14.16        4,346   

PBSK

 

Poage Bankshares Inc.

  NASDAQ   MW   Ashland   KY     291        6      Sep   9/13/11     13.90        47   

PBCP

 

Polonia Bncp, Inc.

  NASDAQ   MA   Huntingdon Valley   PA     286        6      Dec   11/13/12     9.51        33   

PROV

 

Provident Financial Holdings

  NASDAQ   WE   Riverside   CA     1,153        15      Jun   6/28/96     15.14        149   

PFS

 

Provident Financial Services

  NYSE   MA   Jersey City   NJ     7,341        79      Dec   1/16/03     16.57        993   

PBIP

 

Prudential Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   MA   Philadelphia   PA     608        7      Sep   10/10/13     10.45        100   

PSBH

 

PSB Holdings Inc. (MHC)

  NASDAQ   NE   Putnam   CT     452        8      Jun   10/5/04     6.40        42   

PULB

 

Pulaski Financial Corp.

  NASDAQ   MW   Saint Louis   MO     1,276        13      Sep   12/3/98     10.32        117   

RVSB

 

Riverview Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   WE   Vancouver   WA     789        18      Mar   10/1/97     3.45        78   

SVBI

 

Severn Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   MA   Annapolis   MD     815        4      Dec   1/0/00     4.45        45   

SIFI

 

SI Financial Group Inc.

  NASDAQ   NE   Willimantic   CT     1,369        26      Dec   1/13/11     11.73        150   

SMPL

 

Simplicity Bancorp Inc

  NASDAQ   WE   Covina   CA     835        8      Jun   11/19/10     16.39        129   

SPBC

 

SP Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   SW   Plano   TX     305        4      Dec   11/1/10     20.03        31   

SIBC

 

State Investors Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   SW   Metairie   LA     256        4      Dec   7/7/11     15.50        37   

TBNK

 

Territorial Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   WE   Honolulu   HI     1,562        28      Dec   7/13/09     22.33        224   

THRD

 

TF Financial Corp.

  NASDAQ   MA   Newtown   PA     833        19      Dec   7/13/94     29.99        94   

TFSL

 

TFS Financial Corp (MHC)

  NASDAQ   MW   Cleveland   OH     11,269        39      Sep   4/23/07     11.57        3,554   

TSBK

 

Timberland Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   WE   Hoquiam   WA     746        22      Sep   1/13/98     11.23        79   

TRST

 

TrustCo Bank Corp NY

  NASDAQ   MA   Glenville   NY     4,459        139      Dec   1/0/00     6.56        620   

UCBA

 

United Community Bancorp

  NASDAQ   MW   Lawrenceburg   IN     511        8      Jun   1/10/13     11.00        57   

UCFC

 

United Community Finl Corp.

  NASDAQ   MW   Youngstown   OH     1,756        33      Dec   7/9/98     3.48        175   

WSBF

 

Waterstone Financial Inc.

  NASDAQ   MW   Wauwatosa   WI     1,598        11      Dec   1/23/14     10.60        365   

WAYN

 

Wayne Savings Bancshares

  NASDAQ   MW   Wooster   OH     400        12      Dec   1/9/03     11.00        31   


Exhibit III-1

Characteristics of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

February 14, 2014

 

                                            As of
February 14, 2014
 

Ticker

 

Financial Institution

  Exchange   Region  

City

  State   Total
Assets (1)
    Offices     Fiscal
Mth End
  Conv.
Date
  Stock
Price
    Market
Value
 
                        ($Mil)                   ($)     ($Mil)  

WEBK

 

Wellesley Bancorp

  NASDAQ   NE   Wellesley   MA     421        4      Dec   1/26/12     18.50        45   

WBB

 

Westbury Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   MW   West Bend   WI     543        12      Sep   4/10/13     14.18        73   

WFD

 

Westfield Financial Inc.

  NASDAQ   NE   Westfield   MA     1,271        13      Dec   1/4/07     7.53        152   

WBKC

 

Wolverine Bancorp Inc.

  NASDAQ   MW   Midland   MI     291        4      Dec   1/20/11     21.98        53   

WSFS

 

WSFS Financial Corp.

  NASDAQ   MA   Wilmington   DE     4,443        44      Dec   11/26/86     70.09        623   

WVFC

 

WVS Financial Corp.

  NASDAQ   MA   Pittsburgh   PA     296        6      Jun   11/29/93     12.00        25   

 

(1) As of September 30, 2013.

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


EXHIBIT III-2

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Peer Group Summary Demographic and Deposit Market Share Data


Exhibit III-2

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Peer Group Market Area Comparative Analysis

 

                                       2013              
                     Proj.                 Per Capita Income     Deposit     Unemployment  
         Population     Pop.     2010-2013     2013-2018           % State     Market     Rate  

Company

  

County

  2010     2013     2018     % Change     % Change     Amount     Average     Share(1)     12/31/2013  
         (000)     (000)     (000)     (%)     (%)     ($)     (%)     (%)     (%)  

Chicopee Bancorp, Inc.

   Hampden, MA     464        467        467        0.6     0.0   $ 25,535        72.47     4.89     8.7

FedFirst Financial Corp.

   Westmoreland, PA     365        364        362        -0.3     -0.5     26,868        96.27     1.61     5.9

Georgetown Bancorp, Inc.

   Essex, MA     743        744        758        0.2     1.9     34,730        98.57     0.87     7.0

Hampden Bancorp, Inc.

   Hampden, MA     464        467        467        0.6     0.0     25,535        72.47     5.27     8.7

OBA Financial Services Inc

   Montgomery, MD     972        993        1,048        2.2     5.5     45,408        127.68     0.78     4.1

Oneida Financial Corp.

   Oneida, NY     235        236        236        0.4     0.2     25,478        80.38     3.98     6.6

Peoples Federal Bancshares Inc

   Suffolk, MA     722        738        775        2.3     5.0     31,346        88.97     0.35     6.3

TF Financial Corp.

   Bucks, PA     625        629        633        0.6     0.8     37,359        133.86     1.54     5.6

Wellesley Bancorp

   Norfolk, MA     671        680        700        1.4     2.9     42,652        121.05     1.52     5.6

WVS Financial Corp.

   Allegheny, PA     1,223        1,223        1,227        -0.1     0.3     30,447        109.09     0.16     5.2
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  

Averages:

    649        654        667        0.8     1.6   $ 32,536        100.08     2.10     6.4
  

Medians:

    648        655        667        0.6     0.5   $ 30,897        97.42     1.53     6.1

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

  

Middlesex, MA

    1,503        1,518        1,569        1.0     3.4   $ 41,557        117.95     0.37     5.2

 

(1) Total institution deposits in headquarters county as percent of total county deposits as of June 30, 2013.

Source: SNL Financial, LC and Bureau of Labor Statistics.


EXHIBIT IV-1

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Stock Prices: As of February 14, 2014


RP ® Financial, LC.

Exhibit IV-1A

Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part One

Prices As of February 14, 2014

 

        Market Capitalization(8)     Price Change Data     Current Per Share Financials  
        Price/     Shares     Market     52 Week (1)           % Change From     LTM     LTM Core     BV/     TBV/     Assets/  
        Share     Outstanding     Capitalization     High     Low     Last Wk     Last Wk     52 Wks (2)     MRY (2)     EPS (3)     EPS (3)     Share     Share (4)     Share  
        ($)     (000)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     ($)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)  

Fully-Converted Companies

                           

ALLB

 

Alliance Bancorp of Penn

    15.30        4,467        68.3        15.60        12.77        15.35        -0.33        19.87        -0.65        0.38        0.38        15.81        15.81        95.20   

ANCB

 

Anchor Bancorp

    18.25        2,550        46.5        19.00        14.15        17.00        7.35        25.86        -0.22        -0.41        -0.40        20.45        20.45        153.48   

ASBB

 

ASB Bncp Inc

    17.45        5,040        87.9        18.41        15.67        17.31        0.81        6.73        1.15        0.31        0.26        20.06        20.06        145.44   

AF

 

Astoria Financial Corp.

    13.12        98,842        1,296.8        14.47        9.22        12.75        2.90        31.86        -5.13        0.60        0.59        14.06        12.19        159.79   

AFCB

 

Athens Bancshares Corporation

    19.98        2,084        41.6        20.61        16.50        19.80        0.92        9.73        0.82        1.13        1.15        NA        NA        141.48   

ACFC

 

Atlantic Coast Financial Corp.

    3.99        15,509        61.9        6.88        3.00        3.87        3.10        20.18        -7.85        -3.23        NA        NA        NA        47.30   

BKMU

 

Bank Mutual Corp.

    6.26        46,438        290.7        7.35        5.00        6.37        -1.73        9.82        -10.70        0.23        0.23        6.05        6.05        50.55   

BFIN

 

BankFinancial Corp

    9.71        21,109        205.0        9.80        7.25        9.35        3.85        22.76        6.00        0.16        0.18        8.32        8.20        68.86   

BHLB

 

Berkshire Hills Bancorp Inc.

    25.09        25,036        628.2        29.38        23.38        24.56        2.16        2.87        -7.99        1.65        2.03        27.08        16.27        226.59   

BOFI

 

BofI Holding Inc.

    83.20        14,116        1,174.5        84.41        32.14        80.13        3.83        132.53        6.08        3.28        3.41        21.82        21.82        252.78   

BYFC

 

Broadway Financial Corp.

    1.10        20,225        22.2        1.50        0.52        1.10        0.12        19.35        18.14        -1.32        -1.41        1.89        1.89        17.09   

BLMT

 

BSB Bancorp Inc.

    15.82        9,056        143.3        15.92        12.60        15.45        2.39        20.76        4.84        0.22        0.22        NA        NA        116.46   

CBNJ

 

Cape Bancorp Inc.

    10.58        12,060        127.6        10.60        8.65        10.27        3.02        14.63        4.13        0.46        0.51        11.64        NA        90.62   

CFFN

 

Capitol Federal Financial Inc

    12.08        145,169        1,753.6        13.21        11.67        11.93        1.26        1.34        -0.25        0.48        0.48        10.65        10.65        62.76   

CARV

 

Carver Bancorp Inc.

    15.00        3,696        55.4        17.87        4.17        14.06        6.68        277.83        114.59        0.36        0.19        1.50        1.50        172.80   

CFBK

 

Central Federal Corp.

    1.42        15,824        22.5        1.75        1.29        1.38        2.90        1.42        6.76        -0.14        -0.14        1.39        1.39        15.82   

CHFN

 

Charter Financial Corp.

    10.60        22,817        241.9        11.82        9.31        10.51        0.86        10.71        -1.58        0.25        0.26        11.88        11.66        47.33   

CHEV

 

Cheviot Financial

    10.45        6,835        71.4        11.94        9.76        10.30        1.46        -3.24        1.46        0.21        0.25        13.30        11.72        85.90   

CBNK

 

Chicopee Bancorp Inc.

    17.37        5,436        94.4        19.72        15.50        17.14        1.34        10.08        -0.23        0.50        0.52        16.97        16.97        108.12   

CZWI

 

Citizens Community Bncp

    8.33        5,163        43.0        8.56        6.52        8.09        2.96        22.86        12.42        0.21        0.29        10.50        10.46        106.96   

CMSB

 

CMS Bancorp Inc.

    9.30        1,863        17.3        10.44        7.68        9.30        0.00        14.25        0.11        0.52        0.41        11.42        11.42        141.03   

CWAY

 

Coastway Bncp, Inc.

    10.19        4,949        50.4        11.05        10.04        10.19        0.00        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        76.89   

COBK

 

Colonial Financial Services

    12.00        3,853        46.2        17.00        11.85        12.30        -2.44        -12.60        -9.77        -0.91        -1.10        15.65        15.65        155.26   

DCOM

 

Dime Community Bancshares Inc.

    16.14        36,713        592.5        17.92        13.79        15.67        3.00        15.29        -4.61        1.23        1.23        11.85        10.34        109.72   

EBMT

 

Eagle Bancorp Montana, Inc.

    10.65        3,918        41.7        12.03        10.20        10.75        -0.93        2.90        -2.72        0.69        0.57        12.19        10.18        131.79   

ESBF

 

ESB Financial Corp.

    12.74        17,733        225.9        15.00        10.68        12.81        -0.55        11.43        -10.28        0.87        NA        NA        NA        107.53   

ESSA

 

ESSA Bancorp Inc.

    10.85        11,893        129.0        11.70        9.99        10.96        -1.00        -4.41        -6.14        0.70        0.73        13.96        13.04        113.95   

EVER

 

EverBank Financial

    17.29        122,626        2,120.2        18.97        13.93        16.73        3.35        16.27        -5.73        1.02        1.21        12.00        11.57        143.86   

FFCO

 

FedFirst Financial Corp.

    20.06        2,357        47.3        23.00        16.20        20.09        -0.15        18.00        2.98        0.91        0.89        NA        NA        135.34   

FCAP

 

First Capital Inc.

    20.50        2,784        57.1        21.97        19.40        20.30        0.99        3.12        -3.57        1.82        NA        NA        NA        159.60   

FCLF

 

First Clover Leaf Fin Corp.

    9.09        7,007        63.7        10.00        6.46        9.17        -0.81        24.57        -7.21        0.54        0.53        10.49        8.82        92.27   

FBNK

 

First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc

    15.60        16,458        256.7        17.00        13.14        15.46        0.91        10.01        -3.23        0.23        0.21        14.08        14.08        128.19   

FDEF

 

First Defiance Financial

    26.65        9,720        259.0        28.46        20.80        25.95        2.70        21.58        2.62        2.19        2.28        28.00        21.31        219.88   

FFBH

 

First Federal Bancshares of AR

    8.17        20,041        163.7        10.05        7.55        8.20        -0.37        -17.89        -6.09        -0.01        -0.01        3.57        3.57        26.43   

FFNM

 

First Fed of Northern MI Bncp

    5.06        2,884        14.6        5.72        3.40        5.20        -2.69        5.64        -6.30        -0.20        -0.18        8.27        8.25        74.16   

FFNW

 

First Financial Northwest Inc

    10.36        16,392        169.8        11.25        7.44        10.34        0.19        28.38        -0.10        1.47        1.48        11.25        11.25        56.18   

FSFG

 

First Savings Financial Group

    23.25        2,259        52.5        28.20        20.88        22.87        1.66        2.88        1.75        2.00        2.10        28.88        24.49        304.06   

FBC

 

Flagstar Bancorp Inc.

    21.25        56,138        1,192.9        21.63        12.29        20.73        2.51        41.01        8.31        4.37        5.08        20.66        20.66        167.57   

FXCB

 

Fox Chase Bancorp Inc.

    17.06        12,148        207.2        18.24        16.07        16.97        0.53        -0.93        -1.23        0.48        0.45        14.28        14.28        91.92   

FRNK

 

Franklin Financial Corp.

    19.11        12,075        230.8        20.50        17.14        18.78        1.76        6.76        -3.39        0.83        0.69        19.97        19.97        89.06   

FSBW

 

FS Bancorp Inc.

    16.86        3,240        54.6        19.45        14.26        16.95        -0.53        12.40        -1.69        1.29        1.20        19.23        19.23        129.37   

GTWN

 

Georgetown Bancorp Inc.

    14.75        1,832        27.0        16.50        12.48        14.90        -1.01        18.95        -7.23        0.41        0.41        15.80        15.80        143.61   

HBK

 

Hamilton Bancorp Inc

    13.85        3,518        48.7        15.45        12.35        13.86        -0.07        12.25        -2.40        -0.36        -0.43        17.47        16.67        85.41   

HBNK

 

Hampden Bancorp Inc.

    15.96        5,650        90.2        18.42        14.78        16.05        -0.56        -0.75        -2.74        0.67        0.66        14.98        14.98        122.88   

HBOS

 

Heritage Financial Group Inc.

    18.87        7,835        147.8        20.44        13.55        18.57        1.62        35.08        -1.97        1.50        1.35        15.96        15.42        176.26   

HFFC

 

HF Financial Corp.

    13.45        7,055        94.9        14.55        12.13        13.37        0.59        3.45        3.85        0.84        0.78        13.85        13.15        177.79   

HIFS

 

Hingham Instit. for Savings

    77.01        2,129        163.9        79.56        57.69        77.56        -0.71        6.97        -1.89        6.28        6.28        48.49        48.49        637.20   

HMNF

 

HMN Financial Inc.

    11.93        4,424        52.8        11.98        4.73        10.75        10.98        116.91        12.87        5.71        NA        13.49        13.49        146.60   

HBCP

 

Home Bancorp Inc.

    20.17        7,099        143.2        23.50        16.86        19.31        4.45        9.09        7.00        1.06        1.05        19.99        NA        138.64   

HFBL

 

Home Fedl Bncp Inc. LA

    17.86        2,247        40.1        18.99        15.34        17.75        0.62        1.25        0.34        1.22        1.21        18.36        18.36        127.22   

HMST

 

HomeStreet Inc.

    18.39        14,800        272.2        26.81        17.02        17.46        5.33        -31.20        -8.05        1.61        1.73        17.97        17.08        207.17   

HTBI

 

HomeTrust Bancshares Inc.

    15.55        19,784        307.6        17.00        14.57        15.34        1.37        7.09        -2.75        0.60        0.64        18.10        NA        82.36   

IROQ

 

IF Bancorp Inc.

    16.40        4,428        72.6        17.04        14.92        16.50        -0.61        10.74        -1.80        0.84        0.83        17.71        17.71        128.34   

JXSB

 

Jacksonville Bancorp

    21.90        1,831        40.1        21.90        18.32        20.08        9.06        15.84        12.02        1.73        1.44        22.45        20.96        173.92   

LPSB

 

LaPorte Bancorp Inc

    10.93        5,909        64.6        11.86        9.31        10.90        0.32        11.42        -1.71        0.69        0.61        13.56        NA        89.16   

LABC

 

Louisiana Bancorp Inc.

    18.45        2,887        53.3        18.75        15.00        18.75        -1.61        8.52        1.25        1.03        0.96        20.07        20.07        109.71   

LSBI

 

LSB Financial Corp.

    29.27        1,562        45.7        30.71        20.05        29.50        -0.78        37.74        2.74        1.72        1.72        25.80        25.80        227.39   

MCBK

 

Madison County Financial Inc.

    17.10        3,052        52.2        19.19        15.81        17.20        -0.59        4.33        -5.01        NA        NA        19.86        19.49        90.79   

MLVF

 

Malvern Bancorp Inc

    10.64        6,558        69.8        13.20        10.37        10.45        1.82        -8.52        -3.27        -3.05        -2.94        11.38        11.38        90.58   

CASH

 

Meta Financial Group Inc.

    40.05        6,108        244.6        42.19        22.75        38.92        2.90        73.15        -0.69        2.46        2.43        23.42        23.02        295.84   

NASB

 

NASB Financial Inc.

    25.46        7,868        200.3        30.50        19.80        25.84        -1.47        11.91        -15.70        2.71        2.74        24.40        24.12        150.15   

NVSL

 

Naugatuck Valley Finl

    7.25        7,002        50.8        7.94        6.86        7.15        1.40        5.07        0.14        -1.83        -1.83        8.49        8.49        69.59   

NHTB

 

New Hampshire Thrift Bncshrs

    15.10        8,217        124.1        15.51        12.50        14.80        2.03        11.19        -0.98        1.11        1.11        15.37        8.75        173.09   

NYCB

 

New York Community Bancorp

    15.75        440,809        6,942.7        17.39        12.91        15.35        2.61        15.81        -6.53        1.08        1.07        13.01        7.45        105.91   

NFBK

 

Northfield Bancorp Inc.

    12.51        57,926        724.7        13.43        11.20        12.43        0.64        9.93        -5.23        0.34        NA        12.36        NA        46.66   

NWBI

 

Northwest Bancshares, Inc.

    14.27        94,244        1,344.9        15.05        11.98        13.88        2.81        14.34        -3.45        0.73        0.70        12.31        10.43        83.66   

OBAF

 

OBA Financial Services Inc

    19.00        4,038        76.7        19.50        17.62        18.50        2.70        2.98        4.40        0.28        0.28        17.91        17.91        95.48   

OSHC

 

Ocean Shore Holding Co.

    13.95        6,903        96.3        15.45        13.01        13.81        1.01        -4.45        2.12        0.81        NA        15.39        14.62        147.76   

OCFC

 

OceanFirst Financial Corp.

    17.39        17,387        302.4        19.47        13.43        17.28        0.64        20.18        1.52        0.95        1.14        12.33        12.33        129.39   

OABC

 

OmniAmerican Bancorp Inc.

    22.21        11,452        254.3        26.61        20.46        21.91        1.37        -14.81        3.88        0.56        0.44        18.00        18.00        126.48   

ONFC

 

Oneida Financial Corp.

    12.34        7,027        86.7        16.32        11.51        12.30        0.33        -0.64        -2.60        0.87        0.92        12.90        9.12        105.66   

ORIT

 

Oritani Financial Corp.

    15.64        45,707        714.9        16.90        14.49        15.34        1.96        4.69        -2.55        0.97        0.95        11.37        11.37        64.37   

PEOP

 

Peoples Federal Bancshares Inc

    18.08        6,406        115.8        19.28        17.10        17.77        1.74        0.84        1.92        0.35        0.35        16.35        16.35        91.84   

PBCT

 

People’s United Financial Inc.

    14.16        306,910        4,345.8        15.70        12.62        13.96        1.43        9.68        -6.35        0.74        0.80        14.84        7.91        108.20   

PBSK

 

Poage Bankshares Inc.

    13.90        3,352        46.6        15.10        13.06        14.05        -1.07        -1.07        -0.79        0.69        0.53        17.28        17.28        86.81   

PBCP

 

Polonia Bncp, Inc.

    9.51        3,511        33.4        10.31        8.76        9.80        -2.96        5.79        -3.84        -0.14        -0.14        11.62        11.62        81.37   


RP ® Financial LC.

Exhibit IV-1A

Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part One

Prices As of February 14, 2014

 

        Market Capitalization(8)     Price Change Data     Current Per Share Financials  
        Price/     Shares     Market     52 Week (1)           % Change From     LTM     LTM Core     BV/     TBV/     Assets/  
        Share     Outstanding     Capitalization     High     Low     Last Wk     Last Wk     52 Wks (2)     MRY (2)     EPS (3)     EPS (3)     Share     Share (4)     Share  
        ($)     (000)     ($Mil)     ($)     ($)     ($)     (%)     (%)     (%)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)  

PROV

 

Provident Financial Holdings

    15.14        9,855        149.2        18.62        14.12        14.74        2.71        -14.61        0.93        1.24        1.24        15.47        15.47        115.08   

PFS

 

Provident Financial Services

    16.57        59,918        992.8        19.93        14.41        16.49        0.49        9.66        -14.23        1.23        1.21        16.87        NA        124.96   

PBIP

 

Prudential Bancorp Inc.

    10.45        9,545        99.7        11.39        7.70        10.59        -1.32        32.62        -3.15        0.20        0.14        13.67        13.67        55.02   

PULB

 

Pulaski Financial Corp.

    10.32        11,371        117.4        11.74        9.52        10.24        0.78        4.14        -8.35        0.70        0.70        9.04        8.68        113.77   

RVSB

 

Riverview Bancorp Inc.

    3.45        22,472        77.5        3.49        2.04        3.23        6.81        61.21        18.97        0.20        0.20        3.62        2.48        35.82   

SVBI

 

Severn Bancorp Inc.

    4.45        10,067        44.8        5.78        4.00        4.77        -6.71        3.49        -6.12        -2.64        NA        5.58        5.54        79.43   

SIFI

 

SI Financial Group Inc.

    11.73        12,790        150.0        12.34        10.34        11.68        0.43        0.60        -2.66        -0.11        0.15        11.94        10.35        107.01   

SMPL

 

Simplicity Bancorp Inc

    16.39        7,880        129.2        16.64        14.02        16.26        0.80        11.12        1.42        0.80        0.80        17.91        17.40        108.49   

SPBC

 

SP Bancorp Inc.

    20.03        1,568        31.4        23.10        17.08        20.50        -2.29        8.86        1.47        0.93        0.94        20.84        20.84        194.83   

SIBC

 

State Investors Bancorp Inc.

    15.50        2,390        37.1        16.64        13.28        15.50        0.00        8.16        1.04        0.20        0.20        17.39        17.39        108.22   

TBNK

 

Territorial Bancorp Inc.

    22.33        10,051        224.4        24.38        21.05        22.24        0.40        -4.04        -3.75        1.49        1.26        21.11        NA        160.86   

THRD

 

TF Financial Corp.

    29.99        3,149        94.4        33.72        24.20        29.50        1.66        19.72        6.50        2.27        2.17        29.71        NA        264.75   

TSBK

 

Timberland Bancorp Inc.

    11.23        7,049        79.2        11.41        7.36        10.74        4.56        33.43        16.74        0.57        0.51        11.22        10.41        103.27   

TRST

 

TrustCo Bank Corp NY

    6.56        94,463        619.7        7.67        5.13        6.31        3.96        24.01        -8.64        0.42        0.41        3.83        3.82        47.86   

UCBA

 

United Community Bancorp

    11.00        5,150        56.7        11.71        9.41        10.91        0.83        10.01        2.43        0.56        0.52        14.41        13.80        99.47   

UCFC

 

United Community Finl Corp.

    3.48        50,229        174.8        5.00        3.20        3.43        1.46        1.75        -2.52        0.10        0.04        3.65        3.65        34.96   

WSBF

 

Waterstone Financial Inc.

    10.60        34,407        364.7        10.70        6.65        10.47        1.24        51.65        4.79        0.90        0.90        6.19        6.17        46.44   

WAYN

 

Wayne Savings Bancshares

    11.00        2,843        31.3        11.75        9.08        10.90        0.92        8.70        1.01        0.72        0.74        13.56        12.94        144.29   

WEBK

 

Wellesley Bancorp

    18.50        2,455        45.4        20.45        15.50        19.24        -3.85        19.20        -5.37        0.97        0.94        19.06        19.06        186.78   

WBB

 

Westbury Bancorp Inc.

    14.18        5,143        72.9        14.64        13.02        13.92        1.87        NA        1.65        NA        NA        17.64        17.64        104.15   

WFD

 

Westfield Financial Inc.

    7.53        20,150        151.7        8.07        6.50        7.25        3.86        -3.46        0.94        0.34        0.22        7.65        7.65        63.37   

WBKC

 

Wolverine Bancorp Inc.

    21.98        2,398        52.7        22.50        18.00        21.60        1.76        16.98        3.21        0.72        0.72        26.20        26.20        121.47   

WSFS

 

WSFS Financial Corp.

    70.09        8,895        623.5        79.85        45.82        68.60        2.17        46.60        -9.60        5.06        4.53        43.06        38.68        507.67   

WVFC

 

WVS Financial Corp.

    12.00        2,058        24.7        13.63        9.50        12.10        -0.83        14.29        -2.03        0.38        0.37        15.69        15.69        152.60   

Mutual Holding Companies

                           

BNCL

 

Beneficial Mutual Bncp (MHC)

    11.69        78,015        912.0        12.11        8.36        11.47        1.92        25.83        7.05        0.17        0.17        NA        NA        58.75   

CSBK

 

Clifton Svgs Bncp Inc. (MHC)

    13.04        26,477        345.3        13.47        11.22        12.82        1.72        13.10        1.88        0.25        0.24        7.23        7.23        41.51   

GCBC

 

Greene County Bncp Inc. (MHC)

    25.53        4,210        107.5        32.54        19.34        25.20        1.29        16.28        -1.83        1.51        1.51        13.88        13.88        155.02   

ISBC

 

Investors Bancorp Inc. (MHC)

    25.88        139,342        3,606.2        26.54        17.42        25.27        2.41        41.89        1.17        1.01        1.05        9.64        NA        112.12   

KRNY

 

Kearny Financial Corp. (MHC)

    11.72        66,131        775.1        12.18        9.19        11.10        5.59        14.01        0.77        0.15        0.14        7.02        5.37        49.28   

KFFB

 

Kentucky First Federal (MHC)

    8.75        8,529        74.6        8.97        7.55        8.40        4.17        8.16        9.37        0.29        0.29        7.82        6.12        37.10   

LSBK

 

Lake Shore Bancorp Inc. (MHC)

    12.49        5,900        73.7        14.69        10.53        12.25        1.96        13.24        2.38        0.65        0.65        11.06        11.06        81.72   

MGYR

 

Magyar Bancorp Inc. (MHC)

    7.66        5,811        44.5        7.99        4.73        7.81        -1.92        47.88        2.68        0.01        0.00        7.82        7.82        92.33   

EBSB

 

Meridian Interstate Bncp (MHC)

    23.66        22,257        526.6        24.40        17.41        23.48        0.77        31.66        4.78        0.70        0.42        11.20        10.58        120.51   

MSBF

 

MSB Financial Corp. (MHC)

    8.00        5,010        40.1        9.10        6.06        8.00        0.00        14.29        0.25        0.16        0.16        8.02        8.02        69.27   

NECB

 

NorthEast Community Bncp (MHC)

    7.28        12,645        92.1        8.00        5.25        7.26        0.28        32.36        0.83        -0.08        -0.05        8.27        8.19        34.25   

OFED

 

Oconee Federal Financial Corp.

    17.44        5,846        102.0        17.75        13.73        17.00        2.59        19.29        -0.91        0.66        0.63        12.90        12.90        61.68   

PBHC

 

Pathfinder Bancorp Inc. (MHC)

    14.41        2,618        37.7        16.50        11.05        14.41        0.00        29.24        6.74        0.95        NA        NA        NA        192.42   

PSBH

 

PSB Holdings Inc. (MHC)

    6.40        6,542        41.9        7.25        5.31        6.40        0.00        19.63        0.31        0.18        0.20        7.68        6.61        69.45   

TFSL

 

TFS Financial Corp (MHC)

    11.57        307,148        3,553.7        12.49        10.08        11.64        -0.60        8.54        -4.50        0.19        NA        6.06        6.03        37.06   

 

(1) Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
(2) Or since offering price if converted of first listed in the past 52 weeks. Percent change figures are actual year-to-date and are not annualized.
(3) EPS (earnings per share) is based on actual trailing 12 month data and is not shown on a pro forma basis.
(4) Excludes intangibles (such as goodwill, value of core deposits, etc.).
(5) ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.
(6) Annualized based on last regular quarterly cash dividend announcement.
(7) Indicated dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.
(8) For MHC institutions, market value reflects share price multiplied by public (non-MHC) shares.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ® Financial, LC.


RP ® Financial, LC.

Exhibit IV-1B

Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part Two

Prices As of February 14, 2014

 

        Key Financial Ratios     Asset Quality Ratios     Pricing Ratios     Dividend Data (6)  
        Equity/     Tang Equity/     Reported Earnings     Core Earnings     NPAs/     Rsvs/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Div/     Dividend     Payout  
        Assets     Assets(4)     ROA(5)     ROE(5)     ROA(5)     ROE(5)     Assets     NPLs     Earnings     Book     Assets     Tang Book     Core Earnings     Share     Yield     Ratio (7)  
        (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)  

Fully-Converted Companies

  

                           

ALLB

 

Alliance Bancorp of Penn

    16.60        16.60        0.42        2.37        0.42        2.37        NA        NA        40.26        96.79        16.07        96.79        40.26        0.20        1.31        52.63   

ANCB

 

Anchor Bancorp

    13.33        13.33        -0.23        -1.93        -0.22        -1.87        6.22        22.12        NM        89.22        11.89        89.22        NM        NA        NA        NM   

ASBB

 

ASB Bncp Inc

    13.79        13.79        0.19        1.37        0.16        1.13        2.82        113.25        56.29        87.00        12.00        87.00        68.21        NA        NA        NM   

AF

 

Astoria Financial Corp.

    9.62        8.55        0.41        4.69        0.40        4.60        NA        NA        21.87        93.31        8.28        107.66        22.37        0.16        1.22        26.67   

AFCB

 

Athens Bancshares Corporation

    13.94        13.89        0.78        5.17        0.80        5.28        2.69        59.04        17.68        NA        NA        NA        17.32        0.20        1.00        17.70   

ACFC

 

Atlantic Coast Financial Corp.

    8.93        8.93        -1.55        -30.45        NA        NA        4.14        27.58        NM        NA        NA        NA        NA        0.00        0.00        NM   

BKMU

 

Bank Mutual Corp.

    12.10        12.09        0.46        3.91        0.46        3.95        NA        NA        27.22        103.44        12.40        103.53        26.87        0.12        1.92        47.83   

BFIN

 

BankFinancial Corp

    12.08        11.93        0.23        1.89        0.25        2.11        NA        NA        60.69        116.71        14.10        118.35        54.23        0.04        0.41        25.00   

BHLB

 

Berkshire Hills Bancorp Inc.

    11.95        7.54        0.78        6.10        0.95        7.50        NA        NA        15.21        92.64        11.07        154.19        12.36        0.72        2.87        43.64   

BOFI

 

BofI Holding Inc.

    8.73        8.73        1.54        17.05        1.60        17.72        0.54        84.44        25.37        381.32        32.81        381.32        24.40        NA        NA        NM   

BYFC

 

Broadway Financial Corp.

    7.40        7.40        -0.25        -4.91        -0.47        -9.19        13.29        26.28        NM        58.24        2.03        58.24        NM        0.04        0.00        NM   

BLMT

 

BSB Bancorp Inc.

    12.37        12.37        0.21        1.51        0.21        1.49        NA        NA        NM        NA        NA        NA        72.73        NA        NA        NM   

CBNJ

 

Cape Bancorp Inc.

    12.85        NA        0.53        3.80        0.58        4.18        NA        NA        23.00        90.86        11.67        NA        20.93        0.24        2.27        58.70   

CFFN

 

Capitol Federal Financial Inc

    17.23        17.23        0.76        4.25        0.76        4.25        NA        NA        25.17        113.39        19.53        113.39        25.17        0.30        2.48        152.08   

CARV

 

Carver Bancorp Inc.

    7.90        7.90        0.26        2.82        0.15        1.68        5.49        25.04        41.67        NM        9.34        NM        77.30        0.00        0.00        NM   

CFBK

 

Central Federal Corp.

    8.77        8.76        -0.96        -9.52        -0.94        -9.40        4.30        66.31        NM        102.32        8.97        102.41        NM        0.00        0.00        NM   

CHFN

 

Charter Financial Corp.

    25.30        24.95        0.51        2.29        0.53        2.41        1.35        87.95        42.40        89.24        22.57        90.91        40.38        0.20        1.89        180.00   

CHEV

 

Cheviot Financial

    15.49        13.90        0.24        1.46        0.29        1.77        NA        NA        49.76        78.55        12.17        89.19        41.14        0.36        3.44        171.43   

CBNK

 

Chicopee Bancorp Inc.

    15.69        15.69        0.43        2.79        0.45        2.88        NA        NA        34.74        102.38        16.07        102.38        33.70        0.28        1.61        44.00   

CZWI

 

Citizens Community Bncp

    9.80        9.77        0.20        2.00        0.28        2.79        1.81        74.14        39.67        79.33        7.77        79.63        28.45        0.02        0.24        9.52   

CMSB

 

CMS Bancorp Inc.

    8.66        8.66        0.37        4.29        0.30        3.42        NA        NA        17.88        81.47        6.63        81.47        22.75        NA        NA        NM   

CWAY

 

Coastway Bncp, Inc.

    7.24        7.24        NA        NA        NA        NA        3.90        16.62        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA   

COBK

 

Colonial Financial Services

    10.08        10.08        -0.54        -5.07        -0.66        -6.14        5.37        20.29        NM        76.68        7.73        76.68        NM        NA        NA        NM   

DCOM

 

Dime Community Bancshares Inc.

    10.80        9.55        1.09        10.58        1.09        10.56        0.80        64.66        13.12        136.17        14.71        156.13        13.14        0.56        3.47        45.53   

EBMT

 

Eagle Bancorp Montana, Inc.

    9.25        7.84        0.53        5.38        0.44        4.46        0.25        245.94        15.43        87.38        8.08        104.61        18.60        0.29        2.72        42.03   

ESBF

 

ESB Financial Corp.

    9.75        NA        0.83        8.38        NA        NA        NA        NA        14.64        NA        NA        NA        NA        0.40        3.14        44.06   

ESSA

 

ESSA Bancorp Inc.

    12.29        11.57        0.58        4.68        0.60        4.87        2.30        29.25        15.50        77.71        9.55        83.23        14.82        0.20        1.84        28.57   

EVER

 

EverBank Financial

    9.19        8.92        0.75        8.87        0.89        10.41        1.09        39.12        16.95        144.13        12.12        149.49        14.27        0.12        0.69        10.78   

FFCO

 

FedFirst Financial Corp.

    16.25        15.96        0.73        4.29        0.71        NA        NA        NA        22.04        NA        NA        NA        22.47        0.24        1.20        51.65   

FCAP

 

First Capital Inc.

    NA        NA        1.12        NA        NA        NA        1.66        71.15        11.26        NA        NA        NA        NA        0.80        3.90        43.96   

FCLF

 

First Clover Leaf Fin Corp.

    11.37        9.73        0.66        5.11        0.65        5.03        2.22        66.18        16.84        86.69        9.85        103.14        17.07        0.24        2.64        44.44   

FBNK

 

First Connecticut Bancorp, Inc

    10.99        10.99        0.19        1.52        0.18        1.42        NA        NA        67.83        110.76        12.17        110.76        72.68        0.12        0.77        52.17   

FDEF

 

First Defiance Financial

    12.73        10.00        1.08        8.39        1.13        8.75        2.87        44.97        12.17        95.18        12.12        125.06        11.66        0.60        2.25        20.55   

FFBH

 

First Federal Bancshares of AR

    13.49        13.49        0.01        0.04        -0.01        -0.05        4.37        98.07        NM        229.05        30.91        229.05        NM        0.20        0.00        NM   

FFNM

 

First Fed of Northern MI Bncp

    11.15        11.12        -0.27        -2.35        -0.23        -2.03        2.86        46.16        NM        61.19        6.82        61.37        NM        0.08        1.58        NM   

FFNW

 

First Financial Northwest Inc

    20.02        20.02        2.71        13.10        2.72        13.15        8.21        20.25        7.05        92.12        18.44        92.12        7.02        0.16        1.54        8.16   

FSFG

 

First Savings Financial Group

    12.00        10.71        0.71        5.64        0.75        5.91        2.29        40.56        11.63        80.52        7.85        94.93        11.08        0.40        1.72        20.00   

FBC

 

Flagstar Bancorp Inc.

    15.16        15.16        2.13        21.56        2.46        24.98        6.02        39.10        4.86        102.87        13.05        102.87        4.18        0.00        0.00        NM   

FXCB

 

Fox Chase Bancorp Inc.

    15.53        15.53        0.51        3.13        0.48        2.93        1.95        74.07        35.54        119.47        18.56        119.47        37.91        0.40        2.34        100.00   

FRNK

 

Franklin Financial Corp.

    22.51        22.51        0.91        3.98        0.75        3.32        5.59        24.05        23.02        95.69        21.54        95.69        27.65        NA        NA        NM   

FSBW

 

FS Bancorp Inc.

    14.87        14.87        1.01        6.42        0.94        5.97        NA        265.90        13.07        87.67        13.03        87.67        14.07        0.20        1.19        15.50   

GTWN

 

Georgetown Bancorp Inc.

    11.00        11.00        0.32        2.47        0.32        2.47        NA        NA        35.98        93.34        10.27        93.34        35.98        0.16        1.08        39.02   

HBK

 

Hamilton Bancorp Inc

    20.46        19.70        -0.38        -1.86        -0.44        -2.14        2.15        46.81        NM        79.26        16.22        83.10        NM        NA        NA        NM   

HBNK

 

Hampden Bancorp Inc.

    12.19        12.19        0.55        4.31        0.54        4.23        1.32        69.86        23.82        106.55        12.98        106.55        24.31        0.24        1.50        34.33   

HBOS

 

Heritage Financial Group Inc.

    9.06        8.78        0.87        9.37        0.79        8.43        0.96        78.43        12.58        118.21        10.71        122.37        13.98        0.28        1.48        4.67   

HFFC

 

HF Financial Corp.

    7.79        7.43        0.48        6.06        0.45        5.64        1.81        47.44        16.01        97.13        7.56        102.24        17.20        0.45        3.35        53.57   

HIFS

 

Hingham Instit. for Savings

    7.61        7.61        1.07        13.52        1.07        13.52        NA        NA        12.26        158.83        12.09        158.83        12.26        1.08        1.40        21.34   

HMNF

 

HMN Financial Inc.

    13.21        13.21        4.55        42.22        NA        NA        NA        NA        2.09        88.45        8.48        88.45        NA        0.00        0.00        NM   

HBCP

 

Home Bancorp Inc.

    14.42        NA        0.76        5.14        0.75        5.09        2.19        34.41        19.03        100.90        14.55        NA        19.24        NA        NA        NM   

HFBL

 

Home Fedl Bncp Inc. LA

    14.46        14.46        0.94        6.18        0.93        6.12        NA        639.78        14.64        97.25        14.06        97.25        14.77        0.24        1.34        19.67   

HMST

 

HomeStreet Inc.

    8.67        8.28        0.88        9.56        0.94        10.28        4.00        21.77        11.42        102.35        8.88        107.64        10.62        0.44        0.00        27.33   

HTBI

 

HomeTrust Bancshares Inc.

    21.98        NA        0.73        3.21        0.77        3.40        4.97        38.14        25.92        85.91        18.88        NA        24.41        NA        NA        NM   

IROQ

 

IF Bancorp Inc.

    13.89        13.89        0.64        4.22        0.63        4.18        0.97        74.32        19.52        92.62        12.87        92.62        19.70        0.10        0.61        11.90   

JXSB

 

Jacksonville Bancorp

    12.91        12.16        1.02        7.52        0.85        6.27        NA        NA        12.66        97.55        12.59        104.48        15.19        0.32        1.46        17.63   

LPSB

 

LaPorte Bancorp Inc

    15.25        NA        0.83        4.81        0.73        4.25        NA        NA        15.84        80.60        12.29        NA        17.93        0.16        1.46        23.19   

LABC

 

Louisiana Bancorp Inc.

    18.29        18.29        0.86        4.81        0.80        4.47        NA        NA        17.91        91.92        16.82        91.92        19.29        0.20        1.08        4.85   

LSBI

 

LSB Financial Corp.

    11.33        11.33        0.75        6.85        0.75        6.85        1.51        123.45        17.02        113.46        12.85        113.46        17.02        0.28        0.96        11.05   

MCBK

 

Madison County Financial Inc.

    22.89        22.56        1.07        4.97        NA        NA        0.14        NM        NA        86.10        19.71        87.72        NA        0.28        1.64        NA   

MLVF

 

Malvern Bancorp Inc

    12.56        12.56        -2.99        -21.51        -2.88        -20.74        1.18        106.39        NM        93.52        11.75        93.52        NM        0.11        0.00        NM   

CASH

 

Meta Financial Group Inc.

    7.89        7.77        0.81        9.96        0.81        9.85        0.31        78.72        16.28        170.99        13.50        173.95        16.50        0.52        1.30        21.14   

NASB

 

NASB Financial Inc.

    16.25        16.09        1.83        11.13        1.85        11.25        5.86        36.30        9.39        104.33        16.96        105.57        9.29        0.90        0.00        22.14   

NVSL

 

Naugatuck Valley Finl

    12.20        12.20        -2.33        -18.33        -2.33        -18.33        3.69        63.49        NM        85.40        10.42        85.40        NM        0.00        0.00        NM   

NHTB

 

New Hampshire Thrift Bncshrs

    10.49        6.94        0.67        6.34        0.67        6.34        NA        NA        13.60        98.27        8.87        172.59        13.61        0.52        3.44        46.85   

NYCB

 

New York Community Bancorp

    12.29        7.42        1.07        8.46        1.06        8.40        NA        NA        14.58        121.05        14.87        211.46        14.69        1.00        6.35        92.59   

NFBK

 

Northfield Bancorp Inc.

    26.50        NA        0.70        2.70        NA        NA        1.65        59.23        36.79        101.19        26.81        NA        NA        0.24        1.92        144.12   

NWBI

 

Northwest Bancshares, Inc.

    14.71        12.75        0.84        5.88        0.81        5.64        2.23        45.30        19.55        115.95        17.06        136.80        20.38        0.52        3.64        100.00   

OBAF

 

OBA Financial Services Inc

    18.76        18.76        0.28        1.49        0.28        1.49        1.30        69.92        67.86        106.09        19.90        106.09        67.86        NA        NA        NM   

OSHC

 

Ocean Shore Holding Co.

    10.41        9.95        0.51        5.04        NA        NA        NA        NA        17.22        90.66        9.44        95.39        NA        0.24        1.72        29.63   

OCFC

 

OceanFirst Financial Corp.

    9.53        9.53        0.71        7.51        0.85        8.99        3.16        31.32        18.31        141.06        13.44        141.06        15.28        0.48        2.76        50.53   

OABC

 

OmniAmerican Bancorp Inc.

    14.24        14.24        0.46        2.90        0.36        2.25        1.13        44.63        39.66        123.42        17.58        123.42        50.91        0.20        0.90        8.93   

ONFC

 

Oneida Financial Corp.

    12.22        8.96        0.86        6.59        0.91        7.05        NA        NA        14.18        95.67        11.68        135.36        13.38        0.48        3.89        55.17   

ORIT

 

Oritani Financial Corp.

    17.67        17.67        1.49        8.07        1.45        7.88        0.88        139.90        16.12        137.52        24.29        137.52        16.51        0.70        4.48        97.94   

PEOP

 

Peoples Federal Bancshares Inc

    17.88        17.88        0.37        2.01        0.37        2.01        0.47        144.93        51.66        110.55        19.76        110.55        51.66        0.16        0.88        117.14   

PBCT

 

People’s United Financial Inc.

    13.72        7.81        0.75        4.89        0.81        5.26        NA        NA        19.14        95.41        13.09        179.03        17.79        0.65        4.59        87.84   


RP ® Financial LC.

Exhibit IV-1B

Weekly Thrift Market Line - Part Two

Prices As of February 14, 2014

 

        Key Financial Ratios     Asset Quality Ratios     Pricing Ratios     Dividend Data (6)  
        Equity/     Tang Equity/     Reported Earnings     Core Earnings     NPAs/     Rsvs/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Price/     Div/     Dividend     Payout  
        Assets     Assets(4)     ROA(5)     ROE(5)     ROA(5)     ROE(5)     Assets     NPLs     Earnings     Book     Assets     Tang Book     Core Earnings     Share     Yield     Ratio (7)  
        (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     (%)     (%)     (%)     (x)     ($)     (%)     (%)  

PBSK

 

Poage Bankshares Inc.

    19.90        19.90        0.70        3.62        0.54        2.80        0.38        277.02        20.14        80.44        16.01        80.44        26.09        0.20        1.44        26.09   

PBCP

 

Polonia Bncp, Inc.

    14.27        14.27        -0.18        -1.21        -0.18        -1.21        NA        NA        NM        81.88        11.69        81.88        NM        NA        NA        NM   

PROV

 

Provident Financial Holdings

    13.44        13.44        1.11        8.44        1.11        8.44        1.84        62.99        12.21        97.84        13.15        97.84        12.21        0.40        2.64        29.84   

PFS

 

Provident Financial Services

    13.50        NA        0.97        7.08        0.95        6.95        NA        NA        13.47        98.23        13.26        NA        13.73        0.60        3.62        47.15   

PBIP

 

Prudential Bancorp Inc.

    24.84        24.84        0.36        2.40        0.25        1.69        1.30        36.70        52.55        76.44        18.99        76.44        74.45        0.00        0.00        NM   

PULB

 

Pulaski Financial Corp.

    9.04        8.76        0.72        7.58        0.72        7.59        4.33        35.13        14.74        114.14        8.90        118.86        14.76        0.38        3.68        54.29   

RVSB

 

Riverview Bancorp Inc.

    10.15        7.20        0.56        5.42        0.55        5.44        4.48        58.35        17.25        95.40        9.64        139.29        17.44        0.00        0.00        NM   

SVBI

 

Severn Bancorp Inc.

    10.35        10.31        -3.03        -25.00        -3.02        -24.91        6.82        25.74        NM        79.82        5.80        80.30        NA        0.00        0.00        NM   

SIFI

 

SI Financial Group Inc.

    11.16        9.82        -0.12        -0.87        0.13        0.99        1.11        46.40        NM        98.28        10.97        113.38        79.28        0.12        1.02        NM   

SMPL

 

Simplicity Bancorp Inc

    16.50        16.12        0.72        4.28        0.72        4.28        2.50        23.92        20.49        91.54        15.11        94.17        20.48        0.32        1.95        40.00   

SPBC

 

SP Bancorp Inc.

    10.80        10.80        0.48        4.28        0.48        4.31        1.39        54.92        21.54        96.11        10.38        96.11        21.39        NA        NA        NM   

SIBC

 

State Investors Bancorp Inc.

    16.07        16.07        0.20        1.19        0.20        1.19        NA        NA        NM        89.14        14.32        89.14        77.50        NA        NA        NM   

TBNK

 

Territorial Bancorp Inc.

    13.12        NA        0.93        6.73        0.79        5.70        NA        NA        14.99        105.80        13.88        NA        17.70        0.56        2.51        42.95   

THRD

 

TF Financial Corp.

    11.22        NA        0.85        7.40        0.81        7.07        NA        NA        13.21        100.93        11.33        NA        13.82        0.48        1.60        16.30   

TSBK

 

Timberland Bancorp Inc.

    10.86        10.16        0.63        5.19        0.61        5.00        6.45        33.16        19.70        100.07        10.87        107.90        22.04        0.16        1.42        22.81   

TRST

 

TrustCo Bank Corp NY

    8.00        7.99        0.90        11.15        0.88        10.86        NA        NA        15.55        171.27        13.71        171.53        15.97        0.26        4.00        62.20   

UCBA

 

United Community Bancorp

    14.49        13.96        0.52        3.77        0.48        3.47        3.98        27.42        19.64        76.33        11.06        79.70        21.29        0.24        2.18        75.00   

UCFC

 

United Community Finl Corp.

    10.44        10.43        0.57        5.62        0.44        4.34        3.43        41.25        34.80        95.34        9.95        95.43        92.81        0.00        0.00        NM   

WSBF

 

Waterstone Financial Inc.

    13.32        13.29        1.88        15.08        1.87        14.99        6.63        29.85        11.75        171.32        22.82        171.81        11.82        NA        NA        NM   

WAYN

 

Wayne Savings Bancshares

    9.40        9.01        0.51        5.24        0.53        5.40        NA        NA        15.28        81.13        7.62        85.00        14.85        0.32        2.91        43.06   

WEBK

 

Wellesley Bancorp

    10.20        10.20        0.55        5.09        0.54        4.94        NA        NA        19.07        97.06        9.90        97.06        19.66        NA        NA        NM   

WBB

 

Westbury Bancorp Inc.

    16.94        16.94        0.03        0.21        0.09        0.60        1.87        42.55        NA        80.40        13.62        80.40        NA        NA        NA        NA   

WFD

 

Westfield Financial Inc.

    12.07        12.07        0.53        4.04        0.34        2.60        NA        NA        22.15        98.43        11.88        98.43        34.33        0.24        3.19        85.29   

WBKC

 

Wolverine Bancorp Inc.

    21.66        21.66        0.60        2.73        0.60        2.73        3.59        77.27        30.53        83.91        18.17        83.91        30.53        NA        NA        55.56   

WSFS

 

WSFS Financial Corp.

    8.48        7.69        1.07        11.60        0.97        10.42        1.06        95.29        13.85        162.76        13.81        181.20        15.48        0.48        0.68        9.49   

WVFC

 

WVS Financial Corp.

    10.28        10.28        0.29        2.55        0.28        2.50        NA        NA        31.58        76.48        7.86        76.48        32.15        0.16        1.33        42.11   

Mutual Holding Companies

  

                           

BNCL

 

Beneficial Mutual Bncp (MHC)

    13.42        10.89        0.27        2.01        0.27        2.04        NA        NA        68.76        NA        NA        NA        67.69        NA        NA        NM   

CSBK

 

Clifton Svgs Bncp Inc. (MHC)

    17.42        17.42        0.61        3.42        0.58        3.23        NA        NA        52.16        180.28        31.41        180.28        55.43        0.24        1.84        72.00   

GCBC

 

Greene County Bncp Inc. (MHC)

    8.95        8.95        1.01        11.39        1.01        11.39        1.32        89.20        16.90        183.92        16.46        183.92        16.90        0.70        2.74        46.36   

ISBC

 

Investors Bancorp Inc. (MHC)

    8.54        NA        0.83        10.00        0.87        10.44        0.95        124.21        25.62        268.53        22.93        NA        24.54        0.20        0.77        19.80   

KRNY

 

Kearny Financial Corp. (MHC)

    14.25        11.28        0.30        1.95        0.29        1.84        NA        NA        NM        166.86        23.78        218.05        82.54        0.00        0.00        NM   

KFFB

 

Kentucky First Federal (MHC)

    21.18        17.39        0.76        3.76        0.76        3.76        2.63        21.64        30.17        111.95        23.71        142.89        30.17        0.40        4.57        137.93   

LSBK

 

Lake Shore Bancorp Inc. (MHC)

    13.54        13.54        0.77        5.65        0.77        5.63        NA        NA        19.22        112.90        15.28        112.90        19.30        0.28        2.24        53.85   

MGYR

 

Magyar Bancorp Inc. (MHC)

    8.47        8.47        0.02        0.25        0.01        0.12        NA        NA        NM        97.99        8.30        97.99        NM        NA        NA        NM   

EBSB

 

Meridian Interstate Bncp (MHC)

    9.29        8.83        0.62        6.39        0.37        3.79        NA        NA        33.80        211.31        19.63        223.59        56.90        NA        NA        NM   

MSBF

 

MSB Financial Corp. (MHC)

    11.57        11.57        0.22        1.98        0.22        1.98        6.21        17.56        50.00        99.80        11.55        99.80        50.00        0.00        0.00        NM   

NECB

 

NorthEast Community Bncp (MHC)

    24.16        23.96        -0.24        -1.01        -0.15        -0.61        5.07        22.13        NM        87.98        21.25        88.92        NM        0.12        1.65        NM   

OFED

 

Oconee Federal Financial Corp.

    20.91        20.91        1.04        4.98        1.00        4.76        0.90        32.92        26.42        135.19        28.27        135.19        27.68        0.40        2.29        60.61   

PBHC

 

Pathfinder Bancorp Inc. (MHC)

    8.48        7.78        0.48        5.85        NA        NA        NA        NA        15.17        NA        NA        NA        NA        0.12        0.83        12.63   

PSBH

 

PSB Holdings Inc. (MHC)

    11.05        9.67        0.25        2.24        0.27        2.45        NA        NA        35.56        83.38        9.22        96.82        32.54        0.16        0.00        NM   

TFSL

 

TFS Financial Corp (MHC)

    16.36        16.29        0.54        3.29        NA        NA        2.47        32.92        60.89        190.80        31.22        191.80        NA        0.00        0.00        NM   

 

(1) Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
(2) Or since offering price if converted of first listed in the past 52 weeks. Percent change figures are actual year-to-date and are not annualized.
(3) EPS (earnings per share) is based on actual trailing 12 month data and is not shown on a pro forma basis.
(4) Exludes intangibles (such as goodwill, value of core deposits, etc.).
(5) ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.
(6) Annualized based on last regular quarterly cash dividend announcement.
(7) Indicated dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month earnings.
(8) For MHC institutions, market value reflects share price multiplied by public (non-MHC) shares.

Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. Copyright (c) 2014 by RP ® Financial, LC.


EXHIBIT IV-2

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Historical Stock Price Indices


Exhibit IV-2

Historical Stock Price Indices(1)

 

Year/Qtr. Ended

   DJIA      S&P 500      NASDAQ
Composite
     SNL
Thrift
Index
     SNL
Bank
Index
 

2003:

  

Quarter 1

     7992.1         848.2         1341.2         1096.2         401.00   
  

Quarter 2

     8985.4         974.5         1622.8         1266.6         476.07   
  

Quarter 3

     9275.1         996.0         1786.9         1330.9         490.90   
  

Quarter 4

     10453.9         1112.0         2003.4         1482.3         548.60   

2004:

  

Quarter 1

     10357.7         1126.2         1994.2         1585.3         562.20   
  

Quarter 2

     10435.5         1140.8         2047.8         1437.8         546.62   
  

Quarter 3

     10080.3         1114.6         1896.8         1495.1         556.00   
  

Quarter 4

     10783.0         1211.9         2175.4         1605.6         595.10   

2005:

  

Quarter 1

     10503.8         1180.6         1999.2         1516.6         551.00   
  

Quarter 2

     10275.0         1191.3         2057.0         1577.1         563.27   
  

Quarter 3

     10568.7         1228.8         2151.7         1527.2         546.30   
  

Quarter 4

     10717.5         1248.3         2205.3         1616.4         582.80   

2006:

  

Quarter 1

     11109.3         1294.8         2339.8         1661.1         595.50   
  

Quarter 2

     11150.2         1270.2         2172.1         1717.9         601.14   
  

Quarter 3

     11679.1         1335.9         2258.4         1727.1         634.00   
  

Quarter 4

     12463.2         1418.3         2415.3         1829.3         658.60   

2007:

  

Quarter 1

     12354.4         1420.9         2421.6         1703.6         634.40   
  

Quarter 2

     13408.6         1503.4         2603.2         1645.9         622.63   
  

Quarter 3

     13895.6         1526.8         2701.5         1523.3         595.80   
  

Quarter 4

     13264.8         1468.4         2652.3         1058.0         492.85   

2008:

  

Quarter 1

     12262.9         1322.7         2279.1         1001.5         442.5   
  

Quarter 2

     11350.0         1280.0         2293.0         822.6         332.2   
  

Quarter 3

     10850.7         1166.4         2082.3         760.1         414.8   
  

Quarter 4

     8776.4         903.3         1577.0         653.9         268.3   

2009:

  

Quarter 1

     7608.9         797.9         1528.6         542.8         170.1   
  

Quarter 2

     8447.0         919.3         1835.0         538.8         227.6   
  

Quarter 3

     9712.3         1057.1         2122.4         561.4         282.9   
  

Quarter 4

     10428.1         1115.1         2269.2         587.0         260.8   

2010:

  

Quarter 1

     10856.6         1169.4         2398.0         626.3         301.1   
  

Quarter 2

     9744.0         1030.7         2109.2         564.5         257.2   
  

Quarter 3

     9744.0         1030.7         2109.2         564.5         257.2   
  

Quarter 4

     11577.5         1257.6         2652.9         592.2         290.1   

2011:

  

Quarter 1

     12319.7         1325.8         2781.1         578.1         293.1   
  

Quarter 2

     12414.3         1320.6         2773.5         540.8         266.8   
  

Quarter 3

     10913.4         1131.4         2415.4         443.2         198.9   
  

Quarter 4

     12217.6         1257.6         2605.2         481.4         221.3   

2012:

  

Quarter 1

     13212.0         1408.5         3091.6         529.3         284.9   
  

Quarter 2

     12880.1         1362.2         2935.1         511.6         257.3   
  

Quarter 3

     13437.1         1440.7         3116.2         557.6         276.8   
  

Quarter 4

     13104.1         1426.2         3019.5         565.8         292.7   

2013:

  

Quarter 1

     14578.5         1569.2         3267.5         602.3         318.9   
  

Quarter 2

     14909.6         1606.3         3403.3         625.3         346.7   
  

Quarter 3

     15129.7         1681.5         3771.5         650.8         354.4   
  

Quarter 4

     16576.7         1848.4         4176.6         706.5         394.4   

As of February 14, 2014

     16154.4         1838.6         4244.0         685.1         392.4   

 

(1) End of period data.

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


EXHIBIT IV-3

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Historical Thrift Stock Indices


Index Values

 

 

Industry:    Savings Bank/Thrift/Mutual
Geography:    United States and Canada

 

                 Change (%)     Price /  
     Close      Last
Update
   1 Day     1 Week     MTD     QTD     YTD     1 Year     3 Years     Earnings
(x)
 

SNL Custom** Indexes

                      

SNL Banking Indexes

                      

SNL U.S. Bank and Thrift

     375.91       2/14/2014      0.22        1.45        2.13        (0.60     (0.60     24.13        25.61        14.5   

SNL U.S. Thrift

     685.12       2/14/2014      0.56        1.76        (0.06     (3.02     (3.02     16.25        14.02        19.2   

SNL TARP Participants

     72.64       2/14/2014      (0.09     1.77        2.29        (7.11     (7.11     7.20        12.93        5.7   

S&P 500 Bank

     212.27       2/14/2014      0.62        1.69        2.00        1.47        1.47        27.32        32.79        NA   

NASDAQ Bank

     2,519.59       2/14/2014      0.55        2.33        1.08        (3.17     (3.17     24.81        33.37        NA   

S&P 500 Thrifts & Mortgage Finance

     4.06       2/14/2014      0.90        1.04        1.06        (4.10     (4.10     8.34        (6.97     NA   

SNL Asset Size Indexes

                      

SNL U.S. Thrift < $250M

     891.29       2/14/2014      0.20        (2.69     (3.62     (5.93     (5.93     3.57        14.49        NA   

SNL U.S. Thrift $250M-$500M

     3,987.93       2/14/2014      0.19        0.67        1.01        1.05        1.05        15.84        42.85        20.7   

SNL U.S. Thrift < $500M

     1,361.96       2/14/2014      0.19        0.64        0.97        0.86        0.86        15.16        40.79        20.7   

SNL U.S. Thrift $500M-$1B

     1,700.70       2/14/2014      (0.24     1.29        1.24        2.22        2.22        13.49        33.26        17.0   

SNL U.S. Thrift $1B-$5B

     2,182.88       2/14/2014      0.03        2.01        (0.29     (1.97     (1.97     18.69        39.22        18.9   

SNL U.S. Thrift $5B-$10B

     794.45       2/14/2014      0.39        1.82        0.47        (3.62     (3.62     9.62        8.61        16.8   

SNL U.S. Thrift > $10B

     138.64       2/14/2014      0.96        1.73        (0.24     (4.08     (4.08     16.41        1.20        20.0   

SNL Market Cap Indexes

                      

SNL Micro Cap U.S. Thrift

     682.09       2/14/2014      (0.03     1.04        0.46        0.26        0.26        13.41        46.84        17.1   

SNL Micro Cap U.S. Bank & Thrift

     467.53       2/14/2014      0.10        1.08        0.51        1.43        1.43        18.87        45.52        14.5   

SNL Small Cap U.S. Thrift

     488.59       2/14/2014      0.06        2.01        (0.34     (3.49     (3.49     19.32        22.25        17.5   

SNL Small Cap U.S. Bank & Thrift

     422.92       2/14/2014      0.26        2.44        0.21        (4.80     (4.80     22.13        32.35        16.8   

SNL Mid Cap U.S. Thrift

     267.79       2/14/2014      0.83        1.61        0.67        (2.79     (2.79     17.18        14.60        21.6   

SNL Mid Cap U.S. Bank & Thrift

     290.69       2/14/2014      0.58        2.15        0.73        (5.05     (5.05     23.87        25.32        18.3   

SNL Large Cap U.S. Thrift

     142.03       2/14/2014      1.03        2.61        (2.72     (6.39     (6.39     10.17        (20.53     14.6   

SNL Large Cap U.S. Bank & Thrift

     248.41       2/14/2014      0.17        1.29        2.46        0.30        0.30        24.31        24.31        13.9   

SNL Geographic Indexes

                      

SNL Mid-Atlantic U.S. Thrift

     2,767.29       2/14/2014      0.58        2.04        (0.11     (3.41     (3.41     17.90        4.98        19.4   

SNL Midwest U.S. Thrift

     2,115.22       2/14/2014      0.22        0.71        0.63        (1.57     (1.57     14.01        19.72        17.2   

SNL New England U.S. Thrift

     1,876.76       2/14/2014      0.92        1.30        (0.04     (4.96     (4.96     9.95        11.53        20.3   

SNL Southeast U.S. Thrift

     328.38       2/14/2014      0.88        2.48        (2.24     (4.29     (4.29     11.46        41.09        18.6   

SNL Southwest U.S. Thrift

     523.12       2/14/2014      (1.24     1.48        (0.07     3.78        3.78        (3.69     39.47        18.4   

SNL Western U.S. Thrift

     95.92       2/14/2014      0.45        3.17        1.03        2.68        2.68        38.25        66.44        19.5   

SNL Stock Exchange Indexes

                      

SNL U.S. Thrift NYSE

     131.15       2/14/2014      0.96        2.56        (2.06     (5.80     (5.80     18.82        (2.31     14.7   

SNL U.S. Thrift NASDAQ

     1,871.04       2/14/2014      0.42        1.47        0.67        (2.00     (2.00     15.28        20.43        21.3   

SNL U.S. Thrift Pink

     197.39       2/14/2014      0.20        0.24        0.38        1.34        1.34        15.03        33.36        14.5   

SNL Other Indexes

                      

SNL U.S. Thrift MHCs

     4,139.20       2/14/2014      0.51        1.36        1.15        (0.02     (0.02     23.78        42.29        26.3   

Broad Market Indexes

                      

DJIA

     16,154.39       2/14/2014      0.79        2.28        2.90        (2.55     (2.55     15.61        31.68        NA   

S&P 500

     1,838.63       2/14/2014      0.48        2.32        3.14        (0.53     (0.53     20.85        38.00        NA   

 

Source: SNL Financial | Page 1 of 2


Index Values

 

 

S&P Mid-Cap

     1,346.86       2/14/2014      0.39         2.94         2.57         0.32        0.32        20.57         38.23        NA   

S&P Small-Cap

     648.62       2/14/2014      0.17         2.67         1.42         (2.54     (2.54     25.40         48.29        NA   

S&P 500 Financials

     291.21       2/14/2014      0.15         1.58         2.64         (1.19     (1.19     21.32         26.58        NA   

SNL All Financial Institutions

     642.33       2/14/2014      0.26         1.73         1.99         (2.58     (2.58     24.60         32.50        14.8   

MSCI US IMI Financials

     1,083.08       2/14/2014      0.16         1.74         2.37         (0.90     (0.90     18.58         25.07        NA   

NASDAQ

     4,244.03       2/14/2014      0.08         2.86         3.42         1.61        1.61        32.68         50.65        NA   

NASDAQ Finl

     2,991.42       2/14/2014      0.23         2.43         1.99         (2.57     (2.57     21.28         30.12        NA   

NASDAQ OMX Govt Relief

     1,246.06       2/14/2014      0.00         0.00         0.00         0.00        0.00        0.00         (6.27     NA   

NYSE

     10,282.54       2/14/2014      0.53         2.26         3.16         (1.13     (1.13     14.85         22.34        NA   

Russell 1000

     1,028.01       2/14/2014      0.45         2.39         3.16         (0.23     (0.23     21.65         38.98        NA   

Russell 2000

     1,149.21       2/14/2014      0.12         2.92         1.62         (1.24     (1.24     24.41         39.15        NA   

Russell 3000

     1,104.86       2/14/2014      0.43         2.43         3.04         (0.31     (0.31     21.87         38.97        NA   

S&P TSX Composite

     14,054.76       2/14/2014      0.38         1.95         2.63         3.18        3.18        10.48         1.04        NA   

MSCI AC World (USD)

     404.18       2/14/2014      0.50         2.35         3.13         (1.07     (1.07     13.43         17.76        NA   

MSCI World (USD)

     1,650.12       2/14/2014      0.42         2.38         3.23         (0.66     (0.66     16.90         22.70        NA   

Intraday data is available for certain exchanges. In all cases, the data is at least 15 minutes delayed.

** - Non-publicly traded institutions and institutions outside of your current subscription are not included in custom indexes. Custom indexes including foreign institutions do not take into account currency translations. Data is as of the previous close.

All SNL indexes are market-value weighted; i.e., an institution’s effect on an index is proportional to that institution’s market capitalization.

Source: MSCI. MSCI makes no express or implied warranties or representations and shall have no liability whatsoever with respect to any MSCI data contained herein. The MSCI data may not be further redistributed or used as a basis for other indices or any securities or financial products.

 

Mid-Atlantic: DE, DC, MD, NJ, NY, PA, PR    Midwest: IA, IN, IL, KS, KY, MI, MN, MO, ND, NE, OH, SD, WI
New England: CT, ME, MA, NH, RI, VT    Southeast: AL, AR, FL, GA, MS, NC, SC, TN, VA, WV
Southwest: CO, LA, NM, OK, TX, UT    West: AZ, AK, CA, HI, ID, MT, NV, OR, WA, WY

 

Source: SNL Financial | Page 2 of 2


EXHIBIT IV-4

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Market Area Acquisition Activity


RP ® Financial, LC.

Exhibit IV-4

Massachusetts Thrift Acquisitions 2010-Present

 

                            Target Financials at Announcement     Deal Terms and Pricing at Announcement  

Announce

Date

 

Complete
Date

 

Buyer Short Name

       

Target Name

        Total
Assets
($000)
    E/A
(%)
    TE/A
(%)
    LTM
ROAA
(%)
    LTM
ROAE
(%)
    NPAs/
Assets
(%)
    Rsrvs/
NPLs
(%)
    Deal
Value
($M)
    Value/
Share
($)
    P/B
(%)
    P/TB
(%)
    P/E
(x)
    P/A
(%)
    Prem/
Cdeps
(%)
 

2/13/2014

  Def. Agrmt.  

North Shore Bancorp

    MA     

Saugusbank a Co-operative Bk

    MA        206,232        8.91        8.91        0.31        3.56        3.02        25.84        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA   

12/31/2013

  Def. Agrmt.  

North Brookfield SB

    MA     

FamilyFirst Bank

    MA        51,905        9.17        9.15        -0.39        -4.03        1.47        31.54        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA   

11/15/2013

  Def. Agrmt.  

Rockville Financial Inc.

    CT     

United Financial Bancorp

    MA        2,490,737        12.16        10.56        0.37        2.93        0.76        81.88        370.7        18.42        119.7        140.3        48.5        14.88        7.21   

5/14/2013

  11/15/2013  

Independent Bank Corp.

    MA     

Mayflower Bancorp Inc.

    MA        261,344        8.66        8.66        0.58        6.56        0.36        151.76        37.4        17.92        163.5        163.5        25.2        14.29        7.20   

5/1/2012

  11/9/2012  

Independent Bank Corp.

    MA     

Central Bancorp Inc.

    MA        521,350        8.59        8.20        0.21        2.23        2.75        29.08        54.8        32.01        154.5        165.0        NM        10.51        8.43   

3/14/2012

  7/1/2012  

Framingham Co-operative Bank

    MA     

Natick FSB

    MA        155,587        9.23        9.23        -0.05        -0.53        1.26        11.04        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA   

9/13/2011

  2/27/2012  

South Adams Savings Bank

    MA     

Adams Co-operative Bank

    MA        196,056        9.47        9.47        0.16        1.73        6.05        14.25        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA   

9/8/2011

  1/3/2012  

Haverhill Bank

    MA     

Economy Co-operative Bank

    MA        24,145        10.33        10.33        0.13        1.33        0.31        127.03        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA   

9/1/2011

  2/1/2012  

Salem Five Bancorp

    MA     

Stoneham Savings Bank

    MA        366,819        6.43        5.58        -1.29        -19.55        4.93        18.98        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA   

1/20/2011

  6/30/2011  

People’s United Financial Inc.

    CT     

Danvers Bancorp Inc.

    MA        2,630,968        11.16        10.01        0.65        5.71        0.73        89.87        488.9        22.81        163.2        184.1        28.5        18.58        13.37   

1/20/2011

  4/1/2011  

Hometown Bank A Co-Op Bank

    MA     

Athol-Clinton Co-op Bk

    MA        89,181        9.17        9.17        -1.50        -15.30        13.20        20.47        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA   

12/21/2010

  7/21/2011  

Berkshire Hills Bancorp Inc.

    MA     

Legacy Bancorp

    MA        972,040        12.08        10.68        -0.76        -5.85        2.26        47.09        112.8        13.07        96.3        110.7        NM        11.61        1.88   

7/15/2010

  11/30/2010  

People’s United Financial Inc.

    CT     

LSB Corp.

    MA        806,567        7.69        7.69        0.70        8.07        1.36        66.21        95.9        21.00        152.5        152.5        20.8        11.89        8.75   
       

Averages:

      674,841        9.47        9.05        -0.07        -1.01        2.96        55.00        193.4        20.87        141.6        152.7        30.8        13.63        7.81   
       

Medians:

      261,344        9.17        9.17        0.16        1.73        1.47        31.54        104.4        19.71        153.5        158.0        26.9        13.09        7.82   

Source: SNL Financial, LC.


EXHIBIT IV-5

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Director and Senior Management Summary Resumes


Exhibit IV-5

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Director and Senior Management Summary Resumes

Directors

Candy Brower is a principal of Johnson O’Connor Feron & Carucci LLP, a certified public accounting firm headquartered in Wakefield, Massachusetts. Ms. Brower has more than 30 years of public accounting experience. Ms. Brower’s expertise and background with regard to accounting matters, internal controls, the application of generally accepted accounting principles and business finance provide the board of directors and the Audit Committee with valuable insight into accounting issues involving Melrose Cooperative Bank.

Frank Giso III is a practicing attorney and a partner at Choate, Hall & Stewart, a law firm headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts, where he specializes in real estate transactions, finance and development and has served as chairman of the firm’s the Real Estate Department. Mr. Giso has almost 40 years of experience as a practicing attorney. Mr. Giso is also actively in our market area, serving as chairman of the Melrose Housing Authority and as chairman and president of the Melrose Affordable Housing Corp. Mr. Giso’s extensive corporate legal experience provides the board of directors with general business acumen.

William C. Huntress, III is the owner and principal of Huntress Insurance Agency, Inc., an independently owned and operated licensed insurance agency headquartered in Melrose, Massachusetts and having served the Melrose community and surrounding areas since its founding in 1958. Mr. Huntress’ lengthy experience as owner and operator of an insurance agency brings valuable business and leadership skills and financial acumen to the board of directors. Further, his longtime experience as a business owner in the Melrose community provides the board of directors with an important perspective on the development and delivery of product offerings to such business owners.

Jeffrey D. Jones is President and Chief Executive Officer of Melrose Cooperative Bank. Mr. Jones joined Melrose Cooperative Bank in 1987 and held positions of increasing responsibility prior to being named President and Chief Executive Officer in 2001. Mr. Jones is active in civic and charitable organizations. He has served as a director of the Melrose Chamber of Commerce for 15 years, including serving as Treasurer since 2008. Mr. Jones is a member of the Melrose Rotary Club, a trustee of the Fitch Home in Melrose, a non-profit organization that provides housing for the elderly, a Corporator of the Melrose Wakefield Hospital and a member of its Strategic Planning Committee and since 2003 has been a Selectman for the Town of Essex, including serving as Chairman of the Select Board since 2009. Mr. Jones’s experience provides the board of directors with a perspective on the day to day operations of Melrose Cooperative Bank and assists the board of directors in assessing the trends and developments in the financial institutions industry on a local and national basis. Mr. Jones has extensive ties to the community that support our business generation.

Elizabeth McNelis is Director of Philanthropy and Communication for Brooksby Village, a full service retirement community located in Peabody, Massachusetts. In this role, Ms. McNelis oversees fundraising and manages a staff of 40 employees. Ms. McNelis’s position and experience leading fundraising at Brooksby Village, her knowledge of the region and her contacts with community leaders provides the board of directors with insight to the many growth efforts being made in Melrose Cooperative Bank’s market area.

F. Peter Waystack is a practicing attorney and partner at Waystack & Kirby LLC, a law firm based in Melrose, Massachusetts which Mr. Waystack founded in 1994. Mr. Waystack has been a practicing attorney since 1974 and specializes in estate planning, real estate conveyances and personal income taxation. Mr. Waystack’s extensive legal experience assists the board of directors in assessing legal and regulatory matters involving Melrose Cooperative Bank.


Exhibit IV-5 (continued)

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Director and Senior Management Summary Resumes

 

Directors (continued)

 

Alan F. Whitney is the owner of Alan Whitney Construction Company, Inc., a general contracting company located in Reading, Massachusetts. He has owned and operated general contracting companies for 28 years specializing in residential and commercial building and remodeling. Mr. Whitney’s lengthy experience as owner and operator of a general contractor brings valuable business and leadership skills and financial acumen to the board of directors. Further, his longtime experience as a business owner in the Melrose community provides the board of directors with an important perspective on the development and delivery of product offerings to such business owners.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Also Directors

Diane Indorato is our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer positions she has held since 2002. Ms. Indorato has been employed with Melrose Cooperative Bank in positions of increased responsibility since 1980. Ms. Indorato’s responsibilities include the management and supervision of Melrose Cooperative Bank’s finance department, in which capacity she directs preparation of budgets, reviews budget proposals, capital planning and ALCO.

James Oosterman is our Vice President – Lending. He joined Melrose Cooperative Bank in 1999. Mr. Oosterman has over 30 years of experience in the financial services industry and his responsibilities include general oversight of our loan portfolio, including credit quality, loan yield and portfolio growth.


EXHIBIT IV-6

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios


Exhibit IV-6

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios

 

    Melrose Cooperative        
    Bank Historical     Pro Forma at December 31, 2013, Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of  
    at December 31, 2013     2,210,000 shares     2,600,000 shares     2,990,000 shares     3,438,500 shares(1)  
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
    Amount     Percent of
Assets (2)
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Equity

  $ 20,577        10.46   $ 28,215        13.63   $ 29,656        14.19   $ 31,096        14.74   $ 32,754        15.37
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Tier 1 leverage capital

  $ 20,004        10.09   $ 27,642        13.24   $ 29,083        13.81   $ 30,523        14.36   $ 32,181        14.98

Requirement

    9,916        5.00        10,436        5.00        10,532        5.00        10,629        5.00        10,740        5.00   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $ 10,088        5.09   $ 17,206        8.24   $ 18,551        8.81   $ 19,894        9.36   $ 21,441        9.98
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital(3)

  $ 20,004        16.91   $ 27,642        22.38   $ 29,083        23.37   $ 30,523        24.34   $ 32,181        25.43

Requirement

    7,098        6.00        7,409        6.00        7,467        6.00        7,525        6.00        7,592        6.00   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $ 12,906        10.91   $ 20,233        16.38   $ 21,616        17.37   $ 22,998        18.34   $ 24,589        19.43
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital(3)

  $ 21,229        17.95   $ 28,867        23.38   $ 30,308        24.35   $ 31,748        25.31   $ 33,406        26.40

Requirement

    11,830        10.00        12,349        10.00        12,446        10.00        12,542        10.00        12,653        10.00   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess

  $ 9,399        7.95   $ 16,518        13.38   $ 17,862        14.35   $ 19,206        15.31   $ 20,753        16.40
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation:

                   

Net proceeds infused into Melrose Cooperative Bank

      $ 10,386        $ 12,319        $ 14,251        $ 16,473     

Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan

        (1,832       (2,160       (2,488       (2,864  

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan

        (916       (1,080       (1,244       (1,432  
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Pro forma increase in Tier 1 and total risk-based capital

      $ 7,638        $ 9,079        $ 10,519        $ 12,177     
     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Leverage capital ratios are shown as a percentage of total adjusted assets. Risk-based capital ratios are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
(3) Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 50% risk weighting.

Source: Melrose Bancorp, Inc.’s Preliminary Prospectus


EXHIBIT IV-7

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Pro Forma Analysis Sheet


EXHIBIT IV-7

PRO FORMA ANALYSIS SHEET

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Prices as of February 14, 2014

 

               Subject at     Peer Group     Massachusetts Companies     All Public Thrifts  

Valuation Pricing Multiples

       

Symbol

   Midpoint     Mean     Median     Mean     Median     Mean     Median  

Price-earnings multiple

   =    P/E      43.69     22.66     22.04     21.21     20.61     17.42     16.28

Price-core earnings multiple

   =    P/CE      43.69     21.55     22.47     22.77     21.98     18.14     17.20

Price-book ratio

   =    P/B      64.14     98.10     99.00     107.74     102.38     104.92     96.11

Price-tangible book ratio

   =    P/TB      64.14     102.82     104.40     114.57     106.55     113.87     102.39

Price-assets ratio

   =    P/A      12.37     13.43     12.33     13.07     12.09     13.36     12.34

 

Valuation Parameters

                % of
Offering
    % of Offering
+ Foundation
 

Pre-Conversion Earnings (Y)

  $ 729,000      (12 Mths 12/13)  

ESOP Stock as % of Offering (E)

    8.3077     8.0000

Pre-Conversion Core Earnings

  $ 729,000      (12 Mths 12/13)  

Cost of ESOP Borrowings (S)

    0.00  

Pre-Conversion Book Value (B)

  $ 20,577,000      (12/13)  

ESOP Amortization (T)

    30.00 years     

Intangibles

  $ 0      (12/13)  

RRP Stock as % of Offering (M)

    4.1538     4.0000

Pre-Conv. Tang. Book Value (B)

  $ 20,577,000      (12/13)  

Stock Programs Vesting (N)

    5.00 years     

Pre-Conversion Assets (A)

  $ 196,675,000      (12/13)  

Fixed Expenses

  $ 1,156,750     

Reinv. Rate: (5 Yr Treas)@12/2013

    1.750    

Subscr/Dir Comm Exp (Mdpnt)

  $ 206,600        1.00
       

 

 

   

Tax rate (TAX)

    34.00    

Total Expenses (Midpoint)

  $ 1,363,350     

A-T Reinvestment Rate(R)

    1.155    

Syndicate Expenses (Mdpnt)

  $ 0        0.00

Est. Conversion Expenses (1)(X)

    5.05    

Syndicate Amount

  $ 0     

Insider Purchases ($)

  $ 3,180,000       

Percent Sold (PCT)

    100.00  

Price/Share

  $ 10.00       

MHC Assets

  $ 0     

Foundation Cash Contrib. (FC)

  $ 300,000       

Options as % of Offering (O1)

    10.3846     10.00

Found. Stk Contrib (% of Total Shrs (FC)

    3.7037    

Estimated Option Value (O2)

    33.30  

Foundation Tax Benefit (Z)

  $ 442,000       

Option Vesting Period (O3)

    5.00 years     

Foundation Amount (Mdpt.)

  $ 1,000,000       

% of Options taxable (O4)

    25.00  

Calculation of Pro Forma Value After Conversion

 

1.   V=  

P/E * (Y)

    V=   $27,000,000
    1 - P/E * PCT * ((1-X-E-M-FC-FS)*R - (1-TAX)*E/T - (1-TAX)*M/N)-(1-(TAX*O4))*(O1*O2)/O3)      
1.   V=  

P/E * (Y)

    V=   $27,000,000
    1 - P/Core E * PCT * ((1-X-E-M-FC-FS)*R - (1-TAX)*E/T - (1-TAX)*M/N)-(1-(TAX*O4))*(O1*O2)/O3)      
2.   V=  

P/B * (B+Z)

       V=   $27,000,000
    1 - P/B * PCT * (1-X-E-M-FC-FS)         
2.   V=  

P/TB * (TB+Z)

       V=   $27,000,000
    1 - P/TB * PCT * (1-X-E-M-FC-FS)         
3.   V=  

P/A * (A+Z+PA)

       V=   $27,000,000
    1 - P/A * PCT * (1-X-E-M-FC-FS)         

 

Valuation Conclusion

   Shares Issued
to MHC
     Shares Sold
to Public
     Foundation
Shares
     Total Shares
Issued
     Price Per
Share
     Market Value
of Stock Sold
in Offering
     Market Value
of Stock Issued
in Reorganization
 

Supermaximum

     0         3,438,500         141,925         3,580,425       $ 10.00       $ 34,385,000       $ 35,804,250   

Maximum

     0         2,990,000         119,500         3,109,500         10.00         29,900,000       $ 31,095,000   

Midpoint

     0         2,600,000         100,000         2,700,000         10.00         26,000,000       $ 27,000,000   

Minimum

     0         2,210,000         80,500         2,290,500         10.00         22,100,000       $ 22,905,000   

 

Valuation Conclusion

   Shares Issued
to MHC
    Shares Sold
to Public
    Foundation
Shares
    Total Shares
Issued
 

Supermaximum

     0.000     96.036     3.964     100.000

Maximum

     0.000     96.157     3.843     100.000

Midpoint

     0.000     96.296     3.704     100.000

Minimum

     0.000     96.485     3.515     100.000

 

(1) Estimated offering expenses at midpoint of the offering.


EXHIBIT IV-8

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

Pro Forma Effect of Conversion Proceeds


Exhibit IV-8

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

At the Minimum of the Range

 

1.  

Market Value of Shares Sold In Offering:

   $ 22,100,000   
 

Market Value of Shares Issued to Foundation:

     805,000   
    

 

 

 
 

Total Market Value of Company:

   $ 22,905,000   
2.  

Offering Proceeds of Shares Sold In Offering

   $ 22,100,000   
 

Less: Estimated Offering Expenses

     1,327,626   
    

 

 

 
 

Net Conversion Proceeds

   $ 20,772,374   
3.  

Estimated Additional Equity and Income from Offering Proceeds

  
 

Net Conversion Proceeds

   $ 20,772,374   
 

Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation

     (300,000
 

Less: Non-Cash ESOP Stock Purchases (1)

     (1,832,400
 

Less: Non-Cash MRP Stock Purchases (2)

     (916,200
    

 

 

 
 

Net Conversion Proceeds Reinvested

   $ 17,723,774   
 

Estimated After-Tax Reinvestment Rate

     1.16
    

 

 

 
 

Earnings from Reinvestment of Proceeds

   $ 204,710   
 

Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings(1)

     0   
 

Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings(1)

     (40,313
 

Less: Stock Programs Vesting (2)

     (120,938
 

Less: Option Plan Vesting (3)

     (139,581
    

 

 

 
 

Net Earnings Increase

   ($ 96,122

 

4.   Pro Forma Earnings    Before
Conversion
     Net
Earnings
Increase
    After
Conversion
 
 

12 Months ended December 31, 2013 (reported)

   $ 729,000       ($ 96,122   $ 632,878   
 

12 Months ended December 31, 2013 (core)

   $ 729,000       ($ 96,122   $ 632,878   

 

5.   Pro Forma Net Worth    Before
Conversion
     Net Equity
Proceeds
     Tax Benefit
of Foundation
     After
Conversion
 
 

December 31, 2013

   $ 20,577,000       $ 17,723,774       $ 375,700       $ 38,676,474   
 

December 31, 2013 (Tangible)

   $ 20,577,000       $ 17,723,774       $ 375,700       $ 38,676,474   
6.   Pro Forma Assets    Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     Tax Benefit
of Foundation
     After
Conversion
 
 

December 31, 2013

   $ 196,675,000       $ 17,723,774       $ 375,700       $ 214,774,474   

 

(1) ESOP stock (8% of offering and foundation) amortized over 30 years, amortization expense is tax effected at 34%.
(2) Stock programs (4% of offering and foundation) amortized over 5 years, amortization expense is tax effected at 34%
(3) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assuming 25% taxable.


Exhibit IV-8

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

At the Midpoint of the Range

 

1.   Market Value of Shares Sold In Offering:    $ 26,000,000   
  Market Value of Shares Issued to Foundation:      1,000,000   
    

 

 

 
 

Total Market Value of Company:

   $ 27,000,000   
2.   Offering Proceeds of Shares Sold In Offering    $ 26,000,000   
 

Less: Estimated Offering Expenses

     1,363,350   
    

 

 

 
 

Net Conversion Proceeds

   $ 24,636,650   
3.   Estimated Additional Equity and Income from Offering Proceeds   
  Net Conversion Proceeds    $ 24,636,650   
 

Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation

     (300,000
 

Less: Non-Cash ESOP Stock Purchases (1)

     (2,160,000
 

Less: Non-Cash MRP Stock Purchases (2)

     (1,080,000
    

 

 

 
  Net Conversion Proceeds Reinvested    $ 21,096,650   
  Estimated After-Tax Reinvestment Rate      1.16
    

 

 

 
 

Earnings from Reinvestment of Proceeds

   $ 243,666   
 

Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings(1)

     0   
 

Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings(1)

     (47,520
 

Less: Stock Programs Vesting (2)

     (142,560
 

Less: Option Plan Vesting (3)

     (164,535
    

 

 

 
  Net Earnings Increase    ($ 110,949

 

4.   Pro Forma Earnings    Before
Conversion
     Net
Earnings
Increase
    After
Conversion
 
  12 Months ended December 31, 2013 (reported)    $ 729,000       ($ 110,949   $ 618,051   
  12 Months ended December 31, 2013 (core)    $ 729,000       ($ 110,949   $ 618,051   

 

5.   Pro Forma Net Worth    Before
Conversion
     Net Capital
Proceeds
     Tax Benefit
of Foundation
     After
Conversion
 
  December 31, 2013    $ 20,577,000       $ 21,096,650       $ 442,000       $ 42,115,650   
  December 31, 2013 (Tangible)    $   20,577,000       $ 21,096,650       $ 442,000       $   42,115,650   

 

6.   Pro Forma Assets    Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     Tax Benefit
of Foundation
     After
Conversion
 
  December 31, 2013    $ 196,675,000       $ 21,096,650       $ 442,000       $ 218,213,650   

 

(1) ESOP stock (8% of offering and foundation) amortized over 30 years, amortization expense is tax effected at 34%.
(2) Stock programs (4% of offering and foundation) amortized over 5 years, amortization expense is tax effected at 34%.
(3) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assuming 25% taxable.


Exhibit IV-8

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

At the Maximum of the Range

 

1.   Market Value of Shares Sold In Offering:    $ 29,900,000   
  Market Value of Shares Issued to Foundation:      1,195,000   
    

 

 

 
 

Total Market Value of Company:

   $ 31,095,000   
2.   Offering Proceeds of Shares Sold In Offering    $ 29,900,000   
 

Less: Estimated Offering Expenses

     1,399,074   
    

 

 

 
 

Net Conversion Proceeds

   $ 28,500,926   
3.   Estimated Additional Equity and Income from Offering Proceeds   
  Net Conversion Proceeds    $ 28,500,926   
 

Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation

     (300,000
 

Less: Non-Cash ESOP Stock Purchases (1)

     (2,487,600
 

Less: Non-Cash MRP Stock Purchases (2)

     (1,243,800
    

 

 

 
  Net Conversion Proceeds Reinvested    $ 24,469,526   
  Estimated After-Tax Reinvestment Rate      1.16
    

 

 

 
 

Earnings from Reinvestment of Proceeds

   $ 282,623   
 

Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings(1)

     0   
 

Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings(1)

     (54,727
 

Less: Stock Programs Vesting (2)

     (164,182
 

Less: Option Plan Vesting (3)

     (189,490
    

 

 

 
  Net Earnings Increase    ($ 125,776

 

4.   Pro Forma Earnings    Before
Conversion
     Net
Earnings
Increase
    After
Conversion
 
  12 Months ended December 31, 2013 (reported)    $ 729,000       ($ 125,776   $ 603,224   
  12 Months ended December 31, 2013 (core)    $ 729,000       ($ 125,776   $ 603,224   

 

5.   Pro Forma Net Worth    Before
Conversion
     Net Capital
Proceeds
     Tax Benefit
of Foundation
     After
Conversion
 
  December 31, 2013    $   20,577,000       $ 24,469,526       $ 508,300       $   45,554,826   
  December 31, 2013 (Tangible)    $ 20,577,000       $ 24,469,526       $ 508,300       $ 45,554,826   

 

6.   Pro Forma Assets    Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     Tax Benefit
of Foundation
     After
Conversion
 
  December 31, 2013    $ 196,675,000       $ 24,469,526       $ 508,300       $ 221,652,826   

 

(1) ESOP stock (8% of offering and foundation) amortized over 30 years, amortization expense is tax effected at 34%.
(2) Stock programs (4% of offering and foundation) amortized over 5 years, amortization expense is tax effected at 34%.
(3) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assuming 25% taxable.


Exhibit IV-8

PRO FORMA EFFECT OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS

Melrose Bancorp, Inc.

At the Supermaximum Value

 

1.   Market Value of Shares Sold In Offering:    $ 34,385,000   
  Market Value of Shares Issued to Foundation:      1,419,250   
    

 

 

 
 

Total Market Value of Company:

   $ 35,804,250   
2.   Offering Proceeds of Shares Sold In Offering    $ 34,385,000   
 

Less: Estimated Offering Expenses

     1,440,157   
    

 

 

 
 

Net Conversion Proceeds

   $ 32,944,843   
3.   Estimated Additional Equity and Income from Offering Proceeds   
  Net Conversion Proceeds    $ 32,944,843   
 

Less: Cash Contribution to Foundation

     (300,000
 

Less: Non-Cash ESOP Stock Purchases (1)

     (2,864,340
 

Less: Non-Cash MRP Stock Purchases (2)

     (1,432,170
    

 

 

 
  Net Conversion Proceeds Reinvested    $ 28,348,333   
  Estimated After-Tax Reinvestment Rate      1.16
    

 

 

 
 

Earnings from Reinvestment of Proceeds

   $ 327,423   
 

Less: Estimated cost of ESOP borrowings(1)

     0   
 

Less: Amortization of ESOP borrowings(1)

     (63,015
 

Less: Stock Programs Vesting (2)

     (189,046
 

Less: Option Plan Vesting (3)

     (218,188
    

 

 

 
  Net Earnings Increase    ($ 142,826

 

4.   Pro Forma Earnings    Before
Conversion
     Net
Earnings
Increase
    After
Conversion
 
  12 Months ended December 31, 2013 (reported)    $ 729,000       ($ 142,826   $ 586,174   
  12 Months ended December 31, 2013 (core)    $ 729,000       ($ 142,826   $ 586,174   

 

5.   Pro Forma Net Worth    Before
Conversion
     Net Capital
Proceeds
     Tax Benefit
of Foundation
     After
Conversion
 
  December 31, 2013    $   20,577,000       $ 28,348,333       $ 584,545       $   49,509,878   
  December 31, 2013 (Tangible)    $ 20,577,000       $ 28,348,333       $ 584,545       $ 49,509,878   

 

6.   Pro Forma Assets    Before
Conversion
     Net Cash
Proceeds
     Tax Benefit
of Foundation
     After
Conversion
 
  December 31, 2013    $ 196,675,000       $ 28,348,333       $ 584,545       $ 225,607,878   

 

(1) ESOP stock (8% of offering and foundation) amortized over 30 years, amortization expense is tax effected at 34%.
(2) Stock programs (4% of offering and foundation) amortized over 5 years, amortization expense is tax effected at 34%.
(3) Option valuation based on Black-Scholes model, 5 year vesting, and assuming 25% taxable.


EXHIBIT V-1

RP ® Financial, LC.

Firm Qualifications Statement


LOGO

FIRM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT

RP ® Financial (“RP ® ) provides financial and management consulting, merger advisory and valuation services to the financial services industry nationwide. We offer a broad array of services, high quality and prompt service, hands-on involvement by principals and senior staff, careful structuring of strategic initiatives and sophisticated valuation and other analyses consistent with industry practices and regulatory requirements. Our staff maintains extensive background in financial and management consulting, valuation and investment banking. Our clients include commercial banks, thrifts, credit unions, mortgage companies, insurance companies and other financial services companies.

STRATEGIC PLANNING SERVICES

RP ® ’s strategic planning services are designed to provide effective feasible plans with quantifiable results. We analyze strategic options to enhance shareholder value, achieve regulatory approval or realize other objectives. Such services involve conducting situation analyses; establishing mission/vision statements, developing strategic goals and objectives; and identifying strategies to enhance franchise and/or market value, capital management, earnings enhancement, operational matters and organizational issues. Strategic recommendations typically focus on: capital formation and management, asset/liability targets, profitability, return on equity and stock pricing. Our proprietary financial simulation models provide the basis for evaluating the impact of various strategies and assessing their feasibility and compatibility with regulations.

MERGER ADVISORY SERVICES

RP ® ’s merger advisory services include targeting potential buyers and sellers, assessing acquisition merit, conducting due diligence, negotiating and structuring merger transactions, preparing merger business plans and financial simulations, rendering fairness opinions, preparing mark-to-market analyses, valuing intangible assets and supporting the implementation of post-acquisition strategies. Our merger advisory services involve transactions of financially healthy companies and failed bank deals. RP ® is also expert in de novo charters and shelf charters. Through financial simulations, comprehensive data bases, valuation proficiency and regulatory familiarity, RP ® ’s merger advisory services center on enhancing shareholder returns.

VALUATION SERVICES

RP ® ’s extensive valuation practice includes bank and thrift mergers, thrift mutual-to-stock conversions, goodwill impairment, insurance company demutualizations, ESOPs, subsidiary companies, merger accounting and other purposes. We are highly experienced in performing appraisals which conform to regulatory guidelines and appraisal standards. RP ® is the nation’s leading valuation firm for thrift mutual-to-stock conversions, with appraised values ranging up to $4 billion.

OTHER CONSULTING SERVICES

RP ® offers other consulting services including evaluating the impact of regulatory changes (TARP, etc.), branching and diversification strategies, feasibility studies and special research. We assist banks/thrifts in preparing CRA plans and evaluating wealth management activities on a de novo or merger basis. Our other consulting services are facilitated by proprietary valuation and financial simulation models.

KEY PERSONNEL (Years of Relevant Experience & Contact Information)

 

Ronald S. Riggins, Managing Director (33)    (703) 647-6543    rriggins@rpfinancial.com
William E. Pommerening, Managing Director (29)    (703) 647-6546    wpommerening@rpfinancial.com
Marcus Faust, Managing Director (23)    (703) 647-6553    mfaust@rpfinancial.com
Gregory E. Dunn, Director (31)    (703) 647-6548    gdunn@rpfinancial.com
James P. Hennessey, Director (27)    (703) 647-6544    jhennessey@rpfinancial.com
James J. Oren, Director (26)    (703) 647-6549    joren@rpfinancial.com
Timothy M. Biddle, Senior Vice President (23)    (703) 647-6552    tbiddle@rpfinancial.com
Carla Pollard, Senior Vice President (25)    (703) 647-6556    cpollard@rpfinancial.com

 

 

 

Washington Headquarters   
Three Ballston Plaza    Telephone: (703)528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600    Fax No.: (703)528-1788
Arlington, VA 22201    Toll-Free No.: (866)723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com    E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com